2019-05-28 - DA - RSLF Artillery Brigade - Volume 2 PDF

Royal Saudi
Land Forces
ROYAL SAUDI LAND FORCES

24TH ARTILLERY BRIGADE
EASTERN PROVINCE, KINGDOM OF SAUDI ARABIA
SOLICITATION # W912ER19C00001
DESIGN ANALYSIS
Volume 2 of 3
SUBMITTED TO:
USACE Middle East District
201 Prince Frederick Drive
Winchester, VA 22602
PREPARED BY:
Tetra Tech
100 Nickerson Road 95% SITE AND FACILITY
Marlborough, MA 01752
PACKAGE
28 May 2019
ARCHITECT AND ENGINEERING SERVICES FOR RSLF ARTILLERY BRIGADE, SAUDI ARABIA
24th Artillery Brigade Base, Eastern Province, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
This Basis of Design provides documentation for the earthwork activities for the project. It is intended to describe
the project requirements, identify governing codes and criteria being utilized, explain proposed design solutions
and document other situations which affect the design.
The Basis of Design is organized by content and technical design discipline as follows:
VOLUME 1
SECTION 1 ........................................................................................................................................................ CIVIL

SECTION 2 ..................................................................................................................................... ARCHITECTURE
SECTION 3 ......................................................................................................................................... STRUCTURAL
SECTION 4 .............................................................................................................................. MECHANICAL/HVAC
VOLUME 2
SECTION 5 .............................................................................................................................................. PLUMBING

SECTION 6 .................................................................................................................................FIRE PROTECTION
SECTION 7 ...........................................................................................................................................ELECTRICAL
SECTION 8 ................................................................................................................................COMMUNICATIONS
SECTION 9 ................................................................ HOST NATION EXCEPTION TO US STANDARDS LETTER
VOLUME 3 (ELECTRONIC ONLY)
APPENDIX A ........................................................................................................ STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS

This page intentionally left blank

SECTION 5
PLUMBING

5.0 DESIGN ANALYSIS
Discipline: PLUMBING Date: 28 MAY, 2019

Design Submittal: 95% Design Submittal
Site Location: 24th Artillery Brigade Base, Eastern Province, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Prepared by: Tetra Tech
5.1 GENERAL SUMMARY:

The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (KSA), on behalf of the Royal Saudi Land Forces (RSLF) and the United States
(US) Government implemented various Foreign Military Sales (FMS) Cases to provide for the design and
construction of facilities for a new Artillery Brigade near Dammam, Saudi Arabia. Case SR-B-WAL provides for
design and construction services for the initial facilities in Dammam to support the new Artillery Brigade.
The Scope of Work (SOW) is to complete design/build services for the initial development of the new Artillery
Brigade base. The contractor (design/build team) will perform as the Designer of Record and Constructor of
Record and deliver the Project as per the government provided preliminary RFP documents, including drawings
and specifications.
The new Artillery Brigade is located approximately 30 km north of King Fahad International Airport. The Artillery
Brigade site contains no paved roads or utilities, so the roadway system will connect to Highway 6335 and the
utilities will be connected to a point of presence at the main entry to the site with adequate capacity to serve the
base. The design of the infrastructure (roads and utility systems) will include the sizing to support the ultimate
development of the entire base but only constructed to support the proposed facilities.
5.2 DETAILED ANALYSIS:
5.2.1 General Design Parameters

5.2.1.1 Domestic Water
Domestic cold water for each building is fed by a dedicated domestic service from the site-wide water system.
Water service will include shutoff valve, water meter and backflow preventer. Domestic water piping above grade
within facilities is insulated. Piping within buildings is efficiently arranged to minimize excessive lengths and to
reduce energy loss in the hot water systems. Domestic water piping is concealed in walls. Quarter-turn, full port
ball valves are used for system isolation and shut off capability due to their ease of operation and reliability. All
piping systems within each building is labeled to identify system contents and direction of flow for ease of
maintenance and repair. No domestic water is routed through any communications rooms, electrical rooms,
electronic rooms, battery rooms, egress stairwells or any other rooms not allowed by code. Pipe materials to be
uPVC (unplasticised polymerized vinyl chloride) piping with glued joints, compliant with NSF 61 or equivalent
standard for potable water system.
All facilities except for the Guard house will include a duplex pressure booster pump set and small
hydropneumatic to boost building service pressure. Each pump set will include duplex pumps, tank and variable
speed controls, each pump sized to handle 100% of the building load.
5.2.1.2 Sanitary Sewer

Each building’s sanitary sewer is a gravity system with the sewer drains installed beneath the floor slab.
Drainage, waste and vent piping is schedule 40 unplasticized Polymerized Vinyl Chloride (uPVC). Interior
cleanouts are strategically installed to provide efficient access and maintenance of the building waste piping
system. Floor and trench drains are equipped with vandal resistant screws.
Floor drains are provided where required for equipment drainage or clean up.
The mains for the building should not be through the slab or internal to the building where possible. Connection
points and mains should be located around the outside with manholes and clean outs.
5.2.1.3 Storm Drainage

Each building is equipped with sloped roofs to gutters or scuppers with downspouts. No roof drains or interior
storm water drainage is required.
5.2.1.4 Plumbing Fixtures

Water Closets are installed in all toilet rooms and include a mix of both eastern and western style fixtures. All
water closets will be flush tank type and have sprayer hose, toilet paper dispenser and small garbage can beside
each toilet fixture. Floor drains are installed within each toilet stall.
Ablution faucets are provided at every building with a prayer room.
Lavatories are installed in all toilet rooms. Some toilet rooms have wall mounted type fixtures, some toilet rooms
have counter mounted type fixtures.
Kitchen style sinks are installed in break rooms, kitchens, and tea rooms. One service sink or mop receptor is
installed in each janitor’s closet.
Individual shower stalls are provided with an in-wall type mixing valve, shower head and floor drain.
Hose bibs are provided in mechanical rooms to ease in cleaning and maintenance of equipment.
Drinking fountains are not required; bottled water coolers will be used.
5.2.1.5 Hot Water Systems

Hot water is produced from duplex storage type, electric water heaters, sized to match the needs of each
individual facility. A thermostatic mixing valve will deliver 40C water for showering and hand washing.
Recirculation pumps to be provide where the length of pipe from water heater to remote plumbing fixtures
exceeds 30 meters.
5.2.2 Facility A - Brigade Headquarters

5.2.2.1 Toilet Rooms
Gang toilet rooms will include a mix of eastern and western style water closets. Lavatories will be counter
mounted. Commander offices, duty officer office and Deputy BDE CDR Office will include individual toilet rooms
including western water closet, lavatory and individual shower stall. Off of Briefing room, a small toilet room with
two western water closets and lavatory will be provided. Rooms will include a floor drain.
5.2.2.2 Janitor Closet

One floor mounted service sink will be provided with wall mounted faucet per each closet. Room will include a
floor drain.
5.2.2.3 Tea Room

Counter mounted stainless steel sink with deck faucet provided.
5.2.2.4 Water Service

Water service will enter into the mechanical room including a shutoff valve, meter and backflow preventer. A
duplex booster pump will be provided to provide adequate water pressure throughout the facility. Piping will then
be distributed overhead throughout the facility. Individual shutoff valves will be provided for each space receiving
water.

Sanitary system will incorporate a single pipe system collecting all waste and discharge to the on-site collection
system.
5.2.2.6 Water Heating

Duplex electric, tank type water heaters will be provided in the mechanical room. Each tank will be sized for 3/4
of the total load. A circulation pump will be provided so no branch pipe will be longer than 15 meters from heater
or recirculation line. Room will include a floor drain.
5.2.3 Facility B - Battalion Headquarters

5.2.3.1 General Summary

Gang toilet rooms will include a mix of eastern and western style water closets. Lavatories will be counter
mounted. Commander offices, duty officer office and Deputy BDE CDR Office will include individual toilet rooms
including western water closet, lavatory and individual shower stall. Rooms will include a floor drain.

floor drain.
5.2.3.4 Tea Room


Water service will enter into the mechanical room including a shutoff valve, water meter and backflow preventer.
A duplex booster pump will be provided to provide adequate water pressure throughout the facility. Piping will
then be distributed overhead throughout the facility. Individual shutoff valves will be provided for each space
receiving water.

system.

Duplex electric, tank type water heaters will be provided in the Mechanical room. Each tank will be sized for 3/4
of the total load. A circulation pump will be provided so no branch pipe will be longer than 15 meters from heater
or recirculation line. Room will include a floor drain.
5.2.4 Facility C – Company Headquarters

Gang toilet rooms will be provided including a mix of eastern and western water closets, and counter mounted
lavatories. Individual toilet room will be provided off of the Commanders including western water closets and
lavatory. Rooms will include a floor drain.
5.2.4.2 Ablution
Multiple ablution stations will be provided within the gang toilet room, including bench seating, individual wash
stations and floor drains.

floor drain.
5.2.4.4 Tea Room

5.2.4.5 Laundry
A common laundry room will be provided on the ground floor with washers, dryers and floor mounted mop
receptor. Room will include a floor drain.

Water service will enter into the mechanical room including a shutoff valve, water meter and backflow preventer.
A duplex booster pump will be provided to provide adequate water pressure throughout the facility. Piping will
then be distributed overhead throughout the facility. Individual shutoff valves will be provided for each space
receiving water.

system.

Duplex electric, tank type water heaters will be provided in the Mechanical room. Each tank will be sized for ¾ of
the total load. A circulation pump will be provided so no branch pipe will be longer than 15 meters from heater or
recirculation line. Room will include a floor drain.
5.2.5 Facility D – Guard House

Facility will include a toilet room with a single Eastern water closet, lavatory, and floor drain.
1.2.5.2 Sink
Tea room will include a stainless steel, counter mounted sink.
Domestic water will enter into the Toilet room. A shutoff valve will be supplied as the line enters the room.
Domestic hot water will be produced from a single small electric tank type water heater located high on the wall at
the ceiling height and piped over to the toilet room lavatory and sink.
5.2.6 Facility E – Fire Pump House

5.2.6.1 Sanitary System
Facility will include floor drains and associated sanitary piping for maintenance purposes of the fire pumps.
5.3 BASIS OF DESIGN:

The basis of the Plumbing design is as follows:
• The project work shall comply with the requirements contained in the Work Order Notice to Proceed
(NTP), dated 01 December 2018 and the Scope of Work (SOW) from USACE MED Solicitation #
W912ER19C0001.
5.4 CODE REFERENCES:

• International Plumbing Code (IPC) 2018
• Saudi Building Code (SBC) Section 501, 701 2018
• TM 5-803-1, Army Corps of Engineer Technical Manual 13 Jun 1986
• UFC 1-200-01, General Building Requirements, 20 June 2016
• UFC 3-420-01 Plumbing Systems, with Change 10, 26 October 2015
• UFC 3-450-01, Noise and Vibration Control, 15 May 2003
• UFC 4-610-01 Administrative Facilities, with Change 2, 21 May 2014
• USACE Middle East District (MED) Design Instructions Manual
5.5 LIST OF ATTACHMENTS

• Plumbing Calculations
• Plumbing Catalog Cut Sheets
• Drawings (under separate cover)
CONTRACT #W912ER-14-D-0004; TASK ORDER #0008

Plumbing
Attachments

Plumbing
Calculations

ASPE Data Book - Chapter 3 - Cold Water Systems
Table 3-6. Conversions - Gallons per minute (liters per second) to fixture units
PIPE Flow Fixture Units PIPE Flow Fixture Units PIPE Flow Fixture Units
DN GPM Flush Flush DN GPM Flush Flush DN GPM Flush Flush
(mm) (L/s) tank valve (mm) (L/s) tank valve (mm) (L/s) tank valve
1 (0.06) 0 - 45 (2.84) 107 37 145 (9.14) 611 521
100
15 2 (0.13) 1 - 46 (2.90) 111 39 150 (9.45) 638 559
3 (0.19) 3 - 47 (2.96) 115 42 155 (9.77) 665 596
4 (0.25) 4 - 48 (3.02) 119 44 160 (10.08) 692 631
20 5 (0.32) 6 - 49 (3.09) 123 46 165 (10.40) 719 666
6 (0.38) 7 - 50 (3.15) 127 48 170 (10.71) 748 700
7 (0.44) 8 - 51 (3.21) 130 50 175 (11.03) 778 739
8 (0.50) 10 - 52 (3.28) 135 52 180 (11.34) 809 775
25 65
9 (0.57) 12 - 53 (3.34) 141 54 185 (11.66) 840 811
10 (0.63) 13 - 54 (3.40) 146 57 190 (11.97) 874 850
11 (0.69) 15 - 55 (3.47) 151 60 200 (12.60) 945 931
12 (0.76) 16 - 56 (3.53) 155 63 210 (13.23) 1018 1009
13 (0.82) 18 - 57 (3.59) 160 66 220 (13.86) 1091 1091
32
14 (0.88) 20 - 58 (3.65) 165 69 150 230 (14.49) 1173 1173
15 (0.95) 21 - 59 (3.72) 170 73 240 (15.12) 1254 1254
16 (1.01) 23 - 60 (3.78) 175 76 250 (15.75) 1335 1335
17 (1.07) 24 - 62 (3.91) 185 82 260 (16.38) 1418 1418
18 (1.13) 26 - 64 (4.03) 195 88 270 (17.01) 1500 1500
19 (1.20) 28 - 66 (4.16) 205 95 280 (17.64) 1583 1583
40
20 (1.26) 30 - 68 (4.28) 215 102 290 (18.27) 1668 1668
21 (1.32) 32 - 70 (4.41) 225 108 300 (18.90) 1755 1755
22 (1.39) 34 5 72 (4.54) 236 116 310 (19.53) 1845 1845
80
23 (1.45) 36 6 74 (4.66) 245 124 320 (20.16) 1926 1926
24 (1.51) 39 7 76 (4.79) 254 132 330 (20.79) 2018 2018
25 (1.58) 42 8 78 (4.91) 264 140 340 (21.42) 2110 2110
26 (1.64) 44 9 80 (5.04) 275 148 350 (22.05) 2204 2204
27 (1.70) 46 10 82 (5.17) 284 158 360 (22.68) 2298 2298
50
28 (1.76) 49 11 84 (5.29) 294 168 370 (23.31) 2388 2388
29 (1.83) 51 12 86 (5.42) 305 176 380 (23.94) 2480 2480
30 (1.89) 54 13 88 (5.54) 315 186 390 (24.57) 2575 2575
31 (1.95) 56 14 90 (5.67) 326 195 400 (25.20) 2670 2670
32 (2.02) 58 15 92 (5.80) 337 205 200 410 (25.83) 2765 2765
33 (2.08) 60 16 94 (5.92) 348 214 420 (26.46) 2862 2862
34 (2.14) 63 18 96 (6.05) 359 223 430 (27.09) 2960 2960
35 (2.21) 66 20 98 (6.17) 370 234 440 (27.72) 3060 3060
36 2.27) 69 21 100 (6.30) 380 245 450 (28.35) 3150 3150
100
37 (2.33) 74 23 105 (6.62) 406 270 500 (31.50) 3620 3620
38 (2.39) 78 25 110 (6.93) 431 295 550 (34.65) 4070 4070
65
39 (2.46) 83 26 115 (7.25) 455 329 600 (37.80) 4480 4480
40 (2.52) 86 28 120 (7.56) 479 365 700 (44.10) 5380 5380
250
41 (2.58) 90 30 125 (7.88) 506 396 800 (50.40) 6280 6280
42 (2.65) 95 31 130 (8.19) 533 430 900 (56.70) 7280 7280
43 (2.71) 99 33 135 (8.51) 559 460 300 1000 (63.00) 8300 8300
44 (2.77) 100 35 140 (8.82) 858 490
Domestic Water Pipe Sizing based on 1.2m/sec velocity

ASPE Data Book - Chapter 3 - Cold Water Systems
Table 3-6. Conversions - Gallons per minute (liters per second) to fixture units
PIPE Flow Fixture Units PIPE Flow Fixture Units PIPE Flow Fixture Units
DN GPM Flush Flush DN GPM Flush Flush DN GPM Flush Flush
(mm) (L/s) tank valve (mm) (L/s) tank valve (mm) (L/s) tank valve
1 (0.06) 0 - 45 (2.84) 107 37 145 (9.14) 611 521
2 (0.13) 1 - 46 (2.90) 111 39 150 (9.45) 638 559
3 (0.19) 3 - 47 (2.96) 115 42 155 (9.77) 665 596
80
15 4 (0.25) 4 - 48 (3.02) 119 44 160 (10.08) 692 631
5 (0.32) 6 - 49 (3.09) 123 46 165 (10.40) 719 666
6 (0.38) 7 - 50 (3.15) 127 48 170 (10.71) 748 700
7 (0.44) 8 - 51 (3.21) 130 50 175 (11.03) 778 739
8 (0.50) 10 - 52 (3.28) 135 52 180 (11.34) 809 775
9 (0.57) 12 - 53 (3.34) 141 54 185 (11.66) 840 811
20 10 (0.63) 13 - 54 (3.40) 146 57 190 (11.97) 874 850
11 (0.69) 15 - 55 (3.47) 151 60 200 (12.60) 945 931
12 (0.76) 16 - 56 (3.53) 155 63 210 (13.23) 1018 1009
50
13 (0.82) 18 - 57 (3.59) 160 66 220 (13.86) 1091 1091
14 (0.88) 20 - 58 (3.65) 165 69 100 230 (14.49) 1173 1173
15 (0.95) 21 - 59 (3.72) 170 73 240 (15.12) 1254 1254
16 (1.01) 23 - 60 (3.78) 175 76 250 (15.75) 1335 1335
25
17 (1.07) 24 - 62 (3.91) 185 82 260 (16.38) 1418 1418
18 (1.13) 26 - 64 (4.03) 195 88 270 (17.01) 1500 1500
19 (1.20) 28 - 66 (4.16) 205 95 280 (17.64) 1583 1583
20 (1.26) 30 - 68 (4.28) 215 102 290 (18.27) 1668 1668
21 (1.32) 32 - 70 (4.41) 225 108 300 (18.90) 1755 1755
22 (1.39) 34 5 72 (4.54) 236 116 310 (19.53) 1845 1845
23 (1.45) 36 6 74 (4.66) 245 124 320 (20.16) 1926 1926
24 (1.51) 39 7 76 (4.79) 254 132 330 (20.79) 2018 2018
25 (1.58) 42 8 78 (4.91) 264 140 340 (21.42) 2110 2110
32 26 (1.64) 44 9 80 (5.04) 275 148 350 (22.05) 2204 2204
27 (1.70) 46 10 82 (5.17) 284 158 360 (22.68) 2298 2298
28 (1.76) 49 11 84 (5.29) 294 168 370 (23.31) 2388 2388
29 (1.83) 51 12 86 (5.42) 305 176 380 (23.94) 2480 2480
30 (1.89) 54 13 88 (5.54) 315 186 390 (24.57) 2575 2575
150
31 (1.95) 56 14 90 (5.67) 326 195 400 (25.20) 2670 2670
32 (2.02) 58 15 92 (5.80) 337 205 410 (25.83) 2765 2765
65
33 (2.08) 60 16 94 (5.92) 348 214 420 (26.46) 2862 2862
34 (2.14) 63 18 96 (6.05) 359 223 430 (27.09) 2960 2960
35 (2.21) 66 20 98 (6.17) 370 234 440 (27.72) 3060 3060
36 2.27) 69 21 100 (6.30) 380 245 450 (28.35) 3150 3150
37 (2.33) 74 23 105 (6.62) 406 270 500 (31.50) 3620 3620
40 38 (2.39) 78 25 110 (6.93) 431 295 550 (34.65) 4070 4070
39 (2.46) 83 26 115 (7.25) 455 329 600 (37.80) 4480 4480
40 (2.52) 86 28 120 (7.56) 479 365 700 (44.10) 5380 5380
41 (2.58) 90 30 125 (7.88) 506 396 800 (50.40) 6280 6280
42 (2.65) 95 31 130 (8.19) 533 430 200 900 (56.70) 7280 7280
80
43 (2.71) 99 33 135 (8.51) 559 460 1000 (63.00) 8300 8300
44 (2.77) 100 35 140 (8.82) 858 490
Domestic Water Pipe Sizing based on 2.5m/sec velocity

Plumbing Calculations
Building A - Brigade Headquarters
Architect and Engineering Services for RSLF Artillery Brigade Designed by: DCG
Project No. SA-459583 Checked by: GPD
Solicitation #W912ER19C000
24th Artillery Brigade Base, Eastern Province
95% Submission
Water Heater Sizing and Selection hot water storage tank temp. 140
NEW WORK OR ADDITION Peak Demand Water Service Hot Water Load Calculation per ASHRAE Table 10 – Hot Water Demand per Fixture for Various Building Types
Fixture Quantity Fu per Fixture Quantity GPH Subtotal GPH @ 140°F
Water Closet FV 0 10 0 --- --- ---
Public Water Closet (Flush Tank) 12 5 60 --- --- ---
Private Water Closet (Flush Tank) 3 2.2 6.6 --- --- ---
Urinal 3/4" FV 0 5 0 --- --- ---
Public Lavatory 7 2 14 6 32 gph 120 0.75
Private Lavatory 3 0.7 2.1 2 5 gph 120 0.75
Public Kitchen sink 0 3 0 20 0.00 gph 120 0.75
Private Kitchen sink 1 1.4 1.4 20 15 gph 120 0.75
Ablution (foot basin) 0 3 0 3 0 gph 120 0.75
Mop Receptor/Service Sink 1 3 3 20 15.00 gph 120 0.75
Public Shower Head 0 4 0 30 0 gph 110 0.63
Private Shower Head 3 1.4 4.2 30 56 gph shower head flow rate 110 0.63
Dishwasher (Domestic) 0 1.4 0 20 0 gph 1.5 120 0.75
Dishwasher (Commercial) 0 --- --- 290 0 gph 180 1.50
(2) Compartment Sink 0 4 0 60 0 gph 140 1
Clothes Washer (Domestic) 0 3 0 20 0 gph 120 0.75
Clothes Washer (Comercial) 0 4 0 80 0 gph 180 1.50
*Total F.U. 91.3 122.25 Gallons total 140°F hot water required per hour
Equiv. gpm 42 36.68 gph Minimum required recovery with Demand Factor of 0.3 Office
30,550.28 btu/hr Minimum required output in btu/hr
8.95 kw/hr Minimum electrical element for single heater
Service Size 2 73.35 gallons Minimum requiredstorage with a Storage Factor of 2 Office
velocity (fps) 4.29 Tank selection
adjust size 2 91.69 gallons Minimum vertical storage tank size (80% usable)
adjust velocity 4.29 104.79 gallons Minimum horizontal storage tank size (70% usable)
Assumes cold water inlet temperature of 60 °F
Select (2) vertical electric heaters, each capable of providing 75 % of the total required recovery and 100% of required storage
36.68 gph x 75 % = 28 gph water heater recovery selection at 80 °F rise
Water Heater Selection: EWH-A-1

(2) A.O. Smith DEN-120 with 6 KW heating elements
(1) WATTS DETA-42 tank with 22.0 gallons (83.3 liters) total storage and 15.5 gallons (58.7 liters) max acceptance volume.
6 KW unit = 30 gph recovery each = 60 gph recovery total (230 LPH)
119 gallons of storage each x 2 heaters = 238 gallons storage total (900 liters)
Booster pump selection: BP-A-1

Select a pump that will deliver 42 gpm (2.65 lps) at 55 psi (379 kPa) pressure boost.
Peak domestic demand estimated from fixture units is 42 gpm (2.65 lps)
Provide pressurized water between 40 psi (275kPa) and 60 psi (420kPa).

Provide pressure switch to turn pump on at 40 psi and turn off at 60 psi.
There is approximately 200 feet of pipe between the tank and the most remote fixture.
Assuming an average 5 psi pressure drop per 100 of pipe would mean 10 psi pressure drop due to friction.
Assuming a 10 foot height to over come will add another 4.3 psi static pressure
Total dynamic head is estimated at 74.3 psi (60 psi required + 10 psi friction + 4.3 psi static). Round up to 75 psi.
Minimum pressure available 20 psi. Need 75 psi - 20 psi avaialbe. Need to boost 55 PSI
\\TTS011FS1\Projects\269162\127-269162-19001\SupportDocs\Calcs\Plumbing\A - Brigade Headquarters Flush Tank.xlsx

Potable Water Expansion Tank Sizing - Support - Water Safety & Flow Control -Watts Page 1 of 2
Your Country [Change]
Keyword or Part #
SELECT A Water Safety & Flow Control

PRODUCT CATEGORY
Products BIM Drawings Repair Kits Find a Sales Rep
Water Safety & Flow Control

Home > Water Safety & Flow Control > Support > Potable Water Expansion Tank Sizing
Backflow Prevention
Potable Water Expansion Tank Sizing
Water Quality Products
TO PROPERLY SIZE A WATTS REGULATOR SERIES PLT OR DETA POTABLE
Drainage Products WATER EXPANSION TANK:
TRITON™ Pipe Fusion Enter the appropriate information in the boxes below..
Control Valves Tank Tank

* Required Fields WATTS MAX. PRESSURE
Volume Acceptance
Model (PSI)
Potable PEX Plumbing (Gal) (Gal)
Residential Tanks »More Info.
Quick-Connect Solutions Water Heater *
238
PLT-5 2.1 1.26 150
Gallons
PLT-12 4.5 2.8 150
Foodservice Products
Supply Pressure * PLT-20 8.5 3.2 150
The set pressure of the water pressure reducing 70 PSI PLT-35 14 5.6 150
Lead Free valve or maximum system pressure.
Commercial Tanks (ASME CODE) »More info.
Air Pre-Charge * DETA-5 3.5 1.3 150
40psi Air Charge is Standard. Never exceed 40 PSI
80psi Pre-Charge. DETA-12 5.0 3.1 150
DETA-20 8.0 3.1 150
Relief Valve *
DETA-30 15.0 10.5 150
The set pressure of the T&P valve or the 100 PSI
secondary relief valve setting. DETA-42 22.0 15.5 150
DETA-60 26.0 15.5 150
Inital Temperature - Start *
NOTE: Set the cold water start temperature to DETA-80 35.0 15.5 150
90°F. Lower start temperatures should only be 90  °F DETA-100 45.0 21.0 150
used if the entire contents of the water heater
are drained on each use. DETA-125 60.0 21.0 150
DETA-160 70.0 52.5 150
Final Temperature - End * 140  °F DETA-180 80.0 52.5 150
DETA-210 90.0 52.5 150
Expansion Factor 0.01096
HIDE CHART
Calculated Acceptance Volume 2.61 Gallons
Calculated Total Volume 21.14 Gallons
1. Show Expansion Tank Chart

Using the calculated acceptance volume and the
calculated total volume, select a tank from the chart to
the right.
◦ Tank volume of the selected model must be greater
than the calculated total volume.
◦ Tank acceptance of the selected model must be
greater than the calculated acceptance volume.
Note: Both the Tank Volume and the Acceptance

Volume must be greater than the calculated
volumes as indicated.
2. A pressure reducing valve should be installed on the
supply when system pressure exceeds 80psi.
3. To accommodate the thermal expansion required for
higher temperature and/or higher pressure systems,
multiple tanks may be used. Please contact the factory
for sizing information.
4. For complex tank sizing for multiple apartments/condos,
please contact the factory for sizing information.
5. The potable water expansion tank shall be installed in
the cold water service pipe line on the supply side of the
water heater (or water storage tank).
Social Media Products Company Support
http://www.watts.com/pages/support/sizing_DET.asp 3/10/2017
Building A - Brigade Headquarters - Building Hot Water Loop - Area A
95% Submission
Domestic Hot Water Recirculation Pump Sizing
DESIGN FLOW RATE CALCULATIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Piping material = PVC
Return piping size = 0.75 inches
Length of return piping = 180 feet
Length of supply piping = 180 feet
Temperature differential = 5 °F drop in temp through the hot water loop
Heat loss per linear foot = 15 btu/hr/ft with 1" fiberglass insulation
Weight of water = 8.3 lbs/gallon
CALCULATE TOTAL HEAT LOSS IN LOOP

Total heat loss in loop = (length of supply pipe + length of return pipe) x heat loss per linear foot
Total heat loss in loop = ( 180 ft supply + 180 ft return) x 15 btu/hr/ft with 1" fiberglass insulation
Total heat loss in loop = 5,400 btu/hr
CALCULATE FLOW RATE REQUIRED TO OVERCOME TOTAL HEAT LOSS IN LOOP

Calculate BTUH with circulation rate of 1 GPM = 8.3lbs/gal x temperature differential x 60 min/hr
1 gpm circulation rate = 2,490 btu/hr added
Design system flow rate = Total heat loss in loop ÷ heat generated by 1 gpm circulation rate
Design system flow rate = 5,400 btu/hr ÷ 2,490 btu/hr
Design system flow rate = 2.17 gpm
HEAD LOSS CALCULATIONS

CALCULATE FRICTION LOSS IN LOOP AT DESIGN FLOW RATE
1.85
Friction Head Loss - Williams and Hazen Formula Hf = .2083 x (100/c factor) x (q1.85 / d4.8655)
Hf = friction head in ft. of liquid per 100 ft. of pipe
c = constant, reflecting roughness of pipe - Copper = 130, PVC = 150
q = design flow, gpm
d = inside diamter of pipe, inches.
Pipe Size Length c factor Hf Velocity

Recirc 0.75 180 150 3.01 1.57 fps
Supply 0.75 145 150 2.42 1.57 fps
Supply 1 35 150 0.14 0.89 fps
Supply 1.25 0 150 0.00 0.57 fps
Supply 1.5 0 150 0.00 0.39 fps
Fittings - K Factor Method

No. Fittings and valves k factor Hf
20 90 elbow 0.75 0.58
3 tee 1.50 0.17
1 swing check 2.50 0.10
0 gate valve 0.20 0.00
2 ball valve 0.08 0.01
0 butterlfly valve 0.00 0.00
0 foot valve 0.20 0.00
0 lift check 15.00 0.00
Total System Head = 6.43
Circulation Pump: CP-A-1

Design Flow Rate System Head HP AMPS WATTS Voltage Phase Hertz Location
2.17 gpm 6.43 Hf 1/25 0.40 90 220 1 60 MECH RM A040
0.14 lps 19.18 kPa
\\TTS011FS1\Projects\269162\127-269162-19001\SupportDocs\Calcs\Plumbing\A - Circ Pump Bldg Loop Area A

Building A - Brigade Headquarters - Building Hot Water Loop - Area B
95% Submission
GENERAL INFORMATION



1.85

Recirc 0.75 100 150 0.56 0.87 fps
Supply 0.75 65 150 0.37 0.87 fps
Supply 1 35 150 0.05 0.49 fps
Supply 1.25 0 150 0.00 0.31 fps
Supply 1.5 0 150 0.00 0.22 fps

20 90 elbow 0.75 0.18
3 tee 1.50 0.05
0 lift check 15.00 0.00
Circulation Pump: CP-A-2

1.20 gpm 1.24 Hf 1/25 0.40 90 220 1 60 MECH RM A040
0.08 lps 3.70 kPa
\\TTS011FS1\Projects\269162\127-269162-19001\SupportDocs\Calcs\Plumbing\A - Circ Pump Bldg Loop Area B

Building B - Battalion Headquarters
95% Submission
Water Closet FV 0 10 0 --- --- ---
Urinal 3/4" FV 0 5 0 --- --- ---
Private Kitchen sink 1 1.4 1.4 20 15 gph 120 0.75
Private Shower Head 3 1.4 4.2 30 56 gph shower head flow rate 110 0.63
Floor Drains 25 0 0
Line Size 2 70.65 gallons Minimum required storage with a Storage Factor of 2 Office
adjust size 2 88.31 gallons Minimum vertical storage tank size (80% usable)
Water Heater Selection: EWH-B-1

119 gallons of storage each x 2 heaters = 238 gallons storage total (900 liters)
Booster pump selection: BP-B-1

Peak domestic demand estimated from fixture units is 39 gpm (2.46 lps).

\\TTS011FS1\Projects\269162\127-269162-19001\SupportDocs\Calcs\Plumbing\B - Battalion Headquarters Flush Tank.xlsx

Keyword or Part #

PRODUCT CATEGORY

Backflow Prevention

Volume Acceptance
Model (PSI)
238
PLT-5 2.1 1.26 150
Gallons
PLT-12 4.5 2.8 150
DETA-20 8.0 3.1 150
Relief Valve *
DETA-30 15.0 10.5 150
DETA-60 26.0 15.5 150
DETA-160 70.0 52.5 150
DETA-210 90.0 52.5 150
HIDE CHART

the right.

Building B - Battalion Headquarters - Building Hot Water Loop - Area A
95% Submission
GENERAL INFORMATION



1.85

Recirc 0.75 180 150 3.01 1.57 fps
Supply 0.75 145 150 2.42 1.57 fps
Supply 1 35 150 0.14 0.89 fps
Supply 1.25 0 150 0.00 0.57 fps
Supply 1.5 0 150 0.00 0.39 fps

20 90 elbow 0.75 0.58
3 tee 1.50 0.17
0 lift check 15.00 0.00
Circulation Pump: CP-B-1

2.17 gpm 6.43 Hf 1/25 0.40 90 220 1 60 MECH RM B040
0.14 lps 19.18 kPa
\\TTS011FS1\Projects\269162\127-269162-19001\SupportDocs\Calcs\Plumbing\B - Circ Pump Bldg Loop Area A

Building B - Battalion Headquarters - Building Hot Water Loop - Area B
95% Submission
GENERAL INFORMATION



1.85

Recirc 0.75 100 150 0.56 0.87 fps
Supply 0.75 65 150 0.37 0.87 fps
Supply 1 35 150 0.05 0.49 fps
Supply 1.25 0 150 0.00 0.31 fps
Supply 1.5 0 150 0.00 0.22 fps

20 90 elbow 0.75 0.18
3 tee 1.50 0.05
0 lift check 15.00 0.00
Circulation Pump: CP-B-2

1.20 gpm 1.24 Hf 1/25 0.40 90 220 1 60 MECH RM B040
0.08 lps 3.70 kPa
\\TTS011FS1\Projects\269162\127-269162-19001\SupportDocs\Calcs\Plumbing\B - Circ Pump Bldg Loop Area B

Building C - Company Headquarters
95% Submission
Water Closet FV 0 10 0 --- --- ---
Urinal 3/4" FV 0 5 0 --- --- ---
Private Kitchen sink 0 1.4 0 20 0 gph 120 0.75
Private Shower Head 0 1.4 0 30 0 gph shower head flow rate 110 0.63
Line Size 2 164.25 gallons Minimum required storage with a Storage Factor of 2 Office
adjust size 2.5 205.31 gallons Minimum vertical storage tank size (80% usable)
Water Heater Selection: EWH-C-1
119 gallons of storage each x 3 heaters = 357 gallons storage total (1,350 liters)
Booster pump selection: BP-C-1

Peak domestic demand estimated from fixture units is 52 gpm (3.28 lps)

\\TTS011FS1\Projects\269162\127-269162-19001\SupportDocs\Calcs\Plumbing\C - Company Headquarters Flush Tank.xlsx

Keyword or Part #

PRODUCT CATEGORY

Backflow Prevention

Volume Acceptance
Model (PSI)
238
PLT-5 2.1 1.26 150
Gallons
PLT-12 4.5 2.8 150
DETA-20 8.0 3.1 150
Relief Valve *
DETA-30 15.0 10.5 150
DETA-60 26.0 15.5 150
DETA-160 70.0 52.5 150
DETA-210 90.0 52.5 150
HIDE CHART

the right.

Building C - Company Headquarters - Building Hot Water Loop
95% Submission
GENERAL INFORMATION



1.85

Recirc 0.75 180 150 3.01 1.57 fps
Supply 0.75 145 150 2.42 1.57 fps
Supply 1 35 150 0.14 0.89 fps
Supply 1.25 0 150 0.00 0.57 fps
Supply 1.5 0 150 0.00 0.39 fps

20 90 elbow 0.75 0.58
3 tee 1.50 0.17
0 lift check 15.00 0.00
Circulation Pump: CP-C-1

2.17 gpm 6.43 Hf 1/25 0.40 90 220 1 60 MECH RM C042
0.14 lps 19.18 kPa
\\TTS011FS1\Projects\269162\127-269162-19001\SupportDocs\Calcs\Plumbing\C - Circ Pump Bldg Loop

Building D - Gate House
95% Submission
NEW WORK OR ADDITION Hot Water Load Calculation per ASHRAE Table 10 – Hot Water Demand per Fixture for Various Building Types
Fixture Quantity GPH Subtotal GPH @ 140°F
Public Lavatory 0 6 0 gph 120 0.75
Private Lavatory 1 2 2 gph 120 0.75
Public Kitchen sink 0 20 0.00 gph 120 0.75
Private Kitchen sink 1 10 8 gph 120 0.75
Ablution (foot basin) 0 3 0 gph 120 0.75
Mop Receptor/Service Sink 0 20 0.00 gph 120 0.75
Public Shower Head 0 30 0 gph 110 0.63
Private Shower Head 0 30 0 gph shower head flow rate 110 0.63
Dishwasher (Domestic) 0 20 0 gph 1.5 120 0.75
Dishwasher (Commercial) 0 290 0 gph 180 1.50
(2) Compartment Sink 0 60 0 gph 140 1
(3) Compartment Sink 0 90 0 gph 140 1
Clothes Washer (Domestic) 0 20 0 gph 120 0.75
Clothes Washer (Comercial) 0 80 0 gph 180 1.50
9.00 Gallons total 140°F hot water required per hour

2.70 gph Minimum required recovery with Demand Factor of 0.3 Office
5.40 gallons Minimum requiredstorage with a Storage Factor of 2 Office

Tank selection
6.75 gallons Minimum vertical storage tank size (80% usable)
7.71 gallons Minimum horizontal storage tank size (70% usable)
Selection: EWH-D-1
(1) A.O. Smith DEL-6 with 1.5 KW heating elements
1.5 KW unit = 10 gph recovery (37 LPH)
12 gph req'd, 6 gal storage plus 10 gph recovery = 16 gph 110°F HW
\\TTS011FS1\Projects\269162\127-269162-19001\SupportDocs\Calcs\Plumbing\D - Gate House Flush Tank

Plumbing Catalog
Cut Sheets

Commercial Electric
Water Heaters
DURA-POWER™
Designed for use as a recovery heater having its own storage tank. Available in
upright standard models (DEN) and lowboy models (DEL).
GLASSLINED TANK SIMPLIFIED CIRCUITRY, COLOR

• Thirteen sizes; 6 thru 119 gallon CODED FOR EASE OF SERVICE
capacity. Tank interior is coated with ANODE ROD FOR MAXIMUM
glass specially designed by A. O. Smith CORROSION PROTECTION
for water heater use.
CABINET HAS BONDERIZED
ELEMENTS UNDERCOAT WITH BAKED
• Zinc plated copper sheaths for longer ENAMEL FINISH
life. Medium watt density means lower TOP INLET AND OUTLET OPENINGS
surface temperature to minimize scale
build-up and more surface to heat DRAIN VALVE
water. Element sizes from 1.5 to 6 KW. (EXCLUDES DEL 6-20)
Maximum input 12 KW (see chart).
UL APPROVED FIELD CONVERSION
STANDARD VOLTAGES PROGRAM
• 120, 277 single phase and 208, 240 COMPLIANCE
and 480V unbalanced three-phase
• Meets the standby loss Requirements
delta; easily converted to single-phase at
of the U.S. Department of Energy and
terminal block (except 208V with 6000
current edition of ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1.
watt elements). Single element heaters,
single-phase only. LIMITED WARRANTY OUTLINE
TERMINAL BLOCK • If the tank should leak any time during
the first three years, under the terms of
• Factory-installed. Just bring the service
the warranty, A. O. Smith will furnish a
to heater and connect to block. Terminal
replacement heater; installation, labor,
block not supplied on 120V & 277 volt
handeling and local delivery extra. THIS
models. (No junction box on DEL6-20)
OUTLINE IS NOT A WARRANTY. For
CONTROLS complete information consult the written
warranty or A. O. Smith Water Products
• Temperature control (adjustable
Company.
through arange of 110° to 170°F on
single element and 120° to 181°F on
dual element) and manual reset high
temperature cutoff per element (dual
element models). Factory-wired for non-
simultaneous operation; easily converted
to simultaneous element operation (three
phase models only).
CSA CERTIFIED AND ASME RATED
T&P RELIEF VALVE
© August 2015 A. O. Smith Corporation. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 4

www.hotwater.com | 800-527-1953 Toll-Free USA | A. O. Smith Corporation | 500 Tennessee Waltz Parkway | Ashland City, TN 37015 AOSCE15400
Commercial Electric
Water Heaters
Element Availability Chart (Light-Duty Commercial Electric)
Input 120V 208V 240V 277V 480V
1500 Yes Yes Yes Yes -
2000 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
3500 - - Yes - -
4000 - Yes Yes Yes Yes
4500 - Yes Yes Yes Yes
5000 - (Yes) Yes Yes Yes
5500 - (Yes) Yes Yes Yes
6000 - Yest (Yes) Yes Yes
6 gallon model not available above 3kW
6/10/15/20 gallon models all A6 circuit (2 wire) only
t
Non-simultaneous circuit only
() Simultaneous only in 3ph
Building D
Rough-In Dimensions
No. of Tank Capacity A B C D Shipping Weight
Model Number Elements US Gals Litres Inches mm Inches mm Inches mm Inches mm lbs. Kg.
DEL-6 1 6 23 15-1/2 394 14-1/4 362 11 279 N/A N/A 35 15.9
DEL-10 1 10 38 18-1/4 464 18 457 12-1/2 318 N/A N/A 54 24.5
DEL-15 1 15 57 26 660 18 457 20-1/2 521 N/A N/A 58 26.3
DEL-20 1 20 76 22-1/4 565 21-3/4 552 15-3/8 391 N/A N/A 73 33.1
* No side outlet available on DEL-6 Model
HOT WATER OUTLET DEL-6
TOP VIEW
DEL 6/10/15/20
ALTERNATE OUTLET
3/4” (FEMALE) NPT
OUTLET
3/4” (FEMALE)
NPT
3/4” NPT
RELIEF VALVE
OPENING
“B” “A”
ELECTRICAL “C”
CONNECTION
INLET
3/4” (FEMALE)
NPT
FRONT VIEW
DEL 6/10/15/20
*(NO SIDE OUTLET AVAILABLE FOR DEL-6 MODELS)
© August 2015 A.O. Smith Corporation. All Rights Reserved Page 2 of 4

www.hotwater.com | 800-527-1953 Toll-Free USA | A.O.Smith Corporation | 500 Tennessee Waltz Parkway | Ashland City, TN 37015 AOSCE15400
Commercial Electric
Water Heaters
Product Specifications
Model No. of Tank Capacity A B C D Shipping Weight

Number Elements US Gals Litres Inches mm Inches mm Inches mm Inches mm lbs. Kg.
DEL-30 2 30 114 30-7/8 784 21-3/4 552 24-1/8 613 8 203 100 45.4
DEL-40 2 40 151 32-1/4 819 24 610 25-9/16 649 8 203 125 56.7
DEL-50 2 50 189 32-1/4 819 26-1/2 673 25-1/8 638 8 203 166 75.3
DEN-30 2 30 114 34-1/2 876 20-1/2 521 21 533 8 203 98 44.5
DEN-40 2 40 151 45-1/8 1146 20-1/2 521 N/A N/A 8 203 113 51.3
DEN-52 2 50 189 54-7/8 1394 20-1/2 521 N/A N/A 8 203 131 59.4
DEN-66 2 66 250 60-3/4 1543 21-3/4 552 N/A N/A 8 203 176 79.8
DEN-80 2 80 303 59-3/8 1508 24 610 N/A N/A 8 203 211 95.7
DEN-120 2 119 450 62-7/16 1586 29-3/8 746 N/A N/A 8 203 326 147.9
Building A, B, C
OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET

3/4” (FEMALE) 3/4” (FEMALE) 3/4” (FEMALE) 3/4” (FEMALE)
NPT “D” NPT NPT “D” NPT
3/4” NPT
2 1/2” RELIEF VALVE
(63.5 mm) OPENING
TOP VIEW JUNCTION TOP VIEW 2 1/2”
JUNCTION BOX
BOX DEL 30/40/50 DEN 30 - 120 (63.5 mm)
“B” “B”
3 3/4” NPT
RELIEF VALVE
OPENING
“A” “A”
BRASS “C” DRAIN
DRAIN VALVE
VALVE
3 3/4” (95.25 mm) 3 3/4” (95.25 mm)
FRONT VIEW FRONT VIEW

DEL 30/40/50 DEN 30-120
© August 2015 A.O. Smith Corporation. All Rights Reserved Page 3 of 4

www.hotwater.com | 800-527-1953 Toll-Free USA | A.O.Smith Corporation | 500 Tennessee Waltz Parkway | Ashland City, TN 37015 AOSCE15400
Commercial Electric
Water Heaters
Recovery Capacities
Element U. S. Gallons/Hr and Litres/Hr at Temperature Rise Indicated
Wattage Input
F° 36 40 54 60 72 80 90 100 108 120 126
(Upper/
Lower) kW C° 20 22.2 30 33.3 40 44.4 50 55.5 60 66.6 70
Non-Simulataneous Operation
GPH 17 15 11 10 8 8 7 6 6 5 5
/1500 1.5
LPH 64 58 43 38 32 29 26 23 21 19 18
GPH 23 20 15 14 11 10 9 8 8 7 6
/2000 2
LPH 85 77 57 51 43 38 34 31 28 26 24
GPH 28 25 19 17 14 13 11 10 9 8 8
/2500 2.5
LPH 107 96 71 64 53 48 43 38 36 32 30
GPH 34 30 23 20 17 15 14 12 11 10 10
3000/3000 3
LPH 128 115 85 77 64 58 51 46 43 38 37
GPH 45 41 30 27 23 20 18 16 15 14 13
4000/4000 4
LPH 170 153 114 102 85 77 68 61 57 51 49
GPH 51 46 34 30 25 23 20 18 17 15 14
4500/4500 4.5
LPH 192 173 128 115 96 86 77 69 64 58 55
GPH 56 51 38 34 28 25 23 20 19 17 16
5000/5000 5
LPH 213 192 142 128 107 96 85 77 71 64 61
GPH 68 61 45 41 34 30 27 24 23 20 19
6000/6000 6
LPH 256 230 170 153 128 115 102 92 85 77 73
Simulataneous Operation
GPH 68 61 45 41 34 30 27 24 23 20 19
3000/3000 6
LPH 256 230 170 153 128 115 102 92 85 77 73
GPH 90 81 60 54 45 41 36 32 30 27 26
4000/4000 8
LPH 341 307 227 205 170 153 136 123 114 102 97
GPH 101 91 68 61 51 46 41 36 34 30 29
4500/4500 9
LPH 384 345 256 230 192 173 153 138 128 115 110
GPH 113 101 75 68 56 51 45 41 38 34 32
5000/5000 10
LPH 426 384 284 256 213 192 170 153 142 128 122
GPH 135 122 90 81 68 61 54 49 45 41 39
6000/6000 12
LPH 511 460 341 307 256 230 205 184 170 153 146
Recovery capacities at 100° F rise equal: for non-simultaneous element operation = 4.1 gal. x kW of one element; for simultaneous element operation = 4.1 gal. x 2/3 kW of both elements. For other rises multiply
element kW as previously explained by 410 and divide by temperature rise. Full load current for single phase = total watts :- voltage.
Building C
Building A and B
SPECIFICATION
The water heaters(s) shall be Dura-Power™ Model(s) No. ______ as manufactured by A. O. SMITH or an approved equal. Heater(s) shall be rated at _____kW,
_____volts, _____-phase, 60 cycle AC, and listed by Underwriters’ Laboratories. Models shall meet the standby loss requirements of the U.S. Department
of energy and current edition of ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1. Tank(s) shall be _____gallon capacity. Heater(s) shall have 150 psi working pressure and be equipped
with extruded high density anode rod. All internal surfaces of the heater(s) exposed to water shall be glasslined with an alkaline borosilicate composition that
has been fused-to-steel by firing at a temperature range of 1400°F to 1600°F. Electric heating elements shall be medium watt density with zinc plated copper
sheath. Each element shall be controlled by an individually mounted thermostat and high temperature cutoff switch. The outer jacket shall be of backed enamel
finish and shall enclose the tank with foam insulation. Electrical junction box with heavy duty terminal block shall be provided (except on 120V & 277V {no
junction box on DEL-6 thru 20}). The drain valve shall be located in the front for ease of servicing. Heater tank shall have a three year limited warranty as
outlined in the written warranty. Fully illustrated instruction manual to be included.
For technical information, call 800-527-1953. A. O. Smith Corporation reserves the right to make product changes or improvements without prior notice.
Page 4 of 4
www.hotwater.com | 800-527-1953 Toll-Free USA AOSCE15400
ES-DETA
For Potable Hot Water Applications
Job Name –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– Contractor –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Job Location –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– Approval ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Engineer –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– Contractor’s P.O. No. –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Approval –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– Representative –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
LEAD FREE*
Series DETA
ASME — Pressurized Expansion
Tanks for Potable Hot Water
Models DETA 5 to DETA 210
Watts Model DETA Tanks are ASME fixed bladder type pre-
charged expansion tanks for commercial and industrial fresh
potable hot water applications. They are designed to accept
the expanded volume of hot water keeping the system pressure
below the relief valve setting. The water is contained in a butyl
bladder.
Features
• ASME Section VIII Construction
• Fixed Butyl Bladder (FDA approved)
• Stainless Steel System Connection
Schedule
• Precharged to 40 psi (Field Adjustable)
Acceptance
Construction Model Tank Volume Volume Tagging
Number Gallons Gallons Information Quantity
Shell: Carbon steel
DETA 5 3.5 2.3
System Connection: Stainless steel
DETA 12 5 3.3
Bladder: Butyl (FDA approved)
DETA 20 8 5.3
Prime painted exterior
DETA 30 15 10.0
Pressure — Temperature DETA 42 22 14.5
Maximum Design Pressure:
DETA 60 26 17.5
DETA 5 through DETA 210: 150 psi (10 bar)
DETA 80 35 23.5
Precharged to 40 psi (275 kPa)
DETA 100 45 30
Maximum Design Temperature: 240°F (115°C)
DETA 125 60 40
Specifications DETA 160 70 47
Furnish and install as shown on plans a Watts Model DETA ____ DETA 180 80 53
gallon ____ " diameter x ____" (high) pre-charged steel thermal DETA 210 90 60
expansion tank with a fixed butyl bladder. The tank shall have
a top NPT stainless steel system connection and a .302" - 32
charging valve connection (standard tire valve) to facilitate the NOTICE
on-site charging of the tank to meet system requirements. The The information contained herein is not intended to replace the
tank must be constructed in accordance with Section VIII of the full product installation and safety information available or the
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. experience of a trained product installer. You are required to
thoroughly read all installation instructions and product safety
*The wetted surface of this product contacted by consumable information before beginning the installation of this product.
water contains less than 0.25% of lead by weight.
Watts product specifications in U.S. customary units and metric are approximate and are provided for reference only. For precise measurements,
please contact Watts Technical Service. Watts reserves the right to change or modify product design, construction, specifications, or materials with-
out prior notice and without incurring any obligation to make such changes and modifications on Watts products previously or subsequently sold.
Thermal Expansion Tanks — Pressurized
SYSTEM
CONNECTION
LIFT CHARGING
RING VALVE
SYSTEM CHARGING
CONNECTION VALVE
O.A.H.
O.A.H.
DIA. DIA.
DETA 5 and DETA 12 DETA 20 through DETA 210
Dimensions — Weight
Max. Operating Dimensions
Model Number System Connection DN Pressure Dia. Height C Weight*
in. mm (PSIG) in. mm in. mm in. mm lbs. kgs.
DETA 5 ⁄
34 20 150 10 254 14 356 – – 22 10
DETA 12 3⁄4 20 150 12 305 14 356 – – 28 13
DETA 20 3⁄4 20 150 12 305 20 508 10 254 34 15
DETA 30 1 25 150 16 406 24 609 14 356 64 29
DETA 42 1 25 150 16 406 31 788 14 356 88 40
DETA 60 1 25 150 16 406 34 864 14 356 93 42
DETA 80 1 25 150 16 406 45 1143 14 356 109 49
DETA 100 1 25 150 20 508 39 990 18 457 148 67
DETA 125 1 25 150 20 508 50 1270 18 457 175 79
DETA 160 11⁄2 40 150 24 610 47 1701 22 559 259 117
DETA 180 11⁄2 40 150 24 610 50 1270 22 559 268 122
DETA 210 11⁄2 40 150 24 610 53 1346 22 559 283 128
(*approximate)
NOTICE
Tanks are factory pre-charged at 40 psi and field adjustable.
Lift ring on models DETA 42 through DETA 210.
A Watts Water Technologies Company USA: Tel: (978) 689-6066 • Fax: (978) 975-8350 • Watts.com
Canada: Tel: (905) 332-4090 • Fax: (905) 332-7068 • Watts.ca
Latin America: Tel: (52) 81-1001-8600 • Fax: (52) 81-8000-7091 • Watts.com
ES-DETA 1452 © 2014 Watts

GRUNDFOS PRODUCT GUIDE
Hydro MPC BoosterpaQ ®
Booster sets with 2 to 6 pumps

60 Hz
Single & Multi-Pump Systems
ANSI / NSF61
65GM
Max. use Temp. 23°C / 73°F
WATER QUALITY Annex G
Hydro MPC BoosterpaQ
1
1. Product data
Product data
Introduction CU 352 Multi-Pump Controller (MPC)
Advanced controller is specifically designed to control
Grundfos Hydro MPC BoosterpaQ® booster sets are
multiple parallel coupled pumps in a wide array of
designed for transfer, pressure boosting and
applications.
circulation of water in:
• domestic water pressure boosting
• high rise buildings, hotels, and hospitals
• irrigation
TM05 3230 1012

• industry
• municipal water transfer
• HVAC.
As standard, Hydro MPC booster sets consist of two to Fig. 1 CU 352
six CR(E) pumps connected in parallel and mounted
The pumps of the Hydro MPC booster system are
on a base frame provided with a control cabinet and all
controlled individually by the CU 352 multi-pump
the necessary fittings.
control unit which contains application-optimized
Most of the booster sets are available with either CR software and pump curve data. The CU 352 thus
pumps and/or CRE pumps. For further information, see knows the exact hydraulic and electrical data of the
page 5. pumps to be controlled. Furthermore, a log function
enables monitoring of the system performance over a
The pumps of the booster set can be removed without period of time.
interfering with the pipework on either side of the User-friendliness
manifolds. Consequently, even on the largest booster Hydro MPC features a built-in start-up wizard in a wide
sets, service can be performed by a single person with range of languages that guides the installer through a
a forklift truck or a crane. series of steps until the system is correctly installed
Hydro MPC booster sets are divided into seven groups and commissioned. When the installation is complete,
the large, user-friendly color display will ensure that
based on control variants. For further information, see
day-to-day operation is equally easy.
“Product range” on page 5 and “Overview of variants”
Reliability
on page 13.
Hydro MPC-E
Booster sets with two to six CRE pumps. The
terminology CRE means CR pump that includes an
integrated variable frequency drive (VFD)/motor with
sizes from 1 to 10 Hp.
Hydro MPC-E(CUE)
Booster sets with two to six CR pumps, each
connected to external CUE VFD.
Hydro MPC-F
TM04 4568 1709
Booster sets with two to six CR pumps connected to

one external VFD. The speed-controlled operation
alternates between the pumps of the booster set.
Hydro MPC-S
Fig. 2 Grundfos CR pumps
Booster sets with two to six constant speed CR pumps.
Hydro MPC is built on the highly renowned Grundfos
Benefits CR pump range. CR pumps are known for their
reliability, efficiency and adaptability.
NSF 61 Annex G
Single & Multi-Pump Systems Every vital piece of the Hydro MPC is made by
The complete ANSI / NSF61
Grundfos. You are thus guaranteed long-lasting
65GM
packaged Max. use Temp. 23°C / 73°F
technology that requires a minimum of maintenance
WATER QUALITY Annex G
pumping system and provides a maximum of efficiency.
is NSF 61 Annex G Listed for drinking
water and low lead requirements.
3
1
Product range
Product data
TM03 0993 0905
TM03 0995 0905
TM03 1265 1505

PT PT PT
Variant Hydro MPC-E Hydro MPC-E(CUE) Hydro MPC-F
Hydraulic data
Max. head [ft] 536 536 536

Flow rate [gpm] 0 - 3600 0 - 3600 0 - 3600
Liquid temperature [°F] 32 to 1763) 32 to 1763) 32 to 1763)
Max. operating pressure [psi] 232 1) 232 1) 232 1)
Motor data
Number of pumps 2-6 2-6 2-6

Motor power [Hp] 1 - 10 2 - 60 2 - 60
Shaft seal
KUHE (TC/C-TC/EPDM) 2) 2) 2)

2) 2)
HQQE (SiC/SiC/EPDM)   2)
Materials
CR Pumps:
  
Cast iron and stainless steel AISI 304
CRI Pumps:
  
Stainless steel AISI 304
CRN Pumps:
  
Stainless steel AISI 316
Manifold: Stainless steel   
Functions
Constant pressure control   

Automatic cascade control   
Pump changeover/alternation   
GENIbus communication (external)   
Integrated variable frequency drive
 - -
(VFD)/motor (on pump)
External VFD (in cabinet) -  
 Available as standard.
 Available on request.
1) Booster sets with a maximum operating pressure higher than 232 psi are available on request.
2) Standard shaft seal for CR 5 - CR 20 is HQQE. Standard shaft seal for CR 32 - CR 90 is KUHE.
3) Maximum liquid temperature can be increased by use of higher temp range sensor.
5
2 Hydro MPC BoosterpaQ
2. Construction
Construction
Pump Motor
CR pumps are non-self-priming, vertical multistage
Grundfos standard motors - ML and Baldor motors
centrifugal pumps.
CR pumps are fitted with a Grundfos specified motor.
Each pump consists of a base and a pump head. The The motors are all heavy-duty 2-pole, NEMA C-face
chamber stack and outer sleeve are secured between motors. The standard motor for pumps 10 Hp and
the pump head and the base by means of staybolts. below, with 3-phase power, is the Grundfos ML motor
The base has suction and discharge ports on the same with a TEFC enclosure. The standard motor for pumps
level (in-line) and of the same port size. above 10 Hp is a Baldor motor with an ODP enclosure.
CRE pumps are based on CR pumps. The difference Single phase motors are available up to 10 Hp. The
between the CR and CRE pump range is the motor. standard motor for single phase power is a Baldor
CRE pumps are fitted with a Grundfos MLE motor that motor with a TEFC enclosure.
includes an integrated variable frequency drive (VFD).
Integrated frequency-controlled motors - MLE
For further information, see the CR Product Guide motors
literature number L-CR-PG-001. The Product Guide is The MLE motors consists of a 2-pole, TEFC rated
available in WebCAPS on www.grundfos.com, see enclosure, NEMA C-faced motor and an integrated
page 88. VFD in a NEMA 3R enclosure.
For information about the pump’s position in the In single phase power, (1 x 208-230 V), Grundfos
booster set, see fig. 4 on page 10. offers MLE motors from 0.5 Hp to 1.5 Hp.
In three phase power, (3 x 208-230 V), Grundfos offers
Shaft seal
MLE motors from 1.5 Hp to 7.5 Hp.
All pumps are equipped with a maintenance-free
mechanical cartridge type shaft seal. In three phase power, (3 x 460 V), Grundfos offers
The standard shaft seal for pump sizes CR 3, CR 5, MLE motors from 1 Hp to 30 Hp.
CR 10, CR 15, and CR 20 is a HQQE. Seal faces of Motors with integrated VFD require no external motor
the HQQE shaft seal are silicon carbide/silicon carbide protection. The motor incorporates thermal protection
with rubber parts of EPDM. The standard shaft seal for against slow overloading and seizure (IEC 34-11: TP
pump sizes CR 32, CR 45, CR 64, and CR 90 is a 211).
KUHE. Seal faces of the KUHE shaft seal are tungsten
carbide/carbon with embedded tungsten carbide with Optional motors
rubber parts of EPDM. For special applications or operating conditions,
Grundfos offers custom-built motors such as:
Note: Other shaft seal variants are available on
request. • explosion proof motors
• motors with anti-condensation heating unit
• energy efficient and premium efficiency motors
• motors with thermal protection
GR3395
Manifold
Fig. 1 Cartridge shaft seal, HQQE shown above A suction manifold of stainless steel (316 or 316 Ti) is
fitted on the suction side of the pumps. An isolating
The shaft seal can be replaced without dismantling the
valve is fitted between the suction manifold and the
pump. The shaft seal of pumps with motors of 15 Hp
individual pumps. A discharge manifold of stainless
and up can be replaced without removing the motor.
steel (316 or 316 Ti) is fitted on the discharge side of
For further information, see the product guide titled the pumps. An isolating valve and a check valve are
“Shaft seals” (publication number 96519875) available fitted between the discharge manifold and the
in WebCAPS on www.grundfos.com; see page 88. individual pumps. For suction lift applications the
check valve may be fitted on the suction side on
request.
For information about the position of the suction and
discharge manifold, see fig. 4 on page 10.
8
2
Control panel IO 351
Construction
The control panel is fitted with all the necessary IO 351 is a module for exchange of digital and analog
components. If necessary, Hydro MPC booster sets signals between CU 352 and the remaining electrical
are fitted with a fan to remove surplus heat generated system via GENIbus. IO 351 comes in the variants A
by the variable frequency drive (VFD). and B.
Control panel variants

The control panel are divided into two groups based on
TM 03 2110 - GrA0815
construction:
• Systems with the control panel mounted on the
base frame next to the pumps, (solid base).
• Systems with the control panel mounted on a
separate base frame, (split base).
The control panel is mounted on its own base frame Fig. 3 IO 351A and IO 351B
and therefore suitable for floor mounting near the
booster system. IO 351A
For further information, see fig. 4 on page 10 and see IO 351A is used for one to three Grundfos pumps with
section 8. Technical data for data on the individual fixed speed.
Hydro MPC. IO 351B
IO 351B is used for one to six Grundfos pumps with
CU 352 fixed speed and/or one to three pumps controlled by
external VFD(s). The module can also be used as an
The CU 352 multi-pump control unit of Hydro MPC is
located in the door of the control cabinet. input-output module for communication with monitoring
equipment or another external equipment.
TM05 3230 1012
Fig. 2 CU 352
The CU 352 features a color display, ten buttons and

two indicator lights. The control panel enables manual
setting and change of parameters such as setpoint,
start/stop of system or individual pumps.
The CU 352 has application-optimized software for
adapting the system to the application in question.
9
System components
Construction
8
2
7
3
TM03 1171 1205

6
5 4
Fig. 4 System components
Pos. Description Quantity

1 Control panel 1
2 Nameplate 1
Suction manifold (316 stainless
3 1
steel)
4 Isolating valve 2 per pump
5 Base frame (304 stainless steel) 1
6 Check valve 1 per pump
Discharge manifold (316 stainless
7 1
steel)
8 Pressure transmitter/gauge 1 per manifold
9 Pump 2-6
10
with CR 10 pumps 7
Performance curves
CR 10
H H H
[m] [ft] [ft]
260 850 CR 10 850
-17 (15 HP)
800
50 GPM 800
240 -16 (15 HP)
750
Nominal 750
220 2-pole, 60 Hz
700 700
-14 (15 HP)
200 650 650
600 600
180 -12 (10 HP)
550 550
160
500 -10 (7 1/2 HP) 500
140 450 450

-9 (7 1/2 HP)
120 400 -8 (7 1/2 HP) 400
350 -7 (7 1/2 HP) 350

100
300 -6 (5 HP) 300
80 -5 (5 HP)
250 250
60 200 -4 (3 HP) 200
150 -3 (3 HP) 150

40 Building C
100 -2 (1 1/2 HP) 100 52 GPM @ 127 ft head
20 -1 (3/4 HP)
50 50 Building A
42 GPM @ 127 ft head
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 Q [US GPM]
Building B
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Q [m³/h] 39 GPM @ 127 ft head
P2 P2 Eff
[kW] [hp] [%]
0.8 P2/Stage 80
0.6 Eff 60
0.4
0.4 40
0.2
0.2 20
0.0 0.0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 Q [US GPM]
H NPSH NPSH
[m] [ft] [ft]
15 15
4
10 10
TM05 1568 3211
2
5 NPSHR 5
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 Q [US GPM]
Pump curves shown with solid bold line represent standard BoosterpaQ pump offerings. Pump curves shown with dashed line represent non-standard
BoosterpaQ pump offerings, which are available upon request.
33
with CR 10 pumps
Technical data
Hydro MPC BoosterpaQ with CR(E) 10 pumps
TM05 5879 4112

Fig. 41 Drawing of a Hydro MPC booster set with a control panel mounted on the same base plate as the pumps. (Design A)
TM05 5881 4112

Fig. 42 Drawing of a Hydro MPC booster set with control panel and pumps on separate base plates. (Design B)
TM05 5880 4112
Fig. 43 Drawing of a Hydro MPC booster set with a floor-mounted control panel. (Design C)
48
with CR 10 pumps 8
Technical data
Hydro MPC-E BoosterpaQ with CRE 10 pumps
Wt.
Connect. Panel dim. Wt.
No. of Motor A B C H1 H2 L1 L2 w/out
Pump type size HxWxD w/panel Design
pumps [hp] [in] [in] [in] [in] [in] [in] [in] panel
[in.] [in] [lb]
[lb]
CRE 10-2 1.5 57.9 30.8 50.4 N/A 30x24x9 375 471 A
CRE 10-3 3 57.9 33.3 50.4 N/A 30x24x9 425 522 A
CRE 10-4 3 57.9 34.5 50.4 N/A 30x24x9 430 526 A
2 CRE 10-5 5 2.5" NPT 33.5 36.4 6.3 57.9 37.8 50.4 N/A 30x24x9 506 602 A
CRE 10-6 5 57.9 39.0 50.4 N/A 30x24x9 511 607 A
CRE 10-8 7.5 57.9 41.7 50.4 N/A 30x24x9 531 627 A
CRE 10-10 7.5 57.9 44.1 50.4 N/A 30x24x9 549 645 A
CRE 10-2 1.5 57.9 30.8 63.0 N/A 30x24x9 554 662 A
CRE 10-3 3 57.9 33.3 63.0 N/A 30x24x9 630 738 A
CRE 10-4 3 57.9 34.5 63.0 N/A 30x24x9 637 745 A
3 CRE 10-5 5 3" NPT 33.6 37.1 6.3 57.9 37.8 63.0 N/A 30x24x9 751 860 A
CRE 10-6 5 57.9 39.0 63.0 N/A 30x24x9 758 866 A
CRE 10-8 7.5 57.9 41.7 63.0 N/A 30x24x9 788 897 A
CRE 10-10 7.5 57.9 44.1 63.0 N/A 30x24x9 815 923 A
CRE 10-2 1.5 57.9 30.8 76.8 N/A 30x24x9 775 896 A
CRE 10-3 3 57.9 33.3 76.8 N/A 30x24x9 877 997 A
CRE 10-4 3 57.9 34.5 76.8 N/A 30x24x9 886 1006 A
4 CRE 10-5 5 4" ANSI 33.6 42.6 6.3 57.9 37.8 76.8 N/A 30x24x9 1038 1159 A
CRE 10-6 5 57.9 39.0 76.8 N/A 30x24x9 1047 1168 A
CRE 10-8 7.5 57.9 41.7 76.8 N/A 30x24x9 1088 1209 A
CRE 10-10 7.5 57.9 44.1 76.8 N/A 30x24x9 1123 1244 A
CRE 10-2 1.5 57.9 30.8 64.7 24.8 30x24x9 965 1098 B
CRE 10-3 3 57.9 33.3 64.7 24.8 30x24x9 1093 1225 B
CRE 10-4 3 57.9 34.5 64.7 24.8 30x24x9 1104 1236 B
5 CRE 10-5 5 4" ANSI 33.6 42.6 6.3 57.9 37.8 64.7 24.8 30x24x9 1295 1427 B
CRE 10-6 5 57.9 39.0 64.7 24.8 30x24x9 1306 1438 B
CRE 10-8 7.5 57.9 41.7 64.7 32.7 40x32x12 1357 1544 B
CRE 10-10 7.5 57.9 44.1 64.7 32.7 40x32x12 1401 1588 B
CRE 10-2 1.5 57.9 30.8 77.4 32.7 40x32x12 1174 1374 B
CRE 10-3 3 57.9 33.3 77.4 32.7 40x32x12 1327 1527 B
CRE 10-4 3 57.9 34.5 77.4 32.7 40x32x12 1340 1540 B
6 CRE 10-5 5 6" ANSI 35.8 46.8 6.3 57.9 37.8 77.4 32.7 40x32x12 1569 1769 B
CRE 10-6 5 57.9 39.0 77.4 32.7 40x32x12 1583 1782 B
CRE 10-8 7.5 57.9 41.7 77.4 32.7 40x32x12 1644 1844 B
CRE 10-10 7.5 57.9 44.1 77.4 32.7 40x32x12 1697 1897 B
Design A: Hydro MPC booster set with a control panel mounted on the same base plate as the pumps.
Design B: Hydro MPC booster set with a control panel and pumps mounted on separate base plates.
Design C: Hydro MPC booster set with a floor mounted control panel.
Note: All control panel dimensions based on 460/3/60 power. Dimensions may vary ± 1 in. and vary due to options requested and component changes. Please
contact Grundfos for a Certified drawing for construction purposes.
49
Technical Data CRE-Plus CRE10/15/20
3/4" Tank
Connection
Dimensions and Weights

Max H1 H2 L Pipe Ship Wt
Pump Type HP PH Volts Amps (in.) (in.) (in.) Conn. (lbs) Maximum Operating Pressure
CRE 10-2 1 1/2 1 208-230 7.5 27.1 6.3 35.7 2" NPT 323 CRE 10-2 --> CRE 10-10 232 psi (16 bar)
1 1/2 3 460-480 2.6 29.5 6.3 35.7 2" NPT 337 CRE 10-12 --> CRE 10-14 362 psi (25 bar)
CRE 10-4 3 3 460-480 4.3 34.5 6.3 35.7 2" NPT 365 CRE 15-1 --> CRE 15-6 232 psi (16 bar)
CRE 10-6 5 3 460-480 7.0 39.0 6.3 35.7 2" NPT 427 CRE 20-1 --> CRE 20-4 232 psi (16 bar)
CRE 10-8 7 1/2 3 460-480 10.3 41.8 6.3 35.7 2" NPT 456
CRE 10-10 7 1/2 3 460-480 10.3 44.2 6.3 35.7 2" NPT 460 Maximum Inlet Pressure
CRE 10-12 10 3 460-480 13.8 46.6 6.3 35.7 2" NPT 473 See CR, CRE Product Guide
CRE 10-14 10 3 460-480 13.8 48.9 6.3 35.7 2" NPT 478
CRE 15-1 2 3 460-480 3.1 30.6 6.3 35.7 2" NPT 343 Maximum Liquid Temperature
CRE 15-2 5 3 460-480 7.0 35.6 6.3 35.7 2" NPT 421 176 oF (80 oC)
CRE 15-3 5 3 460-480 7.0 37.3 6.3 35.7 2" NPT 423
CRE 15-4 7 1/2 3 460-480 10.3 39.4 6.3 35.7 2" NPT 451 Maximum Ambient Temperature
CRE 15-6 10 3 460-480 13.8 42.9 6.3 35.7 2" NPT 465 104 oF (40 oC)
CRE 20-1 3 3 460-480 4.3 33.3 6.3 36.4 2" NPT 362
CRE 20-2 5 3 460-480 7.0 35.5 6.3 36.4 2" NPT 422 Consult Factory for higher temperatures.
CRE 20-3 7 1/2 3 460-480 10.3 37.7 6.3 36.4 2" NPT 448
CRE 20-4 10 3 460-480 13.8 39.4 6.3 36.4 2" NPT 459 Operating Pressure may be further limited
by type of diaphragm tank installed.
Construction Approvals
Item Description/Material
CRE Pump Standard Cast Iron/304 SS CR pump with MLE Motor
Isolation Valves Full Port, Nickel Plated Brass
Check Valve - CRE10/15 Spring Loaded, 300 Series Stainless Steel
Check Valve - CRE20 C/I Body Epoxy Coated, Brass Plug, SS Spring Packaged Pumping System
Suc/Disch Piping 316SS Schedule 40
Pressure Transducer 4-20 mA Signal, 316SS Related Documents
Pressure Gauges Liquid Filled, SS/Brass
Pressure Switch 316SS/Nitrile, 3 psig fixed setpoint, 5 psig reset For performance curves, materials of
Elec. Switch Box NEMA 3R, Lockable in OFF position construction and other information for
Base 304SS CRE pumps see the CR, CRE Pump
Conduit Flexible, PVC Jacket Product Guide.
Rev. 10-31-05
WELL-X-TROL ®
Diaphragm Well Tanks: WX-400C Series ASME
125 PSIG Working Pressure
Construction Application CHARGING VALVE
Shell ASME Approved Steel • For use in commercial well water and B
Diaphragm Heavy Duty Buty booster pump systems.

Liner Antimicrobial • Fixed diaphragm construction.
System Connection Malleable Iron (NPTF) • Designed and constructed per
Finish Red Oxide Primer ASME Code Section VIII, Division 1.
Water Circulator Turbulator™ • Sight glass and seismic restraint
options available.
Air Valve Schrader Valve w/EPDM Seats
A
Factory Precharge 25 PSIG (1.7 bar)
Performance
Maximum Operating Temperature 200°F (93°C)
Maximum Working Pressure 125 PSIG (8.6 bar)
D
Warranty 1 Year
C
ASME Models
Max. C D System
Tank A B E Shipping
Model Accept. Sys. Conn. Sys. Conn. Conn.
Volume Tank Height Tank Diameter Stand Diameter Weight
Number Volume Inset Centerline (NPTF)
Gal Lit Gal Lit In mm In mm In mm In mm In mm In Lbs Kg
WX-401C 18 68 11 42 31 787 16 406 5 124 1½ 38 12¾ 324 1 77 35

WX-402C 25 95 11 42 40 1016 16 406 5 124 1½ 38 12¾ 324 1 93 42
WX-403C 34 129 11 42 49 1245 16 406 5 124 1½ 38 12¾ 324 1 115 52
WX-404C 68 258 34 129 48 1219 24 610 6 159 1⅝ 41 16 406 1¼ 227 103
WX-405C 90 341 34 129 59 1499 24 610 6 159 1⅝ 41 16 406 1¼ 252 114
WX-406C 110 417 34 129 70 1778 24 610 6 159 1⅝ 41 16 406 1¼ 286 130
WX-407C 132 500 46 175 57 1448 30 762 10 254 1¾ 44 24 610 1¼ 436 198
All dimensions and weights are approximate.
Job Name ______________________________________ Notes __________________________________
Engineer ______________________________________ _______________________________________
Contractor ______________________________________ _______________________________________
P.O. No. ______________________________________ _______________________________________
Sales Rep. ______________________________________ _______________________________________
Model No. ______________________________________ _______________________________________
MC 4400 (01/17) Amtrol Inc., 1400 Division Road, West Warwick, RI 02893 USA T: 401.884.6300 www.amtrol.com 11
WELL-X-TROL ®
Diaphragm Well Tanks: WX-400 Series Non-ASME
150 PSIG Working Pressure
Construction Application CHARGING VALVE
Shell Steel • For use in commercial well water and B
Diaphragm Heavy Duty Butyl booster pump systems.

Liner Antimicrobial • Fixed diaphragm construction.
System Connection Malleable Iron (NPTF) • Sight glass and seismic restraint
Finish Red Oxide Primer options available.
Water Circulator Turbulator™
Air Valve Schrader Valve w/EPDM Seats
A
Factory Precharge 25 PSIG (1.7 bar)
Performance
Maximum Operating Temperature 200°F (93°C)
Maximum Working Pressure 150 PSIG (10.3 bar)
D
Warranty 1 Year
C
Non-ASME Models
Max. C D System
Tank A B E Shipping
Model Accept. Sys. Conn. Sys. Conn. Conn.
Volume Tank Height Tank Diameter Stand Diameter Weight
Number Volume Inset Centerline (NPTF)
Gal Lit Gal Lit In mm In mm In mm In mm In mm In Lbs Kg
WX-401 18 68 11 42 31 787 16 406 5 124 1½ 38 12¾ 324 1 96 44

WX-402 25 95 11 42 40 1016 16 406 5 124 1½ 38 12¾ 324 1 113 51
WX-403 34 129 11 42 49 1245 16 406 5 124 1½ 38 12¾ 324 1 120 54
WX-404 68 258 34 129 48 1219 24 610 6 159 1⅝ 41 16 406 1¼ 232 105
WX-405 90 341 34 129 59 1499 24 610 6 159 1⅝ 41 16 406 1¼ 255 116
WX-406 110 417 34 129 70 1778 24 610 6 159 1⅝ 41 16 406 1¼ 335 152
WX-407 132 500 46 175 57 1448 30 762 10 254 1¾ 44 24 610 1¼ 450 204
All dimensions and weights are approximate.
Job Name ______________________________________ Notes __________________________________
Engineer ______________________________________ _______________________________________
Contractor ______________________________________ _______________________________________
P.O. No. ______________________________________ _______________________________________
Sales Rep. ______________________________________ _______________________________________
Model No. ______________________________________ _______________________________________
12 Amtrol Inc., 1400 Division Road, West Warwick, RI 02893 USA T: 401.884.6300 www.amtrol.com MC 4400 (01/17)
SECTION 6
FIRE PROTECTION

6.0 DESIGN ANALYSIS
Discipline: FIRE PROTECTION Date: 28 MAY, 2019

6.0 GENERAL SUMMARY

The Scope of Work (SOW) is to complete design/build services for the initial development of the new Artillery
Brigade base. The contractor (design/build team) will perform as the Designer of Record and Constructor of Record
and deliver the Project as per the government provided preliminary RFP documents, including drawings and
specifications.
Brigade site contains no paved roads or utilities, so the roadway system will connect to Highway 6335 and the
6.1 DETAILED ANALYSIS
6.1.1 Criteria and Host Nation Requirements

The Royal Saudi Land Forces Artillery (RSLFA) facilities are in accordance with applicable UFC requirements. The
design complies with the UFC’s and applicable US Technical Orders. Some unique US standards, including ATFP,
LEED and Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) will not be adhered to.
Certain design features are required to be designed to Saudi standards that conflict with US Standards, which will
preclude 100% compliance (e.g., specific facilities are not required to comply with ADA requirements due to Saudi
requirements). Identification of specific excepted standards are documented in the Design Analysis.

6.1.2.1 Site Work
Fire Protection Water Supply
The fire protection water supply is based on the sum of the demands for the largest fire suppression system and
the site fire hydrants. Fire protection calculations are provided in Section 6.6 of this report.
Two, ground level steel fire protection water storage tanks are provided. The tanks are designed to be refilled
automatically from the site water distribution system. Refer to Section 6.3.8 for further discussion regarding
refilling the fire water tanks.
The fire pump is located in the Fire Pump Building, adjacent to the fire water storage tanks. One (1) electric fire
pump is provided in accordance with UFC 3-600-01. A pressure maintenance (jockey pump) is provided to ensure
that the fire pump will not cycle excessively. The fire pump is sized for the largest single fire flow for the site,
including the demands for the future facilities included in the Long Range Development Plan.
The fire pump discharges into a dedicated fire main. The fire mains will loop around the entire site once the entire
base fit out is complete as required by UFC 3-600-01 §3-7.1.2. All underground fire protection piping is cement-
lined ductile iron pipe.
Fire Hydrants
Wet barrel or California-type hydrants will be installed adjacent to paved areas, accessible to fire department
apparatus in accordance with UFC 3-600-01. Fire hydrants must have two 65 mm hose outlets and one 115 m
outlet with national standard fire hose threads in accordance with NFPA 1963.
The installation must be in accordance with NFPA 24, except as modified by UFC 3-600-01.
• At least one (1) hydrant must be located within 45 m of each fire department connection.
• All parts of the facility exterior must be within 106 m of a hydrant.
• A sufficient number of hydrants must be provided so that Fire Flow can be met without taking more than
4,740 L/min from any single hydrant.
• Barrels must be long enough to permit at least 450 mm clearance between the center of the 115 mm
outlet and grade.
• The ground must be graded so that any surface drainage is away from the hydrant.
• The 115 mm outlet must be perpendicular to the street to allow straight connection to the pumper.
• Landscaping, fencing, bollards and similar must be located a minimum of 610 mm from the horizontal
centerline of the hydrant and not directly in front of any outlet.
Refer to the Civil drawings for locations of hydrants.
Sectionalizing Valves
A sufficient number of sectional valves are provided on the Service Main, so that not more than a combined total
of five (5) hydrants or Service Laterals to not more than three (3) fire protection systems can be taken out of
service due to a single break (UFC 3-600-01 §9-3.4.3). A valve is also placed on the lead-in piping to each
interior fire suppression system.
Fire Department (Emergency) Vehicle Access
UFC 3-600-01 requires all facilities greater than 465 m 2, or more than two stories in height, to be provided with at
least one means of all-weather ground access to allow emergency vehicles unimpeded access to the facility (§9-
1.1). All-weather ground access must be paved, start from the road, and terminate no farther than 10 m from an
exterior door accessible for fire department ingress.
Fire department access roads must have an unobstructed width of not less than 6.1 m and an unobstructed
vertical clearance of not less than 4.1 m (NFPA 1 §18.2.3.4.1). Dead-ends in excess of 46 m in length require an
approved turn around area.
The Guard House and Fire Pump Building are each less than 465 m2 in area and do not require fire department
vehicle access. All other facilities are provided with fire department vehicle access in accordance with UFC 3-
600-01.
Site Fire Alarm

The Mass Notification System (MNS) and the Fire Alarm Systems are integrated to form one combined system
(FA/MNS) that performs the functions of both in accordance with the combined system requirements of UFC 4-
021-01. Each facility fire alarm/mass notification system is connected to the fire alarm reporting system located in
the Brigade Headquarters. The following signals, at a minimum, will be transmitted to the fire alarm reporting
system in accordance with UFC 3-600-01 §9-18.3.3:
• Alarm signal by device type
• General supervisory signal
• General trouble signal
Each facility will be connected to the fire alarm reporting system via fiber optic cabling. Refer to the
Communications design analysis for additional details.
6.1.2.2 Use of Occupancy

Building code requirements are based on the International Building Code (IBC). The IBC must be utilized to
determine the occupancy classification as it relates to allowable construction type, building height, building area,
building separation distance, and associated requirements (UFC 3-600-01§3-2.1.2). The use of occupancy for
each facility shall be determined in accordance with IBC Chapter 3.
Accessory occupancies are those occupancies subsidiary to the main occupancy of the building or portion
thereof. The aggregate area of the accessory occupancies shall not occupy more than 10 percent of the area of
the story and cannot exceed the allowable area for the accessory occupancy without applying any building area
increases due to sprinkler protection (IBC §508.2.3). No separation is required between accessory occupancies
and the main occupancy.
Life safety and egress requirements are based on the NFPA 101. NFPA 101 must be utilized to determine the
occupancy classification as it relates to fire/smoke resistance rating of interior non-load bearing partitions (other
than occupancy separation), means of egress, interior finish, features of fire protection (including vertical
openings), and associated requirements (UFC 3-600-01 §3-3.1.1). The use of occupancy for each facility shall be
determined in accordance with NFPA 101 Chapter 6.
Where incidental to another occupancy, areas used for mercantile, business, industrial, or storage use shall be
permitted to be considered part of the predominant occupancy and shall be subject to the provisions of NFPA 101
that apply to the predominant occupancy (NFPA 101 §6.1.14.1.3).
6.1.2.3 Construction Type

In accordance with UFC 3-600-01 §3-2, the construction type must conform to the requirements of the IBC. All
buildings will be constructed as Type IIB construction.
Type IIB Construction

Building Element (IBC Table 601) Fire Resistance Rating
(hours)
Primary Structural Frame 0
Exterior Bearing Walls 0
Interior Bearing Walls 0
Exterior Non-bearing walls Based on Fire Separation

Distance
Interior Non-bearing walls 0a
Floor construction and secondary members 0
Roof construction and secondary members 0
Note a: Interior non-bearing walls must have a fire resistance rating where required by NFPA 101.
6.1.2.4 Roof Assemblies

Roof coverings must be approved and listed by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). Class C
roof coverings are only permitted for facilities less than 465 m 2 (UFC 3-600-01 §15-1).
For non-sprinklered facilities, roof deck assemblies must be FM Class I approved, or UL-listed as fire classified or
equal listing or classification by an NRTL. Fire retardant treated (FRT) plywood is not permitted in any part of the
roof or roofing system (UFC 3-600-01 §23-1).
6.1.2.5 Marking and Identification

Fire walls, fire barriers, fire partitions, smoke barriers, smoke partitions, or any other wall required to have
protected openings must be marked and identified in accordance with the IBC (UFC 3-600-01 §7-2). Walls shall
be permanently identified with signs or stencils in any accessible concealed floor, floor-ceiling, or attic spaces.
Such identification shall meet the following requirements:
• Be located within 4.57 m of the end of each wall and at intervals not exceeding 9.14 m measured
horizontally along the wall or partition.
• Including lettering not less than 76 mm in height with a minimum 9.5 mm stroke in contrasting color with
wording similar to “FIRE AND/OR SMOKE BARRIER – PROTECT ALL OPENINGS”.
6.1.2.6 Fire Separation

Exterior Walls
The required separation distances between buildings shall be in accordance with the requirements of the IBC
(UFC 3-600-01 §3-2.1.2). The required exterior wall rating and the allowable openings are calculated based upon
the actual fire separation distance. Fire separation distance (FSD) is defined as follows:
“The distance measured from the building face to one of the following:
1. The closest interior lot line;
2. To the centerline of a street, an alley or public way; or
3. To an imaginary line between two buildings on the lot.
The distance shall be measured at right angles from the face of the wall.” (IBC §202).
IBC Table 602 permits non-rated exterior walls for all occupancies except Group H of Type IIB construction with a
fire separation distance of at least 3.1m.
IBC §705.8 allows exterior wall openings based on the distance from a “lot line”. Unlimited unprotected openings
are permitted in buildings whose exterior bearing walls, exterior non-bearing walls and exterior primary structural
frame are not required to be fire-resistance rated (IBC §705.8.1 exception 2).
Interior Walls
Fire resistance ratings for non-bearing partitions must comply with NFPA 101 (UFC 3-600-01 §7-3).
6.1.2.7 Means of Egress

Occupant Load
As required by UFC 3-600-01 §10-3, the occupant load must be calculated in accordance with NFPA 101 Chapter
7, including the occupant load factors found in NFPA 101 Table 7.3.1.2, except as noted in UFC 3-600-01 Table
10-3.1. The occupant load is determined for each space based on the intended use of that space and not the
overall building occupancy classification.
Number of Exits
NFPA 101 §7.4.1.1 requires that a minimum of two (2) exits be provided for any story, or portion thereof, based
on an occupant load of 500 people or less. A single means of egress is permitted where allowed by NFPA 101
Chapters 11 through 43 based on the specific occupancy classification. Not less than three (3) exits must be
provided for any story or portion thereof with an occupant load of more than 500 but not more than 1,000 (NFPA
101 §7.4.1.2).
Exit Capacity
The exit capacity of each space must be sufficient for the calculated occupant load for that space. Exit capacity is
calculated using the capacity factors found in NFPA Table 7.3.3.1. The capacity factors are 7.6 mm of exit width
per person for stairways and 5 mm of exit width per person for other components like doors and corridors.
Travel Distance & Exit Arrangement
Travel distance is measured from the most remote point to an approved exit along the natural and unobstructed
line of travel. The length of egress travel distance, common paths, and dead ends are limited based on
occupancy type. Travel distance and exit arrangement will comply with NFPA 101 based on the occupancy use
group.
Exit Separation / Remoteness
NFPA 101 §7.5.1.3 requires that where more than one exit, exit access, or exit discharge is required from a
building or portion thereof, such exits, exit accesses or exit discharges shall be remotely located from each other
and be arranged to minimize the possibility that more than one is blocked by any one fire or other emergency
condition.
The minimum separation distance between two exits, exit accesses, or exit discharges, shall be not less than
one-half the length of the maximum overall diagonal dimension of the building or area served.
In buildings protected throughout by an approved, supervised automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
NFPA 13, the minimum separation distance between two exits, exit accesses, or exit discharges, shall be not less
than one-third the length of the maximum overall diagonal dimension of the building or area served.
Exit Discharge
Exits must terminate directly, at a public way or at an exterior exit discharge, unless otherwise provided in NFPA
101 §7.7. NFPA 101 §7.7.2 requires that not more than 50 percent of the required number of exits, and not more
than 50 percent of the required egress capacity, discharge through areas on the level of exit discharge.
Illumination of Means of Egress
Illumination of means of egress shall be provided within, but not limited to, designated stairs, aisles, corridors,
ramps, and passageways leading to an exit. Illumination of means of egress shall be continuous during the time
that the conditions of occupancy require that the means of egress be available for use (NFPA 101 §7.8.1.2).
Automatic lighting control devices are permitted to temporarily turn off the illumination within the means of egress
provided each lighting control device complies with the seven conditions listed in NFPA 101 §7.8.1.2.2.
Emergency Lighting
Emergency lighting shall be provided in accordance with NFPA 101 §7.9. Emergency illumination must be
provided for a minimum of 1-½ hours in the event of failure of normal lighting. Emergency power systems for
emergency lighting must be at least Type 10, Class 1.5, Level 1, in accordance with NFPA 110.
Exit Signage
Means of egress must be marked in accordance with NFPA 101. Internally illuminated signs must be light emitting
diode (LED) type, electroluminescence (LEC), or cold cathode type. Incandescent or florescent fixtures are not
permitted by UFC 3-600-01 §10-2.1.1.
NFPA 101 requires all exits, other than main exterior exit doors, to be marked by an approved sign that is readily
visible from any direction of exit access. Exit signs are also required such that no point in an exit access corridor
is in excess of 30 m from the nearest sign. (NPFA 101 §7.10.1.5.2).
6.1.2.8 Interior Finishes

Interior finishes must conform to the requirements of NFPA 101, Chapter 10 (UFC 3-600-01 §8-1). Where an
approved automatic sprinkler system is installed, Class C interior wall and ceiling finish materials shall be
permitted in any location where Class B is required, and Class B interior wall and ceiling finish materials shall be
permitted in any location where Class A is required (NFPA 101 §10.2.8.1). The interior wall & ceiling finishes are
classified in accordance with ASTM E 84 or Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 723 as:
Class A: Flame spread index, 0-25; Smoke developed index, 0-450
Class B: Flame spread index, 26-75; Smoke developed index, 0-450
Class C: Flame spread index, 76-200; Smoke developed index, 0-450
The interior floor finishes are classified in accordance with NFPA 253 or ASTM E 648 as:
Class I: Critical radiant flux of not less than 0.45 W/ cm 2

Class II: Critical radiant flux of not less than 0.22 W/ cm 2, but less than 0.45 W/ cm2
Thermal and acoustical insulation materials must have a flame spread rating not higher than 75, and a smoke
developed rating not higher than 150 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 (UFC 3-600-01 §8-3.1.1).
6.1.2.9 Fire Protection Systems

Fire Alarm System/ Mass Notification
UFC 3-600-01 §9-18 requires a fire alarm evacuation system where required by NFPA 101 and in buildings
requiring automatic detection or suppression systems. UFC 4-021-01 §2-6.2.1 requires mass notification in all
new inhabited buildings. An inhabited building is defined by UFC 4-010-01 as “Buildings or portions of buildings
routinely occupied by 11 or more DOD personnel and with a population density of greater than one person per 40
gross square meters.”
The Mass Notification System (MNS) and the Fire Alarm System in each facility is integrated to form one
combined system (FA/MNS) that performs the functions of both in accordance with the combined system
requirements of UFC 4-021-01. A combined FA/MNS panel (FMCP) will be provided at the main entrance to each
facility. The fire alarm and detection system is provided to supervise alarms from manual pull stations, smoke
detectors and the fire suppression system within the buildings in accordance with UFC 3-600-01. All initiating
devices are individually addressable. Fire alarm manual pull stations are located adjacent to all building exits.
Ceiling level detection is provided above the FMCP in accordance with NFPA 72 §10.4.4. The FA/MNS design
includes audible/visible notification appliances. Both clear and amber strobes are provided throughout the facility
in accordance with NFPA 72 and UFC 4-021-01 §4-4.2. Clear strobes shall be marked “FIRE”. Amber strobes
shall be marked “ALERT”.
The FA/MNS will be programmed to transmit all individual fire alarms, trouble and supervisory signals to the head-
end fire alarm receiving station to be provided in the Duty Officer room in the Brigade Headquarters.
Automatic Sprinkler System
Complete automatic sprinkler protection is required in all new DoD facilities except for single story buildings of
Type I or II construction less than 1,394 m 2 gross floor area (UFC 3-600-01 §9-7.2).
Per RSLF direction, only the Fire Pump Building will be protected with an automatic sprinkler systems. All other
facilities, will be provided with a Class II standpipe system (hose reels) in accordance with NFPA 14. Hose
stations are provided such that all portions of the building are within 39.7 m of a hose station in accordance with
NFPA 14 §7.3.3. NFPA 14 §7.12.1 requires a fire department connection be provided for each zone in a Class I
or Class III standpipe system. Fire department connections are not required for the Class II standpipe fire hose
station systems.
The standpipe systems are hydraulically designed to provide a minimum residual pressure of 4.5 bar while flowing
379 L/min at the most remote hose connection. Additional flow is not required where more than one hose
connection is provided. A pressure regulating device will be provided where the residual pressure at a 40 mm
hose connection exceeds 6.9 bar.
Fire Extinguishers
Portable fire extinguishers are not required when the building is provided with complete automatic sprinkler
protection and a fire alarm system (UFC 3-600-01 §9-17.1). Recessed or semi-recessed, enclosed fire
extinguisher cabinets will be provided in finished areas. Wall brackets or enclosed cabinets will be provided with
unfinished areas, such as warehouse or industrial areas (UFC 3-600-01 §9-17.3). Locations and types of fire
extinguisher are in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 10.
6.1.3 Facility A - Brigade Headquarters

The Brigade Headquarters facility houses the command, administrative, and training functions of a brigade. It
includes administrative space for the Brigade Commander, Deputy Commander, S-1 (Administration), S-2
(Intelligence), S-3 (Operations), and S-4 (Supply Logistics). There is also a briefing room with tiered seating,
planning and training space that provide flexibility, tea preparation room, toilets, storage and utility spaces.
The Brigade Headquarters facility is a one story precast concrete structure with an insulated precast concrete
panel exterior wall system.

The Brigade Headquarters is designed as a separated mixed use occupancy. These occupancies include the
following in accordance with IBC Chapter 3: Group B, Business, Group A-3, Assembly, and accessory Group R-2,
Residential and Group S-2, Low-Hazard Storage. The two main occupancies must be completely separated both
horizontally and vertically in accordance with IBC Table 508.4. No separation is required between accessory
occupancies and the main occupancies.
Life safety and egress requirements for the Brigade Headquarters are based on the NFPA 101 Chapter 12 for
New Assembly occupancies, Chapter 26 Lodging or Rooming Houses, and Chapter 38 for New Business.

Building Height
The Brigade Headquarters is one (1) story above grade and approximately 5.6 m in height measured from the
grade plane to the highest roof surface.
IBC Tables 504.3 and 504.4 allow Group A-3 buildings of Type IIB construction a maximum height of two (2)
stories and 16.8 meters.
Building Area
The Brigade Headquarters has a footprint area of approximately 1,522 m2. The following method determines the
acceptable area for a separated mixed use approach.
IBC §508.4.2 permits the allowable building area to be the sum of the ratios of the actual building area of each
individual occupancy divided by the allowable building area of each individual occupancy. The ratio shall not
exceed 1. The following equation represents how this area is determined.
Group A-3: Actual area = 136 + 182 = 318 m2, Allowable area = 883 m2.
Group B: Actual area = 1,204 m2, Allowable area = 2,137 m2
IBC 508.4.2
(𝐴3𝐴𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑎𝑙 ⁄𝐴3𝐴𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑎𝑏𝑙𝑒 ) + (𝐵𝐴𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑎𝑙 ⁄𝐵𝐴𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑎𝑏𝑙𝑒 ) ≤ 1
(318⁄883) + (1204/2137) = 0.360 + 0.563 = 0.923 < 1
Based on the height and sum of ratios calculation of the Brigade Headquarters, the construction type is permitted
to be Type IIB (as defined by the IBC). Type IIB construction consists of non-combustible structural elements that
are not protected with fire resistance rated material.

Exterior Walls
IBC Table 602 permits non-rated exterior walls for a Group A-3 and Group B occupancies of Type IIB construction
with a fire separation distance of at least 3.1m.
A fire separation distance of at least 3.1m is provided, therefore the exterior walls of the building are not required
to be fire-rated and unlimited unprotected openings are permitted.
Interior Walls
Separation between Group A-3 and Group B occupancies is required to have a minimum fire resistance rating of
2 hours in a non-sprinklered building (IBC Table 508.4).
In addition, the Duty Officer, Deputy Brigade Commander, and Brigade Commander bedrooms have their sole
means of egress passing through a nonresidential occupancy. NFPA 101 §26.1.3.2.2 requires the sole means of
egress from a Lodging use area to be separated from the remainder of the building by fire barriers having a
minimum fire resistance rating of 1 hour.
Corridor and lobby protection is not required where assembly rooms have at least 50 percent of their exit capacity
discharging directly to the outside (NFPA 101 §12.3.6(1)). In business occupancies, corridors within a space
occupied by a single tenant do not require a fire resistance rating (NFPA 101 §38.3.6.1(2)).
In accordance with NFPA 101, a 1-hour fire resistance rated fire barriers are provided around areas having a
degree of hazard greater than that normal to the occupancy such as mechanical rooms. Doors in 1-hour fire
resistance rated fire barriers have a fire-resistance rating of not less than 45 minutes (NFPA 101 Table 8.3.4.2).

Occupant Load
The occupant load is based on the following occupant load factors:
Use Occupant Load Factor
(m2 per person)
Assembly – Less 1.4 net
concentrated
Business 14 gross
Education - Classroom 1.9 net
Residential 18.6 gross
Storage 46.5 gross
Based on the occupant load factors and the intended use of the building spaces, the Brigade Headquarters has a
calculated occupant load of 331 persons. Refer to Code Summary drawing for details.
Number of Exits
The building has ten (10) exits in total, five (5) of which are dedicated to serving individual rooms (Mechanical
Room, Electrical Room, Classroom / Section, and Briefing Room).
Means of Escape
The Duty Officer, Deputy Brigade Commander, and Brigade Commander suites must be provided with means of
escape in accordance with NFPA 101 §24.2 (NFPA 101 §26.2.1.2). Every sleeping room and every living area
must have at least one primary means of escape and one secondary means of escape. An operable window is
an acceptable means of escape provided the following conditions are met (NFPA 101 §24.2.2.3.3):
• Min. clear opening = 0.53 m 2
• Min. width = 510 mm
• Min. height = 610 mm
• Bottom of opening = not more than 1120 mm above the floor
• Window must be within 6.1 m of the finished ground level or shall be directly accessible to fire department
rescue apparatus
The Duty Officer, Deputy Brigade Commander, and Brigade Commander are each provided with an operable
window complying with NFPA 101 §24.2.2.3.3. Primary and secondary means of escape comply with NFPA 101.
Exit Capacity
The building is provided with sufficient exit capacity for the calculated occupant load. The calculated exit capacity
for this building is 1,851 people.
The requirements are summarized in the following table.
NFPA 101 Egress Arrangement – Non-sprinklered

Maximum Travel Maximum Dead Maximum Common
Distance End Path
(meters) (meters) (meters)
Assembly 61 6.1 6.1a / 23b
Business 61 6.1 23
Note a: Where serving any number of occupants.
Note b: Where serving not more than 50 occupants.
The length of the dead end at Reception A045 exceeds the maximum dead end length of 6.1 meters. However,
the length of the dead end is less than 2.5 times the least width of the corridor, as permitted by both the Saudi
Building Code and the International Building Code. The commentary to the IBC states that when a dead end does
not exceed this length-to-width ratio, the dead end becomes wide enough where it is not likely that it would be
perceived as a corridor leading to an exit. Therefore, based on the size and shape of Reception A045, it is our
opinion that the configuration meets the intent of NFPA 101 and provides an acceptable level of life safety.
The means of egress comply with NFPA 101.
Exits are remotely located as required.
Exit Discharge
All of the exits discharge directly to the exterior of the building.
Illumination of means of egress is required for the Brigade Headquarters in accordance with NFPA §7.8. (NFPA
101 §38.2.8)
Egress paths must be provided with a minimum of 10.8 lux in accordance with NFPA 101 §7.8.1.3.
Emergency Lighting
Emergency lighting is required for Assembly occupancies and Business occupancies with and occupant load of
300 or more occupants (NFPA 101 §12.2.9.1 & §38.2.9.1(3)).
Emergency lighting is provided in accordance with NFPA 101 §7.9.

Interior Finish Classification Limitations
Exit Access
Exits Other Spaces
Corridors
Assembly - ≤300 A A or B A or B
occupants I or II I or II NA
Business A or B A, B, or C
A or B
I or II NA
The facility is permitted to have Class A or B interior wall and ceiling finishes with Class I or II interior floor finishes
within exit access corridors. Class A or B interior finishes are permitted in all other spaces within the Assembly
occupancy. Class A, B or C interior finishes are permitted in all other spaces within the Business occupancy in
accordance with NFPA 101 Table A.10.2.2.

The Brigade Headquarters is provided with a fire alarm/ mass notification system. A Local Operating Console
(LOC) is not required as all parts of the building are within 61 m of the FMCP. A smoke detector with sounder
base is provided in the bedrooms. A smoke detector is also provided above the FMCP in accordance with NFPA
72. The fire alarm/mass notification system signal receiving workstation for the site is located in the Duty Officer’s
room.
A sprinkler system is required within all buildings that include personnel housing and lodging (UFC 3-600-01 §4-
32.2).
Per RSLF direction, the Brigade Headquarters is not provided with an automatic sprinkler system. A Class II
standpipe system equipped with 40 mm hose reels is provided in accordance with NFPA 14.
Fire Extinguishers
Fire extinguishers are not required when the facility is provided with complete automatic sprinkler protection and
fire alarm system per UFC 3-600-01 §9-17.1.
The Brigade Headquarters is not sprinklered, therefore fire extinguishers are provided. Locations and types of fire
extinguishers are in accordance with the requirements of UFC 3-600-01 and NFPA 10.
6.1.4 Facility B - Battalion Headquarters

The Battalion Headquarters facility houses the command, administrative, and training functions of a battalion. It
includes administrative space for the Battalion Commander, Deputy Commander, S-1 (Administration), S-2
(Intelligence), S-3 (Operations), and S-4 (Supply Logistics). There is also training space, tea preparation room,
toilets, storage and utility spaces.
The Battalion Headquarters facility is a one story precast concrete structure with an insulated precast concrete
panel exterior wall system.

The Battalion Headquarters is designed as a non-separated mixed use occupancy. These occupancies include
the following in accordance with IBC Chapter 3: Group B, Business, and accessory Group R-2, Residential and
Group S-2, Low-Hazard Storage. No separation is required for between accessory occupancies and the main
occupancy.
Life safety and egress requirements for the Battalion Headquarters are based on the NFPA 101 Chapter 26
Lodging or Rooming Houses, and Chapter 38 for New Business.

Building Height
The Battalion Headquarters is one (1) story above grade and approximately 5.6 m in height measured from the
IBC Tables 504.3 and 504.4 allow Group B buildings of Type IIB construction a maximum height of three (3)
Building Area
The Battalion Headquarters has a footprint area of approximately 1,030 m2.
IBC Table 503 allows Group B buildings of Type IIB construction a maximum footprint area of 2,137 m2.
Based on the height and area calculation of the Battalion Headquarters, the construction type is permitted to be
Type IIB (as defined by the IBC). Type IIB construction consists of non-combustible structural elements that are
not protected with fire resistance rated material.

Exterior Walls
IBC Table 602 permits non-rated exterior walls for a Group B occupancy of Type IIB construction with a fire
separation distance of at least 3.1m.
Interior Walls
The Duty Officer bedroom has their sole means of egress passing through a nonresidential occupancy. NFPA 101
§26.1.3.2.2 requires the sole means of egress from a Lodging use area to be separated from the remainder of the
building by fire barriers having a minimum fire resistance rating of 1 hour.
In business occupancies, corridors within a space occupied by a single tenant do not require a fire resistance
rating (NFPA 101 §38.3.6.1(2)).
degree of hazard greater than that normal to the occupancy such as mechanical rooms. Doors in 1-hour fire
resistance rated fire barriers have a fire-resistance rating of not less than 45 minutes (NFPA 101 Table 8.3.4.2).

Occupant Load
(m2 per person)
concentrated
Business 14 gross
Residential 18.6 gross
Storage 46.5 gross
Based on the occupant load factors and the intended use of the building spaces, the Battalion Headquarters has
a calculated occupant load of 174 persons. Refer to Code Summary drawing for details.
Number of Exits
The building has six (6) exits in total, two (2) of which are dedicated to serving individual rooms (Mechanical
Room, and Electrical Room).
Means of Escape
The Duty Officer suite must be provided with means of escape in accordance with NFPA 101 §24.2 (NFPA 101
§26.2.1.2). Every sleeping room and every living area must have at least one primary means of escape and one
secondary means of escape. An operable window is an acceptable means of escape provided the following
conditions are met (NFPA 101 §24.2.2.3.3):
• Min. clear opening = 0.53 m2
• Min. width = 510 mm
• Min. height = 610 mm
• Bottom of opening = not more than 1120 mm above the floor
• Window must be within 6.1 m of the finished ground level or shall be directly accessible to fire department
rescue apparatus
The Duty Officer suite is provided with an operable window complying with NFPA 101 §24.2.2.3.3. Primary and
secondary means of escape comply with NFPA 101.
Exit Capacity
for this building is 837 people
Distance End Path
Business 61 6.1 23

Exit Discharge
Illumination of means of egress is required for the Battalion Headquarters in accordance with NFPA §7.8. (NFPA
101 §38.2.8)
Emergency Lighting
Emergency lighting is required for Business occupancies where any of the following conditions exist (NFPA 1
§38.2.9.1(3)):
• The building is three or more stories in height
• The occupancy is subject to 50 or more occupants above or below the level of exit discharge
• The occupancy is subject to 300 or more total occupants
Emergency lighting is not required in the Battalion Headquarters.

Exit Access
Exits Other Spaces
Corridors
A or B
I or II NA
Lodging or Rooming A, B or C A, B or C A, B or C
Houses
The facility is permitted to have Class A or B interior wall and ceiling finishes within exit access corridors. Class A,
B or C interior finishes are permitted in all other spaces in accordance with NFPA 101 Table A.10.2.2.

The Battalion Headquarters is provided with a fire alarm/ mass notification system. A Local Operating Console
(LOC) is not required as all parts of the building are within 61 m of the FMCP. A smoke detector with sounder
base is provided in the Duty Officer bedroom. A smoke detector is also provided above the FMCP in accordance
with NFPA 72. The Battalion Headquarters fire alarm/mass notification system is monitored in the Brigade
Headquarters.
32.2).
Per RSLF direction, the Battalion Headquarters is not provided with an automatic sprinkler system. A Class II
Fire Extinguishers
The Battalion Headquarters is not sprinklered, therefore fire extinguishers are provided. Locations and types of
fire extinguishers are in accordance with the requirements of UFC 3-600-01 and NFPA 10.
6.1.5 Facility C – Company Headquarters

The Company Headquarters facility is a single story facility that houses both administrative functions as well as
housing for company personnel. These separate functions share a main entrance. The administrative wing
houses the company commander, deputy company commander, and four additional offices, filing space, tea
room, toilets and utility spaces. The accommodations wing houses sleeping rooms, a small arms office and
adjacent small arms vault, utility rooms, and a laundry, lounge, communications room, and toilet spaces. It is
anticipated that there will be very few visitors at this facility.
The facility is one story precast concrete structure with an insulated precast concrete panel exterior wall system.

The Company Headquarters is designed as a non-separated mixed use occupancy. These occupancies include
the following in accordance with IBC Chapter 3: Group B, Business, Group R-2, Residential, and accessory
Group S-2, Low-Hazard Storage. No separation is required for between the occupancies.
Life safety and egress requirements for the Company Headquarters are based on the NFPA 101 Chapter 28 New
Hotel and Dormitories, and Chapter 38 for New Business.

Building Height
The Company Headquarters is one (1) story above grade and approximately 5.6 m in height measured from the
IBC Tables 504.3 and 504.4 allow Group B buildings of Type IIB construction a maximum height of three (3)
Building Area
The Company Headquarters has a maximum footprint area of approximately 1,114m2.
IBC Table 503 allows Group R-2 buildings of Type IIB construction a maximum footprint area of 1,486 m2.
Based on the height and area calculation of the Company Headquarters, the construction type is permitted to be
Type IIB (as defined by the IBC). Type IIB construction consists of non-combustible structural elements that are
not protected with fire resistance rated material.

Exterior Walls
IBC Table 602 permits non-rated exterior walls for a Group B occupancies of Type IIB construction with a fire
Interior Walls
The sleeping rooms are separated from the adjacent spaces with fire barriers having a 1-hour fire resistance
rating in accordance with NFPA 101 §28.3.7.1. Doors to sleeping rooms have a fire-resistance rating of not less
than 20 minutes and are not required to be self-closing (NFPA 101 §28.3.7.3).
Residential corridor walls are constructed of 1-hour fire resistance rated fire barriers in accordance with NFPA
101 §28.3.6.1.2. Doors that open onto exit access corridors have a fire-resistance rating of not less than 20
minutes in accordance with NFPA 101 §28.3.6.2.1.
degree of hazard greater than that normal to the occupancy such as mechanical rooms. Storage rooms and the
laundry room are also required to be separated with 1-hour fire resistance rated fire barriers per NFPA 101 Table
28.3.2.2.2. Doors in 1-hour fire resistance rated fire barriers have a fire-resistance rating of not less than 45
minutes (NFPA 101 Table 8.3.4.2).

Occupant Load
(m2 per person)
concentrated
Business 14 gross
Dormitories 4.65 gross
(UFC 3-600-01 Table 10-1)
Storage 46.5 gross
Based on the occupant load factors and the intended use of the building spaces, the Company Headquarters has
a calculated occupant load of 121 persons. Refer to Code Summary drawing for details.
Number of Exits
The building has five (5) exits, two (2) of which are dedicated to serving individual rooms.
Exit Capacity
for the building is 849 people.
Distance End Path
Dormitory 23a / 30b 10.7 10.7c
Business 61 6.1 23
Note a: Within a guest room.
Note b: From a guest room door to an exit.
Note c: Travel within a guest room or suite shall not be included.


Exit Discharge
Illumination of means of egress is required for the Company Headquarters in accordance with NFPA §7.8. (NFPA
101 §38.2.8)
Emergency Lighting
Emergency lighting is required for New Hotel and Dormitory occupancies (NFPA 101 §28.2.9).
Emergency lighting is provided in accordance with NFPA 101 §7.9.

Exit Access
Exits Other Spaces
Corridors
A or B
I or II NA
Hotels & Dormitories A A or B A, B, or C
I or II I or II NA
The facility is permitted to have Class A or B interior wall and ceiling finishes with Class I or II interior floor finishes
within exits. A and B interior finishes with Class I or II interior floor finishes within exit access corridors. A or B
interior finishes is permitted in all other spaces in accordance with NFPA 101 Table A.10.2.2.

The Company Headquarters is provided with a fire alarm/ mass notification system. Smoke detectors are
provided in each sleeping room and in the residential corridor as required by NFPA 101 §28.3.4.4 & §28.3.4.5.
Smoke detectors within the sleeping rooms will be provided with sounder bases. A smoke detector is provided
above the FMCP in accordance with NFPA 72. The Company Headquarters fire alarm/mass notification system
is monitored in the Brigade Headquarters.
32.2).
Per RSLF direction, the Company Headquarters is not provided with an automatic sprinkler system. A Class II
Fire Extinguishers
The Company Headquarters is not sprinklered, therefore fire extinguishers are provided. Locations and types of
fire extinguishers are in accordance with the requirements of UFC 3-600-01 and NFPA 10.
6.1.6 Facility D – Guard House

The Guard House provides the main entry security stop point prior to entering the base and is located on the
primary entrance road. The gate house is a single story, concrete structure with windows across front, sidelights
on both sides of the exterior doors, and window panels in doors. Access and egress lanes will each have an
electric drop-arm gate.

The Guard House includes the following occupancy in accordance with IBC Chapter 3: Group B, Business.
Life safety and egress requirements for the Guard House are based on the NFPA 101 chapter for New Business
occupancies.

Building Height
The Guard House is one story above grade and approximately 4 m in height measured from the grade plane to
the highest roof surface.
IBC Table 503 allows Group B buildings of Type IIB construction a maximum height of three stories and 16.7
meters.
Building Area
The Guard House has a maximum footprint area of 9.7 m2.
IBC Table 503 allows Group B buildings of Type IIB construction a maximum footprint area of 2,136 m 2.
Based on the height and area of the Guard House, the construction type is permitted to be Type IIB (as defined
by the IBC). Type IIB construction consists of non-combustible structural elements that are not protected with fire
resistance rated material.

Exterior Walls
IBC Table 602 permits non-rated exterior walls for a Group B occupancy of Type IIB construction with a fire
Interior Walls
There are no interior separation requirements.

Occupant Load

(m2 per person)
Business 14 gross
Based on the occupant load factors and the intended use of the building spaces, the Guard House has a
calculated occupant load of one (1) person.
Number of Exits
A single exit is permitted for a room or area with an occupant load of less than 100 persons provided that the exit
discharges directly to the outside at the level of exit discharge and the total travel distance does not exceed 30m
(NFPA 101 §38.3.4.3).
The building is permitted to have a single exit. Two (2) exits are provided.
Exit Capacity
for this building is 340 people.
Distance End Path
Business 61 6.1 23

The Guard House is permitted to have a single exit; two (2) exits are provided and are remotely located in
accordance with NFPA 101.
Exit Discharge
Illumination of means of egress is required by NFPA 101 §38.2.8.
Emergency Lighting
Emergency lighting is not required for a single story business occupancies with an occupant load of less than 300
people (NFPA 101 §38.2.9.1).
Emergency lighting for means of egress is not provided.

Exit Access
Exits Other Spaces
Corridors
A or B
I or II NA
The facility is permitted to have Class A, B or C interior wall and ceiling finishes in accordance with NFPA 101
Table A.10.2.2.

The Guard House does not fall under any of the conditions that would require it to be provided with an
alarm/mass notification system per NFPA 101 §38.3.4.1.
The Guard House does not require a fire alarm/mass notification system.
A sprinkler system is not required for buildings of Type I or II construction less than 1,394 m 2 gross floor area
(UFC 3-600-01 §9-7.2.1.1)
The Guard House is not provided with an automatic sprinkler system.
Fire Extinguishers
The Guard House is not sprinklered, therefore a fire extinguisher is provided. Locations and types of fire
extinguishers are in accordance with the requirements of UFC 3-600-01 and NFPA 10.
6.1.7 Facility E - Fire Pump House

The Fire Pump House contains the fire pump equipment needed for fire protection. The Fire Pump House is a
one story concrete framed structure.

The Fire Pump House includes the following occupancies in accordance with IBC Chapter 3; Group F-1,
Moderate-Hazard Factory Industrial.
Life safety and egress requirements for the Fire Pump Building are based on NFPA 101 Chapter 40 for Special-
Purpose Industrial occupancies. A special-purpose industrial occupancy is defined be NFPA 101 as an industrial
occupancy that conducts ordinary and low hazard industrial operations in a building designed for, and that are
usable only for, a particular type of operations. The special purpose industrial occupancy must also be
characterized by a relatively low density of employees with much of the area occupied by machinery or
equipment.

Building Height
The Fire Pump Building is one (1) story above grade and approximately 5.6 m in height measured from the grade
plane to the highest roof surface.
IBC Tables 504.3 & 504.4 allow a fully sprinklered Group F-1 building of Type IIB construction a maximum height
of three (3) stories and 22.86 meters.
Building Area
The Fire Pump Building has a maximum footprint area of 90.3 m2.
IBC Table 504.6 allows a fully sprinklered, single story Group F-1 building of Type IIB construction a maximum
footprint area of 5,760 m2.
Based on the height and area of the Fire Pump Building, the construction type is permitted to be Type IIB (as
defined by the IBC). Type IIB construction consists of non-combustible structural elements that are not protected
with fire resistance rated material.

Exterior Walls
IBC Table 602 permits non-rated exterior walls for a Group F-1 occupancy of Type IIB construction with a fire
frame are not required to be fire-resistance rated (IBC §705.8.1 Exception 2).
NFPA 20 also requires that a fire pump building be ether physically separated from any building it is protecting or
protected by fire rated construction in accordance with NFPA 20 Table 4.13.1.1.2. A 15.3 meter separation is
required between the fire pump building and any building it serves.
A fire separation distance of at least 3.1 m is provided, and a 15.3 m separation is provided between the fire
pump building and any building it serves. Therefore the exterior walls of the building are not required to be fire-
rated and unlimited unprotected openings are permitted.

Occupant Load
(m2 per person)
Industrial Use – Special Maximum Probable # of
Purpose Occupants
Based on the occupant load factors and the intended use of the building spaces, the Fire Pump Building has a
calculated occupant load of two (2) persons.
Number of Exits
NFPA 101 §7.4.1.2 requires that a minimum of two exits be provided for any story, or portion thereof, based on an
occupant load of 500 people or less.
A single means of egress is permitted in low and ordinary hazard industrial occupancies provided the exit can be
reached within the distance permitted as common path of travel.
The building is provided with a single exit as permitted by NFPA 101 §40.2.4.1.2.
Exit Capacity
The Fire Pump Building has a calculated exit capacity of 342 occupants.
The requirements are summarized in the table below.
NFPA 101 Egress Arrangement - Sprinklered
Maximum Travel Maximum Dead End Maximum Common
Distance (meters) Path
(meters) (meters)
Special-Purpose
122 15 30
Industrial

The building is provided with a single means of egress as permitted by NFPA 101 §40.2.4.1.2.
Exit Discharge
All exits lead directly to the exterior of the building.
Illumination of means of egress is required for the Fire Pump Building in accordance with NFPA 101 §7.8 (NFPA
101 §40.2.8.
Egress paths shall be provided with a minimum of 10.8 lux in accordance with NFPA 101 §7.8.1.3.
Emergency Lighting
Emergency lighting is not required for special purpose industrial occupancies without routine human habitation
(NFPA 101 §40.2.9.2). However, NFPA 20 §4.13.5 requires emergency lighting in fire pump rooms. The intensity
of illumination in the pump room shall be 32.3 lux. Emergency lighting must be provided for a minimum of 2
hours.
Emergency lighting for means of egress is provided in accordance with NFPA 20.

Exits Exit Access Other Spaces
Corridors
Special-Purpose A or B A, B, or C A, B, or C
Industrial I or II I or II NA
The facility is permitted to have Class A, B or C wall and ceiling finishes in accordance with NFPA 101 Table
A.10.2.2.

The Fire Pump Building is provided with a fire alarm/ mass notification system. A smoke detector is provided
above the FMCP in accordance with NFPA 72. The Fire Pump Building fire alarm/mass notification system is
monitored in the Brigade Headquarters.
Fire pump buildings containing electric fire pump drivers shall be protected with an automatic sprinkler system
installed in accordance with NFPA 13 as an Ordinary Hazard Group 1 occupancy.
The Fire Pump Building is protected with an automatic sprinkler system.
Fire Pumps
One (1) 250 horsepower electric, horizontal split case fire pump is provided in accordance with Section 9-5.4.2 of
UFC 3-600-01. The fire pump will draw water out of two aboveground fire water storage tanks designed in
accordance with NFPA 22. The fire pump is sized for the largest single fire suppression demand on the site.
A soft start, reduced voltage controller with automatic transfer switch is provided for the electric fire pump (UFC 3-
600-01 §9-5.5.1).
A pressure maintenance pump (jockey pump) is provided to ensure that the fire pump will not cycle excessively.
The fire pump is rated for a flow of 9,464 lpm. The fire pump is sized such that the maximum demand does not
exceed 140% of the pump’s rated flow (UFC 3-600-01 §9-5.1.7).
Fire Extinguishers
fire alarm system per UFC 3-600-01 §9-17.1. However fire extinguishers will be provided per USACE.
Fire extinguishers will be provided in the Fire Pump House. Locations and types of fire extinguishers are in
accordance with the requirements of UFC 3-600-01 and NFPA 10.
6.1.8 Hydraulic Demand Analysis

The sprinkler system design densities, design areas, hose stream demands, and water supply durations have
been determined in accordance with Chapter 9 of UFC 3-600-01 and NFPA 13. Fire flows for facilities have been
determined in accordance with UFC 3-600-01 §9-2 and NFPA 1.
6.1.8.1 Hydraulic Demands

See Section 6.6 for Fire Protection Hydraulic Demand Calculations.
6.1.8.2 Analysis
In accordance with UFC 3-600-01 §1-12.2, the requirements for fire protection water storage have been
determined under the assumption that there will only be one (1) fire at a time. Therefore, the fire water storage/
distribution system has been designed to serve the most demanding fire suppression system on the site. The
greatest fire suppression system demand for the Fire Flow requirement for the Brigade Headquarters. The
Brigade Headquarters has a fire flow demand of 10,410 lpm at approximately 138 kPa. There is no existing water
supply on the site and the domestic water system cannot provide sufficient water to meet these demands;
therefore, a fire pump and fire water storage tanks are provided as part of this project.
The maximum fire suppression system demand cannot exceed 140% of the fire pump rated capacity (UFC 3-600-
01 §9-5.1.7). One (1) horizontal centrifugal fire pump rated for 9,464 lpm at 758 kPa is provided. A reserve fire
pump is not required by UFC 3-600-01. A backup generator is provided to serve as a secondary power source for
the fire pump in accordance with NFPA 20.
The total stored fire protection water supply must be sufficient to meet 120% of the Facility’s maximum required
fire water demand for the applicable duration specified in the UFC (UFC 3-600-01 §9-4.2.1). The longest water
supply duration required is 120 minutes. Therefore, a minimum quantity of 1,703,520 liters is required for fire
protection use.
6.1.8.3 Fire Water Tank Replenishment

In accordance with UFC 3-600-01 §9-4.3, the site water supply must replenish the required fire water storage
volume within 48 hours during normal domestic and industrial consumption.
Based on the calculation in Section 6.4, a refill rate of 592 lpm must be provided in order to comply with the UFC
3-600-01 requirement to automatically refill the fire water storage tanks within 48 hours.
6.2 BASIS OF DESIGN

The basis of the Fire Protection design is as follows:
W912ER19C0001.
6.3 CODE REFERENCES

• UFC 1-200-01, DoD Building Code (General Building Requirements), with Change 1, 01 Feb 2018
• UFC 3-310-04, Seismic Design for Buildings, with Change 1, 20 June 2016
• UFC 3-600-01, Fire Protection Engineering for Facilities, with Change 2, 25 March 2018
• UFC 4-021-01, Design and O&M: Mass Notification Systems, with Change 1, January 2010
• International Building Code (IBC), 2015 (as referenced by UFC)
• Saudi Building Code (SBC), 2018
The National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Codes and Standards (as referenced by the UFC), including
but not limited to:
• NFPA 1, Fire Code, 2015
• NFPA 10, Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers, 2018
• NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems, 2016
• NFPA 14, Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems, 2016
• NFPA 20, Standard for the Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection, 2016
• NFPA 22, Standard for Water Tanks for Private Fire Protection, 2018
• NFPA 24, Standard for the Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances, 2016
• NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, 2017
• NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, 2016
• NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems, 2018
• NFPA 101, Life Safety Code, 2018
Where conflicts exist between the UFC and the other industry codes and standards, the UFC takes
precedence.
6.4 LIST OF ATTACHMENTS:

• Fire Protection Calculations
• Fire Protection Catalog Cut-Sheets

Fire Protection
Attachments

Fire Protection
Calculations

COSENTINI ASSOCIATES - A TETRA TECH COMPANY
101 FEDERAL STREET, SUITE 600
BOSTON, MA 02110
HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS FOR

Brigade Headquarters
RSLAF Artillery Brigade
Damman, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
DRAWING NUMBER:A F-103, A F-104 DATE: JUL 28, 2017

-DESIGN DATA-
REMOTE AREA NUMBER: Standpipe 1 REMOTE AREA LOCATION: Corridor A003
DESIGN CRITERIA: 100 gpm @ 65 psi at most remote hose station
TYPE OF SYSTEM: Class II Standpipe IAW NFPA 14
WATER SUPPLY
Source: Fire Pump
Location: Fire Pump House
Static:117 psi Residual:110 psi Flow:2500 gpm
NAME OF DESIGNER: Bernard Trevor Rabidou

NAME OF REVIEWER: Robert Viall
AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION:USACE MED
NOTES:
Calculations performed by HASS under license # 4907022720 ,
granted by HRS SYSTEMS, INC.
(Notes continue after pipe calculations results.)
SPRINKLER SYSTEM HYDRAULIC ANALYSIS Page 2
DATE: 7/28/2017RSLF ARTILLERY\CALCULATIONS\HYDRAULIC CALCS\BRIGADE_HQ.SDF
JOB TITLE: RSLF Artillery Brigade
WATER SUPPLY
FixedANALYSIS
Source Pressure: 117.00 psi
140.0
LEGEND
A
1
2 1 Available pressure
112.0
117.00 psi @ 100.0 gpm
G
2 Required pressure
A 117.00 psi @ 100.0 gpm
U 84.0
A. Source Supply Curve
G
B. System Demand Curve

E
56.0
E 28.0
B
U 0.0
R
-14.7
E
600900 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000
FLOW (GPM)
(Note: (1) Dashed Lines indicate extrapolated values from Test Results
p
NFPA WATER SUPPLY DATA
SOURCE STATIC RESID. FLOW AVAIL. TOTAL REQ'D

NODE PRESS. PRESS. @ PRESS. @ DEMAND PRESS.
TAG (PSI) (PSI) (GPM) (PSI) (GPM) (PSI)
SOURCE (N/A) 117.0 (N/A) 117.0 100.0
AGGREGATE FLOW ANALYSIS:
TOTAL FLOW AT SOURCE 100.0 GPM

TOTAL HOSE STREAM ALLOWANCE AT SOURCE 0.0 GPM
OTHER HOSE STREAM ALLOWANCES 100.0 GPM
TOTAL DISCHARGE FROM ACTIVE SPRINKLERS 0.0 GPM
NODE ANALYSIS DATA

NODE TAG ELEVATION NODE TYPE PRESSURE DISCHARGE NOTES
(FT) (PSI) (GPM)
1 3.0 HOSE STREAM 88.8 100.0

2 9.7 - - - - 95.1 - - -
TOR 9.7 - - - - 97.3 - - -
BOR -3.0 - - - - 117.4 - - -
PRV-1 4.0 - - - - 114.3 - - -
PRV-2 4.0 - - - - 100.0 - - -
SOURCE 0.0 SOURCE 117.0 100.0
NFPA2 PIPE DATA
Pipe Tag K-fac Add Fl Fl To Vel Fit: L C (Pt)

Frm Node El (ft) PT (q) Node/ Nom ID Eq.Ln. F (Pe) Notes
To Node El (ft) PT Tot.(Q) Disch Act ID (ft.) T Pf/ft. (Pf)
Pipe: 1 H.S. 100.0 Disch 15.8 21.00 120 95.1

2 9.7 95.1 0.0 1.500 2E: 8.0 8.00 -2.9
1 3.0 88.8 100.0 1.610 29.00 0.317 9.2
Pipe: 2 0.0 0.0 4.3 132.00 120 97.3

TOR 9.7 97.3 100.0 1 3.000 2E:14.0 29.00 0.0
2 9.7 95.1 100.0 3.068 T:15.0 161.00 0.014 2.2
Pipe: 3 0.0 0.0 2.5 E:10.0 12.70 120 100.0

PRV-2 4.0 100.0 100.0 2 4.000 C:22.0 44.00 2.5
TOR 9.7 97.3 100.0 4.026 B:12.0 56.70 0.004 0.2
Pipe: 4 0.0 Pressure Reducing Valve

PRV-1 4.0 114.3 100.0 TOR 100.0 psi, 100.0 gpm
PRV-2 4.0 100.0 100.0 -14.3 psi
Pipe: 5 0.0 0.0 2.5 7.00 120 117.4

BOR -3.0 117.4 100.0 PRV-2 4.000 E:10.0 10.00 3.0
PRV-1 4.0 114.3 100.0 4.026 17.00 0.004 0.1
Pipe: 6 Source 0.0 1.1 9E167.6 2200.00 140 117.0

SOURCE 0.0 117.0 100.0 PRV-1 6.000 3T119.7 291.27 -1.3
BOR -3.0 117.4 100.0 6.065 G: 4.0 2491.27 0.000 0.9
NOTES (HASS):
(1) Calculations were performed by the HASS 8.6 computer program

in accordance with NFPA13 (2016)
under license no. 4907022720 granted by
HRS Systems, Inc.
208 Southside Square
Petersburg, TN 37144
(931) 659-9760
(2) The system has been calculated to provide an average

imbalance at each node of 0.050 gpm and a maximum
imbalance at any node of 0.070 gpm.
(3) Total pressure at each node is used in balancing the system.

Maximum water velocity is 15.8 ft/sec at pipe 1.
(4) Items listed in bold print on the cover sheet
are automatically transferred from the calculation report.
(5) Available pressure at source node SOURCE under full flow conditions is
117.00 psi with a flow of 99.99 gpm.
(6) PIPE FITTINGS TABLE
Pipe Table Name: STANDARD.PIP
PAGE: A MATERIAL: S40 HWC: 120

Diameter Equivalent Fitting Lengths in Feet
(in) E T L C B G A D N
Ell Tee LngEll ChkVlv BfyVlv GatVlv AlmChk DPVlv NPTee
1.610 4.00 8.00 2.00 9.00 6.00 1.00 10.00 10.00 8.00
3.068 7.00 15.00 5.00 16.00 10.00 1.00 13.00 13.00 15.00
4.026 10.00 20.00 6.00 22.00 12.00 2.00 20.00 20.00 20.00
6.065 14.00 30.00 9.00 32.00 10.00 3.00 28.00 28.00 30.00
BOSTON, MA 02110

Battalion Headquarters
RSLF Artillery Brigade
DRAWING NUMBER:B F-103, B F-104 DATE: JUL 28, 2017

-DESIGN DATA-
REMOTE AREA NUMBER:STANDPIPE 1 REMOTE AREA LOCATION: Corridor B004
WATER SUPPLY
Source: Fire Pump

NOTES:
DATE: 7/28/2017LF ARTILLERY\CALCULATIONS\HYDRAULIC CALCS\BATTALION_HQ.SDF
JOB TITLE: Battalion Headquarters
WATER SUPPLY
FixedANALYSIS
140.0
LEGEND
A
1
112.0
117.00 psi @ 100.0 gpm
G
2 Required pressure
A 117.00 psi @ 100.0 gpm
U 84.0
G

E
56.0
E 28.0
B
U 0.0
R
-14.7
E
600900 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000
FLOW (GPM)
p

SOURCE (N/A) 117.0 (N/A) 117.0 100.0

NODE ANALYSIS DATA

(FT) (PSI) (GPM)
1 3.0 HOSE STREAM 88.9 100.0

2 9.7 - - - - 95.2 - - -
TOR 9.7 - - - - 97.3 - - -
BOR -3.0 - - - - 116.8 - - -
PRV-1 4.0 - - - - 113.7 - - -
PRV-2 4.0 - - - - 100.0 - - -
NFPA2 PIPE DATA

Pipe: 1 H.S. 100.0 Disch 15.8 21.00 120 95.2

2 9.7 95.2 0.0 1.500 2E: 8.0 8.00 -2.9
1 3.0 88.9 100.0 1.610 29.00 0.317 9.2
Pipe: 2 0.0 0.0 4.3 128.60 120 97.3

TOR 9.7 97.3 100.0 1 3.000 2E:14.0 29.00 0.0
2 9.7 95.2 100.0 3.068 T:15.0 157.60 0.014 2.2
Pipe: 3 0.0 0.0 2.5 E:10.0 6.30 120 100.0

PRV-2 4.0 100.0 100.0 2 4.000 C:22.0 44.00 2.5
TOR 9.7 97.3 100.0 4.026 B:12.0 50.30 0.004 0.2

PRV-1 4.0 113.7 100.0 TOR 100.0 psi, 100.0 gpm
PRV-2 4.0 100.0 100.0 -13.7 psi
Pipe: 5 0.0 0.0 2.5 7.00 120 116.8

BOR -3.0 116.8 100.0 PRV-2 4.000 E:10.0 10.00 3.0
PRV-1 4.0 113.7 100.0 4.026 17.00 0.004 0.1
Pipe: 6 Source 0.0 1.1 9E167.6 3700.00 140 117.0

SOURCE 0.0 117.0 100.0 PRV-1 6.000 2T:79.8 251.37 -1.3
BOR -3.0 116.8 100.0 6.065 G: 4.0 3951.37 0.000 1.5
NOTES (HASS):

HRS Systems, Inc.
(931) 659-9760



1.610 4.00 8.00 2.00 9.00 6.00 1.00 10.00 10.00 8.00
3.068 7.00 15.00 5.00 16.00 10.00 1.00 13.00 13.00 15.00
4.026 10.00 20.00 6.00 22.00 12.00 2.00 20.00 20.00 20.00
6.065 14.00 30.00 9.00 32.00 10.00 3.00 28.00 28.00 30.00
BOSTON, MA 02110

Company Headquarters
DRAWING NUMBER:C F-103, C F-104 DATE: JUL 28, 2017

-DESIGN DATA-
REMOTE AREA NUMBER: Standpipe 1 REMOTE AREA LOCATION: C002
WATER SUPPLY
Source: Fire Pump

NOTES:
DATE: 7/28/2017RSLF ARTILLERY\CALCULATIONS\HYDRAULIC CALCS\COMPANY_HQ.SDF
JOB TITLE: Company Headquarters
WATER SUPPLY
FixedANALYSIS
140.0
LEGEND
A
1
112.0
117.00 psi @ 100.0 gpm
G
2 Required pressure
A 117.00 psi @ 100.0 gpm
U 84.0
G

E
56.0
E 28.0
B
U 0.0
R
-14.7
E
600900 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000
FLOW (GPM)
p

SOURCE (N/A) 117.0 (N/A) 117.0 100.0

NODE ANALYSIS DATA

(FT) (PSI) (GPM)
1 4.5 HOSE STREAM 87.5 100.0

2 10.3 - - - - 94.1 - - -
TOR 10.3 - - - - 97.1 - - -
PRV-1 4.0 - - - - 113.6 - - -
PRV-2 4.0 - - - - 100.0 - - -
BOR -3.0 - - - - 116.7 - - -
NFPA2 PIPE DATA

Pipe: 1 H.S. 100.0 Disch 15.8 21.00 120 94.1

2 10.3 94.1 0.0 1.500 2E: 8.0 8.00 -2.5
1 4.5 87.5 100.0 1.610 29.00 0.317 9.2
Pipe: 2 0.0 0.0 4.3 178.20 120 97.1

TOR 10.3 97.1 100.0 1 3.000 5E:35.0 35.00 0.0
2 10.3 94.1 100.0 3.068 213.20 0.014 2.9
Pipe: 3 0.0 0.0 2.5 E:10.0 6.33 120 100.0

PRV-2 4.0 100.0 100.0 2 4.000 C:22.0 44.00 2.7
TOR 10.3 97.1 100.0 4.026 B:12.0 50.33 0.004 0.2

PRV-1 4.0 113.6 100.0 TOR 100.0 psi, 100.0 gpm
PRV-2 4.0 100.0 100.0 -13.6 psi
Pipe: 5 0.0 0.0 2.5 7.00 120 116.7

BOR -3.0 116.7 100.0 PRV-2 4.000 E:10.0 10.00 3.0
PRV-1 4.0 113.6 100.0 4.026 17.00 0.004 0.1
Pipe: 6 Source 0.0 1.1 9E167.6 3900.00 140 117.0

SOURCE 0.0 117.0 100.0 PRV-1 6.000 3T119.7 291.27 -1.3
BOR -3.0 116.7 100.0 6.065 G: 4.0 4191.27 0.000 1.6
NOTES (HASS):

HRS Systems, Inc.
(931) 659-9760



1.610 4.00 8.00 2.00 9.00 6.00 1.00 10.00 10.00 8.00
3.068 7.00 15.00 5.00 16.00 10.00 1.00 13.00 13.00 15.00
4.026 10.00 20.00 6.00 22.00 12.00 2.00 20.00 20.00 20.00
6.065 14.00 30.00 9.00 32.00 10.00 3.00 28.00 28.00 30.00
BOSTON, MA 02110

Fire Pump House
Dammam, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
DRAWING NUMBER: E F-105 DATE: JAN 29, 2018

-DESIGN DATA-
REMOTE AREA NUMBER: 1 REMOTE AREA LOCATION: Entire Building
OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION: Ordinary Hazard Group II
DENSITY:0.20 gpm/sq. ft.
AREA OF APPLICATION: 966 sq. ft. (Entire Building)
COVERAGE PER SPRINKLER: 130 sq. ft.

TYPE OF SPRINKLERS CALCULATED: Quick Response, k-8.0, Upright
NUMBER OF SPRINKLERS CALCULATED: 12
HOSE-STREAM DEMAND: 250 gpm

TOTAL WATER REQUIRED (INCLUDING HOSE): 528.8 gpm
FLOW AND PRESSURE (AT BASE OF RISER): 278.8 gpm @ 31.47 psi
(1055 lpm @ 216.98 kPa)
TYPE OF SYSTEM: NFPA 13 Wet Pipe Sprinkler
WATER SUPPLY
Source: Fire Pump
Static: 117 psi Residual: 110 psi Flow: 2500 gpm

NOTES:
DATE: 1/29/2018F ARTILLERY\CALCULATIONS\HYDRAULIC CALCS\FIREPUMPHOUSE.SDF
JOB TITLE: Fire Pump House
WATER SUPPLY ANALYSIS
Static: 117.00 psi Resid: 110.00 psi Flow: 2500.0 gpm
140.0
LEGEND
CA
1A 1 1 Available pressure
112.0
116.60 psi @ 528.8 gpm
G
A 2 Required pressure
U
31.47 psi @ 528.8 gpm
G
E Avail. OnSite Demand Press.
84.0 1A
P 116.60 psi @ 278.8 gpm

R
2A Req. OnSite Demand Press.
E
S 31.47 psi @ 278.8 gpm
S
56.0
U A. Source Supply Curve
R B. System Demand Curve
E C. Available at Source
(
p 2A 2
28.0
s
i
)
B
0.0
-14.7
600900 1200 1500

1800 2100 2400 2700 3000
FLOW (GPM)
Note: (1) Dashed Lines indicate extrapolated values from Test Results
(2) On Site pressures are based on hose stream deduction at the source

PUMP 117.0 110.0 2500.0 116.6 528.8 31.5

NODE ANALYSIS DATA

(FT) (PSI) (GPM)
S1 12.1 K= 8.00 7.0 21.2

1 10.9 - - - - 8.0 - - -
S2 12.1 K= 8.00 7.7 22.2
2 10.9 - - - - 9.2 - - -
S3 12.1 K= 8.00 8.3 23.1
3 10.9 - - - - 9.4 - - -
S4 12.1 K= 8.00 9.2 24.2
4 10.9 - - - - 10.9 - - -
S5 11.5 K= 8.00 7.4 21.7
5 10.9 - - - - 8.0 - - -
S6 11.5 K= 8.00 8.1 22.8
6 10.9 - - - - 9.3 - - -
S7 11.5 K= 8.00 8.8 23.7
7 10.9 - - - - 9.5 - - -
S8 11.5 K= 8.00 9.7 24.9
8 10.9 - - - - 11.0 - - -
S9 12.1 K= 8.00 7.7 22.2
9 10.9 - - - - 8.7 - - -
S10 12.1 K= 8.00 8.5 23.3
10 10.9 - - - - 10.1 - - -
S11 12.1 K= 8.00 9.1 24.2
11 10.9 - - - - 10.3 - - -
S12 12.1 K= 8.00 10.1 25.4
12 10.9 - - - - 11.9 - - -
M1 10.9 - - - - 15.3 - - -
M2 10.9 - - - - 15.6 - - -
M3 10.9 - - - - 17.3 - - -
M4 10.9 - - - - 16.7 - - -
TOR 10.9 - - - - 22.9 - - -
BOR 1.6 - - - - 30.7 - - -
PUMP 0.0 SOURCE 31.5 278.8
NFPA PIPE DATA

Pipe: 1 8.00 21.2 Disch 7.9 1.25 120 1.0

1 10.9 8.0 0.0 1.000 E: 2.0 2.00 0.5
S1 12.1 7.0 21.2 1.049 3.25 0.144 0.5
Pipe: 2 8.00 22.2 Disch 8.3 1.25 120 1.5

2 10.9 9.2 0.0 1.000 T: 5.0 5.00 0.5
S2 12.1 7.7 22.2 1.049 6.25 0.158 1.0
Pipe: 3 0.0 0.0 7.9 8.62 120 1.2

2 10.9 9.2 21.2 1.000 ---- 0.00 0.0
1 10.9 8.0 21.2 1.049 8.62 0.144 1.2
Pipe: 4 0.0 21.2 1 16.1 6.06 120 6.0

M1 10.9 15.3 22.2 S2 1.000 T: 5.0 5.00 0.0
2 10.9 9.2 43.4 1.049 11.06 0.546 6.0
Pipe: 5 8.00 23.1 Disch 8.6 1.25 120 1.1

3 10.9 9.4 0.0 1.000 E: 2.0 2.00 0.5
S3 12.1 8.3 23.1 1.049 3.25 0.170 0.6
Pipe: 6 8.00 24.2 Disch 9.0 1.25 120 1.7

4 10.9 10.9 0.0 1.000 T: 5.0 5.00 0.5
S4 12.1 9.2 24.2 1.049 6.25 0.186 1.2
Pipe: 7 0.0 0.0 8.6 8.62 120 1.5

4 10.9 10.9 23.1 1.000 ---- 0.00 0.0
3 10.9 9.4 23.1 1.049 8.62 0.170 1.5
Pipe: 8 0.0 23.1 3 17.6 1.89 120 4.4

M1 10.9 15.3 24.2 S4 1.000 T: 5.0 5.00 0.0
4 10.9 10.9 47.3 1.049 6.89 0.640 4.4
Pipe: 9 8.00 21.7 Disch 8.1 0.60 120 0.6

5 10.9 8.0 0.0 1.000 E: 2.0 2.00 0.2
S5 11.5 7.4 21.7 1.049 2.60 0.151 0.4
Pipe: 10 8.00 22.8 Disch 8.5 0.60 120 1.2

6 10.9 9.3 0.0 1.000 T: 5.0 5.00 0.2
S6 11.5 8.1 22.8 1.049 5.60 0.166 0.9
Pipe: 11 0.0 0.0 8.1 8.62 120 1.3

6 10.9 9.3 21.7 1.000 ---- 0.00 0.0
5 10.9 8.0 21.7 1.049 8.62 0.151 1.3
Pipe: 12 0.0 21.7 5 16.5 6.06 120 6.3

M2 10.9 15.6 22.8 S6 1.000 T: 5.0 5.00 0.0
6 10.9 9.3 44.5 1.049 11.06 0.572 6.3

Pipe: 13 8.00 23.7 Disch 8.8 0.60 120 0.7

7 10.9 9.5 0.0 1.000 E: 2.0 2.00 0.2
S7 11.5 8.8 23.7 1.049 2.60 0.178 0.5
Pipe: 14 8.00 24.9 Disch 9.2 0.60 120 1.3

8 10.9 11.0 0.0 1.000 T: 5.0 5.00 0.2
S8 11.5 9.7 24.9 1.049 5.60 0.195 1.1
Pipe: 15 0.0 0.0 8.8 8.62 120 1.5

8 10.9 11.0 23.7 1.000 ---- 0.00 0.0
7 10.9 9.5 23.7 1.049 8.62 0.178 1.5
Pipe: 16 0.0 23.7 7 18.0 1.89 120 4.6

M2 10.9 15.6 24.9 S8 1.000 T: 5.0 5.00 0.0
8 10.9 11.0 48.6 1.049 6.89 0.672 4.6
Pipe: 17 0.0 47.3 4 6.1 10.97 120 0.4

M2 10.9 15.6 43.4 2 2.500 ---- 0.00 0.0
M1 10.9 15.3 90.7 2.469 10.97 0.033 0.4
Pipe: 18 0.0 90.7 M1 12.3 1.37 120 1.6

M3 10.9 17.3 44.5 6 2.500 T:12.0 12.00 0.0
M2 10.9 15.6 183.8 2.469 13.37 0.122 1.6
Pipe: 19 8.00 22.2 Disch 8.2 1.25 120 1.0

9 10.9 8.7 0.0 1.000 E: 2.0 2.00 0.5
S9 12.1 7.7 22.2 1.049 3.25 0.157 0.5
Pipe: 20 8.00 23.3 Disch 8.6 1.25 120 1.6

10 10.9 10.1 0.0 1.000 T: 5.0 5.00 0.5
S10 12.1 8.5 23.3 1.049 6.25 0.172 1.1
Pipe: 21 0.0 0.0 8.2 8.62 120 1.4

10 10.9 10.1 22.2 1.000 ---- 0.00 0.0
9 10.9 8.7 22.2 1.049 8.62 0.157 1.4
Pipe: 22 0.0 22.2 9 16.9 6.06 120 6.6

M4 10.9 16.7 23.3 S10 1.000 T: 5.0 5.00 0.0
10 10.9 10.1 45.5 1.049 11.06 0.594 6.6
Pipe: 23 8.00 24.2 Disch 9.0 1.25 120 1.1

11 10.9 10.3 0.0 1.000 E: 2.0 2.00 0.5
S11 12.1 9.1 24.2 1.049 3.25 0.185 0.6
Pipe: 24 8.00 25.4 Disch 9.4 1.25 120 1.8

12 10.9 11.9 0.0 1.000 T: 5.0 5.00 0.5
S12 12.1 10.1 25.4 1.049 6.25 0.202 1.3
Pipe: 25 0.0 0.0 9.0 8.62 120 1.6

12 10.9 11.9 24.2 1.000 ---- 0.00 0.0
11 10.9 10.3 24.2 1.049 8.62 0.185 1.6

Pipe: 26 0.0 24.2 11 18.4 1.89 120 4.8

M4 10.9 16.7 25.4 S12 1.000 T: 5.0 5.00 0.0
12 10.9 11.9 49.5 1.049 6.89 0.697 4.8
Pipe: 27 0.0 49.5 12 6.4 5.12 120 0.6

M3 10.9 17.3 45.5 10 2.500 T:12.0 12.00 0.0
M4 10.9 16.7 95.0 2.469 17.12 0.036 0.6
Pipe: 28 0.0 95.0 M4 18.7 9.50 120 5.7

TOR 10.9 22.9 183.8 M2 2.500 2E:12.0 12.00 0.0
M3 10.9 17.3 278.8 2.469 21.50 0.264 5.7
Pipe: 29 0.0 0.0 12.1 T:15.0 9.30 120 7.8

BOR 1.6 30.7 278.8 M3 3.000 C:16.0 32.00 4.0
TOR 10.9 22.9 278.8 3.068 G: 1.0 41.30 0.092 3.8
Pipe: 30 Source 0.0 1.1 9.40 120 0.7

PUMP 0.0 31.5 278.8 TOR 10.000 C:55.0 60.00 0.7
BOR 1.6 30.7 278.8 10.020 G: 5.0 69.40 0.000 0.0
NOTES (HASS):

HRS Systems, Inc.
(931) 659-9760


(5) Available pressure at source node PUMP under full flow conditions is

1.049 2.00 5.00 2.00 5.00 6.00 1.00 10.00 2.00 5.00
2.469 6.00 12.00 4.00 14.00 7.00 1.00 10.00 10.00 12.00
3.068 7.00 15.00 5.00 16.00 10.00 1.00 13.00 13.00 15.00
10.020 22.00 50.00 16.00 55.00 19.00 5.00 37.00 37.00 50.00
SITE: ARTILLERY BRIGADE
FIRE FLOW CALCULATIONS I.A.W. UFC 3-600-01 §9-2 AND NFPA 1
2 2 CONSTRUCTION TYPE FIRE FLOW DURATION

FACILITY BUILDING FIRE FLOW AREA (m ) FIRE FLOW AREA (ft ) REQUIRED FIRE FLOW (GPM)
(IBC / NFPA 101) (HOURS)
A Brigade Headquarters 1506 16210 2B / Type II (000) 2750 2

B Battalion Headquarters 1035 11141 2B / Type II (000) 2250 2
C Company Headquarters 1102 11862 2B / Type II (000) 2250 2
D Guard House 23 248 2B / Type II (000) 1500 2
E Fire Pump House Sprinklered 1000
FUTURE FACILITIES
(ASSUMES ALL BUILDINGS WILL NOT BE PROVIDED WITH AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER PROTECTION)
Engineer Company 3596 38707 2A / Type II (111) 2750 2
Auditorium 1472 15844 2A / Type II (111) 1750 2
BOQ Type 1 3160 34014 2A / Type II (111) 2750 2
34.5 kV Switchgear 64 689 2B / Type II (000) 1500 2
Communications Vault 42 452 2B / Type II (000) 1500 2
Base Communications Building 283 3046 2B / Type II (000) 1500 2
Water Pump House 167 1798 2B / Type II (000) 1500 2
Well Head Building 16 172 2B / Type II (000) 1500 2
Raw Water Treatment Facility 247 2659 2B / Type II (000) 1500 2
Wastewater Treatment Plant 106 1141 2B / Type II (000) 1500 2
Base O&M Building 225 2422 2B / Type II (000) 1500 2
O&M Warehouse 1499 16135 2B / Type II (000) 2750 2
Base O&M Workshop 1572 16921 2B / Type II (000) 2750 2
Mess Hall 1534 16512 1B / Type II (222) 1500 2
Officers Mess 1290 13885 2A / Type II (111) 1750 2
Officers Club 519 5586 2B / Type II (000) 1500 2
Mosque 4020 43271 1B / Type II (222) 2250 2
Clinic 269 2895 2B / Type II (000) 1500 2
Athletic Complex 3590 38642 1B / Type II (222) 2000 2
Mini-Market 2523 27157 1B / Type II (222) 1750 2
Fire Station 544 5856 2B / Type II (000) 1500 2
Gate House 11 118 2B / Type II (000) 1500 2
MP & Guard House 94 1012 2B / Type II (000) 1500 2
Watch Tower 5 54 2B / Type II (000) 1500 2
Visitors Center 140 1507 2B / Type II (000) 1500 2
Detention Facility 285 3068 2B / Type II (000) 1500 2
General Warehouse 892 9601 2B / Type II (000) 2000 2
Flammable Storage Facility 84 904 2B / Type II (000) 1500 2
Small Arms Ammo Storage 84 904 2B / Type II (000) 1500 2
FIRE PUMP RATING: 2500 GPM 9464 LPM

140% OF RATING 3500 GPM 13250 LPM
150% OF RATING 3750 GPM 14196 LPM
150% OF PUMP RATING 3750 GPM 14196 LPM

FIRE FLOW DURATION 120 min 120 min
REQUIRED WATER SUPPLY 450000 GALLONS 1703520 LITERS
REFILL RATE 156 GPM 592 LPM
DESIGNER: BERNARD TREVOR RABIDOU

DESIGNER REVIEWER: ROBERT D. VIALL
Fire Protection
Catalog
Cut Sheets

Customer : Cosentini
Gustavo Preston Co.
Tom Quinn
Phone 978-758-3443
Contact : Rob Viall

Project : RSLF - Saudi Arabia Phone : Fax :
Quote No. : US-3998-287 Page No : 1 Date : Monday, July 10, 2017
Item: 1 Flow (US gpm) Head (psi) Eff. (%) Power (hp) Speed (RPM)
Model : Peerless - 8AEF17Q
2500 110 79.9 200.9 1780
Liquid Temp. (°F) Sp. Gravity Visc. (cSt) Dia. (inch)
Water 68 1.000 1.007 16.17
Summary Quotation:
Item No Description Weight (lb) Qty

1 8AEF17Q - Bronze Fitted, Pkd UL-FM Listed 1010 1
2 CI Casing with 125lb Suct /125lb Disch FF ANSI flanges 0 1
3 Hardware & Gasket for 125lb/125lb ANSI Flanged Casing 0 1
4 Bronze Impeller with Integral Rings 0 1
5 Bronze Casing Rings 0 2
6 Standard Grease Lube Bearings 0 1
7 RH Steel Shaft Single Row Outboard Bearing 0 1
8 Single Row Outboard/Inboard Brgs with Std Lip Seals 0 1
9 Bronze Shaft Sleeves (set of 2) 0 1
10 Standard Packing Suction Pressure < 100 Psi 0 1
11 UL-FM Lantern Ring with Seal Piping Std or High Pressure Pkg 0 1
12 UL Listed/FM Approved Fire Pump Nameplate US 0 1
13 US H I Std NW Perf Test Included in Pump Price 0 1
14 US H I Non-Witness Hydrostatic Test Included in Pump Price 0 1
15 C1080TC10, Flexible Coupling, Clarke UL Listed 39 1
16 Std Fab Stl , ANSI B15.1 Shell Type Cplg Gard, Factory 5 1
17 Fabricated Steel Non Drip Rim Base, Mounting Parts, Factory 315 1
18 250Hp 1800Rpm 445TS Frame, Horiz Foot Mtd Elect Motor, Factory Quoted motor, Obtain quote 1428 1
from Factory & add as a line item (tq)
19 FTA1930 380V, 60Hz 250Hp 100,000Amp Sym, Soft Start, Firetrol FP Contr w/Transfer Switch 520 1
20 NEMA Type 2 Enclosure Standard IEC IP11 0 1
21 0 300psi(0 21.2 Kg/Cm2) Press Transducer Fresh Water 0 1
22 LED Visual Indication (Text Message Also Displayed) As Follows: 0 1
Grundfos - RAPID v8.25.9.1 (Windows 7) - 06th March 2012.

Quote valid for 30 days
Gustavo Preston Co.
Tom Quinn
Phone 978-758-3443
Contact : Rob Viall

23 Pump Operating, Visible Fail To Start Alarm, Power Available, Phase Failure 0 1
24 Phase Reversal , Text Message Alarm, Low System Pressure, Deluge Open, Interlock On 0 1
25 Voltmeter, Ammeter 3 Phase 0 1
26 34 Text Message Event /Alarms See Brochure DP1000 for details 0 1
27 Sequential Start Per Controller 0 1
28 Weekly Test Timer 0 1
29 Digital Pressure Recording 0 1
30 USB Host Controller and Port 0 1
31 15 300Psi Suct 0 300Psi Disc, Suc&DisGagew/oGageProtLiqFilled, Factory 6 1
32 Not required, Suct >=NFPA Size, Eccentric Suction Reducer, Factory 0 0
33 10x8 125 Lb ANSI Flg CI, Concentric Discharge Reducer, Factory 124 1
34 1/2 In, 175 Psi Max UL,FM <20 Psi Static Suction Pressure , Automatic Air Release Valve, Factory 5 1
Choice
35 3/4 Inch 20 psiG 175 psiG UL Listed FM Approved , Casing Relief Valve, Cla Val 7 1
36 CR 5 11 5Hp 182TC Fr 3Ph 208 230/460V, Jockey Pump w/TEFC Motor, Grundfos 109 1
37 Cast Iron Base w/ 1 1/4 inch Oval Suction/Discharge Flange 0 0
38 1 1/4 inch 250 Lb CI ANSI Comp Flange Kit w/Hrdw & Gaskets 5 1
39 5Hp 230V/3Ph/60Hz, FTA550E Fused Disconnect Switch, Firetrol Jockey Control 45 1
40 NEMA 2 IEC IP11) Painted Steel Enclosure 0 1
41 Main Fusible Disconnect Switch w/Fuses with External Operating Handle 200K Amps RMS 0 1
Sym
42 Door Mounted Graphical Display/User Interface/Pressure Display 0 1
43 Hand OFF Auto Switch 0 1
44 Minimum run timer 0 1
45 On Delay Timer 0 1
46 Water Hammer Pump Restart Timer 0 1
47 Control Transformer 0 1
48 Pump Run Light 0 1
49 Power On Light 0 1
50 Overpressure Indication 0 1

Gustavo Preston Co.
Tom Quinn
Phone 978-758-3443
Contact : Rob Viall

51 Low Pressure Indication 0 1
52 Fail to Start Indication 0 1
53 Main Switch not in "Auto" alarm 0 1
54 Pressure Recording 0 1
55 3000 Event Log 0 1
56 Cycle Counter 0 1
57 Two line User Selectable Data Display Information 0 1
58 0 300 psi (0 20.7 bar) Stainless Steel Pressure Transducer 0 1
Terms of Payment:
Total ($): 60,518.00
Shipment Terms (INCOTERM)
Estimated Schedule (week[s]): 6 Plus Applicable Taxes
Net Weight Total (lb): 3618
Payment Terms:
Prices quoted subject to acceptance of the Company's
Terms, Conditions, Warranty and our acceptance within 30 days
from the date quoted herein.

Gustavo Preston Co.
Tom Quinn
Phone 978-758-3443
Contact : Rob Viall

Type: AEF - Horizontal Split Case Single Stage Fire Item : 1

Pump Model: Peerless - 8AEF17Q Impeller No.: 2693257
Nom. Speed: 1780 RPM, 60 Hz Electric Fluid: Water
Impeller Dia.: 16.17 inch Temperature: 68 °F
Curve No.: 3136096 Viscosity: 1.007 cSt
Market : FM/UL/ULC Listed Fire Pump Sp. Gravity: 1.000
Your Ref. :
Rated Flow 2500 US gpm

90 Rated Head 110 psi
Imp. Dia. 16.17 inch
80 Rated Power Required 200.9 hp
150
70
Rated Efficiency 79.9 %
Efficiency - %
60
Head - psi
NFPA Limits:
140% Head at shutoff 154 psi
100 50
65% Head at 150% 71.5 psi
40 flow
Flow at 150% 3750 US gpm
30
50 Head at 150% 92.7 psi
20 Power Req. at 150% 232 hp
10 Efficiency at 150% 87.5 %

Peak Power 238.7 hp
Closed Valve Head 117 psi
Power - hp
200 Approval/Listing FM/UL

150
100
50
Comments
1,000 2,000 3,000 4,000 5,000 Performance curve represents
Flow - US gpm typical performance. NPSH data is
Flow Head Efficiency Power Required NPSH Required

(US gpm) (psi) (%) (hp) (ft)
0.0 117.0 0.0 87.2
599.4 116.1 37.7 107.8
1198.8 116.1 57.8 140.5
1798.2 114.7 70.1 171.8
2397.6 110.9 78.7 197.2
2996.9 104.5 84.5 216.4
3596.3 95.5 87.3 229.6
4195.7 84.0 86.9 236.8
4795.1 70.4 82.6 238.7

WITH POWER TRANSFER SWITCH
STANDARD SUBMITTAL PACKAGE
SBP1930-6
FTA1930 Fire Pump Controllers for
Business-Critical Continuity
Digital Solid State Starting
Electric Fire Pump Controllers
Product Description
• Daylight Savings Time Option

• Weekly Test Timer
• Elapsed Time Meter
• Door mounted display/interface panel featuring a 128
x 64 pixel backlit LED Graphical Display, Membrane
Type User Control Push-buttons and easy to read LED
Indicators for:
• POWER AVAILABLE
• ALARM
• TRANSFER SWITCH NORMAL (If unit ordered with
Automatic Power Transfer Switch)
• TRANSFER SWITCH EMERGENCY (If unit ordered with
Automatic Power Transfer Switch)
• SYSTEM PRESSURE LOW
• PUMP RUNNING
• DELUGE OPEN
• REMOTE START
Description—Firetrol® FTA1930 Digital Solid State Start- • INTERLOCK ON
ing Fire Pump Controllers feature soft start, soft stop and • FAIL TO START
system sensing capabilities that not only provide for re- • MOTOR OVERLOAD
duced current starting, but also offer an improved level of • EMERGENCY ISO SWITCH OFF (If unit ordered with
hydromechanical performance. The controller monitors, Automatic Power Transfer Switch)
displays and records fire pump system information. • PHASE FAILURE
When called to run, the motor will accelerate beginning • PHASE RAEVERSAL
at 100% of motor FLA up to a maximum of 300% FLA while • AUTOMATIC SHUTDOWN DISABLED
rated torque is reduced to 15%. When stopping, the mo- • OVERVOLTAGE
tor will decelerate to a preset level and pause, allowing for • UNDERVOLTAGE
a restart if required, limiting stress in the piping system. • Digital Pressure Display
If no additional starting causes are present, the motor • USB Host Controller and Port
will continue to decelerate to a full stop. This controller • Solid State Pressure Transducer
helps to reduce water hammer in the system. • Data Log
• Event Log (3000 Events)
Approvals – Firetrol fire pump controllers are listed by • True RMS Metering with simultaneous 3 Phase Display
Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc., in accordance with of Amps, Volts, Frequency, Pressure and Alarm Mes-
UL218, Standard for Fire Pump Controllers, CSA, Standard sages
for Industrial Control Equipment, and approved by Factory • Disk Error message
Mutual. They are built to meet or exceed the require- • Disk Near Full message
ments of the approving authorities as well as NEMA and • Pressure Error message
the latest editions of NFPA 20, Installation of Centrifugal • Motor Over 320% message
Fire Pumps, and NFPA 70, National Electrical Code. • Local Start message
Standard Features—The following are included as stan- • Remote Start message
dard with each controller: • Emergency Start message
• Voltage surge protector • Fail To Start message
• Main Disconnect Switch sized for connected motor • Undervoltage message
horsepower and voltage • Overvoltage message
• Fire pump Circuit Breaker • NEMA Type 2 enclosure
• Single handle Isolating Disconnect Switch/Circuit • Suitable for use as Service Equipment
Breaker mechanism • Each standard controller comes with user configurable
• Motor contactor options for:
• Emergency Manual Run Mechanism to mechanically • Interlock Alarm • Low Pressure Audible
close motor contactor contacts in an emergency con- •Low Suction • Pump Run
dition • User Defined Input • Weekly Test
• Built-in Start and Stop push-buttons to bypass auto-
matic start circuits
• Minimum Run Timer / Off Delay Timer
Power Transfer Switch for
Product Description
• Fire pump circuit breaker

• Mark II monitors for overcurrent tripping (non-ther-
mal) of circuit breaker and alarm indicator for phase
failure/phase reversal
• 3-pole, double throw transfer switch mechanism,
electrically operated, mechanically held
• ASCO® Group 5 Control module providing for the
following:
-Door mounted operator interface panel with 4 line
LED display
-In-phase monitor
-Programmable engine exerciser
-Transfer switch data logging
-Differential voltage sensing on all phases of the nor-
mal power source
-Voltage sensing of the emergency power source
-Frequency sensing of the emergency power source
Description—Firetrol ® Power Transfer Switches are -Transfer time delay to compensate for momentary
available completely assembled with Firetrol Electric power outages of the normal source
Fire Pump Controllers; full or reduced voltage types. The -Retransfer from emergency to normal source is auto
power transfer switches are built for use with genera- matically delayed unless the emergency source fails
tor set or 2nd utility use. The entire package of power -Cool-down timer for unloaded running of the genera-
transfer switch and controller is completely factory as- tor set after retransfer to the normal power source
sembled, wired, tested and shipped as a complete unit -Instantaneous retransfer to normal if the emergency
for easy field connection to the power sources and the source fails and the normal source is available
fire pump motor. -3 second transfer restart delay to reduce current
surges when transferring to or from the emergency
Approvals—Firetrol power transfer switches are listed source
by Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc., in accordance with -NO and NC engine control contacts to start the
UL218, Standard for Fire Pump Controllers; UL1008, Auto- generator set when the normal power source fails
matic Transfer Switches; UL508, Industrial Control Equip- • Transfer Switch Normal LED
ment, CSA, Standard for Industrial Control Equipment; and • Transfer Switch Emergency LED
approved by Factory Mutual. They are built to meet or • Emergency Isolating Switch Open LED
exceed the requirements of the approving authorities as • Test Selector Switch
well as NEMA and the latest editions of NFPA 20, Instal- • Transfer By-pass Switch
lation of Centrifugal Fire Pumps, and NFPA 70, National • Silence Alarm Pushbutton
Electrical Code. • Emergency Isolating Switch Open and Transfer Switch
in Emergency Audible Alarms
Standard Features—The following are included as stan- • Output contacts (NO and NC) for Generator Start,
dard with each transfer switch: Emergency Isolating Switch Open and Transfer Switch
• Emergency power source disconnect switch sized for position indicators
connected motor horsepower and voltage • NEMA Type 2 enclosure (IEC IP11)
FTA1000 — FTA1930 Fire Pump Controllers for
Specifications
Main Fire Pump Controller affecting the tripping characteristics of the circuit breaker.
The main fire pump controller shall be a factory assembled, The controller door shall have a locking type handle and three
wired and tested unit and shall conform to all the requirements point cam and roller vault type hardware. The circuit breaker
of the latest edition of NFPA 20, Standard for the Installation trip curve adjustment shall be factory set, tested and sealed for
of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection and NFPA 70, National the full load amps of the connected motor. The circuit breaker
Electrical Code. shall be capable of being field tested to verify actual pick up,
The controller shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories, locked rotor, and instantaneous trip points after field installa-
Inc., in accordance with UL218, Standard for Fire Pump Con- tion without disturbing incoming line and load conductors.
trollers, CSA, and Canadian Standards Association CSA-C22.2,
Standard for Industrial Control Equipment (cULus), approved Operator Interface
by Factory Mutual and approved by the City of New York for The fire pump controller shall feature an operator interface
fire pump service. with user keypad. The interface shall monitor and display motor
operating conditions, including all alarms, events, and pressure
Starting Method conditions. All alarms, events, and pressure conditions shall be
The controller shall be of the combined manual and auto- displayed with a time and date stamp. The display shall be a
matic type designed for: 128x64 Backlit LED capable of customized graphics and cryllic
type character display. The display and interface shall be NEMA
Full Voltage Starting rated for Type 2, 3R, 4, 4X, and 12 protection and shall be fully
Wye (Star)-Delta Open Transition Starting accessible without opening the controller door. The display and
Wye (Star)-Delta Closed Transition Starting user interface shall utilize multiple levels of password protection
Part Winding Starting for system security. A minimum of 3 password levels shall be
Primary Resistance Reduced Voltage Starting provided.
Autotransformer Reduced Voltage Starting
Digital Soft Start Reduced Current Starting Ammeter/Voltmeter
The fire pump controller operator interface shall be
of the fire pump motor having the horsepower, voltage, phase capable of displaying true RMS digital motor voltage and
and frequency rating shown on the plans and drawings. The current measurements for all three phases simultaneously.
controller components shall be housed in a NEMA Type 2 (IEC Displays requiring push-button and selector switches to
IP11) drip-proof, wall mounted enclosure. toggle between phases or current and voltage shall not be
accepted.
Withstand Ratings (Short Circuit Current Ratings) Voltage and current shall be measured by True RMS
All controller components shall be front mounted, wired technology to provide the most accurate measurement for
and front accessible for maintenance. The minimum withstand all sine waves, including non-sinusoidal waveforms. Average
rating of the controllers shall not be less than 100,000 Amps responding meters will not be accepted.
RMS Symmetrical at 200-600 Volts*. If the available system
fault current exceeds these ratings, the controllers shall be Digital Status/Alarm Messages
supplied with a withstand rating of 150,000 or 200,000 Amps The digital display shall indicate text messages for the
RMS Symmetrical, as required. status and alarm conditions of:
*Note: 100,000 Amp withstand rating not available in • Motor On • Sequential Start Time
some larger horsepowers. Consult factory for • Minimum Run Time • Local Start
details. / Off Delay Time • Remote Start
• Fail to Start • System Battery Low
Isolation Switch and Circuit Breaker • Under Voltage • Over Voltage
The controller shall include a motor rated combination • Locked Rotor Trip • Over Frequency
isolating disconnect switch/circuit breaker, mechanically inter- • Emergency Start • Motor Over 320%
locked and operated with a single, externally mounted handle. • Drive Not Installed • Motor Overload
When moving the handle from OFF to ON, the interlocking • Disk Error • Printer Error
mechanism shall sequence the isolating disconnect switch ON • Disk Near Full • Pressure Error
first, and then the circuit breaker. When the handle is moved
from ON to OFF, the interlocking mechanism shall sequence The Sequential Start Timer and Minimum Run Timer/Off Delay
the circuit breaker OFF first, and then the isolating disconnect Timer shall be displayed as numeric values reflecting the value
switch. of the remaining time.
The isolating disconnect switch/circuit breaker shall be
mechanically interlocked so that the enclosure door cannot be LED Visual Indicators
opened with the handle in the ON position except by a hidden LED indicators, visible with the door closed, shall indi-
tool operated defeater mechanism. The isolating disconnect cate:
switch/circuit breaker shall be capable of being padlocked in • Power Available • Alarm
the OFF position for installation and maintenance safety, and • Pump Running • System Pressure Low
shall also be capable of being locked in the ON position without
• Remote Start • Transfer Switch Normal prevent accidental damage. The pressure transducer shall be
• Deluge Open • Transfer Switch Emergency directly pipe mounted to a bulkhead pipe coupling without any
• Phase Failure • Phase Reversal other supporting members. Field connections shall be made
• Interlock On • Fail To Start externally at the controller coupling to prevent distortion of the
• Motor Overload • Emerg. Iso. Switch Off pressure switch element and mechanism.
• Automatic Shutdown Disabled
• Overvoltage • Undervoltage Seismic Certification
The controller shall be certified to meet or exceed the
Data Logging requirements of the 2006 International Building Code and
The digital display shall monitor the system and log the the 2007 California Building Code for Importance Factor 1.5
following data: Electrical Equipment for Sds equal to 1.88 or less severe seismic
• Motor Calls/Starts • Pump Total Run Time regions. Qualifications shall be based upon successful tri-axial
• Pump Last Run Time • Total Controller Pwr On Time shake-table testing in accordance with ICC-ES AC-156. Certifi-
• Last Pump Start • Min/Max System Pressure cation without testing shall be unacceptable. Controller shall
• Last Phase Fail/Reversal • Last Locked Rotor Trip be clearly labeled as rated for installation in seismic areas and a
• Last Locked Rotor Current • Min/Max Frequency Certificate of Conformance as well as a Center of Gravity drawing
• Max Starting Currents • Max Run Currents shall be provided with the controller.
• Min/Max Voltage per Phase while idle (not running)
• Min Voltage per Phase during Start Operation
• Min/Max Voltage per Phase during Run A digitally set On Delay (Sequential Start) timer shall be
provided as standard. Upon a call to start, the user interface
Event Recording shall display a message indicating the remaining time value of
Memory - The controller shall record all operational and the On Delay timer.
alarm events to system memory. All events shall be time The controller shall be field programmable for manual stop
and date stamped and include an index number. The system or automatic stop. If set for automatic stopping, the controller
memory shall have the capability of storing 3000 events and shall allow the user to select either a Minimum Run Timer or an
allow the user access to the event log via the user interface. The Off Delay Timer. Both timers shall be programmable through
user shall have the ability to scroll through the stored messages the user interface.
in groups of 1 or 10. A nonadjustable restart delay timer shall be provided to al-
low the residual voltage of the motor to decay prior to restarting
USB Host Controller the motor. At least 2 seconds, but no more than 3 seconds, shall
The controller shall have a built-in USB Host Controller. A elapse between stopping and restarting the pump motor.
USB port capable of accepting a USB Flash Memory Disk shall A weekly test timer shall be provided as standard. The
be provided. The controller shall save all operational and alarm controller shall have the ability to program the time, date, and
events to the flash memory on a daily basis. Each saved event frequency of the weekly test. In addition, the controller shall
shall be time and date stamped. The total amount of histori- have the capability to display a preventative maintenance mes-
cal data saved shall solely depend on the size of the flash disk sage for a service inspection. The message text and frequency
utilized. The controller shall have the capability to save settings of occurrence shall be programmable through the user inter-
and values to the flash disk on demand via the user interface. face.
A Lamp Test feature shall be included. The user interface
Serial Communications shall also have the ability to display the status of the system
The controller shall feature a RS485 serial communications inputs and outputs.
port for use with 2 or 4 wire Modbus RTU communications. A Audible Test feature shall be included to test the opera-
tion of the audible alarm device.
Solid State Pressure Transducer The controller shall not start the fire pump motor under a
The controller shall be supplied with a solid state pressure single-phase condition. If the motor is already running when a
transducer with a range of 0-300 psi (0-20.7 bar) ±1 psi. The phase loss occurs, the controller shall continue to run the motor,
solid state pressure switch shall be used for both display of but still display a Phase Failure alarm.
the system pressure and control of the fire pump controller. The fire pump controller software shall be automatically
Systems using analog pressure devices or mercury switches upgradable through the USB port by simply inserting a flash
for operational control will not be accepted. disk with the new software. Fire pump controllers that require
The START, STOP and SYSTEM PRESSURE shall be digi- laptop computers, handheld equipment or specialized devices
tally displayed and adjustable through the user interface. The for software upgrades shall be prohibited.
pressure transducer shall be mounted inside the controller to The controller shall be a Firetrol brand.
SP1000-50
Emerson Network Power.
The global leader in enabling Business-Critical Continuity. EmersonNetworkPower.com
AC Power Embedded Computing Outside Plant Racks & Integrated Cabinets
Connectivity Embedded Power Power Switching & Controls Services
DC Power Monitoring Precision Cooling Surge Protection
Emerson Network Power and the Emerson Network Power logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. ©2010 Emerson Electric Co.
'iretrol Brand Products Cary North Carolina 21 6SA Phone 1 0 200 'aY 1 0 20 www.firetrol.com
Automatic Power Transfer Switches
for Electric Fire Pump Controllers
Specifications
Main Fire Pump Controller with Transfer isolating disconnect switch/circuit breaker shall
Switch be capable of being padlocked in the OFF posi-
The main fire pump controller shall be fac- tion for installation and maintenance safety,
tory assembled and wired with a power transfer and shall also be capable of being locked in the
switch listed by Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. ON position without affecting the tripping char-
for transfer switch and fire pump service. The acteristics of the circuit breaker. The enclosure
power transfer switch shall be approved by Fac- door shall have a locking type handle and three
tory Mutual. point cam and roller type vault hardware.
The power transfer switch and fire pump The circuit breaker trip curve adjustment
controller shall be factory assembled, wired and shall be factory set, tested and sealed for the
tested as a single unit and shall conform to all connected full load amps of the motor.
requirements of the latest edition of NFPA 20, The fire pump controller/power transfer
Centrifugal Fire Pumps and NFPA 70, National switch shall have data logging capability for
Electrical Code. historical operation recording and to aid in
annual test, service and trouble shooting.
Power Transfer Switch for Gen Set / Second The data logging shall be accessible by front
Utility Emergency Power Source mounted interface panel and also by saving
The power transfer switch shall be housed the information via the standard USB port. The
within the fire pump controller enclosure or in data file shall be in text (.txt) format and easily
a NEMA Type 2 (IEC IP11) drip-proof enclosure readable by most common text editing or word
attached directly to the fire pump controller. processing software. The circuit breaker shall
Where the power transfer switch is provided in be capable of being field tested to verify actual
an attached enclosure, the enclosures shall be pick up, locked rotor, and instantaneous trip
fitted so that the assembly constitutes a single points after field installation without disturbing
unit. The fire pump controller/power transfer incoming line and load conductors.
switch shall be factory assembled, wired and The automatic transfer switch shall consist
tested as a unit prior to shipment. of an inherently double throw power transfer
The power transfer switch shall include a switch mechanism and a microprocessor con-
motor rated combination isolating disconnect trol panel to provide automatic operation. The
switch/circuit breaker, mechanically inter- transfer switch and control panel shall be of the
locked and operated with a single, externally same manufacturer. The automatic transfer
mounted handle. When moving the handle switch shall be an ASCO 7000 series with a
from OFF to ON, the interlocking mechanism group 5 control panel.
shall sequence the isolating disconnect switch The transfer switch shall be electrically
closed first, and then the circuit breaker. When operated and mechanically held. The electri-
the handle is moved from ON to OFF, the inter- cal operator shall be a momentarily energized,
locking mechanism shall sequence the circuit single solenoid mechanism. The switch shall
breaker open first, and then the isolating dis- be mechanically interlocked to ensure only
connect switch. two possible positions, normal or emergency.
The isolating disconnect switch/circuit Switches having a neutral position shall not be
breaker shall be mechanically interlocked so permitted.
that the enclosure door cannot be opened with The switch shall be positively locked and
the handle in the ON position except by a hid- unaffected by momentary outages, so that con-
den tool operated defeater mechanism. The
tact pressure is maintained at a constant value ALARM push-button shall be supplied . A selec-
and contact temperature rise is minimized tor switch shall be supplied to manually test
for maximum reliability and operating life. All the transfer to emergency and the retransfer
main contacts shall be silver composition and to normal power.
inspection of all contacts shall be possible from The transfer switch shall be a Firetrol FTA950
the front of the switch without disassembly of for generator set and second utility emergency
operating linkages and without disconnection power.
of power.
Designs utilizing components of molded Note: FTA950 power transfer switches are de-
case circuit breakers, contactors, or parts signed for use with Firetrol Electric Fire Pump
thereof, which are not intended for continuous Controllers.
duty, repetitive switching or transfer between
two active power sources are not acceptable.
The transfer switch control panel shall have
a 4 line, 20 character LCD display and keypad for
viewing all available data and setting desired
operational parameters. Voltage and frequency
on both the normal and emergency sources
shall be continuously monitored. The normal
source pick up shall be set at 95% of nominal
voltage and the emergency source pick up set
at 90% of nominal voltage and 95% nominal
frequency. Source status screens shall be pro-
vided for both normal & emergency to provide
digital readout of voltage, frequency and phase
rotation on all 3 phases.
The transfer switch shall have visible pilot
light indication for the following conditions:
TRANSFER SWITCH IN NORMAL, TRANSFER
SWITCH IN EMERGENCY, NORMAL SOURCE
ACCEPTED, EMERGENCY SOURCE ACCEPTED
and EMERGENCY ISOLATION SWITCH OPEN.
Remote alarm contacts shall be supplied as
standard for the following conditions: EMER-
GENCY SOURCE ISOLATION SWITCH OPEN,
NORMAL POWER AVAILABLE, EMERGENCY
POWER AVAILABLE and TRANSFER SWITCH
POSITION. An audible alarm shall sound if:
EMERGENCY ISOLATION SWITCH OPEN and
TRANSFER SWITCH IN EMERGENCY. A SILENCE
SP950-50
Emerson Network Power.
The global leader in enabling Business-Critical Continuity. EmersonNetworkPower.com
AC Power Embedded Computing Outside Plant Racks & Integrated Cabinets
Connectivity Embedded Power Power Switching & Controls Services
DC Power Monitoring Precision Cooling Surge Protection
Emerson Network Power and the Emerson Network Power logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. ©2010 Emerson Electric Co.
'iretrol Brand Products Cary North Carolina 21 6SA Phone 1 0 200 'aY 1 0 20 www.firetrol.com
NORMAL SOURCE
3-PHASE
INCOMING ISOLATING CIRCUIT POWER
LINES SWITCH BREAKER TRANSFER
SWITCH 4CT
NA LA 1M
NA LA
5CT
NB LB 1M
NB LB
6CT 1M
NC LC
NC LC
ST
1MS
SURGE
ARRESTER
LA LB LC
SOLID STATE
MOTOR STARTER
5
6CR
6 1M
10
11
12
13
14 T1
15
16
17
18 1CR
1M
19 6CR
1CR
20
1M
21
22
1CR
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
1PB
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
5PB
40
41 AA
42
43
44
A B C D E F
To page 2 To page 2 To page 2
ASCO
From Page 1 From Page 1 From Page 1
A B C D E F
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
OTR
61 109
62 108
OTR
63 107
64 106
65 106
21CR
66 69
67 68
68 68
21CR
69 67 2
70 66 3
5CR
71 26 4
72 25 5
73 25 6
5CR
74 24
75 23
76 22
77 21
78 20
79 19
80 19
4CR
81 18
82 17
83 17
4CR
84 16
85 15
86
87
NOTES
88 H N 6 7 1 8 1 10
89
90
DV
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
ASCO
Model/Series No.
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 3002
PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND
BRACKETS
SERIES
Member of Morris Group International™
SPECIFICATIONS
ABC MULTI-PURPOSE DRY CHEMICAL
Red glossy polyester coated steel cylinder with pressure
gauge, wall mounting bracket and hose or nozzle as
indicated. Contents stored under pressure at approximately
195 PSI.
ABC MULTI-PURPOSE/PURPLE K CARTRIDGE

OPERATED DRY CHEMICAL
Red glossy polyester coated steel cylinder with hose,
squeeze grip control nozzle and wall mounting bracket.
Carbon dioxide gas contained in outside cartridge at
approximately 850 PSI (70ºF) provides cylinder
pressurization and agent discharge upon activation.
S U G G E S T E D
PRESSURED WATER/F.F.F.P. FOAM

Stainless steel shell with pressure gauge and wall mounting
bracket. Shipped empty, to be charged at destination by
authorized personnel.
BC DRY CHEMICAL
Red glossy polyester coated steel cylinder with pressure
gauge, wall mounting bracket and hose or nozzle as
indicated. Contents stored under pressure at approximately
MODEL 3005 (Shown)
195 PSI.
PRODUCT OPTIONS
“SEE 3900 SERIES CATALOG FOR OPTIONAL FIRE
MODEL SELECTION EXTINGUISHER MOUNTING BRACKETS”
o 3002 Dry Chemical
o 3005 Dry Chemical
o 3005-3 Dry Chemical
o 3006 Dry Chemical
o 3010 Dry Chemical
o 3020 Dry Chemical
o 3052 Cartridge Operated Dry Chemical
o 3202 Pressurized Water
o 3252 F.F.F.P. Foam
o 3302 BC Dry Chemical
o 3305-3 BC Dry Chemical
Call Potter Roemer - Fire Pro for current listings and

approvals. Dimensions are subject to manufacturer’s
tolerance and may change without notice. Potter Roemer- Headquarters: Also in:
Fire Pro assumes no responsibility for use of void or P.O. Box 3527 New York (800) 526-4592
superceded data. © Copyright Potter Roemer- Fire Pro, City of Industry, CA Chicago (800) 547-3473
Member of Morris Group International ™ Please visit Atlanta (800) 762-0542
91744 U.S.A.
potterroemer.com for most current specifications. Miami (866) 961-3473
Los Angeles Area
800-366-3473 Dallas (866) 644-3473
3002 SERIES Date: 09/04/15 626-855-4890 www.potterroemer.com
Model/Series No.
CABINETS 7000
ALTA FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS SERIES
SPECIFICATIONS
BOX
Cold rolled steel with an electrostatically applied,
thermally-fused polyester coating with recoatable white
finish, and a continuous hinge.
DOOR AND FRAME

Model 7007-7029: Steel - Cold rolled steel with
recoatable white polyester finish
Model 7030-7049: Aluminum - Clear anodized finish
Model 7050-7069: Stainless Steel - #304 Stainless
steel with #4 finish
S U G G E S T E D
Model 7070-7089: Brass - Polished finish, clear

polyester coated
MODEL 7012 (Shown)
MODEL SELECTION MODEL SELECTION (cont.)

STEEL ALUMINUM STAINLESS STEEL BRASS
o 7007 Recessed o 7030 Recessed o 7050 Recessed o 7070 Recessed
o 7008 Semi-Recessed o 7032 Semi-Recessed o 7052 Semi-Recessed o 7072 Semi-Recessed
o 7009 Surface o 7033 Semi-Recessed o 7053 Semi-Recessed o 7073 Semi-Recessed
o 7013 Semi-Recessed o 7039 Surface o 7059 Surface o 7079 Surface
o 7021 Trimless o 7041 Trimless o 7061 Trimless o 7081 Trimless
o 7024 Surface o 7044 Surface o 7064 Surface o 7084 Surface
o 7026 Trimless o 7046 Trimless o 7066 Trimless o 7086 Trimless
o 7029 Surface o 7049 Surface o 7069 Surface o 7089 Surface

91744 U.S.A.
Los Angeles Area
800-366-3473 Dallas (866) 644-3473
Model/Series No.
T E C H N I C A L CABINETS 7000
PRODUCT OPTIONS PRODUCT OPTIONS (cont.)

DOOR STYLES: DOOR AND FRAME FINISHES:
✔ -A
o Full Glass, w/ Tempered Safety Glass ✔ -STEEL: Any polyester paint color, if available; Provide
o
o -B Break-Glass, w/lock & Break Rite® Handle mfg. name and color number
o -D Duo-Panel w/ Tempered Safety Glass o -ALUMINUM: Light, Medium or Dark duranodic
o -DV Duo-Vertical Panel w/ Tempered Safety Glass o -STAINLESS STEEL: Number 304 Stainless, with #8
o -DVL Duo-Vertical Panel w/ Lock, TSG & Break Rite® mirror finish
Handle. o -BRONZE: U.S. # 10 Satin finish with clear coating, or
o -E Tempered Safety Glass (25 sq. in.) w/ Break dark oxidized, oil rubbed; specify
Rite® Handle o -RED: For Red Polyester Finish, Add This Suffix
o -F Solid Flush Metal o -RR: For Rolled Radius Return, Add This Suffix
o -FS Solid Flush Metal w/ lock o CUSTOM ______________
**NOTE: ALL GLASS DOOR STYLES PROVIDED WITH CLEAR TEMPERED NON-LOCKING DOOR HANDLES:
SAFETY GLASS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANSI Z97-1-1984
✔ -FP
o Flush Pull Handle
GLAZING MATERIAL:
**NOTE: DOOR STYLES -A, -D, -DV, & -F PROVIDED W/ LEVER HANDLE &
o -1 TS Bronze Tempered Safety Glass CAM LATCH
o -2 TS Smoke Tempered Safety Glass
o -4 TS Obscure Tempered Safety Glass FIRE EXTINGUISHER LETTERING:
o -6 1/8” Clear Acrylic o -HW Horizontal White
o -7 1/8” Bronze Acrylic o -HB Horizontal Black
o -8 1/8” White Acrylic o -HR Horizontal Red
o -9 1/8” Smoke Acrylic o -VW Vertical White
o -10 1/8” Red Acrylic o -VB Vertical Black
o -VR Vertical Red
o -VAW Vertical Ascending White
o -VAB Vertical Ascending Black
o -VAR Vertical Ascending Red

91744 U.S.A.
Los Angeles Area
800-366-3473 Dallas (866) 644-3473
Model/Series No.
CABINETS 7000
MODEL DIMENSIONS
Wall Inside Box Overall Wall Opening
Model No. Trim ADA
Mounting Dimensions Frame Required
H For Use With
W E D These
Stainless I I E
Steel Alum inum Brass K L M N O T Extinguishers
Steel D G P
T H T
H T H
7007 7037 7057 7077 Recessed 9 18 5 11-3/4 20-3/4 10 19 4-3/4 1/2 Yes
7008 7038 7058 7078 Semi-Recessed 9 18 5 11-3/4 20-3/4 10 19 3-1/4 2 Yes
7009 7039 7059 7079 Surface 11-1/2 20-1/2 6 - - - - - - 3002, 3005, No

3005-3, 3302,
7010 7030 7050 7070 Recessed 9 24 5 11-3/4 26-3/4 10 25 4-3/4 1/2 3305, 3305-3 Yes
7020 7040 7060 7080 Recessed 9 24 5-3/4 11-3/4 26-3/4 10 25 5-1/2 1/2 Yes
7021 7041 7061 7081 Trimless 9 24 6-1/4 12-3/4 27-3/4 10 25 6 - 3002, 3005, Yes
3005-3, 3010, 3306,
7022 7042 7062 7082 Semi-Recessed 9 24 5-3/4 11-3/4 26-3/4 10 25 4 2 3310, 3302, 3305,
Yes
7023 7043 7063 7083 Semi-Recessed 9 24 5-3/4 11-3/4 26-3/4 10 25 3 3 3305-3, 3306, 3405 Yes
7024 7044 7064 7084 Surface 11-1/2 26-1/2 6 - - - - - - No
7025 7045 7065 7085 Recessed 12 27 8 14-3/4 29-3/4 13 28 7-3/4 1/2 Yes
7026 7046 7066 7086 Trimless 12 27 8-1/2 15-3/4 30-3/4 13 28 8-1/4 - Yes
3020, 3202,
7027 7047 7067 7087 Semi-Recessed 12 27 8 14-3/4 29-3/4 13 28 5-1/4 3 3320, 3410
Yes
7028 7048 7068 7088 Semi-Recessed 12 27 8 14-3/4 29-3/4 13 28 3-1/4 5 No
7029 7049 7069 7089 Surface 14-5/8 29-3/8 8 - - - - - - No
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
K K K
Finished Finished Finished
Finished M M M
Wall M Wall Wall Wall
T N N T N K
L O L O L O L
RECESSED TRIMLESS SEMI-RECESSED SURFACE

91744 U.S.A.
Los Angeles Area
800-366-3473 Dallas (866) 644-3473
Model/Series No.
CABINETS FRC7000
Member of Morris Group International™ FIRE RATED UL CLASSIFIED, 7N43
SPECIFICATIONS
BOX
Cold rolled steel with an electrostatically applied,
thermally-fused polyester coating with recoatable white
finish, and a continuous hinge.
DOOR AND FRAME

Model 7007-7028: Steel - Cold rolled steel with
recoatable white polyester finish
Model 7030-7048: Aluminum - Clear anodized finish
Model 7050-7068: Stainless Steel - #304 Stainless
steel with #4 finish
S U G G E S T E D
Model 7070-7088: Brass - Polished finish, clear

polyester coated
MODEL FRC7012 (Shown)
MODEL SELECTION MODEL SELECTION (cont.)

STEEL ALUMINUM STAINLESS STEEL BRASS
o FRC7007 Recessed o FRC7030 Recessed o FRC7050 Recessed o FRC7070 Recessed
o FRC7008 Semi-Recessed o FRC7032 Semi-Recessed o FRC7052 Semi-Recessed o FRC7072 Semi-Recessed
o FRC7010 Recessed o FRC7033 Semi-Recessed o FRC7053 Semi-Recessed o FRC7073 Semi-Recessed
o FRC7012 Semi-Recessed o FRC7037 Recessed o FRC7057 Recessed o FRC7077 Recessed
o FRC7021 Trimless o FRC7041 Trimless o FRC7061 Trimless o FRC7081 Trimless
o FRC7026 Trimless o FRC7046 Trimless o FRC7066 Trimless o FRC7086 Trimless

91744 U.S.A.
Los Angeles Area
800-366-3473 Dallas (866) 644-3473
FRC7000 SERIES Date: 03/27/14 626-855-4890 www.potterroemer.com
Model/Series No.
T E C H N I C A L CABINETS FRC7000
Member of Morris Group International™ UL CLASSIFIED, 7N43
PRODUCT OPTIONS PRODUCT OPTIONS (cont.)

DOOR STYLES: DOOR AND FRAME FINISHES:
o -A Full Glass, w/ Tempered Safety Glass ✔ -STEEL: Any polyester paint color, if available; Provide
o
o -B Break-Glass, w/lock & Break Rite® Handle mfg. name and color number
o -D Duo-Panel w/ Tempered Safety Glass o -ALUMINUM: Light, Medium or Dark duranodic
o -DV Duo-Vertical Panel w/ Tempered Safety Glass o -STAINLESS STEEL: Number 304 Stainless, with #8
o -DVL Duo-Vertical Panel w/ Lock, TSG & Break Rite® mirror finish
Handle. o -BRONZE: U.S. # 10 Satin finish with clear coating, or
o -E Tempered Safety Glass (25 sq. in.) w/ Break dark oxidized, oil rubbed; specify
Rite® Handle o -RED: For Red Polyester Finish, Add This Suffix
o -F Solid Flush Metal o -RR: For Rolled Radius Return, Add This Suffix
o -FS Solid Flush Metal w/ lock o CUSTOM ______________
**NOTE: ALL GLASS DOOR STYLES PROVIDED WITH CLEAR TEMPERED NON-LOCKING DOOR HANDLES:
SAFETY GLASS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANSI Z97-1-1984
✔ -FP
o Flush Pull Handle
GLAZING MATERIAL:
**NOTE: DOOR STYLES -A, -D, -DV, -F, & -J PROVIDED w/ LEVER
o -1 TS Bronze Tempered Safety Glass HANDLE/CAM LATCH
o -2 TS Smoke Tempered Safety Glass
o -4 TS Obscure Tempered Safety Glass FIRE EXTINGUISHER LETTERING:
o -6 1/8” Clear Acrylic o -HW Horizontal White
o -7 1/8” Bronze Acrylic o -HB Horizontal Black
o -8 1/8” White Acrylic o -HR Horizontal Red
o -9 1/8” Smoke Acrylic o -VW Vertical White
o -10 1/8” Red Acrylic o -VB Vertical Black
o -VR Vertical Red
o -VAW Vertical Ascending White
o -VAB Vertical Ascending Black
o -VAR Vertical Ascending Red

91744 U.S.A.
Los Angeles Area
800-366-3473 Dallas (866) 644-3473
Model/Series No.
CABINETS FRC7000
Member of Morris Group International™ UL CLASSIFIED, 7N43
MODEL DIMENSIONS
Wall Inside Box Overall Wall Opening
Model No. Trim ADA
Mounting Dimensions Frame Required
H F o r Us e Wit h
W E D T he s e
Stainless I I E E xt inguis he rs
Steel Alum inum Brass K L M N O T
Steel D G P
T H T
H T H
FRC7007 FRC7037 FRC7057 FRC7077 Recessed 9 18 5 11-3/4 20-3/4 11-1/4 20 5-5/8 1/2 Yes
FRC7008 FRC7038 FRC7058 FRC7078 Semi-Recessed 9 18 5 11-3/4 20-3/4 11-1/4 20 4-1/8 2 Yes
3002, 3005,
FRC7010 FRC7030 FRC7050 FRC7070 Recessed 9 24 5 11-3/4 26-3/4 11-1/4 26 5-5/8 1/2 3005-3, 3302, Yes
3305, 3305-3
FRC7012 FRC7032 FRC7052 FRC7072 Semi-Recessed 9 24 5 11-3/4 26-3/4 11-1/4 26 4/1/8 2 Yes
FRC7020 FRC7040 FRC7060 FRC7080 Recessed 9 24 5-3/4 11-3/4 26-3/4 11-1/4 26 6-3/8 1/2 Yes
FRC7021 FRC7041 FRC7061 FRC7081 Trimless 9 24 6-1/4 12-3/4 27-3/4 11-1/4 26 7-3/8 - 3006, 3010, 3306, Yes
3310, 3405
FRC7022 FRC7042 FRC7062 FRC7082 Semi-Recessed 9 24 5-3/4 11-3/4 26-3/4 11-1/4 26 4-7/8 2 Yes
FRC7023 FRC7043 FRC7063 FRC7083 Semi-Recessed 9 24 5-3/4 11-3/4 26-3/4 11-1/4 26 3-7/8 3 Yes
FRC7025 FRC7045 FRC7065 FRC7085 Recessed 12 27 8 14-3/4 29-3/4 14-1/4 29 8-5/8 1/2 Yes
FRC7026 FRC7046 FRC7066 FRC7086 Trimless 12 27 8-1/2 15-3/4 30-3/4 14-1/4 29 9-5/8 - 3020, 3202, 3320, Yes
3410
FRC7028 FRC7048 FRC7068 FRC7088 Semi-Recessed 12 27 8 14-3/4 29-3/4 14-1/4 29 4-1/8 5 No
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
Steel Fire K K K
Protection Box Finished Finished
Wall M Finished M Wall M
Wall
T N N T N
L O L O L O
Fire-Rated
Insulation
Material
Inner RECESSED TRIMLESS SEMI-RECESSED
Box

91744 U.S.A.
Los Angeles Area
800-366-3473 Dallas (866) 644-3473
SECTION 7
ELECTRICAL

7.0 DESIGN ANALYSIS
Discipline: ELECTRICAL Date: 28 MAY, 2019


The scope of work is to complete design/build services for the initial development of the new Artillery Brigade
base. The contractor (design/build team) will perform as the Designer of Record and Constructor of Record and
deliver the Project as per the government provided preliminary RFP documents, including drawings and
specifications.
Brigade site contains no paved roads or utilities, so the roadway system will connect to Road 6335 and the
development of the entire base but only constructed to support the proposed facilities
7.2.1 Criteria and Host Nation Requirements

The Royal Saudi Land Forces Artillery (RSLFA) facilities are in accordance with applicable UFC requirements. The
design complies with the UFC’s and applicable US Technical Orders. Some uniquely US standards, including
ATFP, LEED and Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) will not be adhered to.

7.2.2.1 Power
An underground 34.5 kV medium voltage feeder supplied by the Saudi Electric Company (SEC) is supplying
power to the Base’s infrastructure. The exact medium voltage value has not yet been determined.
The Base’s underground distribution system is a direct bury, armored, multi-conductor cable, buried a minimum of
755 mm below grade. There is a new SEC main switching station supplying power to the Base with interface
equipment installed by SEC. The SEC main switching station building has spare feeder breakers which will be
utilized for this project. The 34.5 kV feeder will loop through compact substation ring main units located
throughout the site and return to the SEC main switching station building to allow power to be supplied to both
ends of the feeder in case of a fault in the feeder (looped primary distribution scheme).
Each building receives its power supply from a compact substation. Each compact substation consists of a pad
mounted ring main unit, transformer and secondary distribution board. A breaker, sized the same as the building
service disconnect, is provide in the compact substation to supply the building’s power system. Building service
demand factors used in selecting the compact substation transformer sizes are from UFC 3-501-01 Electrical
Engineering, Table 1.
The secondary electrical distribution system is 380/220 volts, 3 phase, 4 wire, 60 Hz. At the service entrance is a
main distribution panelboard (MDP), with ground fault protection on the main circuit breaker if it is rated 1000
amps or more. An arc fault maintenance reduction switch is provided in the breaker if the breaker is rated at 1200
amps or more. The MDP primarily distributes power to the lighting and branch circuit panel boards, and large
mechanical loads. Smaller loads are served by branch circuit panelboards. Discrete panelboards are provided
for lighting (Panel LPX); receptacles and small motors (Panel PPX); HVAC equipment (Panel HPX); computer
room equipment and computer station receptacles (Panel CPX). Panelboards are commercial type with bolt-on
circuit breakers utilizing copper bussing rated for the system voltage with appropriate amps interrupting rating
(AIC), a main circuit breaker, separate neutral and equipment ground bars, 20% future growth capacity in both
ampacity and circuit breaker spaces and 10% minimum installed spare circuit breakers. Each building electrical
design load includes a minimum of 20% spare transformer and generator capacity and 20% spare main
distribution service entrance panel bus capacity. Service entrance panels include a surge protective device
(SPD) rated at least 200 kilo amperes (kA.). Surge protective devices are also provided on panelboards serving
interior and exterior lighting and communications branch circuit panelboards.
All wiring is copper, minimum size of 4mm². An equipment grounding conductor is provided in all branch circuit
and feeder raceways. All interior circuits are installed in EMT conduit, concealed where possible, minimum
interior inner diameter (ID) of 20mm. Exterior above grade conduit is rigid hot dipped rigid galvanized steel with a
minimum 20mm interior ID.
Receptacles are provided as required with a minimum of one receptacle per wall. All receptacles within 1.8m of a
water source or on the exterior are protected with a ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) or residual current
device (RCD) breaker or receptacle. Exterior receptacles are weatherproof.
Receptacles and their associated branch circuit wiring are protected by combination-type Arc-Fault Circuit-
Interrupters (AFCI) in housing type facility bedrooms, the bedroom’s associated kitchens and lounges.
In panelboard schedule generation, Revit software does not automatically calculate receptacle loads at 50% for
loads above 10 kVA. We understand our panelboard loads are usually minimally more than would be required if
Revit was able to provide this calculation.
A dedicated communications panel (CP) supplies power for the communication cabinets, communications cabinet
UPS’s, communications room air conditioning equipment, and all receptacles in the communications room. Other
CP panels supply power to receptacles throughout the building that are adjacent to a computer data outlet.
Diesel-fueled generators provide standby power for UFC required facilities as well as mission critical facilities.
Each generator is located outside in a factory supplied weatherproof enclosure with a skid mounted fuel tank.
Where facilities require power during extended power outages, site standby power is supplied by a generator via
an automatic transfer switch (ATS). The ATS communicates with the connected generator unit’s controls to start
and stop the generator. This equipment can accommodate the entire building load when main power is lost.
7.2.2.2 Interior Lighting

Lighting for interior spaces complies with the 10th Edition Handbook of the Illuminating Engineering Society of
North America, ASHRAE 2013 Standard 90.1 Energy Standard for Buildings except Low Rise Residential
Buildings, and UFC 3-530-01, Interior and Exterior Lighting Systems and Controls.
Administration and support areas utilize Light-emitting diode (LED) lighting. Incandescent luminaires are not used.
Occupancy sensors and daylight harvesting sensors are used wherever feasible. Room lighting control consists
of:
• When an occupant enters the room, the light switch is manually activated and the lighting automatically
turn on and operates at 50% light output.
• Another activation of the light switch increases the lighting levels to 100%, with the room's daylighting
sensor limiting the lighting output to 300 lux.
• Activating the light switch once again turns off the lighting.
• If the lighting is not manually turned off, the occupancy sensor turns off the lighting after a preset amount
of time.
• Rooms without daylight sensors operate as above except there is no limiting of the light output at the
100% light output level.
Mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, communications rooms and similar rooms, the lights are manually activated
and operate at 100% light levels until manually turned off.
Interior and exterior light fixture color temperature is typically 4000 degrees. Interior light fixtures have a Color
Rendering Index (CRI) of 80 while exterior fixtures have a CRI of 70.
Bedrooms have overhead adjustable level LED light fixtures providing ambient lighting, separately
switched/dimmed for each occupant side of the room. Receptacles are provided so that table lamps can be used
to supplement room lighting. Bathrooms have overhead lighting and valance lighting at the lavatory mirror.
Light fixture types for typical spaces:
• Office areas 600mm by 1200mm recessed troffer LED’s
• Conference rooms Linear pendant LED’s and recessed round LED’s
• Corridors 600mm by 600 mm recessed troffer LED’s and recessed round LED’s
• Toilet spaces 100 lux showers, 150 lux fixtures
Recessed round LED’s and over mirror linear LED’s
• Mechanical 1200mm linear industrial LED’s
• Electrical 1200mm linear industrial LED’s
• Communications 1200mm linear industrial LED’s
Lighting average illumination and uniformities are shown in Table 6-1.
Table 6-1 Average Illuminance & Uniformity

Room Type Horizontal LUX Horizontal Uniformity
Average to minimum
Corridor 50 @ floor 2:1
Stairways 100 @ floor 2:1
Lounge/Break 150 @762 mm AFF 2:1
Storage 100 @1220 mm AFF 3:1
Mechanical 200 @1067 mm AFF 3:1
Restrooms -General 50 @914 mm AFF 2:1
Restrooms -Fixtures 150 @914 mm AFF 2:1
Restrooms -Showers 100 @914 mm AFF 2:1
Communications 500 @914 mm AFF 3:1
Individual Offices 300 @762 mm AFF 2:1
Room Type Horizontal LUX Horizontal Uniformity

Average to minimum
Open Offices 300 @762 mm AFF 2:1
Office Support Areas 400 @762 mm AFF 2:1
Conference 300 @762 mm AFF 1.5:1
Classroom/Training 400 @762 mm AFF 2:1
Locker Rooms 150 @ floor 2:1
Small Arms Storage 300 @1220 mm AFF 3:1
Laundry 200 @914 mm AFF 2:1
Reception 100 @762 mm AFF 4:1
Bed Room 50 @610 mm AFF 3:1
Bath Room 300 @914 mm AFF 2:1
Kitchen/Dining 300 @914 mm AFF 2:1
Computer/Control Room 500 @762 mm AFF 2:1
7.2.2.2.1 Emergency Egress Lighting

Independent, wall-mounted, battery-powered emergency lighting is provided in all of the buildings egress paths.
The light fixtures are wired to the unswitched lighting circuit supplying power to the area served by the emergency
lighting fixture. Wall-mounted, battery-powered emergency egress lighting is also provided on the exterior at all
exits. The emergency egress light level is 11 Lux minimum at the floor with a uniformity ratio of 40:1 for a
minimum of 2 hours.
7.2.2.2.2 Exterior Lighting

Lighting for exterior spaces complies with the 10th Edition Handbook of the Illuminating Engineering Society of
North America, ASHRAE 2013 Standard 90.1 Energy Standard for Buildings except Low Rise Residential
Buildings, and UFC 3-530-01, Interior and Exterior Lighting Systems and Controls.
Exterior LED wall-mounted lighting fixtures are provided at all exterior doors. Additional exterior perimeter wall
mounted fixtures are evenly spaced around the facility and consist of LED photocell controlled lighting at 2 lux for
unoccupied times. Switched exterior LED lighting of 50 lux is provided where there are loading activities.
Site and roadway lighting is provided and they are powered from adjacent building locations. All site and roadway
lighting is LED type. All building exterior and site lighting is controlled from a single location in the Guard House.
Lighting is provided under all sunshades to light under the sunshades as well as the drive lanes between
sunshades.
Exterior light fixture color temperature is typically 4000 degrees and have a Color Rendering Index (CRI) of 70.
EXTERIOR
Roadways (Luminance) 0.3 cd/m2 6.0 Avg/Min 10.0 Max/Min
Avg
Parking Lots 2 Lux Min 20 Max/Min
7.2.2.3 Site Grounding

As determined by the constructor, a grounding grid may be composed of buried or concrete-embedded bare
copper conductor. The grounding grid connects building-specific counterpoise ground loops and distribution
grounding loops including compact substation grounding loops. Each compact substation and generator pad
include a ground loop around their perimeters. The value for resistance to earth required for each compact
substation is 5 Ohm. The ground grid and ground loops consist of bare copper conductor and 19 mm diameter x
3000 mm ground rods buried at a depth of 760 mm. Each connection utilizes non-reversible connections.
Because the ground conductivity is poor on this site and since the Saudi Building Code precludes the use of floor
slab reinforcement as a grounding electrode conductor since the slab reinforcing is required to be epoxy coated,
we have developed an extensive grounding system. This system consists of:
• A counterpoise around each building,
• A triad ground rod system near each building service entrance,
• A minimum of 25 feet of copper conductor in the concrete floor slab at each exterior column location,
• A ground electrode conductor in communications duct banks.
These systems are tied together at each building’s service grounding terminal bus bar, at each compact
substation’s and each standby generator’s ground field.
7.2.2.4 Building Grounding

Building grounding is provided in accordance with UFC 3-520-01 Interior Electrical Systems. Grounding
conductors are stranded bare copper. The secondary distribution system is solidly grounded at the secondary
winding of each compact substation, where the neutral is connected to ground with a bonding jumper. A
counterpoise ground loop is provided around each building with a 70 mm² minimum conductor size and 19 mm
diameter x 3000 mm ground rods buried at a minimum depth of 760 mm. Building service ground system
resistance to earth is tested to equal or less than 25 ohms.
All connections between the counterpoise and ground rods are non-reversible. A minimum of two test wells are
provided, one at the front, the other at the rear of the facility. The copper conductor loop has multiple connections
to building steel and to embedded copper conductor in the ground floor concrete slab and periodic connections to
the lightning protection system. The grounding electrode conductors and grounding electrode system comply with
NFPA 70, Article 250. All other electrical systems grounds are also tied to the counterpoise including the main
service grounding bus, the lightning protection system down conductors, building equipment grounding, concrete-
embedded grounding electrodes and the telecommunications grounding system. All conductors to the ground
ring are 70 mm² minimum.
There are no special shielding requirements for equipment in facilities.
7.2.2.5 Lightning Protection

A Class 1 lightning protection system is provided for all new buildings. The lightning protection system is provided
per NFPA 780 criteria using components manufactured in accordance with UL 96. A UL Lighting Protection
Inspection Certificate, certified to NFPA 780, are required to be provided for each building. Copper materials are
used everywhere except where building construction materials do not allow. ANSI 1449 Type 2 surge protective
devices shall be utilized at the service entrance and at computer equipment panelboards.
7.2.2.6 Cathodic Protection

Cathodic protection is not required for the facilities.
7.2.2.7 Hazardous Locations

There are no hazardous locations for the facilities.
7.2.3 Facilities with Special Electrical Requirements:

7.2.3.1 Facility A - Brigade Headquarters
7.2.3.1.1 Power
Site standby generator power is provided for 100% of the building loads.
7.2.3.2 Facility B – Battalion Headquarters
7.2.3.2.1 Power
7.2.3.3 Facility C – Company Headquarters
7.2.3.3.1 Power
7.2.4 Remaining Buildings

Refer to Section 6.2.1, General Design Parameters. Buildings include:
• Facility D – Guard House
• Facility E – Fire Pump House
7.2.5 Calculations
The following type of calculations are performed for all facilities.
7.2.5.1 Facility Sizing Calculations

The Facility Sizing Calculations include a process of connecting circuits in Revit 2015 to power sources, including
power panels and MDPs. Loads are placed on circuits comprising various mechanical, plumbing, architectural,
fire protection equipment requiring electrical connections within Revit and coordination with other discipline
drawings. Panels are connected within Revit 2015 as they connect to each other on the one line diagram. For
each panel and MDP, loads are tallied in Volt-Amps and calculated in total Amps. The future growth capacity is
used for all loads on all panels. Thus, the factor of 1.20 multiplied by connected load is used for sizing all
equipment within the facility, including bus size and trip current for main breakers on all panelboards.
Coordination with Compact Substation transformer sizes are performed to provide a reasonable AIC rating for
each MDP and panelboard.
7.2.5.1 Lightning Protection Calculations

Final Lightning Protection assessments are performed in Excel per NFPA 780 for each facility. Minimum
spacings and dimensions for each facility are documented in Excel 2013 to base the lightning protection layout.
7.2.5.2 Grounding Calculations

Final Grounding Calculations are performed using SKM GroundMat to provide an estimation of a maximum and
minimum resistance to earth for each grounding electrode system at each facility. The contractor is responsible
for obtaining resistance to earth within the specifications. Further description is provided with the calculations.
7.2.5.3 Lighting Calculations

Site lighting calculations are performed using Visual 2016 with site plans imported from AutoCad and fixtures
inputted as seen in the Electrical cut sheets.
Facility lighting calculations are performed using ElumTools 2015.0.25 in Revit 2015 with fixtures inputted as seen
in the Electrical cut sheets.
Reports included average, maximum and minimum lighting levels, average-to-minimum and maximum-to-
minimum ratios for in each room.
7.2.5.4 Voltage Drop Calculations

The site plan distances to compact substations are used for the main feeder voltage drop.
Final voltage drop calculations are performed within the load flow module of SKM Power Tools. Inputs include:
one line construction; load totals in kVA for each panelboard, MDP and motors connected to the MDP; cable size
and types for each service wire and panelboard feeder. Reports include exports from the Newton method of
nodal analysis and total load flows and voltage drop at each point in the system.
7.2.5.5 Short Circuit Calculations

Short circuit calculations are performed using the typical impedance of the selected minimum compact substation
transformer sizes.
Final short circuit calculations are performed within the short circuit module of SKM Power Tools. Inputs include:
one line construction; utility short circuit anticipated as coordinated with facility groupings on the site compact
substation design; motors sizes, which provide a typical short circuit contribution based on their size. Reports
include a fault analysis report and short circuit current available at each bus in the system.
7.3 BASIS OF DESIGN

The basis of the Electrical design is as follows:
W912ER19C0001.
7.4 CODE REFERENCES

• ASHRAE 90.1 - IP (2010; INT 1 2011; Errata 2011, Errata 2011; Errata 2011, INT 2-12 2011, Errata
2011; INT 13 2012; INT 14 2016) Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings
• EC 60364, IEC International Standard of Electrical Installations of Buildings
• International Building Code (IBC) 2018
• IEC 60364, IEC International Standard of Electrical Installations of Buildings, 2015
• MIL-HDBK-1012/1, Military Handbook, Electronic Facilities Engineering
• NFPA 101, Life Safety Code, 2015; ERTA 2015
• NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, 2014; AMD 1 2013; Errata 1 2013; AMD 2 2013; Errata 2 2013; AMD 3
2014; Errata 3-4 2014; AMD 4-6 2014
• NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, 2016
• NFPA 780, Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems, 2014
• SBCNC Saudi Building Code (SBC), Section 401, Electrical, 2018
• TIA/EIA 568-C, Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance 568 Standard
• TM 5-803-1, Army Corps of Engineer Technical Manual 13 Jun 1986
• UFC 1-200-01, General Building Requirements, 20 June 2016
• UFC 2-100-01, Installation Master Planning, 15 May 2012
• UFC 3-120-01, Design: Sign Standards, with Change 2, 7 October 2014
• UFC 3-501-01, Electrical Engineering, 6 October 2015
• UFC 3-520-01, Interior Electrical Systems, 6 October 2015
• UFC 3-530-01, Interior and Exterior Lighting Systems and Controls, with Change 3, 1 June 2016
• UFC 3-550-01, Exterior Electrical Power Distribution, 1 September 2016
• UFC 3-575-01, Lightning and Static Electricity Protection Systems, 1 July 2012
• UFC 3-580-01, Telecommunications Interior Infrastructure Planning and Design, 1 June 2016
• UFC 4-610-01, Administrative Facilities, with Change 2, 21 May 2014
• USACE Middle East District (MED) Design Instructions Manual

• Electrical Calculations
• Electrical Catalog Cut Sheets
24th Artillery Brigade Base near Dammam, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Electrical
Attachments

Electrical
Calculations

Load and Sizing

Calculations

FACILITY SIZING CALCULATIONS
ADA/ GLK 1-29-18
CHOSEN TOTAL
Conductor Sizes
FACILITY NAME
Minimum Phase
DESIGNATION
DESIGNATION
Factor Range
UFC Building
CONNECTED
UFC Demand
BUS/FRAME
LOAD (KVA)
Grounding
Conductor
Conductor
Minimum
FACILITY
FACILITY
MCB Trip
1.25*FLA
Type
FLA
A BRIGADE HEADQUARTERS 410.1 623.1 779 1000 800 U820N (9)350 kcmil (185 mm²) 70 A Administrative Office 50-65
B BATTALION HEADQUARTERS 319.1 484.9 606 630 630 U670N (6)500 kcmil (300 mm²) 70 B Administrative Office 50-65
C COMPANY HEADQUARTERS 332.4 505.1 631 630 630 U670N (6)500 kcmil (300 mm²) 70 C Administrative Office 50-65
D GUARDHOUSE 14.3 21.7 27 125 32 U45N (3)#6 (16 mm²) 10 D Gate/sentry house 70-75
Fire protection
E FIRE PUMP HOUSE 20.9 32 40 125 63 U75N (3)#2 (35 mm²) 10 E by design
pumping station
FIRE PUMP 1 233.1 354 443 450 2500 U270N (6)250 kcmil (150 mm²) (3) 95
F MOSQUE 100.0 152 190 250 250 U270N (3)350 kcmil (185 mm²) 35 F Chapel 65-70
Motor Calculation
wire (Ohm / 1000

Chosen Demand
circuit Avail. (A)

Facility Demand
Generator Short
Breaker Rating*
Motor Minimum
Circuit Current*
Entrance Short
Motor Current*
DESIGNATION
Resistivity per
circuit current
circuit Rating
Motor Circuit
Subtransient
Chosen CSS
Motor rating
Motor MCA*
Motor Short
Size (kVA) ƚ
Conductor*
Load (kVA)
reactance*
Conductor
Min. Short
FACILITY
Minimum
Service
Factor
(kVA)*
Sizes*
Motor
Motor
(kA) ƚ
%IZ ƚ
m)
ƚ
A 0.65 266.6 315 4.0 13824 130.32 0.15 279 348.6 400 400 (6)250 kcmil (150 mm²) 1859 0.0559
B 0.65 207.4 250 4.0 10743 87.405 0.15 187 233.8 250 250 (3)350 kcmil (185 mm²) 1247 0.0559
See Site CSS Calculations

C 0.65 216.1 250 4.0 10743 87.405 0.15 187 233.8 250 250 (3)350 kcmil (185 mm²) 1247 0.0559
D 0.75 10.7 50 3.0 2532 0.0559
E 0.80 16.7 315 4.0 12960 0.0559
1.00 233.1 186.5 0.15 398 497.5 2000 500 (6)350 kcmil (185 mm²) 2653 0.0559
F 0.70 70.0 100 3.0 5064 0.0559
ƚ See Site CSS Calculations for Minimum CSS Size
*Motor calculations above is for Chiller at each facility.
ƚ See Site CSS Calculations for Minimum CSS Size

Facility Service Feeder
Voltage Drop (V)

Resistance per
DESIGNATION
Total 3 Phase
Voltage Drop
Distance (m)
No. Wires /
FACILITY
Phase
meter
(%)
A 2 2.8E-05 40 1.51 0.40%
B 4 1.4E-05 40 0.59 0.15%
C 3 1.9E-05 95 1.94 0.51%
D 1 5.6E-05 40 0.11 0.03%
E 5 1.1E-05 40 0.03 0.01%
5 1.1E-05 40 0.34 0.09%
F 5 1.1E-05 40 0.15 0.04%

COMPACT SUBSTATION SIZING
ADA/ GLK 1-29-18
FACILITIES ON COMPACT
CONNECTED LOAD INCLUDING GROWTH CSS SIZING SHORT CIRCUIT ESTIMATION
SUBSTATION (CSS)
CIRCUIT CURRENT (A)
CIRCUIT CURRENT (A)

CSS NUMBER
TOTAL CONNECTED
SERVICE ENTRANCE
DEMAND LOAD INCL
GENERATOR SHORT
1.25 x DEMAND KVA
MIN SHORT CIRCUIT

CHOSEN DIVERSITY
CSS INTERNAL BUS

LOAD INCL 200 kVA
CHOSEN CSS SIZE
CONDUCTOR SIZE
DEMAND FACTOR
100 kVA GROWTH
CSS GROUNDING
FACILITY 1 (KVA)
FACILITY 2 (KVA)
FACILITY 3 (KVA)
IMPEDENCE (%Z)
SHORT CIRCUIT
SUBTRANSIENT
TOTAL UTILITY
MOTOR SHORT
AVAILABLE (A)
GROWTH (kVA)
PERCENTAGE
REACTANCE
RATING (KA)
ELECTRODE
MIN SIZE (A)
MOTOR FLA
FACILITY 1
FACILITY 2
FACILITY 3
SITE
FACTOR
MOTOR
(mm2)
(KVA)
(kVA)
MOTOR
CSS FLA 1.25 x FLA
RATING
CS01 AB A F - 410 100 - 710 437 0.61 546 630 1.15 957 1,196 1,250 (2) 70 4 23,930 40 - - - - -
CS02 AB D STC SEC 14 12 12 238 135 0.57 168 160 0.95 243 304 400 50 3 8,103 10 - - - - -
FIRE
CS03 AB E - 21 233 - 454 350 0.77 437 500 1.14 760 950 1,000 (2) 70 4 21,353 40 187 0 354 2,361 2,361
PUMP 1
Lift
CS04 AB B C 319 332 7 859 430 0.50 538 630 1.17 957 1,196 1,250 (2) 70 4 23,930 40 - - - - -
Station
FACILITY 1 FEEDER FACILITY 2 FEEDER FACILITY 3 FEEDER

CSS CIRCUIT BREAKER
CSS CIRCUIT BREAKER
CSS CIRCUIT BREAKER

DEMAND CURRENT (A)
DEMAND CURRENT (A)
DEMAND CURRENT (A)

CSS NUMBER
FACILITY DEMAND
FACILITY DEMAND
CHOSEN DEMAND
CHOSEN DEMAND
CHOSEN DEMAND
LOAD (KVA)
LOAD (KVA)
SITE NOTES
SIZE (AT)
SIZE (AT)
SIZE (AT)
FACTOR
FACTOR
FACTOR
FACILITY
DEMAND FLA WIRE SIZE FLA WIRE SIZE FLA WIRE SIZE
LOAD
(KVA)
CS01 AB 267 623 0.65 405.00 800 U820N 70 152 0.70 106 200 U200N - - - - - - -
CS02 AB 11 22 0.75 16 32 U45N 12 18 0.80 15 32 U45N 12 18 0.80 15 32 U45N -
CS03 AB 17 32 0.80 25 32 U45N 233 354 1.00 354 2,500 U450 - - - - - - FIRE PUMP BREAKER SIZED FOR LRC @ 2500A
SIZED FOR OPTION #2 WITH (2) C FACILITIES AND LIFT

CS04 AB 207 485 0.65 315 630 U670N 216 505 0.65 328 630 U670N 7 11 1.00 11 32 U45N
STATION OF 7KVA.
GENERATOR SIZING
ADA/ GLK 1-29-18
FACILITIES ON GENERATOR CONNECTED STANDBY LOADS INCL. GROWTH GENERATOR SIZING

GENERATOR NUMBER
GENERATOR INTERNAL
CHOSEN GENERATOR
LOAD INCL. GROWTH
DEMAND LOAD (kVA)

TOTAL GENERATOR
TOTAL CONNECTED
CONDUCTOR (mm2)
DIVERSITY FACTOR
DEMAND FACTOR
GENERATOR FLA
FACILITY 1 (KVA)
FACILITY 2 (KVA)
FACILITY 3 (KVA)
CHOSEN SIZING
GENERATOR
BUS SIZE (A)
GROUNDING
ELECTRODE
FACILITY 1
FACILITY 2
FACILITY 3
SIZE (KVA)
SITE
(kVA)
G01 AB A F - 410 100 - 510 328 0.64 500 1.52 760 500 70
G02 AB E FIRE PUMP 1 - 21 260 - 281 277 0.99 320 1.16 486 630 70
G03 AB B C Lift Station 319 332 7 659 430 0.65 680 1.58 1,033 1,250 (2) 70
Facility 1 Feeder Facility 2 Feeder Facility 3 Feeder

GENERATOR NUMBER
CIRCUIT BREAKER
CIRCUIT BREAKER
CIRCUIT BREAKER
GENERATOR 125%
GENERATOR 125%
GENERATOR 125%
SITE NOTES
FLA 1.25 x FLA WIRE SIZE FLA 1.25 x FLA WIRE SIZE FLA 1.25 x FLA WIRE SIZE
G01 AB 623 779 500 U545N 152 190 200 U200N - - - - -
G02 AB 32 40 100 U115N 395 494 450 U450 - - - - -
G03 AB 485 606 630 U670N 505 631 630 U670N 11 13 32 U45N -

Lightning Protection
Calculations

ADA / DJS 8-11-17
Building LETTER A A A A B
BRIGADE HQ BRIGADE HQ BRIGADE HQ BRIGADE HQ BATT HQ
NFPA 780 Building NAME
Reference Building AREA A B C ALL A
Length (millimeters) 17200 17200 15200 17200

Width (millimeters) 36300 51050 27800 36300
Height (meters) 5 5 5 5 5
Perimeter (milimeters) 90750 109300 58200 270250 90750
Area of Building (meters) 624 878 423 2002 624
Class 1 materials if building is 23 meters or less Class 1 Class 1 Class 1 Class 1 Class 1
Class 2 materials if building is more than 23 meters
METHOD OF SPACING DETERMINATION STANDARD STANDARD STANDARD STANDARD STANDARD
Lightning Risk Assessment

Critical Services
L.1.1 Main overriding reason for LPS:
L.1.1.1 Statutory, Regulatory, Insurance Required LPS:
L.2 (Ng) Dammam: Lightning ground flash density (flashes/km2/yr) 2
L.3 (Ae) Equivalent Collection Area for Rectangles 2293 2989 1776 2293
Equivalent Collection Area: See Hand calculation 4793.7
1
Table L.4.2 (C1) Location Factor
Table l.5.1.2(a)
1
(C2) Construction Coefficient
Table L.5.1.2(b)
1
(C3) Structure Contents
1
Table L.5.1.2 (C4) Structure Occupancy
Table L.5.1.2(d) 5
(C5) Lightning Consequence
5
L.5.1.2 ( C ) Coefficient
0.00030
L.5.1.1 (Nc) Tolerable Lightning Frequency (events/yr)
Lowest Flashes Site, Annual Threat of Occurrence (potential
0.00959
L.3 (Nd) events/yr)
L.5.2.1 Risk Calculation Result: Is LPS needed? RECOMMENDED
Flat Roof Spacing Calculation

Perimeter 500mm length air terminals with maximum spacing of 6.0 m
(20 ft.)
Number of strike termination devices required
# ALONG LENGTH EDGE (One in each corner plus below) 2 2 2 2
Spacing OF TERMINALS 5733 5733 5067 5733
6 8 4 6
# ALONG WIDTH EDGE (One in each corner plus below)
5186 5672 5560 5186
Spacing OF TERMINALS
Cross run strike terminations and cross conductors

Additional rows of strike termination devices required Rows Rows Rows Rows
1 1 1 1
Row spacing Row spacing Row spacing Row spacing
8600 8600 7600 8600
Terminals per Terminals per Terminals per Terminals per
Maximum spacing between terminals is 15m (50 ft.) The additional row row row row
rows of air terminals on 15m (50 ft.) centers required are. 2 3 1 2
Terminal Terminal Terminal Terminal
spacing spacing spacing spacing
12100 12763 13900 12100
Maximum length of cross conductors without connection to perimeter

main conductor cable is 46m (150 ft.).
Building LETTER A A A A B
BRIGADE HQ BRIGADE HQ BRIGADE HQ BRIGADE HQ BATT HQ
Reference Building AREA A B C ALL A
Number of cross conductor connections to main conductor cable, per

0 1 0 0
cross conductor
Down Conductors
Number of down conductors required
Number Number Number Number
Minimum of 2 down conductors, if perimeter exceeds 76m (250 ft.), 4 4 2 4
then down conductors maximum spacing is 30 m (100 ft.) Spacing Spacing Spacing Spacing
22688 27325 29100 22688
If steel framing,
CONCRETE / CONCRETE / CONCRETE / CONCRETE / CONCRETE /
Number of connections required BLOCK BLOCK BLOCK BLOCK BLOCK
Structural steel bonding of main conductor shall occur at every 30 m
(100 ft.) minimum.
Grounding electrode bonding to steel columns 18m (60 ft.)
4.16.2.4 OR 5 Bonding Distance for Equipment on Roof

value related to the number of down conductors
that are spaced at least 25 ft (7.6 m) apart and
1 1 1 1
located within a zone of 100 ft (30 m) from the
bond in question, n:
Equipment on roof needs bonding to LPS if less than (D in meters) 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
Equipment through concrete, brick, wood etc. needs bonding to LPS if
0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4
less than (D in meters)
OVERRIDING
METHOD OF REASON FOR REQUREMENT
SPACING LPS FOR LPS
STANDARD Large Crowds Statutory
COMBINATION Critical Services other

ROLLING Culteral
SPHERE Heritage
C1 C2
surrounded by metal roof,

0.25 taller structures 0.5 metal structure
nonmetal roof,
metal or
surrounded by nonmetal
0.5 structures 1 structure
metal roof,
combustable
structure;
combustable
Isolated roof, metal
1 structure 2 structure
nonmetal roof,
combustable
structure;
combustable
Isolated on roof, nonmetal
2 hilltop 2.5 structure
combustable
roof and
3 structure
Building LETTER B B B C C
BATT HQ BATT HQ BATT HQ COMPANY HQ COMPANY HQ
Reference Building AREA B C ALL A B
Length (millimeters) 17200 15200 25600 35000

Width (millimeters) 51050 27800 14300 21100
Height (meters) 5 5 5 10 10
Perimeter (milimeters) 109300 58200 264250 54200 84000
Area of Building (meters) 878 423 2002 366 739
Class 1 materials if building is 23 meters or less Class 1 Class 1 Class 1 Class 1 Class 1
METHOD OF SPACING DETERMINATION STANDARD STANDARD STANDARD STANDARD STANDARD

Critical Services
L.2 (Ng) Dammam: Lightning ground flash density (flashes/km2/yr) 2
L.3 (Ae) Equivalent Collection Area for Rectangles 2989 1776 2849 4194
Equivalent Collection Area: See Hand calculation 4793.7
1
Table l.5.1.2(a)
1
Table L.5.1.2(b)
1
1
Table L.5.1.2(d) 5
5
0.00030
0.00959
L.3 (Nd) events/yr)
L.5.2.1 Risk Calculation Result: Is LPS needed? RECOMMENDED

(20 ft.)
# ALONG LENGTH EDGE (One in each corner plus below) 2 2 4 5
Spacing OF TERMINALS 5733 5067 5120 5833
8 4 2 3
5672 5560 4767 5275

Additional rows of strike termination devices required Rows Rows Rows Rows
1 1 0 1
Row spacing Row spacing Row spacing Row spacing
8600 7600 25600 17500
Terminals per Terminals per Terminals per Terminals per
Maximum spacing between terminals is 15m (50 ft.) The additional row row row row
rows of air terminals on 15m (50 ft.) centers required are. 3 1 1 2
Terminal Terminal Terminal Terminal
spacing spacing spacing spacing
12763 13900 7150 7033

Building LETTER B B B C C
BATT HQ BATT HQ BATT HQ COMPANY HQ COMPANY HQ
Reference Building AREA B C ALL A B

1 0 0 0
cross conductor
Down Conductors
Number Number Number Number
Minimum of 2 down conductors, if perimeter exceeds 76m (250 ft.), 4 2 2 3
then down conductors maximum spacing is 30 m (100 ft.) Spacing Spacing Spacing Spacing
27325 29100 27100 28000
If steel framing,
CONCRETE / CONCRETE / CONCRETE / CONCRETE / CONCRETE /
Number of connections required BLOCK BLOCK BLOCK BLOCK BLOCK
(100 ft.) minimum.

1 1 1 1
Equipment on roof needs bonding to LPS if less than (D in meters) 0.8 0.8 1.7 1.7
0.4 0.4 0.8 0.8
Construction n (Bonding)
STEEL
FRAMED 1
CONCRETE /
BLOCK 1.5
1.5
C3 C4
Low value
0.5 noncombustible 0.5 Unoccupied
Standard value Normally

1 noncombustible 1 occupied
high Value, Difficult to

moderate evacuate or risk
2 combustibility 3 of panic
Exceptional
value,
flammable
3 liquids
Exceptional
value,
irreplaceable
4 cultural items
Building LETTER C D E
GUARD FIRE PUMP
COMPANY HQ
NFPA 780 Building NAME HOUSE HOUSE
Reference Building AREA ALL ALL ALL
Length (millimeters) 30600 9100

Width (millimeters) 21600 11600
Height (meters) 5 5
Perimeter (milimeters) 138200 104400 41400
Area of Building (meters) 1105 661 106
Class 1 materials if building is 23 meters or less Class 1 Class 1 Class 1
METHOD OF SPACING DETERMINATION STANDARD STANDARD STANDARD

Critical Services Critical Services
L.2 (Ng) Dammam: Lightning ground flash density (flashes/km2/yr) 2 2 2
L.3 (Ae) Equivalent Collection Area for Rectangles 7043 2290 790
Equivalent Collection Area: See Hand calculation
1 1 1
Table l.5.1.2(a)
1 1 1
Table L.5.1.2(b)
1 1 1
1 1 1
Table L.5.1.2(d) 5 5 5
5 5 5
0.00030 0.00030 0.00030
0.01409 0.00458 0.00158
L.3 (Nd) events/yr)
L.5.2.1 Risk Calculation Result: Is LPS needed? RECOMMENDED RECOMMENDED RECOMMENDED

(20 ft.)
# ALONG LENGTH EDGE (One in each corner plus below) 5 1
Spacing OF TERMINALS 5100 4550
3 1
5400 5800

Additional rows of strike termination devices required Rows Rows
1 0
Row spacing Row spacing
15300 9100
Terminals per Terminals per
Maximum spacing between terminals is 15m (50 ft.) The additional row row
rows of air terminals on 15m (50 ft.) centers required are. 1 0
Terminal Terminal
spacing spacing
10800 11600

Building LETTER C D E
GUARD FIRE PUMP
COMPANY HQ
NFPA 780 Building NAME HOUSE HOUSE
Reference Building AREA ALL ALL ALL

0 0
cross conductor
Down Conductors
Number Number
Minimum of 2 down conductors, if perimeter exceeds 76m (250 ft.), 4 2
then down conductors maximum spacing is 30 m (100 ft.) Spacing Spacing
26100 20700
If steel framing,
CONCRETE / CONCRETE / CONCRETE /
Number of connections required BLOCK BLOCK BLOCK
(100 ft.) minimum.

1 1
Equipment on roof needs bonding to LPS if less than (D in meters) 0.8 0.8
0.4 0.4
C5
Continuity of
facility not
required, no
environmental
1 impact
Continuity of
facility required,
no
environmental
5 impact
Consequences
10 to environment
Lighting
Calculations

40A
50
40A 0.1
0.5 0.5 1 5010.5
0.5 0.1
0.25
0.50.1
0.25 0.25 1 40A
0.1 0.25 1 40A
0.50.1 0.50.1
0.25 1 40A
0.1
0.250.5 0.25
0.1 1
0.25 0.25
0.1
0.25
0.251
0.1 0.5
50 0.5 1 1 0.5
1 0.50.25 1 50 0.1
0.5
0.5 1 0.25 0.1 0.25 0.50.25 0.1 0.10.25 0.1
0.5 1 0.50.25 0.5
0.1 0.25
0.25 0.1 0.1 1 0.1 0.5
0.25 1 0.1
0.25
0.5
0.1 0.25 0.10.25 0.25
0.1
50 0.5 1 40A
0.25
0.1 0.1
0.25 1
0.25 0.25 0.5 0.1
0.1 0.1 0.25
1
0.5
0.5 0.1 0.5 0.1
0.25 0.25 40A
0.1
0.25
0.5
1 1 0.1 1
0.5 0.25 0.25
50 0.1
50 0.5 0.1 1
0.25
10.5 0.25
0.5
0.1 0.51
0.1 0.11 0.1
0.25
0.5 0.25 0.5
0.1 0.550 50 1
0.25 0.25
10.5
0.1 0.25 1 0.25
0.1 40A 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
0.25 0.1 0.25 10.5 0.1 0.25
0.5 0.250.51 0.1
0.1 0.250.5 0.1 0.25 0.51 0.25 0.5 0.1
0.25 0.5 0.25 0.1
0.5 0.250.51
0.1 0.5 0.25
0.25 0.1 0.25
1 0.5
0.1 0.1 0.5 0.1 0.5 0.25 1 50
0.1
50 50
1
50 50 50
0.5 150 0.25 0.25 0.5 0.5 0.5
0.1 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 1 0.5
0.1 0.1 0.5
0.25 0.25
0.1 0.25
0.5
1 0.1
0.25
50 0.25 0.5 0.1
0.25 0.51
0.25
0.1 0.25
0.1 0.5 1
0.25 0.25
0.1 0.5
0.25
0.1
1
0.25
0.1 0.51
0.25
0.1 0.25
0.1 0.1
0.25
0.25
0.5 0.1 0.1
0.1 1 0.1 0.25 0.25
0.1
0.1 0.25 0.5 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
0.1 0.5 0.25 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
0.25 0.1 0.1
0.25 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
0.25 0.1 0.5
1 0.25 0.1 0.25
0.1 0.25
0.5
1 0.5 10.250.5 0.25 0.25
1 0.5 0.25 0.51
0.25 0.5 0.25 1 0.5
0.25 0.51
0.25 0.5 0.25 0.51 0.25
0.5 0.25
0.51
0.25
0.5 0.51 0.5 0.25
0.51 0.5 0.250.51 0.25 0.5
0.25
0.51
0.25
0.5 0.25
0.51 0.5 0.25 1
501 0.25 0.1 0.5
0.5
50 0.25 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
0.5 10.5 0.25 0.5
0.25 150 0.5
0.1 0.5 0.1 0.5 150 0.5 0.250.5 50 1 0.5 0.25
50
1 50
0.25 0.510.25 0.50.1
0.25
50
1 0.25
50
1 0.5 150 0.50.25
0.25 0.50.25
50
1 0.25
50
1 0.25 150 0.50.25 50
1 0.25
50
1 0.25 150
0.25
0.1 0.25
0.1 0.1 0.25 0.25 0.25
0.1 0.25
0.1 0.1 0.25
0.1 0.1 0.25
0.5
0.1 0.1 0.1 0.5
0.25
0.1 0.1 0.5
0.25
0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.5
0.25
0.1 0.1 0.5
0.25
0.1 0.1 0.50.25
0.1 0.1 0.5
0.25
0.1 0.1 0.5
0.25
0.1 0.1 0.10.5
0.25
1 0.5
0.25 1 0.1
0.25 0.1 0.1
0.5
0.1 50 0.5
50 0.25 1
Artillery Brigade
1 0.5
0.5 0.25
0.1
0.25
0.1 0.5
Site Lighting
SA-459583
0.25
0.1
1
0.5 0.5
0.25
0.1 50
1
0.50.25
0.1
0.25
0.1
0.5
0.25
0.5
1 0.1
0.25
0.550
0.1
1
0.5
0.25
0.1
0.25
0.1
0.5
1
0.25
0.550
0.1
0.25
0.5
0.1
Statistics
1
0.50.25
0.25 0.1
0.1
Description Symbol Avg Max Min Avg/Min
0.5
1
0.25
0.25
0.1
Roads1 0.9 cd/m² 5.3 cd/m² 0.0 cd/m² N/A
0.1 50
0.5
1
0.5 0.25
0.1
0.25
0.1
0.5
0.25
0.25
1 0.1
0.5
0.150 0.5
1
0.5 0.25
0.25 0.1
0.1
0.5
0.25
1
0.1
0.25
0.1 Designer
0.550 0.5 JAS
1
0.25 0.50.25
0.1
0.1
0.5 0.5
Date
0.25
3/17/2017
0.25 0.1
0.1
0.5
1
53
11
553
10.5 Scale
0.25 0.25
0.1
0.5
0.25
0.1 Not to Scale
0.1
1 53 1 1 53
0.5 1
0.5 ADA CHECKER - Drawing No.
8-11-17
Summary
Plan View
Scale - 1 : 2000 1 of 1
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 2.5 3 4 4.5 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
APPR
NCO
TOILET
DATE
41 A013
D
T
20 9
HQ CO
A012 1A 1A
7A 9
DESCRIPTION
40 40
9 9
2
NL 9
1A 1A 9 OFFICER
TOILET
30
9 A014 S
APPR MARK
1A 1A
S-4
BET
SUPPLY
NCO COPY /
FILING
AUGUST
A011 1A 1A 1A
15, 2017
DATE
2 A015
1A 1A
S-4 S-4 ASST
SUPPLY OFFICER R
NCO A016
A010
DESCRIPTION
C
FINAL SUBMITTAL ITR

1A 1A 1A 1A 1A 1A
2
40 40
COPY / S-4
FILING A017
A009
MARK
Q
B
30
1A 1A
1A 1A 1A
PLOT DATE:
12:09:55 PM
2
8/3/2017
W912ER-17-R-XXXX
SA-459583A-E-103PN
W912ER-14-D-0004
NL D
SOLICITATION NO.:
CONTRACT NO.:
PLOT SCALE:
ISSUE DATE:
S-1 ADMIN CORR 9 9
1A 1A
08-15-17
1:2
NCO
A008
A003 D KEY PLAN
9 9
P
9 9
CKD BY:
FILE NO.:
DJS
1A 1A 10A CONFERENCE
2
SUBMITTED BY:
9 9 A018
ASST
A
B. THORNE
DESIGN BY:
DRAWN BY:
S-1OFFICER
22 X 34
SIZE:
9 9
ADA
A007
JAS
40 40 CLASSROOM
10A CLASSROOM
B / SECTION / SECTION
Middle East District

9 9
(TYPICAL FOR A046 A047
1B 1B 1B
N
US Army Corps
30
NIGHT LIGHTS) 40
of Engineers
9 9
2 41 41 M' B
30 30 20
5 20
BEDROOM
A019A
1B 1B 7A 9 TOILET D D
S-1
A020
A006
M GRAPHIC SCALE
2 1A 1A
FLOOR PLAN - AREA A - GENERAL USE LIGHTING

DEPUTY NL 40
1A 1A
BRIGADE
DAMMAM, KINGDOM OF SAUDI ARABIA

BRIGADE
COMMANDER
COMMANDER

A004
BRIGADE HEADQUARTERS
A019
1A 1A
ARTILLERY BRIGADE
40
1A 1A
SA-459583
30
2 L
TOILET RECEPTION
A005 7A A021
9 1A 1A 1A 0m 2m 4m 6m 8m 10m
A BEDROOM 1A 1A NL
A004A
5 41 NL K 1:100
30
30 MATCH LINE
30
SEE 1 / E-102 DIM. NOTE & NORTH
8/3/2017 12:09:55 PM
20
J N
SHEET ID
FLOOR PLAN AREA A - LIGHTING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, LINEAR
DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
A
1
1 : 100 E-101
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 2.5 3 4 4.5 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
APPR
MATCH LINE
SEE 1 / E-101
VEST
DATE
9 2
D A001 2
2 2 2 2 2
2
STORAGE J
NL NL 3A
RECEPTION A048
20 LOBBY A045 3A
9E 2 (TYPICAL FOR
A002
NL NIGHT LIGHTS) REST RM
6
9 A049
2
DESCRIPTION
9E 2 2 2 NL 2 2 2
30 20 9 9
30 H
30 30
2
S-3 41
A023 2 1A 1A 1A 1A 1A
30 30 40
1A 1A 1A D BRIEFING
APPR MARK
ELECT
3B ROOM
A043
COMM A050
BET
A042
3A 1A 1A 1A 1A 1A 1A
G
3B
AUGUST
15, 2017
DATE
S-3 ASST
OFFICER 30 MECH
A024 1B 1B 2 A040
40 1A 1A 1A 1A 1A
NL 1A
NL
S-3 ASST
OFFICER 3A
3A
DESCRIPTION
A025
C 1A 1A 1A 1A 1A 1A F
FINAL SUBMITTAL ITR

30
S-2 NCO 20
1B 1B A039 30
41 40
2 1A 1A
S-3 ASST (TYPICAL FOR
OFFICER EXTERIOR LIGHTING)
MARK
B
A026
1B 1B CORR
A022
S-2 NCO
PLOT DATE:
A038 E
12:09:57 PM
1B 1B
8/3/2017
W912ER-17-R-XXXX
SA-459583A-E-104PN
W912ER-14-D-0004
S-3 ASST
SOLICITATION NO.:
CONTRACT NO.:
OFFICER
PLOT SCALE:
ISSUE DATE:
A027 2
08-15-17
1:2
1B 1B
1B 1B KEY PLAN
40
40
S-3 NCO
CKD BY:
A028
FILE NO.:
DJS
30 D
SUBMITTED BY:
1B 1B
A
B. THORNE
S-2 ASST
DESIGN BY:
DRAWN BY:
1B 1B 1B OFFICER
22 X 34
2
SIZE:
ADA
JAS
NL A037
S-2
B

A036
US Army Corps
of Engineers
1B 1B
1A 1A
B
S-3 NCO
S-3 NCO
C
A029
A035
2
1A 1A
1B 1B
DUTY CORR
OFFICER A022A
A030
40 40
GRAPHIC SCALE
OFFICER
2 9 9 TOILET
FLOOR PLAN - AREA B - GENERAL USE LIGHTING

1A 1A 1A
A034
30 9 B

6

TOILET
9 9
A032
ARTILLERY BRIGADE
6
2 9
SA-459583
NL
9 20 7A
5 9
A
NCO 0m 2m 4m 6m 8m 10m
A BEDROOM 41
TOILET
A031
A033 1:100
DIM. NOTE & NORTH

8/3/2017 12:09:57 PM
N
FLOOR PLAN AREA B - LIGHTING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, LINEAR
SHEET ID
A
1 DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
1 : 100
E-102
1 2 3 4 5
APPR
DATE
D
APPR MARK DESCRIPTION

General Use Lighting Calculation Results
BET
Average / Maximum /
AUGUST
Room Name Average Maximum Minimum Minimum Minimum
15, 2017
DATE
VEST A001 127 lx 150 lx 104 lx 1.2 1.4
LOBBY A002 257 lx 318 lx 135 lx 1.9 2.4
CORR A003 189 lx 299 lx 89 lx 2.1 3.3
DEPUTY BRIGADE COMMANDER A004 438 lx 465 lx 415 lx 1.1 1.1
DESCRIPTION
BEDROOM A004A 107 lx 120 lx 96 lx 1.1 1.2
C
FINAL SUBMITTAL ITR

TOILET A005 283 lx 339 lx 236 lx 1.2 1.4
S-4 SUPPLY NCO A010 368 lx 517 lx 269 lx 1.4 1.9
HQ CO A012 416 lx 451 lx 359 lx 1.2 1.3
NCO TOILET A013 155 lx 192 lx 67 lx 2.3 2.9
OFFICER TOILET A014 122 lx 191 lx 44 lx 2.8 4.3
COPY / FILING A015 397 lx 538 lx 308 lx 1.3 1.7
MARK
B
S-4 A017 289 lx 315 lx 258 lx 1.1 1.2
CONFERENCE A018 346 lx 602 lx 163 lx 2.1 3.7
BRIGADE COMMANDER A019 390 lx 471 lx 252 lx 1.5 1.9
PLOT DATE:
12:09:57 PM
BEDROOM A019A 84 lx 97 lx 72 lx 1.2 1.3
8/3/2017
W912ER-17-R-XXXX
SA-459583A-E-602SC
W912ER-14-D-0004
TOILET A020 283 lx 357 lx 240 lx 1.2 1.5
SOLICITATION NO.:
CONTRACT NO.:
RECEPTION A021 315 lx 378 lx 253 lx 1.2 1.5
PLOT SCALE:
ISSUE DATE:
CORR A022 192 lx 264 lx 139 lx 1.4 1.9
08-15-17
1:2
CORR A022A 274 lx 349 lx 217 lx 1.3 1.6
S-3 A023 382 lx 522 lx 293 lx 1.3 1.8
S-3 ASST OFFICER A024 487 lx 503 lx 479 lx 1.0 1.1
CKD BY:
S-3 ASST OFFICER A025 490 lx 517 lx 474 lx 1.0 1.1
FILE NO.:
DJS
S-3 NCO A029 442 lx 454 lx 434 lx 1.0 1.0
SUBMITTED BY:
DUTY OFFICER A030 367 lx 516 lx 287 lx 1.3 1.8
B. THORNE
DESIGN BY:
DRAWN BY:
BEDROOM A031 93 lx 112 lx 76 lx 1.2 1.5
22 X 34
SIZE:
ADA
JAS
TOILET A032 98 lx 158 lx 52 lx 1.9 3.0
NCO TOILET A033 166 lx 204 lx 95 lx 1.8 2.2
B

OFFICER TOILET A034 126 lx 191 lx 13 lx 9.9 15.0
US Army Corps
MECH A040 230 lx 336 lx 128 lx 1.8 2.6
of Engineers
COMM A042 415 lx 425 lx 409 lx 1.0 1.0
ELECT A043 272 lx 334 lx 241 lx 1.1 1.4
TEA ROOM A044 380 lx 529 lx 256 lx 1.5 2.1
RECEPTION A045 266 lx 344 lx 137 lx 1.9 2.5
CLASSROOM / SECTION A046 448 lx 536 lx 296 lx 1.5 1.8
CLASSROOM / SECTION A047 427 lx 527 lx 233 lx 1.8 2.3
STORAGE A048 248 lx 258 lx 230 lx 1.1 1.1
JAN A048A 630 lx 659 lx 571 lx 1.1 1.2
REST RM A049 153 lx 194 lx 80 lx 1.9 2.4
BRIEFING ROOM A050 513 lx 571 lx 266 lx 1.9 2.1
GENERAL USE LIGHTING CALCULATION RESULTS

ARTILLERY BRIGADE
SA-459583
A
JAS / ADA -
8/3/2017 12:09:57 PM
8-11-17
SHEET ID
A
E-103
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 2.5 3 4 4.5 5
APPR
NCO
TOILET
DATE
41 B014
D
T
40
20 9
1A 1A
7A 9
DESCRIPTION
40
HQ CO 9 9
B013
2 9
1A 1A NL 9
30
9 S
OFFICER
APPR MARK
TOILET
S-4 1A 1A B015
SUPPLY
BET
NCO
COPY /
B012 FILING
AUGUST
1A 1A 1A
15, 2017
DATE
B016
2
1A 1A
S-4
R
SUPPLY
40
DESCRIPTION
NCO
C B011
FINAL SUBMITTAL ITR

1A 1A 1A 1A 1A 1A S-4 ASST
OFFICER
40 B017
2
COPY /
S-4
FILING
B018
B010
MARK
Q
B
30
1A 1A
1A 1A 1A
8/3/2017 2:18:55
PLOT DATE:
W912ER-17-R-XXXX
SB-459583B-E-103PN
W912ER-14-D-0004
2
PM
D
SOLICITATION NO.:
NL
CONTRACT NO.:
S-1 ADMIN
PLOT SCALE:
ISSUE DATE:
NCO CORR 9 9
1A 1A
08-15-17
1:2
B009 B004 D KEY PLAN
9 9
P
9 9
CKD BY:
FILE NO.:
DJS
1A 1A 10A 40
SUBMITTED BY:
9 9
S-1 ASST CONFERENCE
A
B. THORNE
2
DESIGN BY:
DRAWN BY:
OFFICER B019
22 X 34
SIZE:
B008 9 9
ADA
JAS
40
10A
B

9 9
1A 1A 1A
N
US Army Corps
30
of Engineers
9 9
B
2 5
S-1 1A 1A 1A 7A TOILET
B007 B021
M GRAPHIC SCALE
1A 1A
FLOOR PLAN - AREA A - GENERAL USE LIGHTING

2
DEPUTY 1A 1A BATTALION
NL
BATTALION COMMANDER

COMMANDER B020
BATTALION HEADQUARTERS
B005
1A 1A
ARTILLERY BRIGADE
40
1A 1A
SA-459583
TOILET
30 L
B006 7A
2
1A 1A 0m 2m 4m 6m 8m 10m
A RECEPTION
B022 K 1:100
5
30
MATCH LINE
SEE 1 / E-102 DIM. NOTE & NORTH
8/3/2017 2:18:55 PM
J N
SHEET ID
FLOOR PLAN AREA A - GENERAL USE LIGHTING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, LINEAR
B
1
1 : 100 E-101
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 2.5 3 4 4.5 5
APPR
MATCH LINE
SEE 1 / E-101
VEST
DATE
9 LOBBY
D B001 B002 2
2 J
NL 9
20 RECEPTION
9E 2 B003
NL
9E
DESCRIPTION
9E 2 2
30
H
30
S-3 2 TEA ROOM
Average / Maximum / B044
Room Name Average Maximum Minimum Minimum Minimum B024 2
30 30
1A 1A 1A
APPR MARK
VEST B001 128 lx 152 lx 104 lx 1.2 1.5 ELECT
3B B043
LOBBY B002 296 lx 360 lx 207 lx 1.4 1.7 COMM
BET
RECEPTION B003 284 lx 378 lx 184 lx 1.5 2.1 B042
3A
G
CORR B004 191 lx 309 lx 92 lx 2.1 3.4 FIRE 3B
AUGUST
15, 2017
DATE
DEPUTY BATTALION 389 lx 510 lx 154 lx 2.5 3.3 DIRECTION
COMMANDER B005 OFFICE 30 MECH
TOILET B006 281 lx 352 lx 236 lx 1.2 1.5 B025 1A 1A 2 B040
40
S-1 B007 316 lx 330 lx 308 lx 1.0 1.1 NL
S-1 ASST OFFICER B008 355 lx 511 lx 269 lx 1.3 1.9 S-3 ASST
OFFICER 3A
S-1 ADMIN NCO B009 403 lx 436 lx 351 lx 1.1 1.2 3A
DESCRIPTION
B026
HQ CO B013 583 lx 621 lx 523 lx 1.1 1.2
C F
FINAL SUBMITTAL ITR

NCO TOILET B014 155 lx 192 lx 67 lx 2.3 2.9 30
1A 1A
OFFICER TOILET B015 122 lx 191 lx 44 lx 2.8 4.3
COPY / FILING B016 397 lx 538 lx 308 lx 1.3 1.7 S-2 ASST
S-4 ASST OFFICER B017 354 lx 509 lx 271 lx 1.3 1.9 2 1A 1A OFFICER
CONFERENCE B019 347 lx 603 lx 157 lx 2.2 3.8 S-3 NCO B039
B027
MARK
BATTALION COMMANDER B020 395 lx 503 lx 240 lx 1.6 2.1
B
TOILET B021 167 lx 257 lx 115 lx 1.5 2.2 1A 1A CORR
RECEPTION B022 291 lx 394 lx 208 lx 1.4 1.9 B023
8/3/2017 2:18:57
PLOT DATE:
CORR B023 205 lx 272 lx 139 lx 1.5 2.0
1B 1B E
CORR B023A 242 lx 343 lx 128 lx 1.9 2.7
W912ER-17-R-XXXX
SB-459583B-E-104PN
W912ER-14-D-0004
PM
S-3 NCO
SOLICITATION NO.:
S-3 B024 381 lx 522 lx 292 lx 1.3 1.8
CONTRACT NO.:
B028 S-2 NCO
PLOT SCALE:
ISSUE DATE:
FIRE DIRECTION OFFICE B025 317 lx 328 lx 312 lx 1.0 1.1 2 B038
08-15-17
1:2
TRAINING B029
DUTY OFFICER B030
569 lx
366 lx
690 lx
516 lx
386 lx
286 lx
1.5
1.3
1.8
1.8
1A 1A
1B 1B KEY PLAN
40
40
BEDROOM B031 93 lx 110 lx 76 lx 1.2 1.5
TOILET B032 98 lx 159 lx 52 lx 1.9 3.0 TRAINING
CKD BY:
B029
FILE NO.:
NCO TOILET B033 167 lx 204 lx 95 lx 1.7 2.1
DJS
OFFICER TOILET B034 149 lx 191 lx 73 lx 2.0 2.6 30 D
SUBMITTED BY:
1B 1B
A
B. THORNE
DESIGN BY:
DRAWN BY:
JANITOR B035 283 lx 408 lx 169 lx 1.7 2.4 1A 1A S-2
22 X 34
TRAINING B036 599 lx 843 lx 310 lx 1.9 2.7 2 B037
SIZE:
ADA
JAS
NL
S-2 NCO B038 675 lx 707 lx 657 lx 1.0 1.1
B MECH B040 229 lx 336 lx 128 lx 1.8 2.6

COMM B042 594 lx 609 lx 586 lx 1.0 1.0
US Army Corps
1A 1A
ELECT B043 295 lx 386 lx 257 lx 1.1 1.5
of Engineers
1B 1B
TEA ROOM B044 374 lx 524 lx 244 lx 1.5 2.2 TRAINING
B036
B
1B 1B
C
1A 1A 2
DUTY CORR JANITOR

OFFICER B023A B035
3A
B030
40 40
GRAPHIC SCALE
OFFICER
2 9 9 TOILET
FLOOR PLAN - AREA B - GENERAL USE LIGHTING &

1A 1A 1A
B034
30 9 B

6
BATTALION HEADQUARTERS
TOILET 9 9
CALCULATION RESULTS
B032
ARTILLERY BRIGADE
6 2 9
SA-459583
NL
9 20 7A
5 9
A
2m 4m 6m 8m 10m
A JAS / ADA - BEDROOM
B031
41 NCO
TOILET
0m
B033
8-11-17 1:100
DIM. NOTE & NORTH

8/3/2017 2:18:57 PM
N
FLOOR PLAN AREA B - GENERAL USE LIGHTING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, LINEAR
SHEET ID
B
1 DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
1 : 100
E-102
1 2 3 4 5
APPR
DATE
D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
DESCRIPTION
SEE 1 / E-102
MATCH LINE
TOILET
40 C010
40
APPR MARK
H
BET
1A CO 1A 7A 1A 1A 1A 1A
Average / Maximum / 9
AUGUST
15, 2017
Room Name Average Maximum Minimum Minimum Minimum CMDR
DATE
OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE
C009 C013 OFFICE
C012 C014 C015
CORRIDOR C001 311 lx 348 lx 274 lx 1.1 1.3 TEA
C011
CORRIDOR C002 347 lx 450 lx 245 lx 1.4 1.8 1A 1A 1A 1A 1A 1A
9 9
WAITING C003 416 lx 468 lx 352 lx 1.2 1.3
NCO TLT C004 306 lx 433 lx 154 lx 2.0 2.8
DESCRIPTION
OFFICER TLT C005 307 lx 432 lx 153 lx 2.0 2.8
C
FINAL SUBMITTAL ITR

FILES C006 495 lx 555 lx 413 lx 1.2 1.3 2
CORRIDOR
CO CMDR C009 490 lx 537 lx 423 lx 1.2 1.3 2 2 2 C002 2 2 2 2
9
TOILET C010 307 lx 339 lx 287 lx 1.1 1.2 40 20 WAITING
30 30 20
C003
TEA C011 357 lx 378 lx 305 lx 1.2 1.2
30
OFFICE C012 403 lx 558 lx 295 lx 1.4 1.9 9
OFFICE C013 385 lx 549 lx 225 lx 1.7 2.4 7A 7A 9
MARK
1A 1A
B
OFFICE C015 459 lx 599 lx 325 lx 1.4 1.8 1A 1A 2
OFFICE
CORRIDOR C016 377 lx 459 lx 216 lx 1.7 2.1 30 30 30
C007 9 9
8/4/2017 9:42:23
PLOT DATE:
SMALL ARMS OFFICE C017 429 lx 521 lx 323 lx 1.3 1.6
SMALL ARMS VAULT C018 675 lx 782 lx 580 lx 1.2 1.3 9 9 CORRIDOR D
W912ER-17-R-XXXX
SA-459583C-E-103PN
1A 1A C001
W912ER-14-D-0004
AM
SOLICITATION NO.:
SLEEPING AREA C020 58 lx 137 lx 23 lx 2.5 6.0 1A 1A 7A 7A
CONTRACT NO.:
9 9 9 9
LOUNGE C022 500 lx 610 lx 367 lx 1.4 1.7
PLOT SCALE:
2
KEY PLAN
ISSUE DATE:
20
08-15-17
1:2
COMM C023 649 lx 727 lx 543 lx 1.2 1.3
ELECT C024 405 lx 438 lx 352 lx 1.1 1.2 C
MECH C025 351 lx 397 lx 242 lx 1.5 1.6 40 NCO TLT 41
VEST C026 176 lx 211 lx 147 lx 1.2 1.4 DEPUTY FILES C004
CO CMDR
CKD BY:
C006 OFFICER 9 9 9
TOILETS C026A 251 lx 558 lx 71 lx 3.5 7.9
FILE NO.:
C008
DJS
TLT
SHOWERS C026B 274 lx 447 lx 75 lx 3.7 6.0 C005 B
SUBMITTED BY:
ABLUTION C026C 207 lx 254 lx 165 lx 1.3 1.5
B. THORNE
DESIGN BY:
DRAWN BY:
JAN C027 616 lx 667 lx 505 lx 1.2 1.3
22 X 34
A
SIZE:
ADA
JAS
TEA C028 253 lx 278 lx 213 lx 1.2 1.3
B LAUNDRY C029 564 lx 635 lx 427 lx 1.3 1.5
B

SLEEPING AREA C030 80 lx 163 lx 37 lx 2.2 4.5
US Army Corps
SLEEPING AREA C031 58 lx 137 lx 23 lx 2.5 6.0
of Engineers
A
GRAPHIC SCALE
FLOOR PLAN AREA A - GENERAL USE LIGHTING&

FLOOR PLAN AREA A - LIGHTING

1
1 : 100
COMPANY HEADQUARTERS
CALCULATION RESULTS
ARTILLERY BRIGADE
SA-459583
0m 2m 4m 6m 8m 10m
A
1:100
JAS / ADA -
8-11-17 DIM. NOTE & NORTH
8/4/2017 9:42:23 AM
SHEET ID
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, LINEAR N C
E-101
1 2 3 4 5
APPR
DATE
D
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
DESCRIPTION
SEE 1 / E-101
MATCH LINE
SLEEPING SLEEPING SLEEPING
AREA AREA AREA
C019 C020 C021
APPR MARK
40 40 41 40 41
BET
H
AUGUST
15, 2017
DATE
1A 1A
SMALL 7C 7C 7C 7C 7C 7C 3A
ARMS 10 10 3A ELECT
9 9 9 C024
VAULT
C018 MECH
1A 1A 7C 7C 7C 7C 7C 7C C025 3A
DESCRIPTION
30
C
FINAL SUBMITTAL ITR

10 10 30
SMALL LOUNGE
3A
ARMS C022 3A COMM
7C 7C 7C 7C 7C 7C
OFFICE C023
30
C017
9 9 9 3A
1A 1A 10 10
30
MARK
B
7C 7C 7C 7C 7C 7C 10
3A
8/4/2017 9:42:25
PLOT DATE:
9E
CORRIDOR JAN VEST
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 C027 2 2 20 40
W912ER-17-R-XXXX
SA-459583C-E-104PN
20
W912ER-14-D-0004
C016 C026
AM
SOLICITATION NO.:
30 30 30
CONTRACT NO.:
D
PLOT SCALE:
KEY PLAN
ISSUE DATE:
08-15-17
1:2
9 5
7C 7C 7C 7C 7C 7C
9 TEA 9 9
3A 5
3A
9 9 9 9 C028
30
C
CKD BY:
5
FILE NO.:
7C 7C 7C 7C 7C 7C
DJS
30 9 SHOWERS
SUBMITTED BY:
7A 5 C026B
7A 7A
B. THORNE
DESIGN BY:
DRAWN BY:
22 X 34
3A B
9 9 TOILETS 9
A
SIZE:
ADA
JAS
7C 7C 7C 7C 7C 7C 5
C026A 9
B B

30
US Army Corps
9 9 9 9 9
9
of Engineers
7C 7C 7C 7C 7C 7C 9 9 9 9 9 9
3A
A
40
SLEEPING SLEEPING 40 40
SLEEPING LAUNDRY
AREA AREA ABLUTION
AREA C029
C031 C030 C026C
C032
GRAPHIC SCALE
FLOOR PLAN AREA B - GENERAL USE LIGHTING

COMPANY HEADQUARTERS
FLOOR PLAN AREA B - LIGHTING
ARTILLERY BRIGADE
1
SA-459583
1 : 100
0m 2m 4m 6m 8m 10m
A
1:100
DIM. NOTE & NORTH

8/4/2017 9:42:25 AM
SHEET ID
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, LINEAR N C
E-102
8/4/2017 10:13:53 AM
B
C
D
A
1
2
TEA D101
TOILET D102
Room Name
WORK STATION D100

TEA
D101
1
42
9
1
Average
1 : 50
302 lx
225 lx
276 lx
9
SBD1
1A
Maximum
7A
303 lx
277 lx
297 lx
2
Minimum
3
301 lx
172 lx
266 lx
42
FLOOR PLAN - LIGHTING
Minimum
Average /
1.0
1.3
1.0
A
B
C
Minimum
Maximum /
1.0
1.6
1.1
8-11-17
JAS / ADA -
4
0m
1:50
1m
2m
5
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, LINEAR

3m
KEY PLAN

GRAPHIC SCALE
4m
DIM. NOTE & NORTH
N
5m
ROYAL SAUDI LAND FORCES DESIGN BY: ISSUE DATE:

ADA 08-15-17
ARTILLERY BRIGADE
DRAWN BY: CKD BY: SOLICITATION NO.:
SA-459583 JAS DJS W912ER-17-R-XXXX
DAMMAM, KINGDOM OF SAUDI ARABIA SUBMITTED BY: CONTRACT NO.:
W912ER-14-D-0004
D
B. THORNE
GUARD HOUSE US Army Corps PLOT SCALE: PLOT DATE:
SHEET ID
1:2 8/4/2017
E-101
FLOOR PLAN - LIGHTING & CALCULATION RESULTS

of Engineers 10:13:53 AM
SIZE: FILE NO.: AUGUST
Middle East District SA-459583D-E-101PN B FINAL SUBMITTAL ITR BET
22 X 34 15, 2017
MARK DESCRIPTION DATE APPR MARK DESCRIPTION DATE APPR
1 2 3 4 5
APPR
DATE
D
1 2 3
CHAIN-HUNG AT
3000 A.F.F. (TYP)
40
DESCRIPTION
C
30
4A 4A 4A
APPR MARK
BET
FIRE PUMP
30 HOUSE
AUGUST
15, 2017
E001
B
DATE
30
40 4A 4A 4A
40
CONTROL
ROOM
E002
DESCRIPTION
C
FINAL SUBMITTAL ITR

4A 4A 4A
20 30
A
41 40
MARK
B
(TYPICAL FOR
EXTERIOR LIGHTING)
PLOT DATE:
10:33:45 AM
8/4/2017
W912ER-17-R-XXXX
SA-459583E-E-101PN
W912ER-14-D-0004
SOLICITATION NO.:
CONTRACT NO.:
PLOT SCALE:
KEY PLAN
ISSUE DATE:
FLOOR PLAN - LIGHTING
08-15-17
1:2
1
1 : 100
CKD BY:
FILE NO.:
DJS
SUBMITTED BY:
B. THORNE
DESIGN BY:
DRAWN BY:
General Use Lighting Cacluclation Results
22 X 34
SIZE:
ADA
JAS
Average / Maximum /
B Room Name Average Maximum Minimum Minimum Minimum

US Army Corps
FIRE PUMP HOUSE E001 262 lx 338 lx 204 lx 1.3 1.7
of Engineers
CONTROL ROOM E002 252 lx 313 lx 206 lx 1.2 1.5
GRAPHIC SCALE
PLANS - LIGHTING & CALCULATION RESULTS

ARTILLERY BRIGADE
FIRE PUMP HOUSE

SA-459583
0m 2m 4m 6m 8m 10m
A
1:100
JAS / ADA - DIM. NOTE & NORTH

8/4/2017 10:33:45 AM
8-11-17
SHEET ID
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, LINEAR N E
E-101
30 30 30 30
50 50 50 50
5 10 10 5 5 10 10 5 5 10 10 5 5 10 10 5
25 25 25 25
Plan View
Typical Corridor Emergency Egress Lighting

Scale - 1 : 150
Artillary Brigade
SA-459583
Description Avg Max Min Avg/Min Max/Min
Corridor 23.7 lux 58.9 lux 3.3 lux 7.2:1 17.8:1
Designer
JAS
Date
09/03/2017
Scale
Not to Scale
Drawing No.
JAS / ADA -
8-11-17 Summary
1 of 1
142.9 146.3 67.3 28.7 17.0 13.6 13.6 17.2 31.9 76.1 137.9 118.6 49.3 23.1 15.3 13.4 14.3 19.3 42.0 91.9 145.0 100.1 44.0 25.7 23.6 34.6 78.1 144.4 138.8
161.3 164.9 75.8 30.5 17.3 13.7 13.8 17.7 33.5 82.3 159.1 134.2 54.6 24.1 15.6 13.6 14.6 20.2 42.0 101.4 167.8 114.4 47.4 26.4 24.1 36.4 83.2 165.4 158.3
2NL 2 2 2 2NL 2 2 2 2NL 2 2 2NL
142.9 146.3 67.3 28.7 17.0 13.6 13.6 17.2 31.9 76.1 137.8 118.7 49.3 23.1 15.3 13.4 14.3 19.3 42.0 91.8 145.0 100.2 44.0 25.7 23.6 34.6 78.1 144.4 138.8
Plan View
Scale - 1 : 125
Typical Corridor Night Lighting

Artillary Brigade
Sa459583
Statistics
Description Symbol Avg Max Min Max/Min Avg/Min
Corridor Night Light 64.8 lux 167.8 lux 13.4 lux 12.5:1 4.8:1
Designer
JAS
Date
08/03/2017
Scale
Not to Scale
JAS / ADA - Drawing No.
8-11-17
Summary
1 of 1
Grounding
Calculations

Hsj.4*0./5/18138/2N_ec/
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
?JJGLDMPK?RGMLNPCQCLRCBGQDMPPCTGCU*?NNPMT?J*
GLRCPNPCR?RGML?LB?NNJGA?RGML@W?PCEGQRCPCBCLEGLCCPMLJW
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
EPMSLBK?RDMPUGLBMUQ
Q?DCRW?L?JWQGQPCNMPR
AMNWPGEFRQIKQWQRCKQ?L?JWQGQ*GLA,/777+0./3
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
ADA / DJS
A_Concrete Representation 8-11-17
QrsbwQcrsn
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
Rmjcp_lac8.,..../....Mfkq*Tmjrq
K_vLsk`cpmdGrcp_rgml8/...QcpgcqRcpkq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
QrsbwMnrgmlq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
@mbwPcqgqr_lac8GCCCQr_lb_pb6.8/...Mfkq
DmmrPcqgqr_lac;1(Pfm&q'(Aq)Cvrp_81(/...,..(.,6/3).,..;0224,/3Mfkq
Dg`pgjj_rgmlAsppclr8GCCC3.ie`mbw,
G`;.,//4-Qopr&Ajc_pglergkc'8.,037?knq
D_sjrAjc_pgleRgkc8.,0.Qcamlbq
Qspd_acJ_wcpRfgailcqq8.,/3Kcrcpq
Qspd_acJ_wcpPcqgqrgtgrwnq8/...,..Mfk+Kcrcp
Pcdjcargmld_armpIq;&n/+nq'-&n/)nq'8+.,445
PcbsargmlD_armpAq*@_qcbmlqrb0...8.,6/316
BcqgelApgrcpg_
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
RmsafTmjr_ecJgkgr8354,41Tmjrq
QrcnTmjr_ecJgkgr8/306,15Tmjrq
Rmr_jD_sjrAsppclrglrmK_glEpgb8/...,..?knq
C_prfQrpsarspcPcqgqrgtgrwFcgefr
&mfkq+kcrcp'Kcrcpq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
C_prfJ_wcp/0..,..0,..
C_prfJ_wcp00..,..Gldglgrw
?gpAmlbsargtgrw;.Pcdjcar8/..#Rp_lqkgr80..#
Hsj.4*0./5/18138/6N_ec0
BgkclqgmlqmdAmlbsarmpq_lbPmbqglEpgb8K_gl
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
Qcekclr&v/+++w/+++x/'&v0+++w0+++x0'Jclerf&K'P_bgsqAsppclr&?'
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
/+01,3.30,..+.,54+6,3.30,..+.,54/3,...,..4013,./
0+6,3.30,..+.,54+6,3./0,3.+.,5417,3..,..4043,.0
1+6,3./0,3.+.,54+2,3./0,3.+.,542,...,..401,54
2/0,3.+1,3.+.,54+1,3.+1,3.+.,54/4,...,..4006,6/
3+1,3.+1,3.+.,54+2,3.+1,3.+.,54/,...,..40/,.3
4+2,3.+0,..+.,54+2,3.4,..+.,546,...,..406,47
5+2,3.4,..+.,54+6,3.4,..+.,542,...,..401,24
6+6,3.3,3.+.,54+6,3.+1/,..+.,5414,3..,..404/,52
7+6,3.+1/,..+.,54+01,3.+1/,..+.,54/3,...,..4013,13
/.+01,3.+1/,..+.,54+01,3.30,..+.,5461,...,..40/47,64
//+2,3.05,..+.,54/0,..05,..+.,54/4,3..,..4005,61
/0+2,3.03,..+.,54+2,3./0,3.+.,54/0,3..,..40//,65
/1/0,..03,3.+.,54/0,3.+0,..+.,5405,3..,..4016,2.
/2+2,3./1,3.+.,54+2,3./0,3.+.,54/,...,..40.,26
/3+2,3.03,..+.,54+2,3.05,..+.,540,...,..400,/3
/4/0,..05,..+.,54/0,..03,3.+.,54/,3..,..401,/7
/5+/5,..30,..+.,3.+/5,..+1/,..+.,3.61,...,..40/0/,13
/6+2,3.4,..+.,3./0,3.4,..+.,3./5,...,..400/,53
/7+2,3.0/,..+.,3./0,..0/,..+.,3./4,3..,..400.,17
0.+6,3.0/,..+.,3.+01,3.0/,..+.,3./3,...,..40/4,35
0/+01,3.2.,3.+.,3.+6,3.2.,3.+.,3./3,...,..400/,/2
00+6,3.2,..+.,3.+01,3.2,..+.,3./3,...,..40/4,00
01+6,3.+4,3.+.,3.+01,3.+4,3.+.,3./3,...,..40/5,45
02+01,3.+/7,..+.,3.+6,3.+/7,..+.,3./3,...,..400/,/7
032,..+1,3.+.,3.2,..02,..+.,3.05,3..,..4014,.5
04+2,3.+0,..+.,3.+2,3.+1,3.+.,3./,3..,./../,5/
05/0,3.+0,..+.,3./0,3.+1,3.+.,3./,3..,./..1,47
062,..02,..+.,3.2,..05,..+.,3.1,...,./..2,..
07+01,3.30,..+.,3.+01,3.30,..+1,3.1,...,..73/.,67
1.+6,3.30,..+.,3.+6,3.30,..+1,3.1,...,..73/.,5/
1/+/5,..30,..+.,3.+/5,..30,..+1,3.1,...,..736,15
10+/5,..+1/,..+.,3.+/5,..+1/,..+1,3.1,...,..736,06
11+6,3.+1/,..+.,3.+6,3.+1/,..+1,3.1,...,..73/.,42
12+01,3.+1/,..+.,3.+01,3.+1/,..+1,3.1,...,..73/.,55
13+2,3.05,..+.,3.+2,3.05,..+1,3.1,...,..733,15
14/0,..05,..+.,3./0,..05,..+1,3.1,...,..737,4/
15/0,3.+1,3.+.,3./0,3.+1,3.+1,3.1,...,..737,6/
16+2,3.+1,3.+.,3.+2,3.+1,3.+1,3.1,...,..733,/3
17+2,3.4,..+.,3.+2,3.4,..+1,3.1,...,..732,.4
2.+2,3./0,3.+.,3.+2,3./0,3.+1,3.1,...,..732,33
2/+6,3./0,3.+.,3.+6,3./0,3.+1,3.1,...,..732,23
20+6,3.4,..+.,3.+6,3.4,..+1,3.1,...,..732,12
21+6,3.0/,..+.,3.+6,3.0/,..+1,3.1,...,..731,66
22+2,3.0/,..+.,3.+2,3.0/,..+1,3.1,...,..731,52
23/0,..0/,..+.,3./0,..0/,..+1,3.1,...,..735,6.
24/0,../1,..+.,3./0,../1,..+1,3.1,...,..736,16
25/0,3.4,..+.,3./0,3.4,..+1,3.1,...,..736,./
Hsj.4*0./5/18138/6N_ec1
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
26+01,3.0/,..+.,3.+01,3.0/,..+1,3.1,...,..734,01
27+01,3.2.,3.+.,3.+01,3.2.,3.+1,3.1,...,..734,57
3.+01,3.2,..+.,3.+01,3.2,..+1,3.1,...,..733,67
3/+01,3.+4,3.+.,3.+01,3.+4,3.+1,3.1,...,..734,3.
30+01,3.+/7,..+.,3.+01,3.+/7,..+1,3.1,...,..735,/6
31+6,3.+/7,..+.,3.+6,3.+/7,..+1,3.1,...,..734,34
32+6,3.+4,3.+.,3.+6,3.+4,3.+1,3.1,...,..732,54
33+6,3.2.,3.+.,3.+6,3.2.,3.+1,3.1,...,..734,32
342,..05,..+.,3.2,..05,..+1,3.1,...,..734,/2
352,..+1,3.+.,3.2,..+1,3.+1,3.1,...,..734,/5
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
Qskk_pwB_r_dmpEpgb8K_gl
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
Rmr_jJclerfmdEpgbAmlbsarmpq8373,..Kcrcpq
Rmr_jEpgbAsppclr8/...,..?knq
Rmr_jD_sjrAsppclr8/...,..?knq
QnjgrD_armpQd8/..,....#
EpgbPcqgqr_lacPe8/,72Mfkq
EpgbNmrclrg_jPgqc8/714,0/Tmjrq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
@gjjmdK_rcpg_j
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
Amnncp*_llc_jcbqmdr+bp_ul,,,,,,,,3.6,..Kcrcpq
Amnncp+aj_bqrccjpmb`,,,,,,,,,,,,,65,..Kcrcpq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
Hsj.4*0./5/181/835N_ec/
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
EPMSLBK?RDMPUGLBMUQ
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
A_Native Earth
ADA / DJS
8-11-17
QrsbwQcrsn
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
QrsbwMnrgmlq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
BcqgelApgrcpg_
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
&mfkq+kcrcp'Kcrcpq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
C_prfJ_wcp/0..,..0,..
C_prfJ_wcp0/..,..Gldglgrw
Hsj.4*0./5/18108/4N_ec0
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
/+01,3.30,..+.,54+6,3.30,..+.,54/3,...,..4005,/1
0+6,3.30,..+.,54+6,3./0,3.+.,5417,3..,..4032,43
1+6,3./0,3.+.,54+2,3./0,3.+.,542,...,..401,./
2/0,3.+1,3.+.,54+1,3.+1,3.+.,54/4,...,..4001,/.
3+1,3.+1,3.+.,54+2,3.+1,3.+.,54/,...,..40.,62
4+2,3.+0,..+.,54+2,3.4,..+.,546,...,..405,31
5+2,3.4,..+.,54+6,3.4,..+.,542,...,..400,6/
6+6,3.3,3.+.,54+6,3.+1/,..+.,5414,3..,..403/,35
7+6,3.+1/,..+.,54+01,3.+1/,..+.,54/3,...,..4005,16
/.+01,3.+1/,..+.,54+01,3.30,..+.,5461,...,..40/2/,5.
//+2,3.05,..+.,54/0,..05,..+.,54/4,3..,..4000,11
/0+2,3.03,..+.,54+2,3./0,3.+.,54/0,3..,..40/.,.6
/1/0,..03,3.+.,54/0,3.+0,..+.,5405,3..,..4007,7/
/2+2,3./1,3.+.,54+2,3./0,3.+.,54/,...,..40.,16
/3+2,3.03,..+.,54+2,3.05,..+.,540,...,..40/,56
/4/0,..05,..+.,54/0,..03,3.+.,54/,3..,..400,17
/5+/5,..30,..+.,3.+/5,..+1/,..+.,3.61,...,..40/.7,0.
/6+2,3.4,..+.,3./0,3.4,..+.,3./5,...,..40/6,47
/7+2,3.0/,..+.,3./0,..0/,..+.,3./4,3..,..40/5,3.
0.+6,3.0/,..+.,3.+01,3.0/,..+.,3./3,...,..40/2,4/
0/+01,3.2.,3.+.,3.+6,3.2.,3.+.,3./3,...,..40/6,02
00+6,3.2,..+.,3.+01,3.2,..+.,3./3,...,..40/2,11
01+6,3.+4,3.+.,3.+01,3.+4,3.+.,3./3,...,..40/3,33
02+01,3.+/7,..+.,3.+6,3.+/7,..+.,3./3,...,..40/6,07
032,..+1,3.+.,3.2,..02,..+.,3.05,3..,..401/,46
04+2,3.+0,..+.,3.+2,3.+1,3.+.,3./,3..,./../,21
05/0,3.+0,..+.,3./0,3.+1,3.+.,3./,3..,./..0,6.
062,..02,..+.,3.2,..05,..+.,3.1,...,./..1,12
07+01,3.30,..+.,3.+01,3.30,..+1,3.1,...,..73/2,72
1.+6,3.30,..+.,3.+6,3.30,..+1,3.1,...,..73/2,55
1/+/5,..30,..+.,3.+/5,..30,..+1,3.1,...,..73/0,61
10+/5,..+1/,..+.,3.+/5,..+1/,..+1,3.1,...,..73/0,54
11+6,3.+1/,..+.,3.+6,3.+1/,..+1,3.1,...,..73/2,51
12+01,3.+1/,..+.,3.+01,3.+1/,..+1,3.1,...,..73/2,57
13+2,3.05,..+.,3.+2,3.05,..+1,3.1,...,..737,57
14/0,..05,..+.,3./0,..05,..+1,3.1,...,..73/1,30
15/0,3.+1,3.+.,3./0,3.+1,3.+1,3.1,...,..73/1,6/
16+2,3.+1,3.+.,3.+2,3.+1,3.+1,3.1,...,..737,33
17+2,3.4,..+.,3.+2,3.4,..+1,3.1,...,..736,14
2.+2,3./0,3.+.,3.+2,3./0,3.+1,3.1,...,..736,53
2/+6,3./0,3.+.,3.+6,3./0,3.+1,3.1,...,..736,45
20+6,3.4,..+.,3.+6,3.4,..+1,3.1,...,..736,4/
21+6,3.0/,..+.,3.+6,3.0/,..+1,3.1,...,..736,07
22+2,3.0/,..+.,3.+2,3.0/,..+1,3.1,...,..736,/1
23/0,..0/,..+.,3./0,..0/,..+1,3.1,...,..73//,76
24/0,../1,..+.,3./0,../1,..+1,3.1,...,..73/0,25
25/0,3.4,..+.,3./0,3.4,..+1,3.1,...,..73/0,0/
Hsj.4*0./5/18108/4N_ec1
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
26+01,3.0/,..+.,3.+01,3.0/,..+1,3.1,...,..73/.,67
27+01,3.2.,3.+.,3.+01,3.2.,3.+1,3.1,...,..73//,30
3.+01,3.2,..+.,3.+01,3.2,..+1,3.1,...,..73/.,3/
3/+01,3.+4,3.+.,3.+01,3.+4,3.+1,3.1,...,..73//,.4
30+01,3.+/7,..+.,3.+01,3.+/7,..+1,3.1,...,..73//,55
31+6,3.+/7,..+.,3.+6,3.+/7,..+1,3.1,...,..73//,01
32+6,3.+4,3.+.,3.+6,3.+4,3.+1,3.1,...,..737,10
33+6,3.2.,3.+.,3.+6,3.2.,3.+1,3.1,...,..73//,01
342,..05,..+.,3.2,..05,..+1,3.1,...,..73/.,35
352,..+1,3.+.,3.2,..+1,3.+1,3.1,...,..73/.,43
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
EpgbNmrclrg_jPgqc8/043,62Tmjrq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
@gjjmdK_rcpg_j
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
Amnncp*_llc_jcbqmdr+bp_ul,,,,,,,,3.6,..Kcrcpq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
Hsj.4*0./5/1813821N_ec/
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
EPMSLBK?RDMPUGLBMUQ
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
B_Concrete Representation ADA / DJS

8-11-17
QrsbwQcrsn
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
QrsbwMnrgmlq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
BcqgelApgrcpg_
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
&mfkq+kcrcp'Kcrcpq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
C_prfJ_wcp/0..,..0,..
Hsj.4*0./5/1813823N_ec0
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
/+01,3.30,..+.,54+6,3.30,..+.,54/3,...,..4022,3/
0+6,3.30,..+.,54+6,3./0,3.+.,5417,3..,..40/.6,40
1+6,3.3,3.+.,54+6,3.+1/,..+.,5414,3..,..4074,42
2+6,3.+1/,..+.,54+01,3.+1/,..+.,54/3,...,..4022,42
3+01,3.+1/,..+.,54+01,3.30,..+.,5461,...,..400/7,24
4+6,3./0,3.+.,54+6,3.3,3.+.,545,...,..40/3,7.
5+/5,..30,..+.,3.+/5,..+1/,..+.,3.61,...,..40/44,17
6+6,3.0/,..+.,3.+01,3.0/,..+.,3./3,...,..4003,5.
7+01,3.2.,3.+.,3.+6,3.2.,3.+.,3./3,...,..4006,1/
/.+6,3.2,..+.,3.+01,3.2,..+.,3./3,...,..4003,.1
//+6,3.+4,3.+.,3.+01,3.+4,3.+.,3./3,...,..4003,4.
/0+01,3.+/7,..+.,3.+6,3.+/7,..+.,3./3,...,..4005,75
/1+01,3.30,..+.,3.+01,3.30,..+1,3.1,...,..73/1,41
/2+6,3.30,..+.,3.+6,3.30,..+1,3.1,...,..73/1,65
/3+/5,..30,..+.,3.+/5,..30,..+1,3.1,...,..73/.,4/
/4+/5,..+1/,..+.,3.+/5,..+1/,..+1,3.1,...,..73/.,21
/5+6,3.+1/,..+.,3.+6,3.+1/,..+1,3.1,...,..73/1,43
/6+01,3.+1/,..+.,3.+01,3.+1/,..+1,3.1,...,..73/1,21
/7+6,3./0,3.+.,3.+6,3./0,3.+1,3.1,...,..737,06
0.+6,3.4,..+.,3.+6,3.4,..+1,3.1,...,..736,57
0/+6,3.0/,..+.,3.+6,3.0/,..+1,3.1,...,..736,36
00+01,3.0/,..+.,3.+01,3.0/,..+1,3.1,...,..736,03
01+01,3.2.,3.+.,3.+01,3.2.,3.+1,3.1,...,..736,46
02+01,3.2,..+.,3.+01,3.2,..+1,3.1,...,..735,57
03+01,3.+4,3.+.,3.+01,3.+4,3.+1,3.1,...,..736,24
04+01,3.+/7,..+.,3.+01,3.+/7,..+1,3.1,...,..737,/0
05+6,3.+/7,..+.,3.+6,3.+/7,..+1,3.1,...,..737,.3
06+6,3.+4,3.+.,3.+6,3.+4,3.+1,3.1,...,..736,14
07+6,3.2.,3.+.,3.+6,3.2.,3.+1,3.1,...,..737,02
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
Rmr_jJclerfmdEpgbAmlbsarmpq82.3,..Kcrcpq
EpgbPcqgqr_lacPe80,06Mfkq
EpgbNmrclrg_jPgqc80062,17Tmjrq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
@gjjmdK_rcpg_j
Hsj.4*0./5/1813823N_ec1
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
Amnncp*_llc_jcbqmdr+bp_ul,,,,,,,,132,..Kcrcpq
Amnncp+aj_bqrccjpmb`,,,,,,,,,,,,,3/,..Kcrcpq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
Hsj.4*0./5/1810824N_ec/
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
EPMSLBK?RDMPUGLBMUQ
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
B_Native Earth ADA / DJS

8-11-17
QrsbwQcrsn
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
QrsbwMnrgmlq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
BcqgelApgrcpg_
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
&mfkq+kcrcp'Kcrcpq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
C_prfJ_wcp/0..,..0,..
Hsj.4*0./5/1810833N_ec0
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
/+01,3.30,..+.,54+6,3.30,..+.,54/3,...,..4013,64
0+6,3.30,..+.,54+6,3./0,3.+.,5417,3..,..4070,56
1+6,3.3,3.+.,54+6,3.+1/,..+.,5414,3..,..4060,1/
2+6,3.+1/,..+.,54+01,3.+1/,..+.,54/3,...,..4013,70
3+01,3.+1/,..+.,54+01,3.30,..+.,5461,...,..40/7.,73
4+6,3./0,3.+.,54+6,3.3,3.+.,545,...,..40/1,03
5+/5,..30,..+.,3.+/5,..+1/,..+.,3.61,...,..40/33,/6
6+6,3.0/,..+.,3.+01,3.0/,..+.,3./3,...,..4001,07
7+01,3.2.,3.+.,3.+6,3.2.,3.+.,3./3,...,..4003,10
/.+6,3.2,..+.,3.+01,3.2,..+.,3./3,...,..4000,51
//+6,3.+4,3.+.,3.+01,3.+4,3.+.,3./3,...,..4001,00
/0+01,3.+/7,..+.,3.+6,3.+/7,..+.,3./3,...,..4003,.0
/1+01,3.30,..+.,3.+01,3.30,..+1,3.1,...,..73/7,01
/2+6,3.30,..+.,3.+6,3.30,..+1,3.1,...,..73/7,24
/3+/5,..30,..+.,3.+/5,..30,..+1,3.1,...,..73/4,41
/4+/5,..+1/,..+.,3.+/5,..+1/,..+1,3.1,...,..73/4,24
/5+6,3.+1/,..+.,3.+6,3.+1/,..+1,3.1,...,..73/7,04
/6+01,3.+1/,..+.,3.+01,3.+1/,..+1,3.1,...,..73/6,74
/7+6,3./0,3.+.,3.+6,3./0,3.+1,3.1,...,..73/3,1.
0.+6,3.4,..+.,3.+6,3.4,..+1,3.1,...,..73/2,67
0/+6,3.0/,..+.,3.+6,3.0/,..+1,3.1,...,..73/2,62
00+01,3.0/,..+.,3.+01,3.0/,..+1,3.1,...,..73/2,36
01+01,3.2.,3.+.,3.+01,3.2.,3.+1,3.1,...,..73/3,.0
02+01,3.2,..+.,3.+01,3.2,..+1,3.1,...,..73/2,.4
03+01,3.+4,3.+.,3.+01,3.+4,3.+1,3.1,...,..73/2,41
04+01,3.+/7,..+.,3.+01,3.+/7,..+1,3.1,...,..73/3,06
05+6,3.+/7,..+.,3.+6,3.+/7,..+1,3.1,...,..73/3,11
06+6,3.+4,3.+.,3.+6,3.+4,3.+1,3.1,...,..73/2,43
07+6,3.2.,3.+.,3.+6,3.2.,3.+1,3.1,...,..73/3,36
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
Rmr_jJclerfmdEpgbAmlbsarmpq82.3,..Kcrcpq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
@gjjmdK_rcpg_j
Hsj.4*0./5/1810833N_ec1
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
Amnncp+aj_bqrccjpmb`,,,,,,,,,,,,,3/,..Kcrcpq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
Hsj.4*0./5/18148.5N_ec/
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
EPMSLBK?RDMPUGLBMUQ
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
C_Concrete Representation ADA / DJS

8-11-17
QrsbwQcrsn
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
QrsbwMnrgmlq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
BcqgelApgrcpg_
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
&mfkq+kcrcp'Kcrcpq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
C_prfJ_wcp/0..,..0,..
Hsj.4*0./5/18148.7N_ec0
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
/+1/,3./4,..+.,541/,3./4,..+.,5441,...,..400.6,26
01/,3./4,..+.,541/,3.+5,..+.,5401,...,..4062,13
11/,3.+5,..+.,54+3,3.+5,..+.,5415,...,..40/01,3/
2+3,3.+5,..+.,54+3,3.+/,..+.,544,...,..40/5,.0
3+3,3.+/,..+.,54+1/,3.+/,..+.,5404,...,..406.,/7
4+1/,3.+/,..+.,54+1/,3./4,..+.,54/5,...,..4046,50
5+0.,3.+/,..+.,54+0.,3./4,..+.,54/5,...,..4027,00
6+7,3.+/,..+.,54+7,3./4,..+.,54/5,...,..4023,73
73,3./4,..+.,543,3.+5,..+.,5401,...,..4043,42
/./5,3.+5,..+.,54/5,3./4,..+.,5401,...,..4047,/1
//+1/,3.+/,..+.,3.+1/,3.+/,..+1,3.1,...,..73/3,50
/0+0.,3.+/,..+.,3.+0.,3.+/,..+1,3.1,...,..73/.,5.
/1+7,3.+/,..+.,3.+7,3.+/,..+1,3.1,...,..737,17
/2+3,3.+5,..+.,3.+3,3.+5,..+1,3.1,...,..73/0,43
/33,3.+5,..+.,3.3,3.+5,..+1,3.1,...,..73/.,43
/4/5,3.+5,..+.,3./5,3.+5,..+1,3.1,...,..73/.,51
/51/,3.+5,..+.,3.1/,3.+5,..+1,3.1,...,..73/3,76
/61/,3./4,..+.,3.1/,3./4,..+1,3.1,...,..73/4,.4
/7/5,3./4,..+.,3./5,3./4,..+1,3.1,...,..73/.,53
0.3,3./4,..+.,3.3,3./4,..+1,3.1,...,..73/.,16
0/+7,3./4,..+.,3.+7,3./4,..+1,3.1,...,..73/.,60
00+0.,3./4,..+.,3.+0.,3./4,..+1,3.1,...,..73//,/.
01+1/,3./4,..+.,3.+1/,3./4,..+1,3.1,...,..73/4,/4
021/,3.7,3.+.,3.1/,3.7,3.+1,3.1,...,..73/1,16
031/,3.0,..+.,3.1/,3.0,..+1,3.1,...,..73/1,11
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
@gjjmdK_rcpg_j
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
Hsj.4*0./5/18148.7N_ec1
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
Hsj.4*0./5/1811801N_ec/
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
EPMSLBK?RDMPUGLBMUQ
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
ADA / DJS
C_Native Earth 8-11-17
QrsbwQcrsn
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
QrsbwMnrgmlq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
BcqgelApgrcpg_
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
&mfkq+kcrcp'Kcrcpq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
C_prfJ_wcp/0..,..0,..
Hsj.4*0./5/1811812N_ec0
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
/+1/,3./4,..+.,541/,3./4,..+.,5441,...,..40/6/,03
01/,3./4,..+.,541/,3.+5,..+.,5401,...,..4047,17
11/,3.+5,..+.,54+3,3.+5,..+.,5415,...,..40/.4,.3
2+3,3.+5,..+.,54+3,3.+/,..+.,544,...,..40/2,50
3+3,3.+/,..+.,54+1/,3.+/,..+.,5404,...,..4047,.6
4+1/,3.+/,..+.,54+1/,3./4,..+.,54/5,...,..4035,07
5+0.,3.+/,..+.,54+0.,3./4,..+.,54/5,...,..4022,..
6+7,3.+/,..+.,54+7,3./4,..+.,54/5,...,..402/,4.
73,3./4,..+.,543,3.+5,..+.,5401,...,..4037,41
/./5,3.+5,..+.,54/5,3./4,..+.,5401,...,..4040,/0
//+1/,3.+/,..+.,3.+1/,3.+/,..+1,3.1,...,..7300,45
/0+0.,3.+/,..+.,3.+0.,3.+/,..+1,3.1,...,..73/6,/1
/1+7,3.+/,..+.,3.+7,3.+/,..+1,3.1,...,..73/4,6.
/2+3,3.+5,..+.,3.+3,3.+5,..+1,3.1,...,..73/7,42
/33,3.+5,..+.,3.3,3.+5,..+1,3.1,...,..73/6,.0
/4/5,3.+5,..+.,3./5,3.+5,..+1,3.1,...,..73/6,/7
/51/,3.+5,..+.,3.1/,3.+5,..+1,3.1,...,..7300,44
/61/,3./4,..+.,3.1/,3./4,..+1,3.1,...,..7300,35
/7/5,3./4,..+.,3./5,3./4,..+1,3.1,...,..73/6,/3
0.3,3./4,..+.,3.3,3./4,..+1,3.1,...,..73/5,6.
0/+7,3./4,..+.,3.+7,3./4,..+1,3.1,...,..73/6,/4
00+0.,3./4,..+.,3.+0.,3./4,..+1,3.1,...,..73/6,24
01+1/,3./4,..+.,3.+1/,3./4,..+1,3.1,...,..7300,70
021/,3.7,3.+.,3.1/,3.7,3.+1,3.1,...,..730.,10
031/,3.0,..+.,3.1/,3.0,..+1,3.1,...,..730.,14
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
@gjjmdK_rcpg_j
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
Hsj.4*0./5/1811812N_ec1
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
Hsj.4*0./5/1814822N_ec/
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
EPMSLBK?RDMPUGLBMUQ
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
D_Concrete Representation ADA / DJS

8-11-17
QrsbwQcrsn
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
QrsbwMnrgmlq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
BcqgelApgrcpg_
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
&mfkq+kcrcp'Kcrcpq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
C_prfJ_wcp/0..,..0,..
Hsj.4*0./5/1814823N_ec0
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
/+2,..1,3.+.,540,..1,3.+.,544,...,..4064,1/
00,..1,3.+.,540,..+3,3.+.,547,...,..40//3,/0
1+2,..+3,3.+.,540,..+3,3.+.,544,...,..4072,22
2+2,..1,3.+.,54+2,..+3,3.+.,547,...,..40/10,/5
3+2,..+1,..+.,540,..+1,..+.,544,...,..4036,25
4+2,..0,..+.,540,..0,..+.,544,...,..4036,.2
5.,3.1,3.+.,54.,3.+3,3.+.,547,...,..406/,66
6+2,..+1,..+.,54+2,..+1,..+1,541,...,..7340,73
7+2,..0,..+.,54+2,..0,..+1,541,...,..7342,72
/..,3.1,3.+.,54.,3.1,3.+1,541,...,..734/,7.
//0,..0,..+.,540,..0,..+1,541,...,..734.,24
/00,..+1,..+.,540,..+1,..+1,541,...,..7337,/6
/1.,3.+3,3.+.,54.,3.+3,3.+1,541,...,..7342,/3
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
@gjjmdK_rcpg_j
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
Amnncp*_llc_jcbqmdr+bp_ul,,,,,,,,3/,..Kcrcpq
Amnncp+aj_bqrccjpmb`,,,,,,,,,,,,,/6,..Kcrcpq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
Hsj.4*0./5/18128//N_ec/
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
EPMSLBK?RDMPUGLBMUQ
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
D_Native Earth ADA / DJS

8-11-17
QrsbwQcrsn
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
QrsbwMnrgmlq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
BcqgelApgrcpg_
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
&mfkq+kcrcp'Kcrcpq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
C_prfJ_wcp/0..,..0,..
Hsj.4*0./5/18128/3N_ec0
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
/+2,..1,3.+.,540,..1,3.+.,544,...,..4042,07
00,..1,3.+.,540,..+3,3.+.,547,...,..4064,/5
1+2,..+3,3.+.,540,..+3,3.+.,544,...,..405.,6/
2+2,..1,3.+.,54+2,..+3,3.+.,547,...,..4077,42
3+2,..+1,..+.,540,..+1,..+.,544,...,..4023,34
4+2,..0,..+.,540,..0,..+.,544,...,..4022,4/
5.,3.1,3.+.,54.,3.+3,3.+.,547,...,..4041,32
6+2,..+1,..+.,54+2,..+1,..+1,541,...,..7367,41
7+2,..0,..+.,54+2,..0,..+1,541,...,..737.,63
/..,3.1,3.+.,54.,3.1,3.+1,541,...,..7364,/5
//0,..0,..+.,540,..0,..+1,541,...,..7362,51
/00,..+1,..+.,540,..+1,..+1,541,...,..7362,3.
/1.,3.+3,3.+.,54.,3.+3,3.+1,541,...,..7367,3.
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
EpgbPcqgqr_lacPe84,3/Mfkq
EpgbNmrclrg_jPgqc843/0,.4Tmjrq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
@gjjmdK_rcpg_j
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
Amnncp*_llc_jcbqmdr+bp_ul,,,,,,,,3/,..Kcrcpq
Amnncp+aj_bqrccjpmb`,,,,,,,,,,,,,/6,..Kcrcpq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
Hsj.4*0./5/18158/7N_ec/
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
EPMSLBK?RDMPUGLBMUQ
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
E_Concrete Representation ADA / DJS

8-11-17
QrsbwQcrsn
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
QrsbwMnrgmlq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
BcqgelApgrcpg_
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
&mfkq+kcrcp'Kcrcpq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
C_prfJ_wcp/0..,..0,..
Hsj.4*0./5/181580.N_ec0
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
/+0,3.0,3.+.,54+/1,3.0,3.+.,54//,...,..4065,21
0+/1,3.0,3.+.,54+/1,3./3,3.+.,54/1,...,..40/..,00
1+0,3./3,3.+.,54+/1,3./3,3.+.,54//,...,..4064,64
2+0,3.0,3.+.,54+0,3./3,3.+.,54/1,...,..4077,55
3+6,../3,3.+.,54+6,..0,3.+.,54/1,...,..4056,10
4+/1,3.7,..+.,54+0,3.7,..+.,54//,...,..4041,02
5+/1,3./3,3.+.,54+/7,3./3,3.+.,544,...,..4041,16
6+0,3.0,3.+.,541,3.0,3.+.,544,...,..4041,/6
7+/1,3.0,3.+.,54+/1,3.0,3.+1,541,...,..732.,7.
/.+0,3.0,3.+.,54+0,3.0,3.+1,541,...,..7311,13
//+6,..0,3.+.,54+6,..0,3.+1,541,...,..7310,.3
/0+/1,3.7,..+.,54+/1,3.7,..+1,541,...,..731.,63
/1+0,3.7,..+.,54+0,3.7,..+1,541,...,..731/,00
/2+0,3./3,3.+.,54+0,3./3,3.+1,541,...,..732/,4.
/3+/1,3./3,3.+.,54+/1,3./3,3.+1,541,...,..7311,32
/4+6,../3,3.+.,54+6,../3,3.+1,541,...,..7310,21
/5+/4,3./3,3.+.,54+/4,3./3,3.+1,541,...,..732.,57
/6.,3.0,3.+.,54.,3.0,3.+1,541,...,..732.,65
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
Rmr_jJclerfmdEpgbAmlbsarmpq8//2,..Kcrcpq
EpgbPcqgqr_lacPe84,.0Mfkq
EpgbNmrclrg_jPgqc84.0.,..Tmjrq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
@gjjmdK_rcpg_j
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
Amnncp+aj_bqrccjpmb`,,,,,,,,,,,,,1.,..Kcrcpq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
Hsj.4*0./5/1812826N_ec/
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
EPMSLBK?RDMPUGLBMUQ
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
E_Native Earth ADA / DJS

8-11-17
QrsbwQcrsn
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
QrsbwMnrgmlq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
BcqgelApgrcpg_
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
&mfkq+kcrcp'Kcrcpq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
C_prfJ_wcp/0..,..0,..
Hsj.4*0./5/1812831N_ec0
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
/+0,3.0,3.+.,54+/1,3.0,3.+.,54//,...,..4044,02
0+/1,3.0,3.+.,54+/1,3./3,3.+.,54/1,...,..4055,./
1+0,3./3,3.+.,54+/1,3./3,3.+.,54//,...,..4043,65
2+0,3.0,3.+.,54+0,3./3,3.+.,54/1,...,..4054,50
3+6,../3,3.+.,54+6,..0,3.+.,54/1,...,..4042,/.
4+/1,3.7,..+.,54+0,3.7,..+.,54//,...,..403/,65
5+/1,3./3,3.+.,54+/7,3./3,3.+.,544,...,..4024,.7
6+0,3.0,3.+.,541,3.0,3.+.,544,...,..4023,7/
7+/1,3.0,3.+.,54+/1,3.0,3.+1,541,...,..7333,35
/.+0,3.0,3.+.,54+0,3.0,3.+1,541,...,..7326,.4
//+6,..0,3.+.,54+6,..0,3.+1,541,...,..7325,31
/0+/1,3.7,..+.,54+/1,3.7,..+1,541,...,..7324,4/
/1+0,3.7,..+.,54+0,3.7,..+1,541,...,..7324,7.
/2+0,3./3,3.+.,54+0,3./3,3.+1,541,...,..7333,64
/3+/1,3./3,3.+.,54+/1,3./3,3.+1,541,...,..7326,0/
/4+6,../3,3.+.,54+6,../3,3.+1,541,...,..7325,61
/5+/4,3./3,3.+.,54+/4,3./3,3.+1,541,...,..7332,56
/6.,3.0,3.+.,54.,3.0,3.+1,541,...,..7332,62
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
Rmr_jJclerfmdEpgbAmlbsarmpq8//2,..Kcrcpq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
@gjjmdK_rcpg_j
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
Amnncp+aj_bqrccjpmb`,,,,,,,,,,,,,1.,..Kcrcpq
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
Voltage Drop
Calculations

ADA / DJS
8-11-17
Electrical Circuit Schedule
Panel Circuit Number Load Name Length Apparent Load Voltage Rating Wire Size Voltage Drop Voltage Drop %
CPA1 1 RCPT: A002 10476 180 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.112 V 0.05%
CPA1 6 RCPT: A019 (SATV) 14701 250 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.219 V 0.10%
CPA1 8 RCPT: A021 15859 180 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.170 V 0.08%
CPA1 5 RCPT: A004 (PRINTER) 18123 500 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.541 V 0.25%
CPA1 7 RCPT: A004 (SATV, A005 (SATV) 19112 500 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.570 V 0.26%
CPA1 2 RCPT: A019 20976 180 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.225 V 0.10%
CPA1 3 FLOOR BOX: A004 21730 180 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.233 V 0.11%
CPA1 32 RCPT: A046 (ROW 5) 22528 180 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.242 V 0.11%
CPA1 18 RCPT: A019A 23658 250 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.353 V 0.16%
CPA1 14 FLOOR BOX: A018 30580 360 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.657 V 0.30%
CPA1 16 RCPT: A018 (PROJECTOR) 30943 200 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.356 V 0.16%
CPA1 9 RCPT: A006, A007 32536 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.397 V 0.64%
CPA1 34 RCPT: A046 (INSTRUCTOR) 37672 180 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.404 V 0.18%
CPA1 10 RCPT: A018 38246 1080 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.464 V 1.12%
CPA1 13 RCPT: A008 41021 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.762 V 0.80%
CPA1 31 RCPT: A015 (COPIER) 45267 500 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.350 V 0.61%
CPA1 29 RCPT: A015 46786 180 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.502 V 0.23%
CPA1 33 RCPT: A016, A017 48922 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.101 V 0.96%
CPA1 17 RCPT: A009, A010 51649 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.218 V 1.01%
CPA1 21 RCPT: A011 54004 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.319 V 1.05%
CPA1 25 RCPT: A012 58376 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.507 V 1.14%
CPA2 31 RCPT: A042 (PLYWOOD) 3041 180 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.033 V 0.01%
CPA2 27 RCPT: A042 (TRA3) 3534 1080 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.228 V 0.10%
CPA2 1 RCPT: A023, A024 14733 540 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.475 V 0.22%
CPA2 5 RCPT: A025 18173 360 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.390 V 0.18%
CPA2 10 RCPT: A039 18612 540 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.600 V 0.27%
CPA2 24 RCPT: A050 22735 180 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.244 V 0.11%
CPA2 6 RCPT: A038 23562 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.012 V 0.46%
CPA2 9 RCPT: A026, A027 24733 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.062 V 0.48%
CPA2 20 RCPT: A036, A037 26813 540 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.864 V 0.39%
CPA2 15 RCPT: A028 28823 540 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.928 V 0.42%
CPA2 14 RCPT: A029 37263 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.600 V 0.73%
CPA2 40 RCPT: A047 (INSTRUCTOR) 39050 180 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.419 V 0.19%
CPA2 2 RCPT: A030, A035 40775 540 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.313 V 0.60%
HPA1 7,9,11 P-A-2 5089 11186 VA 380 V 32 A 3-#8, 1-#8, 1-#10 0.383 V 0.10%
HPA1 1,3,5 P-A-1 5688 11186 VA 380 V 32 A 3-#8, 1-#8, 1-#10 0.428 V 0.11%
HPA1 2,4,6 EWH-A-1 7559 6000 VA 380 V 20 A 3-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.783 V 0.21%
HPA1 8,10,12 EWH-A-2 8389 6000 VA 380 V 20 A 3-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.869 V 0.23%
HPA1 25,27,29 RTU-A-1 HEAT 9623 20000 VA 380 V 40 A 3-#8, 1-#8, 1-#10 1.036 V 0.27%
HPA1 26,28,30 RTU-A-1 FAN 9963 940 VA 380 V 20 A 3-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.162 V 0.04%
HPA2 38,40,42 BOOSTER PUMP 9267 2100 VA 380 V 20 A 3-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.336 V 0.09%
HPA2 23 CP-A-1/CP-A-2 11922 250 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.178 V 0.08%
HPA2 7 ACU-A-19, ACU-A-21, ACU-A-23 19387 2182 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.524 V 1.15%
HPA2 12 ACU-A-32, ACU-A-34 37369 2134 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#10, 1-#10, 1-#10 2.854 V 1.30%
HPA2 17 PRE-A-8 & 9 41629 310 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.770 V 0.35%
HPA2 15 PRE-A-5, 6, 7 & 8 45348 760 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.056 V 0.93%
HPA2 13 PRE-A-1, 2, 3 & 4 61667 870 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 3.200 V 1.45%
LPA1 7 LTG: A023-A032 117813 1137 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#8, 1-#8, 1-#8 3.115 V 1.42%
LPA1 8 LTG: A033-A044 131469 1038 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#8, 1-#8, 1-#8 3.176 V 1.44%
LPA1 3 LTG: A013-A021 167527 982 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#8, 1-#8, 1-#8 3.828 V 1.74%
LPA1 4 LTG: A004-A012 175626 1299 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#6, 1-#6, 1-#6 3.333 V 1.52%
LPA1 6 LTG: A046-A050 220072 1886 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#4, 1-#4, 1-#4 3.837 V 1.74%
LPA1 5 LTG: A001-A003, A022, A045 221056 924 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#6, 1-#6, 1-#6 2.985 V 1.36%
LPA1 1 LTG: EXIT LIGHTS 231142 6 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.077 V 0.04%
LPA1 9 LTG: NIGHT LIGHTS 248078 630 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#8, 1-#8, 1-#8 3.636 V 1.65%
LPA1 2 LTG: EXTERIOR 314088 2003 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#2, 1-#2, 1-#2 3.564 V 1.62%
MDPA 1,3,5 LPA1 633 9904 VA 380 V 32 A 3-#8, 1-#8, 1-#10 0.053 V 0.01%
MDPA 2,4,6 PPA1 1233 33800 VA 380 V 100 A 3-#1, 1-#1, 1-#8 0.059 V 0.02%
MDPA 7,9,11 HPA1 1833 153811 VA 380 V 400 A 3-#750, 1-#750, 1-#3 0.045 V 0.01%
MDPA 14,16,18 HPA2 2753 38579 VA 380 V 100 A 3-#1, 1-#1, 1-#8 0.152 V 0.04%
MDPA 13,15,17 CPA2 4325 16610 VA 380 V 50 A 3-#6, 1-#6, 1-#10 0.330 V 0.09%
MDPA 8,10,12 CPA1 4965 15311 VA 380 V 50 A 3-#6, 1-#6, 1-#10 0.398 V 0.10%
MDPA 19,21,23 CH-A-1 11589 130320 VA 380 V 250 A 3-#350, 1-#350, 1-#4 0.489 V 0.13%
PPA1 35 RCPT: A044 (COUNTER) 2422 180 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.026 V 0.01%
PPA1 37 RCPT: A044 (MICROWAVE) 2791 1600 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.266 V 0.12%
PPA1 41 CONN: A044 (COOKTOP) 3693 2400 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.529 V 0.24%
PPA1 39 RCPT: A044 (REFRIGERATOR) 3891 450 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.104 V 0.05%
PPA1 33 RCPT: A044 (WATER) 5437 550 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.178 V 0.08%
PPA1 31 RCPT: A044 6438 180 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.069 V 0.03%
PPA1 46 CONN: A050 (SCREEN) 12416 180 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.133 V 0.06%
PPA1 43 CONN: FACP 13409 180 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.144 V 0.07%
PPA1 3 RCPT: A002 18312 540 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.590 V 0.27%
PPA1 29 RCPT: A039 18823 540 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.606 V 0.28%
PPA1 19 RCPT: A024, A025 20237 900 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.086 V 0.49%
PPA1 17 RCPT: A021 22502 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.966 V 0.44%
PPA1 20 RCPT: A023, A024 25001 1080 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.611 V 0.73%
PPA1 1 RCPT: A001, A002 25126 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.079 V 0.49%
PPA1 30 RCPT: A038 25742 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.106 V 0.50%
PPA1 27 RCPT: A037 27613 540 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.889 V 0.40%
PPA1 6 RCPT: A004A, A005 27734 540 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.893 V 0.41%
PPA1 32 RCPT: A040, A042, A043 29218 1080 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.882 V 0.86%
PPA1 16 RCPT: A019 30881 1080 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.989 V 0.90%
PPA1 21 RCPT: A027, A028 30892 900 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.658 V 0.75%
PPA1 25 RCPT: A036 30902 540 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.995 V 0.45%
PPA1 22 RCPT: A026, A027 31140 1080 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.006 V 0.91%
PPA1 18 RCPT: A019A, A020 31233 540 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.006 V 0.46%
PPA1 5 RCPT: A022 33387 540 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.075 V 0.49%
PPA1 4 RCPT: A004 36787 900 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.975 V 0.90%
PPA1 24 RCPT: A029 37181 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.597 V 0.73%
PPA1 7 RCPT: A006 37950 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.630 V 0.74%
PPA1 34 RCPT: A045, A048, A048A, A049 38228 900 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.052 V 0.93%
PPA1 15 RCPT: A018 38698 540 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.247 V 0.57%
PPA1 36 RCPT: A046 39749 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.707 V 0.78%
PPA1 26 RCPT: A030 42592 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.829 V 0.83%
PPA1 28 RCPT: A033, A034, A035 42884 900 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.302 V 1.05%
PPA1 44 RCPT: A050 43657 900 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.344 V 1.07%
PPA1 23 RCPT: A031, A032 45040 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.934 V 0.88%
PPA1 14 RCPT: A016, A017 48390 900 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.598 V 1.18%
PPA1 40 RCPT: A047 49178 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.112 V 0.96%
PPA1 8 RCPT: A007, A008 49432 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.123 V 0.97%
PPA1 2 RCPT: A003 49867 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.142 V 0.97%
PPA1 13 RCPT: A015, A016 51224 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.200 V 1.00%
PPA1 12 RCPT: A013, A014 51355 360 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.103 V 0.50%
PPA1 9 RCPT: A008, A009 54624 1080 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 3.519 V 1.60%
PPA1 10 RCPT: A010, A011 58906 900 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 3.162 V 1.44%
PPA1 11 RCPT: A012 63782 540 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.055 V 0.93%
PPA1 48 RCPT: EXTERIOR 100110 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 4.300 V 1.95%
PPA1 50 RCPT: EXTERIOR 112832 540 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 3.635 V 1.65%
CPB1 1 RCPT: B002 10476 180 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.112 V 0.05%
CPB1 6 RCPT: B020 (SATV) 14701 250 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.219 V 0.10%
CPB1 8 RCPT: B022 15859 180 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.170 V 0.08%
CPB1 5 RCPT: B005 (PRINTER) 18123 180 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.195 V 0.09%
CPB1 2 RCPT: B020 21081 180 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.226 V 0.10%
CPB1 3 FLOOR BOX: B005 21730 180 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.233 V 0.11%
CPB1 14 FLOOR BOX: B019 30480 360 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.655 V 0.30%
CPB1 16 RCPT: B019 (PROJECTOR) 30943 200 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.356 V 0.16%
CPB1 9 RCPT: B007, B008 32536 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.397 V 0.64%
CPB1 10 RCPT: B019 38827 1080 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.501 V 1.14%
CPB1 13 RCPT: B009 41021 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.762 V 0.80%
CPB1 31 RCPT: B016 (COPIER) 45267 180 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.486 V 0.22%
CPB1 29 RCPT: B016 46786 180 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.502 V 0.23%
CPB1 33 RCPT: B017, B018 48922 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.101 V 0.96%
CPB1 17 RCPT: B010, B011 51649 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.218 V 1.01%
CPB1 21 RCPT: B012 54004 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.319 V 1.05%
CPB1 25 RCPT: B013 58008 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.491 V 1.13%
CPB2 31 RCPT: B042 (PLYWOOD) 3041 180 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.033 V 0.01%
CPB2 27 RCPT: B042 (TRA3) 3534 1080 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.228 V 0.10%
CPB2 1 RCPT: B024, B025 14173 360 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.304 V 0.14%
CPB2 5 RCPT: B026 18173 360 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.390 V 0.18%
CPB2 10 RCPT: B039 18612 540 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.600 V 0.27%
CPB2 6 RCPT: B038 23562 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.012 V 0.46%
CPB2 20 FLOOR BOXES: B036 24314 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.044 V 0.47%
CPB2 9 RCPT: B027, B028 24733 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.062 V 0.48%
CPB2 17 RCPT: B029 26737 540 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.861 V 0.39%
CPB2 14 RCPT: B036 28847 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.239 V 0.56%
CPB2 15 RCPT: B029 33390 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.434 V 0.65%
CPB2 2 RCPT: B030, B036, B037 38418 540 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.238 V 0.56%
HPB1 7,9,11 P-B-2 5049 11186 VA 380 V 32 A 3-#8, 1-#8, 1-#10 0.380 V 0.10%
HPB1 1,3,5 P-B-1 5648 11186 VA 380 V 32 A 3-#8, 1-#8, 1-#10 0.425 V 0.11%
HPB1 2,4,6 EWH-B-1 7559 6000 VA 380 V 20 A 3-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.783 V 0.21%
HPB1 8,10,12 EWH-B-2 8389 6000 VA 380 V 20 A 3-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.869 V 0.23%
HPB1 31,33,35 RTU-B-1 HEAT 9743 20000 VA 380 V 40 A 3-#8, 1-#8, 1-#10 1.311 V 0.35%
HPB1 32,34,36 RTU-B-1 FAN 10083 938 VA 380 V 20 A 3-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.163 V 0.04%
HPB1 37,39,41 RTU-B-2 HEAT 10414 7000 VA 380 V 20 A 3-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.259 V 0.33%
HPB1 38,40,42 RTU-B-2 FAN 10754 938 VA 380 V 20 A 3-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.174 V 0.05%
HPB2 38,40,42 BOOSTER PUMP 9267 2100 VA 380 V 20 A 3-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.336 V 0.09%
HPB2 23 CP-B-1/CP-B-2 11922 250 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.178 V 0.08%
HPB2 9 ACU-B-25, ACU-B-27 20248 2134 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.577 V 1.17%
HPB2 8 ACU-B-20, ACU-B-22, ACU-B-24 24071 2182 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 3.134 V 1.42%
HPB2 10 ACU-B-26,ACU-B-28 28491 2134 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 3.627 V 1.65%
HPB2 15 PRE-B-5, 6 & 7 41219 373 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.917 V 0.42%
HPB2 13 PRE-B-1, 2, 3 & 4 61667 559 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.057 V 0.94%
LPB1 7 LTG: B023-B032 116264 919 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#10, 1-#10, 1-#10 3.823 V 1.74%
LPB1 8 LTG: B033-B044 131272 1071 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#8, 1-#8, 1-#8 3.272 V 1.49%
LPB1 1 LTG: EXIT LIGHTS 132246 2 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.017 V 0.01%
LPB1 9 LTG: NIGHT LIGHTS 140497 336 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.816 V 1.28%
LPB1 5 LTG: B001-B003, B022, B045 158998 546 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#10, 1-#10, 1-#10 3.107 V 1.41%
LPB1 6 LTG: B004-B012 174770 1219 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#6, 1-#6, 1-#6 3.113 V 1.41%
LPB1 3 LTG: B013-B021 184437 982 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#8, 1-#8, 1-#8 4.214 V 1.92%
LPB1 2 LTG: EXTERIOR 242743 1475 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#4, 1-#4, 1-#4 3.310 V 1.50%
MDPB 1,3,5 LPB1 633 6550 VA 380 V 32 A 3-#8, 1-#8, 1-#10 0.044 V 0.01%
MDPB 2,4,6 PPB1 1233 27680 VA 380 V 100 A 3-#1, 1-#1, 1-#8 0.052 V 0.01%
MDPB 7,9,11 HPB1 1833 63247 VA 380 V 160 A 3-#3/0, 1-#3/0, 1-#6 0.077 V 0.02%
MDPB 14,16,18 HPB2 2753 34401 VA 380 V 100 A 3-#1, 1-#1, 1-#8 0.128 V 0.03%
MDPB 13,15,17 CPB2 4325 11910 VA 380 V 32 A 3-#8, 1-#8, 1-#10 0.374 V 0.10%
MDPB 8,10,12 CPB1 4965 9220 VA 380 V 32 A 3-#8, 1-#8, 1-#10 0.430 V 0.11%
MDPB 19,21,23 CH-B-1 10004 87405 VA 380 V 200 A 3-#250, 1-#250, 1-#6 0.392 V 0.10%
PPB1 35 RCPT: B044 (COUNTER) 2482 180 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.027 V 0.01%
PPB1 37 RCPT: B044 (MICROWAVE) 2793 1600 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.267 V 0.12%
PPB1 41 CONN: B044 (COOKTOP) 3695 2400 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.529 V 0.24%
PPB1 39 RCPT: B044 (REFRIGERATOR) 3892 450 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.104 V 0.05%
PPB1 33 RCPT: B044 (WATER) 5434 550 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.178 V 0.08%
PPB1 31 RCPT: B044 6438 180 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.069 V 0.03%
PPB1 3 RCPT: B002 10002 180 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.107 V 0.05%
PPB1 43 CONN: B001 (FACP) 13409 180 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.144 V 0.07%
PPB1 29 RCPT: B039 18782 540 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.605 V 0.28%
PPB1 1 RCPT: B001, B002 19165 540 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.617 V 0.28%
PPB1 19 RCPT: B025, B026 20237 900 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.086 V 0.49%
PPB1 18 RCPT: B021 22122 180 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.238 V 0.11%
PPB1 17 RCPT: B022 22517 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.967 V 0.44%
PPB1 21 RCPT: B028 24034 360 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.516 V 0.23%
PPB1 6 RCPT: B005, B006 24562 360 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.527 V 0.24%
PPB1 32 RCPT: B040, B042, B043 24591 900 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.320 V 0.60%
PPB1 20 RCPT: B024, B025 25001 1080 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.611 V 0.73%
PPB1 30 RCPT: B038 25744 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.106 V 0.50%
PPB1 27 RCPT: B037 27607 540 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.889 V 0.40%
PPB1 22 RCPT: B027, B028 31140 1080 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.006 V 0.91%
PPB1 16 RCPT: B020 32884 1080 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.119 V 0.96%
PPB1 4 RCPT: B005 33074 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.420 V 0.65%
PPB1 5 RCPT: B023, B023A 33387 540 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.075 V 0.49%
PPB1 25 RCPT: B036 35264 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.515 V 0.69%
PPB1 28 RCPT: B033, B034, B035 35507 540 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.144 V 0.52%
PPB1 15 RCPT: B019 37298 540 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.201 V 0.55%
PPB1 7 RCPT: B007 37950 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.630 V 0.74%
PPB1 26 RCPT: B030 42592 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.829 V 0.83%
PPB1 24 RCPT: B029 43216 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.856 V 0.84%
PPB1 23 RCPT: B031, B032 45040 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.934 V 0.88%
PPB1 50 RCPT: EXTERIOR 45472 360 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.976 V 0.44%
PPB1 8 RCPT: B008, B009 49432 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.123 V 0.97%
PPB1 2 RCPT: B004 49867 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.142 V 0.97%
PPB1 14 RCPT: B017, B018 50040 900 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.686 V 1.22%
PPB1 13 RCPT: B016, B017 50829 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.183 V 0.99%
PPB1 12 RCPT: B014, B015 51355 360 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.103 V 0.50%
PPB1 9 RCPT: B009, B010 54472 1080 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 3.509 V 1.60%
PPB1 10 RCPT: B011, B012 58906 900 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 3.162 V 1.44%
PPB1 11 RCPT: B013 63782 540 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.055 V 0.93%
PPB1 48 RCPT: EXTERIOR 100528 720 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 4.318 V 1.96%
CPC1 16 RCPT: C023 (PLYWOOD) 2644 180 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.028 V 0.01%
CPC1 10 J-BOX: C023 (TRC1) 3659 1800 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.393 V 0.18%
CPC1 4 RCPT: C022 14229 540 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.458 V 0.21%
CPC1 6 RCPT: C022 (SATVs) 19791 500 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.590 V 0.27%
CPC1 2 RCPT: C022 21330 720 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.916 V 0.42%
CPC1 35 RCPT: C021 22255 720 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.956 V 0.43%
CPC1 18 RCPT: C030 26668 720 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.145 V 0.52%
CPC1 33 RCPT: C021 27609 720 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.186 V 0.54%
CPC1 31 RCPT: C020 27955 720 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.201 V 0.55%
CPC1 29 RCPT: C020 33309 720 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.431 V 0.65%
CPC1 27 RCPT: C019 33655 720 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.445 V 0.66%
CPC1 23 RCPT: C017 33676 180 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.362 V 0.16%
CPC1 22 RCPT: C031 35268 720 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.515 V 0.69%
CPC1 20 RCPT: C030 35696 720 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.533 V 0.70%
CPC1 25 RCPT: C019 39009 720 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.675 V 0.76%
CPC1 26 RCPT: C032 40968 720 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.760 V 0.80%
CPC1 21 RCPT: C015 41135 360 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.883 V 0.40%
CPC1 24 RCPT: C031 41396 720 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.778 V 0.81%
CPC1 19 RCPT: C014 42937 360 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.922 V 0.42%
CPC1 28 RCPT: C032 47209 720 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.028 V 0.92%
CPC1 17 RCPT: C013 49035 360 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.053 V 0.48%
CPC1 13 RCPT: C009 (SATV) 55609 250 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.829 V 0.38%
CPC1 15 RCPT: C012 57003 360 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.224 V 0.56%
CPC1 7 RCPT: C008 (SATV) 58799 250 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.877 V 0.40%
CPC1 11 RCPT: C009 (PRINTER) 60177 180 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.646 V 0.29%
CPC1 9 RCPT: C009 64300 360 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.381 V 0.63%
CPC1 1 RCPT: C007 64575 360 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.387 V 0.63%
CPC1 5 RCPT: C008 (PRINTER) 66076 500 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.971 V 0.90%
CPC1 3 RCPT: C008 68694 360 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.475 V 0.67%
HPC1 8,10,12 EWH-C-2 1699 12000 VA 380 32 A 3-#8, 1-#8, 1-#10 0.137 V 0.04%
HPC1 2,4,6 EWH-C-1 2586 12000 VA 380 32 A 3-#8, 1-#8, 1-#10 0.209 V 0.05%
HPC1 1,3,5 P-C-1 2940 3700 VA 380 20 A 3-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.188 V 0.05%
HPC1 7,9,11 P-C-2 3612 3700 VA 380 20 A 3-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.231 V 0.06%
HPC1 19,21,23 BOOSTER PUMP 3975 2100 VA 380 20 A 3-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.144 V 0.04%
HPC1 14,16,18 RTU-C-1 FAN 35715 1875 VA 380 20 A 3-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.156 V 0.30%
HPC1 13,15,17 RTU-C-1 HEAT 36055 31000 VA 380 63 A 3-#4, 1-#4, 1-#8 2.986 V 0.79%
HPC2 24 ACU-C-24 5546 48 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.016 V 0.01%
HPC2 22 ACU-C-22 5784 48 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.017 V 0.01%
HPC2 29 CP-C-1, CP-C-2 5944 250 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.089 V 0.04%
HPC2 23 ACU-C-23 7708 48 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.022 V 0.01%
HPC2 21 ACU-C-21 7963 2640 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.254 V 0.57%
HPC2 19 ACU-C-19 13396 2640 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.110 V 0.96%
HPC2 20 ACU-C-20 17230 1100 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.131 V 0.51%
HPC2 17 ACU-C-17 19096 2640 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 3.007 V 1.37%
HPC2 18 ACU-C-18 21318 1100 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.399 V 0.64%
HPC2 15 ACU-C-15 24796 2640 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 3.905 V 1.77%
HPC2 26 EF-C-1 27251 638 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.037 V 0.47%
HPC2 25 ACU-C-25 30079 2640 VA 220 20 A 1-#10, 1-#10, 1-#10 2.842 V 1.29%
HPC2 16 ACU-C-16 30197 1540 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.774 V 1.26%
HPC2 13 ACU-C-13 33791 2640 VA 220 20 A 1-#10, 1-#10, 1-#10 3.193 V 1.45%
HPC2 10 ACU-C-10 35475 1100 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.328 V 1.06%
HPC2 14 ACU-C-14 37110 1540 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 3.409 V 1.55%
HPC2 11 ACU-C-11 38987 1100 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.558 V 1.16%
HPC2 9 ACU-C-9 39250 1100 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.575 V 1.17%
HPC2 12 ACU-C-12 42910 1540 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 3.942 V 1.79%
HPC2 8 ACU-C-8 43159 1100 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.832 V 1.29%
HPC2 7 ACU-C-7 46711 1100 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 3.065 V 1.39%
HPC2 5 ACU-C-5 51116 1100 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 3.354 V 1.52%
HPC2 6 ACU-C-6 54242 1100 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 3.559 V 1.62%
HPC2 2 ACU-C-2 56240 1100 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 3.690 V 1.68%
HPC2 4 ACU-C-4 58144 1100 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 3.815 V 1.73%
HPC2 3 ACU-C-3 58507 1100 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 3.839 V 1.75%
HPC2 1 ACU-C-1 63145 1100 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 4.143 V 1.88%
HPC2 27 PRE-C-1, 2, 3 80886 2442 VA 220 20 A 1-#6, 1-#6, 1-#6 2.887 V 1.31%
LPC1 1 LTG: EXIT LIGHTS 81881 4 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.017 V 0.01%
LPC1 3 LTG: C001-C003, C017 133676 808 VA 220 20 A 1-#10, 1-#10, 1-#10 3.867 V 1.76%
LPC1 2 LTG: EXTERIOR LIGHTS 163795 1327 VA 220 20 A 1-#6, 1-#6, 1-#6 3.177 V 1.44%
LPC1 4 LTG: C004-C016 192125 1128 VA 220 20 A 1-#6, 1-#6, 1-#6 3.166 V 1.44%
LPC1 5 LTG: C017-C025 221142 1369 VA 220 20 A 1-#4, 1-#4, 1-#4 2.799 V 1.27%
LPC1 6 LTG: C026-C033 228062 1128 VA 220 20 A 1-#6, 1-#6, 1-#6 3.761 V 1.71%
MDPC 1,3,5 LPC1 3704 5764 VA 380 32 A 3-#8, 1-#8, 1-#10 0.187 V 0.05%
MDPC 7,9,11 HPC2 4304 38235 VA 380 100 A 3-#1, 1-#1, 1-#8 0.260 V 0.07%
MDPC 8,10,12 HPC1 4875 66375 VA 380 200 A 3-#250, 1-#250, 1-#6 0.145 V 0.04%
MDPC 2,4,6 PPC1 5504 57320 VA 380 125 A 3-#1/0, 1-#1/0, 1-#6 0.394 V 0.10%
MDPC 13,15,17 CPC1 5603 21660 VA 380 63 A 3-#4, 1-#4, 1-#8 0.378 V 0.10%
MDPC 14,16,18 CH-C-1 17107 87406 VA 380 200 A 3-#250, 1-#250, 1-#6 0.671 V 0.18%
PPC1 24 RCPT: C028 (REFRIGERATOR) 16983 450 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.456 V 0.21%
PPC1 22 RCPT: C028 (MICROWAVE) 17503 1600 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.671 V 0.76%
PPC1 18 RCPT: C028 (WATER) 17629 550 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.578 V 0.26%
PPC1 26 CONN: C028 (COOKTOP) 18268 2400 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.615 V 1.19%
PPC1 30 RCPT: C018 (WASHER #1) 19188 1600 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.831 V 0.83%
PPC1 20 RCPT: C028 (COUNTER) 19637 540 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.633 V 0.29%
PPC1 8 RCPT: C022 20490 900 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.100 V 0.50%
PPC1 10 RCPT: C022 21540 900 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.156 V 0.53%
PPC1 12 RCPT: C023, C024, C025 22491 900 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.207 V 0.55%
PPC1 38 RCPT: C018 (DRYER #1) 22780 6000 VA 220 40 A 1-#8, 1-#8, 1-#10 3.180 V 1.45%
PPC1 16 RCPT: C028, C029 25064 540 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.807 V 0.37%
PPC1 2 RCPT: C016 33216 540 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.070 V 0.49%
PPC1 14 RCPT: C026-C026C, C027 34676 1080 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.234 V 1.02%
PPC1 29 RCPT: C015 44522 720 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.912 V 0.87%
PPC1 4 RCPT: C017, C018 44672 900 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.398 V 1.09%
PPC1 6 RCPT: C019, C020, C021 49790 1080 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 3.208 V 1.46%
PPC1 17 RCPT: C011 (MICROWAVE) 51199 1600 VA 220 20 A 1-#10, 1-#10, 1-#10 2.932 V 1.33%
PPC1 13 RCPT: C011 (WATER) 51270 550 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.682 V 0.76%
PPC1 15 RCPT: C011 (COUNTER) 51537 540 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.660 V 0.75%
PPC1 21 CONN: C011 (COOKTOP) 51964 2400 VA 220 20 A 1-#8, 1-#8, 1-#8 2.901 V 1.32%
PPC1 27 RCPT: C014 52032 720 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.235 V 1.02%
PPC1 19 RCPT: C011 (REFRIGERATOR) 52079 450 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.398 V 0.64%
PPC1 11 RCPT: C011 52426 180 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.563 V 0.26%
PPC1 25 RCPT: C013 53273 720 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.288 V 1.04%
PPC1 28 RCPT: C030, C031, C032* 59829 1080 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 3.854 V 1.75%
PPC1 23 RCPT: C012 60347 720 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.592 V 1.18%
PPC1 1 RCPT: C001, C002, C003 67605 720 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.904 V 1.32%
PPC1 7 RCPT: C008 67924 720 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.917 V 1.33%
PPC1 5 RCPT: C007 69049 720 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 2.966 V 1.35%
PPC1 9 RCPT: C009, C010 74876 720 VA 220 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 3.216 V 1.46%
PPC1 3 RCPT: C004, C005, C006 80730 1080 VA 220 20 A 1-#10, 1-#10, 1-#10 3.121 V 1.42%
PPC1 31 RCPT: EXTERIOR (ROOF) 115489 900 VA 220 20 A 1-#10, 1-#10, 1-#10 3.720 V 1.69%
SBD1 5 CONN: TEA D101 (COOKTOP) 1497 2400 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.214 V 0.10%
SBD1 32,34,36 SPD 2028 0 VA 380 V 32 A 3-#8, 1-#8, 1-#10 0.000 V 0.00%
SBD1 6 LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL 3098 1000 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.185 V 0.08%
SBD1 11 EF-D-1 3554 37 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.008 V 0.00%
SBD1 9 EWH-D-1 4115 1500 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.368 V 0.17%
SBD1 1 RCPT: TEA D101, TOILET D102 4728 360 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.102 V 0.05%
SBD1 25,27,29 LIFT GATE (OUTGOING) 5040 1000 VA 380 V 20 A 3-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.087 V 0.02%
SBD1 26,28,30 POP-UP BARRIER (OUTGOING) 6040 2100 VA 380 V 20 A 3-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.219 V 0.06%
SBD1 19,21,23 LIFT GATE (INCOMING) 7136 1000 VA 380 V 20 A 3-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.123 V 0.03%
SBD1 3 RCPT: WORK STATION D100 7317 360 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.157 V 0.07%
SBD1 20,22,24 POP-UP BARRIER (INCOMING) 8136 2100 VA 380 V 20 A 3-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.295 V 0.08%
SBD1 13 HP-D-1/RCU-D-1 8374 3511 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.754 V 0.80%
SBD1 7 RCPT: EXTERIOR (ROOF) 8492 180 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.091 V 0.04%
SBD1 4 LTG: EXTERIOR 12455 100 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.075 V 0.03%
SBD1 2 LTG: WORK STATION D100 17835 82 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.087 V 0.04%
MDPE 1,3,5 PPE1 2129 11698 VA 380 V 40 A 3-#8, 1-#8, 1-#10 0.198 V 0.05%
MDPE 2,4,6 PRESSURE MAINTENANCE PUMP CONTROLLER 6992 3729 VA 380 V 20 A 3-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.450 V 0.12%
PPE1 3 RCPT: E002 5763 180 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.062 V 0.03%
PPE1 25,27,29 UH-E-1 6780 3500 VA 380 V 20 A 3-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.334 V 0.09%
PPE1 11 CONN: E002 (TRE1) 10066 180 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.108 V 0.05%
PPE1 24 PRE-E-1 10211 370 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.225 V 0.10%
PPE1 9 RCPT: E002 (PLYWOOD) 10241 180 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.110 V 0.05%
PPE1 13 CONN: E002 (TRE1) 10426 180 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.112 V 0.05%
PPE1 7 RCPT: EXTERIOR 11539 360 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.248 V 0.11%
PPE1 5 FMCP 12353 180 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.133 V 0.06%
PPE1 26,28,30 UH-E-2 15633 3500 VA 380 V 20 A 3-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.771 V 0.20%
PPE1 22 ACU-E-1/RCU-E-1 16479 2029 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.994 V 0.91%
PPE1 2 LTG: EXIT LIGHTS 17077 10 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.010 V 0.00%
PPE1 1 RCPT: E001 27420 900 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.472 V 0.67%
PPE1 6 LTG: EXERIOR LIGHTS 37085 452 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 1.000 V 0.45%
PPE1 4 LTG: E001, E002 43911 297 VA 220 V 20 A 1-#12, 1-#12, 1-#12 0.778 V 0.35%

Short Circuit
Calculations

GLK/ADA 1-29-18
Fault Current Calculations
Project Name: Artillery Brigade
Project Number: SA-459583
Designed By: G. Klossner
Item Name: Short Circuit Calculation
Notes:
CS001
Calculation of Fault Current

Fault SCA Source = TA Primary Infinite
SCA Available = Infinite
Length Units = Meters
Motor Load = None
Motor SCA = None
Motor SCA Treatment = Motor SCA Not Included
System Voltage = 380
System Phase = 3 Phase
Transformers
Name PH Size Pri.V Sec.V %Z SCA,3PH
TA CSS01 TX
3-PH 630 34500 380 4.0 23,906
Name Cond Cable Size Qty Meters SCA,3PH

S/F CSS01 SB
None CL,Bus,CU 4000 1 0.1 23,880
Main-Feeders
F1 Brigade HQ
PVC 3/c,CU 350 3 0.1 23,872
F2 Mosque
PVC 3/c,CU 4/0 1 0.1 23,842
F1 Sub-Feeders
S1 LPA1
RGS 3/c,CU 8 1 2 17,520
S2 PPA1
RGS 3/c,CU 1 1 3 21,434
S3 HPA1
RGS 3/c,CU 3/0 2 4 22,924
S4 HPA2
RGS 3/c,CU 1 1 5 20,068
S5 CPA1
RGS 1/c,CU 6 1 9 11,652
S6 CPA1
RGS 1/c,CU 6 1 8 12,354
Date Created: 8/23/2017 8:32:12 AM

Date Modified: 8/23/2017 2:26:17 PM
Source: EDR, Electrical Designer's Reference

Software Version: 11.1 (Build 14). Based on the 2011 NEC®.
Copyright © 2000-20013 C+E Electronic Publishing, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
GLK/ADA 1-29-18
CS002

Motor Load = None
Motor SCA = None
Transformers
TA CSS02 TX
3-PH 160 34500 380 3.0 8,104

S/F CSS01 SB
None CL,Bus,CU 4000 1 0.1 8,101
Main-Feeders
F1 Gate House
PVC 3/c,CU 6 1 0.1 8,070
F2 Telcom Building 1
PVC 3/c,CU 6 1 0.1 8,070
F3 Telcom Building 2
PVC 3/c,CU 6 1 0.1 8,070
Date Created: 8/23/2017 1:04:05 PM


GLK/ADA 1-29-18
CS003

Motor Load = None
Motor SCA = None
Transformers
TA CSS03 TX
3-PH 500 34500 380 4.0 19,009

S/F CSS03 SB
None CL,Bus,CU 4000 1 0.1 18,993
Main-Feeders
F1 Fire Pump House (E)
PVC 3/c,CU 6 1 0.1 18,819
F2 Fire Pump
PVC 3/c,CU 250 2 0.1 18,983
F1 Sub-Feeders
S1 PPE1
RGS 3/c,CU 8 1 2 14,636
Date Created: 8/23/2017 1:05:53 PM


GLK/ADA 1-29-18
CS004
Fault Current
Project Name: Artillery Brigade

Project Number: SA-459583
Designed By: G. Klossner
Item Name: Short Circuit Calculation
Notes:
CSS05

Motor Load = None
Motor SCA = None
Transformers
TA CSS04 TX
3-PH 630 34500 380 4.0 23,906

S/F CSS04 SB
None CL,Bus,CU 4000 1 0.1 23,880
Main-Feeders
F1 Battalion HQ
None 3/c,CU 500 2 0.1 23,869
F2 Company HQ
None 3/c,CU 500 2 0.1 23,869
F3 Lift Station
None 3/c,CU 6 1 0.1 23,606
F1 Sub-Feeders
S1 LPB1
RGS 3/c,CU 8 1 2 17,519
S2 PPB1
RGS 3/c,CU 1 1 3 21,432
S3 HPB1
RGS 3/c,CU 2/0 1 4 21,689
S4 HPB2
RGS 3/c,CU 1 1 5 20,066
S5 CPB1
RGS 3/c,CU 8 1 9 9,072
S6 CPB2
RGS 3/c,CU 8 1 8 9,743
F2 Sub-Feeders
S1 LPC1
RGS 3/c,CU 8 1 3 15,462
S2 PPC1
RGS 3/c,CU 1 1 6 19,446
S3 HPC1
RGS 3/c,CU 3/0 1 5 21,631
S4 HPC2
RGS 3/c,CU 1 1 4 20,727
S5 CPC1
RGS 3/c,CU 4 1 7 15,740
File Name: \\TTS011FS1\Projects\23308\127-23308-17001\SupportDocs\Calcs\Electrical\Short

Circuit\CSS04.edr
Date Created: 8/23/2017 1:07:32 PM

Date Modified: 1/29/2018 12:18:21 PM



Electrical Catalog
Cut Sheets

Lighting Catalog
Cut Sheets

Type 1A - 2 CA G 36L 840 4 DS UNIV DIM
Type 1B - 2 CA G 55L 840 4 DS UNIV DIM
Project: ARTILLERY BRIGADE

Recessed Location:
Cat.No:
Type:
ClearAppeal Lamps: Qty:
Notes:
LED 2x4
3600, 4200, 5500, The Philips Day-Brite / Philips CFI ClearAppeal LED recessed architectural
or 7000 lumens provides excellent visual comfort. Its modern architectural styling
complements any space.
Ordering guide Example: 2CAG42L840-4-DS-UNV-DIM

Ceiling Center
Width Family Lumens Color Length Voltage Driver Options
Type Diffuser
2 CA G – 4 – DS – – –
2 2' CA ClearAppeal G Grid 36L 3600 nominal 830 80 CRI, 3000K 4 4' DS Diffuse UNV Universal DIM 0-10V F1 3/8" flex, 3 wire 18 gauge 6'
F Flange delivered lumens 835 80 CRI, 3500K (smooth) Voltage, dimming F2 3/8" flex, 4 wire 18 gauge 6'
42L 4200 nominal 840 80 CRI, 4000K 120-277 SDIM1 Step F1/D 3/8" twin flex, 3 wire 18
delivered lumens 850 80 CRI, 5000K volt dimming to gauge 6' for dimmable
55L 5500 nominal 347 347V 40% input luminaires.
delivered lumens power F2/5W 3/8" single flex, 5 wire 18
70L 7000 nominal L3D2 Lutron gauge 6' for dimmable
delivered lumens Hi-lume A 1% luminaires.
dimming GLR Fusing, fast blow
LDE3 Lutron EMLED Integral emergency battery
EcoSystem pack (requires ballast
Series 5 enclosure on top
5% dimming of luminaire)
LDEH Lutron OCC Integral sensor, occupancy
EcoSystem DAY Integral sensor, daylighting
Series H DAYOCC Integral sensor, daylighting
1% dimming and occupancy
SWZG24,5 SpaceWise automated
wireless technology for
integrated occupancy and
daylight harvesting
CHIC Chicago Plenum rated
Footnotes
1 SDIM not available for 70L lumen option
2 Specify for 36L lumen package only. Consult factory for additional lumen packages.
3 Specify for 36L or 42L lumen packages only. Consult factory for additional lumen packages.
4 SWZG2 option provides occupancy sensing suitable for rooms with multiple luminaires,
along with daylight harvesting with auto-calibration. See page 2 for more information.
5 Must order IRT9090 SpaceWise handheld remote with each system order.
Accessories (order separately)

• FMA24 – 2'x4' “F” mounting frame for NEMA “F” mounting
• LRM1743 – External sensor to increase occupancy coverage area of SpaceWise luminaire groups
• IRT9090 – SpaceWise handheld remote for grouping and configuration (at least one remote required for any SpaceWise installation)
• UID8451/10 – Wireless Dimmer Switch Selector
• UID8461/10 – Wireless Scene Selector
ClearAppeal_LED_2x4 09/15 page 1 of 4

2CA ClearAppeal LED recessed 2x4
3600, 4200, 5500, or 7000 lumens
Application SpaceWise Technology (SWZG2)

• Modern architectural styling to complement any space. · Optional SpaceWise automated wireless technology provides in-
tegrated occupancy sensing and daylight harvesting for additional
• Smooth brightness across the face of the luminaire prevents glare and control and energy savings.
provides excellent visual comfort.
· Requiring no system re-wiring, SpaceWise technology is appropriate
• Directs a controlled amount of light to higher angles to eliminate “cave for retrofit or new design and is an ideal replacement system for typi-
effect” without creating glare. cal office layouts.
• Ideal for modern offices, schools and retail environments. · Occupancy sensors are integral to each luminaire, with embedded
• Excellent luminaire efficacy provides significant energy savings. automatic dimming behaviors appropriate to multiple office applica-
tions. Applications modes are selected using the handheld remote
• High CRI source provides excellent color rendering. control, including open plan office, private office, conference room,
• LEDs are an excellent source for use with controls since frequent and corridor.
switching does not affect the life of the light source. · Daylight sensors are integral to each luminaire, eliminating the need
• Grid and Flange models available. for daylight zoning. Daylight sensing is automatic and re-calibration
occurs daily when luminaires turn on.
Construction/Finish · Open plan office mode offers occupant friendly granular dimming for
• One piece die-formed embossed steel housing provides added maximum energy savings with no compromise to light levels or visual
rigidity, resists damage during shipment/handling. quality. Luminaires in large rooms and open plan areas are grouped
together up to a maximum of 50 using a handheld remote, and max
• Captive hinged door frame assembly for maintenance accessibility. light output can be tuned. Granular dimming then provides full light
• T-bar grid clips are built into luminaire ends for quick and easy output for occupied workstations, and non-occupied workstations
installation, no extra parts required. stay at a background level to ensure visual quality. Grouped lumi-
naires will dim to off when no presence is detected in the group.
• Suitable for end-to-end mounting.
· SpaceWise remote control must be purchased separately. Other pe-
• End K.O.s for thru wiring or conduit entry in shallow plenums. ripherals include code compliant, wireless, batteryless switches and
external sensors.
Electrical · Visit philips.com/spacewise for more information about SpaceWise
• Driver and LED boards are easily accessible from below. LED boards technology.
are individually replaceable if required.
General Notes
• 0-10V dimming is standard.
• All options factory installed.
• Five-year luminaire limited warranty including LED boards and driver.
• All accessories are field installed.
• High efficiency LEDs have 50,000 hour L70 rated life (defined as 70%
lumen maintenance.) • Many luminaire components, such as reflectors, refractors, lenses,
sockets, lampholders, and LEDs are made from various types of plas-
• ETL listed to UL standards, suitable for damp locations. tics which can be adversely affected by airborne contaminants. If sul-
• ClearAppeal luminaires are Designlights Consortium® qualified. fur based chemicals, petroleum based products, cleaning solutions, or
Please see the DLC QPL list for exact catalog numbers (http://www. other contaminants are expected in the intended area of use, consult
designlights.org/QPL). factory for compatibility.
Enclosure
• Single piece thermo formed acrylic lens with smooth center
diffuser (DS).
Dimensions 5-11/16"
(144 mm)
4 - 3/8" (111 mm)

11-7/8"
(302 mm)
24" O.C. Grid Tees

(610 mm)

3600, 4200, 5500, or 7000 lumens
Ceiling configuration
Luminaire end
2 CA G 42L840 Access plate location
Ceiling type 7/8" dia. K.O.s

G = Grid (NEMA G) F = Flange (NEMA F)
SIDE SIDE SIDE SIDE
7/8" dia. hole

1-1/2" Grid clip Access plate
4" Max. 90
4" Max. Open with screwdriver
1-5/8" Min.
1-5/8" Min. and bend to 90º and
Grid tees (by others)
90 over 90° 7/8" dia. K.O.
24" 25" 24" 24"

(610mm) (635mm) (610mm) (610mm)
(NEMA Type G) (NEMA Type F)

Lay-in acoustical ceilings using Flange for acoustical ceilings using
exposed grid suspension, with tees concealed mechanical suspension.
for luminaires on 24" x 48" spacing. Swing-jack mounting brackets: adjustment
4" max.and 1-5/8" min. Refer to sheet
801-CL for cut-out information.
Photometry
2x4 ClearAppeal LED recessed, 3600 nominal delivered lumens LER – 110
Candlepower Light Distribution Average Luminance
Catalog No. 2CAG36L840-4-DS-UNV
Angle End 45 Cross Degrees Lumens % Luminaire Angle End 45° Cross
Test No. 34003 0-30 949 26.2 45 1742 1806 1848
0 1220 1220 1220
0-40 1554 43.0 55 1665 1767 1844
S/MH 1.3 5 1212 1215 1218
0-60 2767 76.5 65 1535 1731 1873
15 1167 1174 1180
Lamp Type LED 0-90 3616 100.0 75 1302 1772 1992
25 1077 1089 1099
85 836 1423 1392
Lumens 3617 35 949 970 983
Input Watts 32.8

45 794 823 842 Coefficients of Utilization
55 615 653 681
65 418 471 510 EFFECTIVE FLOOR CAVITY REFLECTANCE 20 PER (pfc=0.20)
75 217 295 332 pcc 80 70 50
Comparative yearly lighting energy cost per 1000 85 47 80 78 pw 70 50 30 70 50 30 50 30
lumens – $2.18 based on 3000 hrs. and $.08 pwr RCR
KWH. 0 118 118 118 115 115 115 111 111
1 108 103 98 105 101 96 96 93
The photometric results were obtained in the 2 97 89 81 94 88 81 83 78
Philips Day-Brite laboratory which is NVLAP 3 89 78 69 86 77 68 73 67
accredited by the National Institute of Standards 4 81 68 59 79 68 58 65 57
and Technology. 5 75 61 53 72 60 52 57 51
6 68 55 46 67 55 46 53 45
Photometric values based on test performed in 7 64 50 40 61 48 40 47 40
compliance with LM-79. 8 59 46 36 57 45 36 44 35
9 56 41 34 54 40 33 40 33
10 52 39 30 51 38 30 36 29
Test No. 34005 0 1482 1482 1482 0-30 1153 26.2 45 2119 2196 2245
5 1472 1476 1479 0-40 1888 42.9 55 2022 2153 2241
S/MH 1.3 0-60 3366 76.4 65 1866 2115 2280
15 1417 1427 1433
Lamp Type LED 25 1309 1324 1334 0-90 4406 100.0 75 1585 2181 2428
35 1154 1178 1193 0-180 4406 100.0 85 1010 1708 1753
Lumens 4406
Input Watts 40.1
55 747 795 828
75 264 364 405 pcc 80 70 50
KWH. 0 118 118 118 115 115 115 111 111
1 108 103 98 105 101 96 96 93
and Technology. 5 75 61 52 72 59 52 57 51
6 68 55 46 67 54 46 53 45
9 56 41 34 54 40 33 40 33
10 52 39 30 51 38 30 36 29

3600, 4200, 5500, or 7000 lumens
Test No. 34006 0 1870 1870 1870 0-30 1454 26.2 45 2674 2770 2835
0-40 2383 42.9 55 2556 2713 2830
S/MH 1.3 5 1858 1863 1867
0-60 4245 76.5 65 2364 2663 2884
15 1788 1800 1809
Lamp Type LED 0-90 5551 100.0 75 2009 2731 3076
25 1651 1670 1685
85 1300 2193 2163
Lumens 5553 35 1457 1486 1507
Input Watts 51.3

55 944 1002 1045
75 335 455 513 pcc 80 70 50
KWH. 0 118 118 118 115 115 115 111 111
1 108 103 98 105 101 96 96 93
and Technology. 5 75 61 52 72 60 52 57 51
6 68 55 46 67 54 46 53 45
9 56 41 34 54 40 33 40 33
10 52 39 30 51 38 30 36 29
Catalog No. 2CAG70L840-4-DS-UNV Angle End 45 Cross Degrees Lumens % Luminaire Angle End 45° Cross
Test No. 34013 0 2442 2442 2442 0-30 1900 26.1 45 3486 3625 3703
5 2425 2433 2439 0-40 3113 42.8 55 3332 3557 3696
S/MH 1.3 0-60 5549 76.3 65 3077 3505 3760
15 2333 2351 2363
Lamp Type LED 25 2155 2184 2200 0-90 7269 100.0 75 2600 3628 4005
35 1898 1944 1968 85 1660 2789 2805
Lumens 7269
45 1588 1651 1686
Input Watts 69.2 55 1231 1314 1365
Coefficients of Utilization
75 433 605 668 pcc 80 70 50
KWH. 0 118 118 118 115 115 115 111 111
1 108 103 98 105 101 96 96 93
and Technology. 5 75 61 52 72 59 52 57 51
6 68 55 46 67 54 46 53 45
9 56 41 34 54 40 33 40 33
10 52 39 30 51 38 29 36 29
© 2015 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All rights reserved. Philips Lighting North America Corporation
Philips reserves the right to make changes in specifications 200 Franklin Square Drive, Somerset, NJ 08873
and/or to discontinue any product at any time without notice Tel. 855-486-2216
or obligation and will not be liable for any consequences
resulting from the use of this publication. Philips Lighting Canada Ltd.
philips.com/luminaires 281 Hillmount Rd, Markham, ON, Canada L6C 2S3
Tel. 800-668-9008
Type 2 - 2 CA G 34L 840 2 DS UNIV DIM

Recessed Location:
Cat.No:
Type:
ClearAppeal Lamps: Qty:
Notes:
LED 2x2
3000, 3400, The Philips Day-Brite / Philips CFI ClearAppeal LED recessed architectural
or 3800 lumens provides excellent visual comfort. Its modern architectural styling
complements any space.
Ordering guide Example: 2CAG30L840-2-DS-UNV-DIM

Ceiling Center
Width Family Lumens Color Length Voltage Driver Options
Type Diffuser
2 CA – 2 – DS – – –
2 2' CA ClearAppeal G Grid 30L 3000 nominal 830 80 CRI, 3000K 2 2' DS Diffuse UNV Universal DIM 0-10V F1 3/8" flex, 3 wire 18 gauge 6'
F Flange delivered lumens 835 80 CRI, 3500K (smooth) Voltage, dimming F2 3/8" flex, 4 wire 18 gauge 6'
34L 3400 nominal 840 80 CRI, 4000K 120-277 SDIM Step F1/D 3/8" twin flex, 3 wire 18
delivered lumens 850 80 CRI, 5000K volt dimming to gauge 6' for dimmable
38L 3800 nominal 347 347V 40% input luminaires
delivered lumens power F2/5W 3/8" single flex, 5 wire 18
L3D1 Lutron gauge 6' for dimmable
Hi-lume A 1% luminaires
dimming GLR Fusing, fast blow
LDE1 Lutron EMLED Integral emergency battery
EcoSystem pack (requires ballast
Series 5 enclosure on top
5% dimming of luminaire)
OCC Integral sensor, occupancy
DAY Integral sensor, daylighting
DAYOCC Integral sensor, daylighting
and occupancy
SWZG22,3 SpaceWise automated
wireless technology for
integrated occupancy and
daylight harvesting
CHIC Chicago Plenum rated

Footnotes
1 Specify for 30L or 34L lumen packages only. Consult factory for higher lumen packages.
2 SWZG2 option provides occupancy sensing suitable for rooms with multiple luminaires,
along with daylight harvesting with auto-calibration. See page 2 for more information.
3 Must order IRT9090 SpaceWise handheld remote with each system order.
Accessories (order separately)

• FMA22 – 2'x2' “F” mounting frame for NEMA “F” mounting
• LRM1743 – External sensor to increase occupancy coverage area of SpaceWise luminaire groups
• IRT9090 – SpaceWise handheld remote for grouping and configuration (at least one remote required for any SpaceWise installation)
• UID8451/10 – Wireless Dimmer Switch Selector
• UID8461/10 – Wireless Scene Selector

3000, 3400, or 3800 lumens
Application SpaceWise Technology (SWZG2)

• Modern architectural styling to complement any space. · Optional SpaceWise automated wireless technology provides in-
tegrated occupancy sensing and daylight harvesting for additional
• Smooth brightness across the face of the luminaire prevents glare and control and energy savings.
provides excellent visual comfort.
· Requiring no system re-wiring, SpaceWise technology is appropriate
• Directs a controlled amount of light to higher angles to eliminate “cave for retrofit or new design and is an ideal replacement system for typi-
effect” without creating glare. cal office layouts.
• Ideal for modern offices, schools and retail environments. · Occupancy sensors are integral to each luminaire, with embedded
• Excellent luminaire efficacy provides significant energy savings. automatic dimming behaviors appropriate to multiple office applica-
tions. Applications modes are selected using the handheld remote
• High CRI source provides excellent color rendering. control, including open plan office, private office, conference room,
• LEDs are an excellent source for use with controls since frequent and corridor.
switching does not affect the life of the light source. · Daylight sensors are integral to each luminaire, eliminating the need
• Grid and Flange models available. for daylight zoning. Daylight sensing is automatic and re-calibration
occurs daily when luminaires turn on.
Construction/Finish · Open plan office mode offers occupant friendly granular dimming for
• One piece die-formed embossed steel housing provides added maximum energy savings with no compromise to light levels or visual
rigidity, resists damage during shipment/handling. quality. Luminaires in large rooms and open plan areas are grouped
together up to a maximum of 50 using a handheld remote, and max
• Captive hinged door frame assembly for maintenance accesibility. light output can be tuned. Granular dimming then provides full light
• T-bar grid clips are built into luminaire ends for quick and easy output for occupied workstations, and non-occupied workstations
installation, no extra parts required. stay at a background level to ensure visual quality. Grouped lumi-
naires will dim to off when no presence is detected in the group.
• Suitable for end-to-end mounting.
· SpaceWise remote control must be purchased separately. Other pe-
• End K.O.s for thru wiring or conduit entry in shallow plenums. ripherals include code compliant, wireless, batteryless switches and
external sensors.
Electrical
· Visit philips.com/spacewise for more information about SpaceWise
• Driver and LED boards are easily accessible from below. LED boards technology.
are individually replaceable if required.
• 0-10V dimming is standard.
General Notes
• All options factory installed.
• Five-year luminaire limited warranty including LED boards and driver.
• All accessories are field installed.
• High efficiency LEDs have 50,000 hour L70 rated life (defined as 70%
lumen maintenance.) • Many luminaire components, such as reflectors, refractors, lenses,
sockets, lampholders, and LEDs are made from various types of plas-
• ETL listed to UL standards, suitable for damp locations.
tics which can be adversely affected by airborne contaminants. If sul-
• ClearAppeal luminaires are Designlights Consortium® qualified. fur based chemicals, petroleum based products, cleaning solutions, or
Please see the DLC QPL list for exact catalog numbers (http://www. other contaminants are expected in the intended area of use, consult
designlights.org/QPL). factory for compatibility.
Enclosure
• Single piece thermo formed acrylic lens with smooth center
diffuser (DS).
Dimensions
11-9/16"
(294 mm)
2-7/8"
(73 mm)
4 - 3/8" (111 mm)
24" O.C. Grid Tees

(610 mm)

3000, 3400, or 3800 lumens
Ceiling configuration Luminaire end
Access plate location

2 CA G 30L840
7/8" dia. K.O.s
Ceiling type
G = Grid (NEMA G) F = Flange (NEMA F)
SIDE SIDE SIDE SIDE
7/8" dia. hole
1-1/2" Grid clip Access plate
90
Open with screwdriver
4" Max.
4" Max. and bend to 90º and
1-5/8" Min. Grid tees (by others)
1-5/8" Min. 90 over 90° 7/8" dia. K.O.
24" 25" 24" 24"

(610mm) (635mm) (610mm) (610mm)
(NEMA Type G) (NEMA Type F)

Lay-in acoustical ceilings using Flange for acoustical ceilings using
exposed grid suspension, with tees concealed mechanical suspension.
for luminaires on 24" x 48" spacing. Swing-jack mounting brackets: adjustment
4" max.and 1-5/8" min. Refer to sheet
801-CL for cut-out information.
Photometry
Test No. 33917 0 1081 1081 1081 0-30 832 27.6 45 3004 3197 3330
0-40 1350 44.8 55 2787 3044 3252
S/MH 1.2 5 1074 1077 1077
0-60 2353 78.1 65 2509 2911 3210
15 1026 1037 1044
Lamp Type LED 0-90 3014 100.0 75 2107 2826 3212
25 929 953 966
0-180 3015 100.0 85 1484 2105 2268
Lumens 3015 35 796 831 852
Input Watts 31.6

55 487 531 568
75 166 223 253 pcc 80 70 50
KWH. 0 118 118 118 115 115 115 111 111
1 109 104 98 106 101 96 96 93
and Technology. 5 76 63 54 72 60 53 58 52
6 69 56 46 68 55 46 54 46
9 56 42 34 55 41 34 40 34
10 53 40 32 52 39 30 38 30

Test No. 33915 0 1236 1236 1236 0-30 952 27.6 45 3438 3656 3816
5 1228 1232 1231 0-40 1544 44.7 55 3194 3486 3730
S/MH 1.2 0-60 2694 78.0 65 2877 3339 3678
15 1172 1186 1193
Lamp Type LED 25 1062 1089 1105 0-90 3452 100.0 75 2425 3246 3681
35 911 950 975 0-180 3453 100.0 85 1710 2409 2638
Lumens 3452
Input Watts 36.8
55 558 609 651
75 191 256 290 pcc 80 70 50
KWH. 0 118 118 118 115 115 115 111 111
1 109 104 100 106 102 97 97 93
and Technology. 5 76 63 54 73 61 54 59 53
6 69 56 47 68 56 47 54 46
9 56 42 34 55 42 34 41 34
10 53 40 32 52 40 32 39 32

3000, 3400, or 3800 lumens

Catalog No. 2CAG38L840-2-DS-UNV Angle End 45 Cross Degrees Lumens % Luminaire Angle End 45° Cross
Test No. 34019 0 1379 1379 1379 0-30 1062 27.6 45 3851 4081 4262
5 1372 1374 1374 0-40 1724 44.9 55 3577 3885 4156
S/MH 1.2 15 1310 1323 1333 0-60 3006 78.2 65 3214 3704 4081
Lamp Type LED 25 1189 1216 1235 0-90 3844 100.0 75 2693 3579 4088
35 1021 1061 1090 0-180 3844 100.0 85 1903 2697 2644
Lumens 3845 45 829 878 917
Input Watts 41.6 55 624 678 726 Coefficients of Utilization
75 212 282 322 pcc 80 70 50
KWH. 0 118 118 118 115 115 115 111 111
1 109 104 98 106 101 96 96 93
and Technology. 5 76 63 54 73 61 53 58 52
6 69 56 46 68 56 46 54 46
9 56 42 34 55 41 34 40 34
10 53 40 32 52 39 30 38 30
© 2015 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All rights reserved. Philips Lighting North America Corporation
philips.com/luminaires A division of Philips Electronics Ltd.
281 Hillmount Rd, Markham, ON, Canada L6C 2S3
ClearAppeal_LED_2x2 09/15 page 4 of 4 Tel. 800-668-9008
Type 3A - LFT 4 FL PER 37 40 U DZT
Type 3B - LFT 4 FL PER 55 40 U DZT
Type 3C - LFT 4 FL SLD 55 40 U DZT

Linear Location:
Cat.No:
Type:
FluxStream Lamps: Qty:
Notes:
4" with reflector

Philips Day-Brite / CFI FluxStream LED strip with reflector is a high
performing LED linear luminaire delivering smooth diffuse light ideal
for light industrial, commercial and residential applications with the
unparalleled energy efficiency of Philips LED lighting.
Ordering guide Example: LFR4FLSLD3740UDZT

Length Lumens1
Series Lens Reflector Color Voltage Driver Options
(nominal) (nominal)
LFR 4 FL –
LFR FluxStream 4 4' length FL Frosted SLD Solid 37 3700 50 5000K U Universal DZT 0-10v dimming EMLED Factory wired Philips Bodine
Reflector Linear SLT Slotted lumens 40 4000K 120/277V SZT Step dimming BSL310LP integral emergency
Lens PER Perforated 55 5500 35 3500K 1 120V 2 (100-40) pack. Nominal 1100 lm
lumens 30 3000K 2 277V 2 XDIM2 MarkX Phase FH360 120-347V motion sensor,
3 347V3 Dimming factory installed on end
DALI DALI cap (120-347V)
PAF Paint after fabrication (white)
1. Nominal delivered lumens at 25°C ambient.

2. XDIM option must be specified with 120V or 277V options only.
3. 347V not available with 5500 lumens.
Accessories (order separately) Accessories (order separately)

• SV5CPL Continuous Row Joiner: Required for row mounting. Number of Stem and Canopy Sets: Suspend the luminaire 12", 18", 24", 36", or 48" from
joiners required per row is equal to one less than the number of surface. Two per luminaire recommended.
luminaires per row. SV5F12 – 12" SV5F24 – 24" SV5F48 – 48"
• FH360-UNV 120-347V motion sensor, field installed via 7/8" KO on end cap SV5F18 – 18" SV5F36 – 36"
Chain Hanging Kit: Includes two 5' heavy duty link chains with sturdy "V" hook for
General Notes luminaire suspension.
Many luminaire components, such as reflectors, refractors, lenses, sockets, FKR-126 – Two 5' chains and "V" hooks
lampholders, and LEDs are made from various types of plastics which can be Aircraft Cable Kit:
adversely affected by airborne contaminants. If sulfur based chemicals, petroleum Power feed cable/canopy kit (adjustable 6"to 60")
based products, cleaning solutions, or other contaminants are expected in the SVCC60-UNV – 120/277V SVCC60-347 – 347V
intended area of use, consult factory for compatibility. Cable and canopy kit (adjustable 6" to 60")
SVC60
FluxStream_LFR_strip 12/15 page 1 of 5

LFR FluxStream LED strip
4' with reflector
Features Finish
• SLT and PER reflector options provide 7-10% uplight. Baked white acrylic matte high reflectance paint finish.
• Sleek and compact design ideal for installation in tight spaces. Shielding
• Rugged 100% frost acrylic lens shields LEDs from direct view. Contoured frosted acrylic lens.
• 4' (nominal) length.
Electrical
• 100,000 hours of maintenance free system life LED lumen
maintenence. Predicted L70 lifetime based on LED manufacturer’s LED boards and drivers are RoHS (Restriction of Hazardous
supplied LM-80 data and in-situ laboratory testing. Substances) compliant. Total system life rated at 50,000 hours (L80).
Maximum ambient temperature of 25°C when surface mounted or
• Variety of mounting options for installation flexibility. 30°C when suspended. Suitable for cold locations – minimum ambient
• Snap in LED pan and single grounding screw for easy installation. temperature of -20°C.
• Row mountable with continuous row joiner. Materials

• Similar light levels to a (2) 28W T5 strip while using 33% less energy. Heavy gauge cold rolled steel housing and LED pan.
Polycarbonate injection molded end caps.
• Dimming and motion detector options available.
• Ideal for installation in refrigerated areas (down to -20°C). Labels
• Enclosed lens minimizes penetration of dust, insects and other debris cETLus listed.
into the lamp compartment. Suitable for damp locations.
• 8' unit available.
• Fully enclosed wiring and LED diodes.
• 80+ CRI and excellent color consistency.
• 5-year manufacturer's limited warranty (Based on 25°C ambient
operating temperature when surface mounted, and 30°C for
suspended installation). Visit www.philips.com/warranties for
complete warranty information.
Dimensions
2"
(51mm)
44-1/2"
1-11/16" (1130mm)
(43mm)
from EM pack
4-1/16"
(103mm)
4-7/8"
(124mm) 5"
(127mm)
21-3/4"
(552mm)
(4) 1/4" clearance holes for surface mounting 2-5/16"

(fasteners supplied by others) 19" (59mm)
(482mm)
to luminaire
6-3/8"
(162mm)
test switch/indicator light
(4) 7/8" K.O.s for input wiring

one one each end and each side

4' with reflector
FluxStream 4', 33W LED, 4000K, 3700 nominal lumens

Light Distribution Average Luminance
Catalog No. LFR4FLSLD3740UDZT
Candlepower Degrees Lumens % Luminaire Angle End 45° Cross
Test No. 35396 0-30 980 26.7 45 8040 8409 8786
Angle End 45 Cross 0-40 1595 43.5 55 7231 7699 8107
S/MH 1.3 0 1266 1266 1266 0-60 2771 75.6 65 6395 6872 7289
Lamp Type LED 5 1246 1260 1271 0-90 3604 98.3 75 5560 6137 6663
15 1189 1220 1237 90-120 63 1.7 85 4644 6249 7048
Lumens 3665 25 1076 1124 1156 90-130 63 1.7
Input Watts 33 35 915 988 1034 90-150 63 1.7
45 729 818 873 90-180 63 1.7
Efficacy 111 55 534 627 681 0-180 3667 100.0
65 351 435 481
Comparative yearly lighting energy cost per
85 58 136 174
1000 lumens – $2.18 based on 3000 hrs. and 95 0 50 83 EFFECTIVE FLOOR CAVITY REFLECTANCE 20 PER (pfc=0.20)
$.08 pwr KWH. 105 0 5 26 pcc 80 70 50
pw 70 50 30 70 50 30 50 30
The photometric results were obtained in the RCR
and Technology. 2 97 89 81 94 86 81 82 78
3 89 78 69 85 76 68 72 67
6 68 56 46 67 55 46 53 45
7 64 51 41 61 50 40 47 40
8 59 46 38 57 45 36 44 36
9 56 41 34 54 41 34 40 33
10 52 39 30 51 39 30 36 29

Catalog No. LFR4FLPER3740UDZT Candlepower Degrees Lumens % Luminaire Angle End 45° Cross
Test No. 35398 Angle End 45 Cross 0-30 902 23.9 45 7337 7736 8180
0-40 1467 38.9 55 6546 7127 7664
S/MH 1.3 0 1165 1165 1165 0-60 2556 67.7 65 5732 6475 8347
5 1146 1160 1170 75
Lamp Type LED 0-90 3454 91.5 4895 7363 8493
15 1094 1123 1139 90-120 184 4.9 85 3976 7139 9011
Lumens 3769 25 989 1033 1065 90-130 225 6.0
35 839 907 956 90-150 284 7.5
Input Watts 33 45 665 752 813 90-180 320 8.5
Efficacy 114 55 484 581 644 0-180 3774 100.0
65 314 410 551
Comparative yearly lighting energy cost per

85 49 155 223
$.08 pwr KWH. 105 1 56 89 pcc 80 70 50
115 7 52 65 pw 70 50 30 70 50 30 50 30
125 16 48 65 RCR
135 26 40 63
145 35 38 54
155 42 43 46
and Technology. 3 86 76 68 83 73 66 69 63
165 47 46 36
175 50 48 25 4 80 67 57 77 65 56 61 55
7 63 48 40 59 47 39 45 38
8 57 45 35 56 44 34 40 34
9 54 40 33 52 40 32 38 30
10 51 38 29 48 36 28 34 28

4' with reflector

Catalog No. LFR4FLSLT3740UDZT Candlepower Degrees Lumens % Luminaire Angle End 45° Cross
0-40 1483 40.5 55 6647 7096 7542
S/MH 1.3 0 1182 1182 1182 0-60 2571 70.1 65 5852 6417 6925
5 1164 1177 1186 75
Lamp Type LED 0-90 3404 92.9 5068 5954 7486
15 1110 1138 1154 90-120 163 4.4 85 4274 7836 9092
Lumens 3662 25 1002 1045 1075 90-130 190 5.2
35 850 915 958 90-150 233 6.4
Input Watts 33 45 674 755 808 90-180 261 7.1
Efficacy 111 55 491 578 633 0-180 3666 100.0
65 321 406 457
75 173 257 345
Comparative yearly lighting energy cost per 85 53 170 225
$.08 pwr KWH. 105 12 43 76 pcc 80 70 50
115 16 34 35 pw 70 50 30 70 50 30 50 30
125 20 31 36 RCR
The photometric results were obtained in the
135 25 29 35 0 116 116 116 113 113 113 107 107
Philips Day-Brite laboratory which is NVLAP
145 29 28 36 1 106 101 95 102 97 93 92 89
accredited by the National Institute of Standards
155 32 36 33 2 95 86 80 93 84 78 80 75
and Technology.
165 34 39 30 3 88 77 68 83 75 67 70 64
175 35 35 19 4 80 68 58 77 66 57 63 56
Photometric values based on test performed in
6 68 55 46 66 53 45 51 42
7 63 50 40 60 47 40 46 39
8 58 45 36 56 44 35 41 34
9 55 41 33 53 40 33 39 32
10 51 38 29 50 38 29 35 28

Catalog No. LFR4FLSLD5540UDZT Candlepower Degrees Lumens % Luminaire Angle End 45° Cross
0 1914 1914 1914 0-40 2413 43.8 55 10977 11639 12169
S/MH 1.3 0-60 4194 76.1 65 9701 10320 10795
5 1886 1905 1920
Lamp Type LED 15 1800 1845 1869 0-90 5434 98.6 75 8446 8998 9799
25 1630 1701 1749 90-120 79 1.4 85 6938 8961 10257
Lumens 5510 90-130 79 1.4
35 1387 1497 1563
Input Watts 53 45 1104 1239 1318 90-150 79 1.4
55 811 949 1022 90-180 79 1.4
Efficacy 104 0-180 5513 100.0
65 532 653 713
75 289 388 452
105 0 1 26 pcc 80 70 50
$.08 pwr KWH.
pw 70 50 30 70 50 30 50 30
RCR
and Technology. 3 89 78 69 86 77 68 72 67
4 81 68 60 79 68 59 65 57
7 64 51 41 63 50 40 47 40
8 59 46 38 57 46 36 44 36
9 56 42 34 54 41 34 40 33
10 53 39 30 51 39 30 38 30

4' with reflector

Catalog No. LFR4FLPER5540UDZT Candlepower Degrees Lumens % Luminaire Angle End 45° Cross
0-40 2212 38.6 55 9896 10840 11569
S/MH 1.3 0 1754 1754 1754 0-60 3859 67.3 65 8674 9901 12212
5 1725 1746 1762 75
Lamp Type LED 0-90 5228 91.1 7466 11205 12107
15 1647 1691 1715 90-120 292 5.1 85 6222 11133 13190
Lumens 5727 25 1489 1557 1603 90-130 357 6.2
35 1265 1369 1438 90-150 452 7.9
Input Watts 53 45 1003 1139 1225 90-180 508 8.9
Efficacy 108 55 731 883 972 0-180 5736 100.0
65 476 627 806
75 255 483 558
$.08 pwr KWH. 105 4 89 136 pcc 80 70 50
115 14 82 101 pw 70 50 30 70 50 30 50 30
The photometric results were obtained in the 125 27 76 101 RCR
Philips Day-Brite laboratory which is NVLAP 135 42 64 96 0 116 116 116 112 112 112 106 106
accredited by the National Institute of Standards 145 56 61 85 1 105 100 94 102 96 93 91 88
and Technology. 155 66 68 74 2 94 86 79 92 83 77 79 72
165 74 72 57 3 86 76 67 83 73 66 68 63
Photometric values based on test performed in 175 77 76 43 4 79 67 57 76 65 56 60 54
6 67 54 45 65 52 44 50 41
7 61 48 40 59 47 39 45 38
8 57 44 35 56 42 34 40 34
9 54 40 33 52 40 32 38 30
10 51 38 29 48 36 28 34 28

Catalog No. LFR4FLSLT5540UDZT Candlepower Degrees Lumens % Luminaire Angle End 45° Cross
0-40 2231 40.5 55 9973 10741 11341
S/MH 1.3 0 1777 1777 1777 0-60 3871 70.2 65 8780 9743 10362
5 1745 1769 1789 75
Lamp Type LED 0-90 5124 92.9 7612 9016 9747
15 1664 1711 1739 90-120 242 4.4 85 6366 13527 14364
Lumens 5508 25 1503 1572 1623 90-130 283 5.1
35 1275 1378 1445 90-150 348 6.3
Input Watts 53 45 1010 1139 1216 90-180 390 7.1
Efficacy 104 55 737 875 953 0-180 5514 100.0
65 482 617 684
105 18 63 123 pcc 80 70 50
$.08 pwr KWH.
115 24 49 47 pw 70 50 30 70 50 30 50 30
125 29 50 53 RCR
135 37 44 56
145 44 43 55
155 48 51 50
and Technology. 3 88 77 68 83 75 67 70 64
165 51 55 43
175 53 53 28 4 80 68 58 77 66 57 63 56
7 63 50 40 60 47 40 46 39
8 58 45 36 56 44 35 41 34
9 55 41 33 53 40 33 39 32
10 51 38 29 50 38 29 35 28
© 2015 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All rights reserved.

Philips reserves the right to make changes in specifications Philips Lighting North America Corporation
and/or to discontinue any product at any time without notice 200 Franklin Square Drive, Somerset, NJ 08873
or obligation and will not be liable for any consequences Tel. 855-486-2216
resulting from the use of this publication.
philips.com/luminaires Philips Lighting Canada Ltd.
FluxStream_LFR_strip 12/15 page 5 of 5 Tel. 800-668-9008
Specification Sheet lumencove® 2.0
WHITE & STATIC COLORS
Type 4 - 2LCS RO-240-48-40K-CL-WH-DIM
Client Project name

Artillery Brigade
Order# Type Qty
FEATURES AND BENEFITS
Physical :
• Low copper content extruded aluminum housing
• Available in 1’, 2’, 3’, 4’ or 8’ sections
• Electro-statically applied polyester powder coat finish
• Tool-less LED frame adjustable mechanism, +/- 90° tilt angle
• Low profile design
• White standard finish
• Extruded polycarbonate lens, clear or frosted
• Indoor applications, dry location only
CERTIFICADO No.05884,
Performance :
05885
RETILAP
• 2700K, 3000K, 3500K, 4000K, Red, Green, Blue static colors available
• Available in Regular Output or High Output versions
• Lumen maintenance 80,000 hrs [L70 @ 25°C]
• Lumen maintenance 60,000 hrs [L70 @ 50°C] Performance summary
• Resolution per foot or per fixture (configured with LumenID V3 software & DMX/RDM) Based on 4ft fixture, clear lens*
• Operating temperatures: -25° C to 50° C [-13F to 122F]
Delivered Delivered
Electrical : CCT Output RO [lm] Output HO [lm]
• Line voltage luminaire for 100 to 277V 2700K 1,920 3,445
• Power and data in 1 cable (#16-5), white cable and connector standard
3000K 1,965 3,504
• Thumb latch connectors, breakable under load
• 5W/ft - RO version, 12W/ft - HO version 3500K 1,922 3,517
• Dimming options: 0-10 volt, DMX/RDM enabled, DALI, Lumentalk or Lutron® EcoSystem® Enabled
4000K 1,806 3,459
Frosted lens option delivered output ratio = x0.75
*Photometric performance is measured
in compliance with IESNA LM-79-08.
1 3 1 9
12 4 ", 24 ", 35 4 ", 47 2 ", 94 16 "
[311mm, 610mm, 908mm, 1207mm, 2402mm]
1 1 3 9 9
7 4 ", 19 16 ", 30 4 ", 42 16", 89 16 "
[185mm, 484mm, 782mm, 1080mm, 2276mm]
TOP VIEW 1
1 2 4 " 90° 90°
Minimum
4" [56mm]
[6mm] end to end spacing
7
2 "
8
[73mm]
FRONT VIEW 1 Maximum Pivot Limits
3 4"
SIDE VIEW [83mm]
1/7 © Copyright Lumenpulse 2016 1.877.937.3003 5-year limited warranty.

P.514.937.3003
1751 Richardson, Suite 1505 F. 514.937.6289 Consult www.lumenpulse.com
08/JN/2016 Montreal (Quebec) Canada info@lumenpulse.com for our complete Standard Terms Lumenpulse reserves the right to make changes to this product at any time
N.Kassabian - Rev.10 H3K 1G6 www.lumenpulse.com and Conditions of Sales. without prior notice and such modification shall be effective immediately.
MOUNTING DETAILS
SUGGESTED COVE DIMENSIONS
110°
beam angle
1
Min. 3 " N.B. Minimum cove height
8 depends on sight line
[80mm]
2"
[51mm]
5 3"
4
[148mm]
MAXIMUM ANGLE ADJUSTMENT

A jumper cable is required for angles greater than 45°.
TOP VIEW
TOP VIEW
45˚

P.514.937.3003
ACCESSORIES
Order separately
Control Systems:
LTO2 Lumentouch is a wall mount DMX 512 controller keypad.
LCU Lumencue is a USB / mini SD DMX 512 controller.
LID LumenID is a diagnostic and addressing DMX 512 controller.
It must be specifi ed on all DMX applications.
Refer to LID specifi cation sheet for details.
LTN Lumentone is a simple pre-programmed DMX 512 controller
with a push button rotary dial and live feedback.
Control Boxes:
CBX DMX/RDM control box.
Up to six power and data outputs to fi xtures or fi xture runs.
Ethernet enabled option.
Refer to CBX specifi cation sheet for details.
Leader Cable :
LCS2LC Leader Cable for Lumencove® 2.0, 10’ or 25’ [3m or 7.6m] standard lengths

Jumper Cable :
LCS2JC Jumper Cable for Lumencove® 2.0, 2’ or 4’ [0.6m, 1.2m] standard lengths

P.514.937.3003
TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS
Non-Dimming or Lumentalk Dimming Version American

Color Code
CE
Color Code
USE
1% minimum dimming value for Lumentalk dimming

Green Yellow/Green Ground
Black Brown Live 100-277V
White Blue Neutral
Red/Purple Black 0-10V / Data +
Orange Grey 0-10V / Data -
100-277V
Line black
Ground green
Neutral white
Wire-nuts
Junction box
(by others)
Jumper cable
#16-5
Leader cable
#16-5
JBOX
®
Maximum run length, 8A maximum - Lumencove 2.0 RO 5W/ft
Cable length/Voltage 120V 240V 277V

10ft leader cable 175ft 350ft 350ft
From
50ft leader cable 164ft 316ft 350ft dimmer
®
Maximum run length, 8A maximum - Lumencove 2.0 HO 12W/ft

50ft leader cable 71ft 147ft 171ft Data+ red
Data-- orange
Notes:
1
Maximum run length calculations are typically based on 4ft fixtures.
2
Consult factory for specific applications.
100-277V To fixtures
Dimming Version (0-10V) Line black

Ground green
10% minimum dimming value
Neutral white
Junction box
(by others)
Dimmer
Jumper cable
#16-5
0-10V
Leader cable
#16-5
JBOX

P.514.937.3003
TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS - continued
Dimming Version (DALI) American

Color Code
CE
Color Code
USE

White Blue Neutral
From
DALI Controller
Data+ red
Data-- orange
Line black
Ground green
Neutral white
Typical
DALI Controller
Junction box
(by others)
Jumper cable
#16-5
Leader cable
® #16-5
Maximum run length, 8A maximum - Lumencove 2.0 RO 5W/ft
JBOX
® From
Maximum run length, 8A maximum - Lumencove 2.0 HO 12W/ft Lutron EcoSystem Controller
Notes: Data+ red
1
Maximum run length calculations are typically based on 4ft fixtures Data-- orange
and up to 64 DALI or EcoSystem enabled fixtures per run.
2
3
Each fixture requires 1 DALI or Lutron® EcoSystem® address.
Dimming Version (EcoSystem )* ®

Line black
Ground green
Neutral white
Junction box
(by others)
Jumper cable
#16-5
Leader cable
Open 1
Preset 2
Close 3
4
#16-5
Off
LUTRON
Grafik Eye® shown

JBOX
*Each Lutron® EcoSystem® enabled fixture has its own address; for the example shown above, there are a total of 3 EcoSystem® addresses.

P.514.937.3003
TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS - continued
Star Layout (DMX/RDM) American

Color Code
CE
Color Code
USE

White Blue Neutral
Jumper cable
#16-5 CBX-ST
100-277V
Leader cable #16-5 Data input
® Data Lumentouch 2.0

Maximum run length, 8A maximum - Lumencove 2.0 RO 5W/ft input
50ft leader cable 128ft 128ft 128ft 100-240V
®
Maximum run length, 8A maximum - Lumencove 2.0 HO 12W/ft

Notes:
1
Maximum run length calculations are typically based on 4ft fixtures
and up to 32 DMX/RDM enabled fixtures per DMX/RDM run.
2
3
Each fixture requires 1 DMX address.
Daisy Chain Layout (DMX/RDM)

1% minimum dimming value for Lumentalk dimming
Lumentouch 2.0
100-240V
Jumper cable
CBX-DS
#16-5
Leader cable #16-5 100-277V
Data
input
Jumper cable CBX-DS

#16-5 100-277V
Leader cable #16-5
Data
input

P.514.937.3003
HOW TO ORDER
LCS2 RO 240 48 40K CL WH DIM

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 5
Housing: Lens:
LCS2 RO - Lumencove 2.0 Regular Output 5W/ft
®
CL - Clear lens
LCS2 HO - Lumencove® 2.0 High Output 12W/ft FR - Frosted lens
2 6
Voltage: Finish:
100 - 100 volts 220 - 220 volts WH - Smooth white
120 - 120 volts 240 - 240 volts CC - Custom color and finish (please specify RAL color)2
208 - 208 volts 277 - 277 volts
7
3
Control:
Length (nominal):
NO - No Dimming
12 - 12 1/4 inches (311mm) (0.57 kg/1.25 lbs) LT - Lumentalk Dimming3
24 - 24 inches (610mm) (1.14 kg/2.5 lbs) DIM - 0-10V Dimming4
36 - 35 3/4 inches (908mm) (1.71 kg/3.75 lbs) DMX/RDM - DMX/RDM enabled5
48 - 47 1/2 inches (1207mm) (2.28 kg/5 lbs) DALI - DALI Dimming6
96 - 94 9/16 inches (2402mm) (4.56 kg/10 lbs) ES - Lutron® EcoSystem® Enabled Dimming7
Colors and Color temperatures:

27K - 2700K
30K - 3000K
35K - 3500K
40K - 4000K
RD - Red (8-10 weeks lead time)1
GR - Green (8-10 weeks lead time)
BL - Blue (8-10 weeks lead time)
Notes:
1
Consult factory for HO static red configuration. 2 North American RAL colors specified with RAL number only are provided with a smooth/high-gloss finish. Please consult factory for other RAL
textures and glosses, or to match alternate color charts. Final color matching results may vary. 3 1% minimum dimming value. Available for 2’, 3’, 4’ and 8’ lengths only. 4 10% minimum dimming
value. 5 1% minimum dimming value. Fixtures set to by fixture resolution. 1 DMX address per fixture. 6
1% minimum dimming value. 1 DALI address per fixture. 7 1% minimum dimming value.
Available for 2’, 3’, 4’ and 8’ lengths only. 1 EcoSystem® address per fixture.

P.514.937.3003
Type 5 - L3NZ10U-L308835NF-L3RSW
Project: Artillery Brigade
Downlighting Location:
Cat.No:
Type:
LyteCaster Lamps: Qty:
Notes:
3" Accent round shower light

800 Lumens Philips Lightolier LyteCaster LED Accent shower light features a 3.5"
luminaire height that conserves plenum space. The modular and
interchangeable light engine allows for an easy future upgrade. The accent
shower light is wet location listed and comes in 2 standard finish options.
Complete product = Frame-in kit + Light engine + Trim Order each separately
Ordering guide: Frame-In kit Example: L3AE1
Series Frame type Dimming Input voltage
L3 N Z10 U
L3
LyteCaster 3" A AirSeal IC, New Construction, Screw E ELV/Triac dimming 1 120V
Accent AN AirSeal IC, New Construction, Nail
C Remodeler Non-IC
N
New Construction Non-IC Z10
0-10V U Universal (120-277V)
Ordering guide: Light engine Example: L308830NF
Series Lumens CRI CCT Beam Option
L3 08 8 35 NF
L3
LyteCaster 3" 08
800 8
80 27 2700K S Spot, 43°
Accent 30 3000K NF Narrow flood, 44°
35 3500K F Flood, 50°
9
90 27 2700K S Spot, 43° CW CrispWhite 1
30 3000K 1 NF Narrow flood, 44°
F Flood, 50°
Ordering guide: Round trim Example: L3RSA
Series Shape Luminaire type Finish Flange
L3 R S W
L3
LyteCaster 3" R
Round S
Shower light W White
Accent A Aluminum
1. 3000K and CrispWhite must be ordered together.
LyteCaster_L3R_ShowerLight 10/15 page 1 of 7

L3RS LyteCaster 3" Round
General purpose accent shower light, 800 lumens
Assembled configuration:
1. Frame Galvanized steel construction with internal

access door for inspection of junction box.
Frame
2. LED Module Extruded Aluminum clear anodized
finish heat sink with thermal interface material
efficiently transfers heat away from LED. Includes
strain relieved low voltage whip with snap
interconnector for quick, tool less assembly of
power connection. Tool-less assembly to trim.
3. LED Module can be installed before or after trim
installation.
4. Mounting springs stainless steel mounting springs

min 0.013” thick provide a universal mounting
solution between the different frame offerings
5. Reflector: Aluminum Reflector Cone.
6. Die Cast Aluminum Trim Flange. LED Module
7. Lens: Frosted Glass
Note: LED module allows for field replaceable
optics. Order separately. Mounting
springs
Flange
Lens

2 1/32" (52mm) Flange 2 1/32" (52mm)
2 1/16" (53mm) 2 11/16" (68mm)

4 " (115mm)
1/2 Reflector 4 " (115mm)
1/2
" (88mm) L3AE1 & L3ANE1 new construction in IC AirSeal frame-in kits
3 7/16" (88mm)
Bottom view Side view
7/16" (88mm) 3 7/16" (88mm)
11 "3(304mm)
31/32
1/8" (4mm)
0-1" 0-1/2"
(0-25mm)5/32" (4mm) 11/32" (9mm)
35° Tilt (0-13mm)
Maximum Maximum
ling thickness 0-1" ceiling thickness 0-1"
(0-25mm) (0-25mm)
Maximum Maximum
ceiling thickness 5 3/8" ceiling thickness
13" Min. (330mm) (136mm) 13" Min. (33
24" Max. (610mm) 24" Max. (61
7 31/32"
(202mm)
Round trim Light engine
Side view
2 1/32" (52mm) 2" (51mm)

(88mm)
3 7/16" (88mm)
2 1/8" (54mm)8 1/4" (210mm) 2 11/16" (68mm) 3 7/16" (88mm)
3 5/32" (80mm) 4 1/2" (115mm)
11 5/8" (296mm)
4 1/2" (115mm)
13 7/16" (342mm)
0-1"5/32" (4mm) 5/32" (4mm)
(0-25mm)
Maximum
ling thickness 0-1" 0-1"
(0-25mm) (0-25mm)
Features Maximum Electrical Maximum
ceiling thickness 3 1/8" ceiling thickness 4 1/2"
1. Housing: #23 ga. (.026") thick 3. Junction box: 2 ½" (64mm) 5. Electronic dimming driver: Input voltage 120v, Input freq.:
(80mm) (115mm)
Galvanized steel. cULus listed x 5 3/8" (137mm) x 2" (51mm) Class 2 electronic LED Driver, 50/60 hZ, Input current .25 amps,
for direct 32" (52mm)
2 1/contact with thermal #21 ga. (.032”) thick galvanized with less than 1 second start2 1/32" (52mm) Input Power 12 W, Power factor >.9
7 31/32" (202mm)
insulation (IC rated). AirSeal steel, cULus listed 90 degrees up, RoHS compliant, suitable
housing minimizes air leakage C rated supply conductors. for damp locations. 120v Warranty
to less than 2 CFM at 1.57PSF Rated for branch circuit 50/06Hz >.9 power factor.
5 year limited warranty.
(or 75PA), which2 1/16" complies
(53mm) wiring supplying connected Sound rating Class “A” (<24dB). 2 11/16" (68mm)
(visit philips.com/warranties
4 1/2" (115mm) with Title 24, the International luminaires (daisy chaining). 4 2"with
Complies 1/ FCC,CFR title
(115mm) for details)
Energy Conversation Code, 47 part 15 Class A for EMI/
2 4.
19/32 Mounting bars: #16 ga. (.059")
" (66mm)
and Washington State Energy RFI. Dimmable with standard Labels
thick galvanized steel. Bars
32" (9mm) Code (Section 502.4). This electronic low voltage (ELV)
pivot for easy attachment cULus type IC listed suitable for
helps to reduce heat loss & Triac dimmers. Dims to
and wire in from below the wet location. AirSeal.
4 5/8and condensation in ceiling.
" (118mm) ceiling line. Bars can extend to
less than or equal
4 to 10%
5/8" (118mm) of
Internal access door for relative high output. 5 year
5/32"accommodate
(4mm) 16" (406mm) to 11/32" (9mm)
inspection of junction box. limited warranty.
24" (610mm) O.C. joist spacing. 4 1/2"
2. Lower frame and top cover: Bars can accommodate 12" 6. Ceiling cutout: 3 ¾" diameter. (114mm)
0-1" #23 ga. (026") thick Galvanized (305mm) O.C. joist spacing after 0-1"
(0-25mm) steel. Accommodates ceilings slight field modification (see Options and Accessories
(0-25mm) 2 1/16" (52mm)
Maximum Maximum 4 1/2"
up to 1" (25.4 mm) thick. 3 7/16" (88mm)
instruction sheet). Features 3 7/16" (88mm)
ceiling thickness For fire rated
ceilingbox accessory, use
thickness 2 1/16" (52mm) (114mm)
Bottom cover provided with a integral self-tapping screw
Fireline:
.5" (6.2mm) lip and 4 embossed phillips/square drive for
indicator lines to simplify attachment to wood or metal 16FR2X10 16" on center 2x10
5/32" (4mm) alignment during installation. construction. Also available 11/32" (9mm)
construction
Housing can be locked into with integral nails (N). Attaches
position on the mounting bars to T-bar ceilings without 16FR2X6 16" on center 2x6
with locking screws. 0-1"
accessories. Bars installed on construction 0-1"
(0-25mm)
shortest dimension of frame (0-25mm)
Maximum See Fireline spec sheets for more Maximum
can be easily rotated 90° from information.
ceiling thickness ceiling thickness
original position.
/32" (4mm)
3 3/4"
4 " (118mm)
5/8
4 " (118mm)
5/8 (52mm)
5/32" (4mm) 5/32" (4mm)
0-1" 0-1"
(0-25mm) (0-25mm)
Maximum Maximum
2 1/32" (52mm) Flange 2 1/32" (52mm)
2 1/16" (53mm) 2 11/16" (68mm)

4 " (115mm)
1/2 Reflector 4 " (115mm)
1/2
" (88mm) L3NZ10V New construction non IC 0-10V frame-in kit 3 7/16" (88mm)
Bottom view Side view
7/16" (88mm) 3 7/16" (88mm)
11 "3(304mm)
31/32
1/8" (4mm)
0-1" 0-1/2"
(0-25mm)5/32" (4mm) 11/32" (9mm)
35° Tilt (0-13mm)
Maximum Maximum
ling thickness 0-1" ceiling thickness 0-1"
(0-25mm) (0-25mm)
Maximum Maximum
13" Min. (330mm) (136mm) 13" Min. (33
24" Max. (610mm) 24" Max. (61
7 31/32"
(202mm)
Round trim Light engine
Side view
2 1/32" (52mm) 2" (51mm)

(88mm)
3 7/16" (88mm)
2 1/8" (54mm)8 1/4" (210mm) 2 11/16" (68mm) 3 7/16" (88mm)
3 5/32" (80mm) 4 1/2" (115mm)
11 5/8" (296mm)
4 1/2" (115mm)
13 7/16" (342mm)
0-1"5/32" (4mm) 5/32" (4mm)
(0-25mm)
Maximum
ling thickness 0-1" 0-1"
Features (0-25mm) Electrical (0-25mm)
Maximum Maximum
1. Non-IC housing: #23 ga. 3. Junction box: 2 ½" (64mm) 5. Electronic dimming driver: Input voltage: 120/277, input
ceiling thickness 3 1/8" ceiling thickness 4 1/2"
(.026") thick Galvanized x 5 3/8" (137mm) x 2" (51mm) Class 2 electronic LED driver, freq.:50/60hZ.
(80mm) Input current
(115mm)
steel. cULus listed for damp #21 ga. (.032”) thick galvanized RoHS compliant, suitable .14A/.06A Input Power 16.4W,
locations. AirSeal
2 1/32" (52mm) housing 31 steel, cULus listed 90 degrees for damp location. 120/277v 2 1/32" (52mm)Power factor >.9
7 /32" (202mm)
minimizes air leakage to less C rated supply conductors. 50/06Hz >.9 power factor. MTP
than 2CFM at 1.57 PSF (or Rated for branch circuit (module thermal protection) Warranty
75PA), complies with Title wiring supplying connected current cutback up to 10% to
5 year limited warranty.
24, International Energy
2 1/16" (53mm) luminaires (daisy chaining). prevent overheating. Sound2 11/16" (68mm)
(visit philips.com/warranties
4 1/2" (115mm) Conversation Code, and rating Class “A”
4 2" (115mm)
1/ (<24dB).
4. Mounting bars: #16 ga. (.059") for details)
Washington State Energy Code Complies with FCC, CFR title
thick galvanized steel. Bars
(section 502.4) Frame provided2 /32" (66mm)
19
47 part 15 Class B for EMI/ Labels
pivot for easy attachment
with internal access door for RFI. Dimming Protocol (0-10v).
32" (9mm) and wire in from below the cULus listed suitable for wet
inspection of junction box. Dims to less than or equal to
ceiling line. Bars can extend to location. AirSeal. Inherently
5/8" (118mm)
10% of relative5high" output.
42. Lower frame and top accommodate 16" (406mm) to 4 /8 (118mm)
Protected. IP rated.
cover: #23 ga. (026 ") 5/32"24" (610mm) O.C. joist spacing.
(4mm) 6. Ceiling cutout: 3 ¾" diameter. 11/32" (9mm)
thick Galvanized steel. Bars can accommodate 12" 4 1/2"
Accommodates ceilings up (305mm) O.C. joist spacing (114mm)
0-1" to 1" (25.4 mm) thick. Bottom after slight field modification. 0-1"
(0-25mm) cover provided with a .5" (see instruction sheet) (0-25mm) 2 1/16" (52mm)
Maximum (6.2mm) lip and 4 embossed 3 7/16" (88mm) Features integral self-tapping Maximum 4 1/2"
3 7/16" (88mm)
ceiling thickness
indicator lines to simplify screw phillips/square drive ceiling thickness 2 1/16" (52mm) (114mm)
alignment during installation. screws for attachment to wood
Housing can be locked into or metal construction. Attaches
position on the mounting bars to T-bar ceilings without
5/32" (4mm) 11/32" (9mm)
with locking screws. accessories. Bars installed on
shortest dimension of frame
0-1"
can be easily rotated 90˚ from 0-1"
(0-25mm)
original position. (0-25mm)
Maximum Maximum
/32" (4mm)
3 3/4"
4 " (118mm)
5/8
4 " (118mm)
5/8 (52mm)
5/32" (4mm) 5/32" (4mm)
0-1" 0-1"
(0-25mm) (0-25mm)
Maximum Maximum
8 1/4" (210mm) 8 1/4

11 5/8 " (296mm)
3 7/16" (88mm)
13 7/16" (342mm) 13
5/32" (4mm)
3 7/16" (88mm)
L3CE1 Non-IC Remodeler kit 0-1" Round trim

(0-25mm)
Bottom view Maximum Side view
8" (4mm) ceiling thickness
7 " (202mm)
31/32
2 1/32" (52mm) 2" (51mm)

0-1/2"
35° Tilt (0-13mm) Mounting
Maximum
ceiling thickness springs
2 1/8" (54mm) 2 11/16" (68mm)
3 5/32"2 (80mm)
19/32" (66mm) 4 1/2" (115mm)
4 1/2" (115mm)
Side view
Light engine
4 5/8" (118mm)
11/32" (9mm)
0-1"
2(0-25mm)
1/32" (52mm)
2 1/32" (52mm)
Maximum
ceiling thickness
2 1/16" (53mm) 2 11/16" (68mm)

4 " (115mm)
1/2 4 1/2" (115mm)
11 31/32" (304
Features Electrical
1. Non-IC housing: #25 ga. 3. Electronic dimming driver 4. Trim compatibility: Not Input voltage 120v, Input freq.:
(025") thick Galvanized steel. (same as new construction): compatible with adjustable 50/60 hZ, Input current .25 amps,
3 1/8" 4 1/2"
Provided with 2 plates steel Class 2 electronic LED Driver,
(80mm) trims except for L3RG series Input Power 12 W, Power factor >.9
(115mm)
retaining springs that can with less than 1 second start Gimbals.
accommodate ceiling up, RoHS compliant, suitable Warranty
5. Ceiling cutout 3 ¾" diameter.
thickness up to 1" (25.4mm) for damp locations. 120v
4 5/8" (118mm) 5 year limited warranty.
thick. Philips screw driver 50/06Hz >.9 power factor.
5/32" (4mm) (visit philips.com/warranties
required to tighten springs that 3 7/16" (88mm)
Sound rating Class “A” (<24dB). 3 7/16"13" Min. (330mm)
(88mm)
for details) 24" Max. (610mm)
secure housing to ceiling. Complies with FCC,CFR title
47 part 15 Class B for EMI/ Labels
2. Junction box:0-1"#22 ga. (.034")
RFI. Dimmable with standard
thick Galvanized
(0-25mm) steel. cULus cULus listed suitable for wet
5/32" (4mm) ,suitableMaximum electronic low voltage (ELV) 11/32" (9mm)
for damp locations. location, inherently protected
& Triac dimmers. Dims to less
ceiling thickness
Junction box assembly swivels
than or equal to 10% of relative (IP rated).
for tight plenum spaces. Snap 0-1" 0-1"
high output. 5 year limited
off cover permits wiring access. (0-25mm) (0-25mm)
warranty.
Maximum Maximum
(114mm) 8 1/4" (210mm
11 5/8" (29
2 1/16" (52mm)
4 "
1/2 13 7/16" (342
2 1/16" (52mm) (114mm)
3 7/16" (88mm) 3 7/16" (88mm)
7 31/32" (20
5/32" (4mm) 5/32" (4mm)
3 3/4"
0-1" (52mm) 0-1"
(0-25mm) (0-25mm)
Maximum Maximum 2 19/
Adjustment factors
Color temperature (CCT) Color Rendering Index (CRI)
2700K = 88% 80 = 100%
3000K = 96% 90 = 85%
3500K = 100% 90 (CW)
= 78%
Crisp White
Beam spread: Spot

Candela Curves Angle Mean CP Lumens Frame: L3NZ10U
Light engine: L308835S
0 790 Trim: L3RSA Report no3: 543GFR
5 756 69
10 663 Output lumens: 654 lm Efficacy: 55.4 lm/W
15 551 152 Input Watts1: 11.8 W CCT 2: 3500 K
200 20 427 Beam angle: 43˚ CRI: ≥ 80
25 319 147 Spacing Criterion: 0.7
30 235
35 169 107
400 40 123 Single unit data Zonal lumens & percentages
45 90 71
50 67 Height to Initial Center Beam Beam Zone Lumens %Luminaire
55 52 47 Lighted Plane Foot-Candles Dia. (ft)*
0-30 368 56.3%
60 41 5' 32 3.5' 0-40 475 72.7%
600 65 32 32 6' 22 4.2' 0-60 593 90.7%
70 25 7' 16 4.9' 0-90 654 100.0%
75 19 21 8' 12 5.6'
80 14 9' 10 6.3'
800 85 8 8
90 0 * Beam diameter is where foot-candles
drop to 50% of maximum.
Beam spread: Narrow flood

Light engine: L308835NF
5 727 67
200 20 428 Beam angle: 44˚ CRI: ≥ 80
30 242
35 176 112
40 129 Single unit data Zonal lumens & percentages
400
45 95 75
0-30 366 55.0%
60 43 5' 30 3.5' 0-40 477 71.7%
600 65 34 34 6' 21 4.2' 0-60 601 90.3%
70 27 7' 15 4.9' 0-90 665 100.0%
75 20 22 8' 12 5.6'
80 14 9' 9 6.3'
800 85 8 9
90 0 * Beam diameter is where foot-candles
1. Wattage: controlled to within ± 10%

2. Correlated Color Temperature: within specs as defined in ANSI_NEMA_ANSLG C78.377-2008: Specifications for the Chromaticity of Solid State Lighting Products.
3. Tested using absolute photometry as specified in LM79: IESNA Approved Method for the Electrical and Photometric Measurements of Solid-State Lighting Products.
Beam spread: Flood

Light engine: L308835F
5 661 61
20 426 Beam angle: 50˚ CRI: ≥ 80
200
30 257
35 191 121
40 142 Single unit data Zonal lumens & percentages
400 45 105 82
0-30 359 52.5%
60 46 5' 27 4.0' 0-40 479 70.0%
65 37 36 6' 19 4.8' 0-60 615 89.9%
600
70 29 7' 14 5.6' 0-90 684 100.0%
75 22 23 8' 11 6.4'
80 15 9' 8 7.2'
85 9 10
800 90 0 * Beam diameter is where foot-candles
1. Wattage: controlled to within ± 10%

Electrical Specifications
Frame-in kit Input volts Input freq. Input current LED drive current Input power LED power THD factor Power factor
L3AE1 120V 50/60Hz .090 A 260 ma 10.64 W 8.76 W <20% > .9
L3ANE1 120V 50/60Hz .090 A 260 ma 10.64 W 8.76 W <20% > .9
L3CE1 120V 50/60Hz .090 A 260 ma 10.64 W 8.76 W <20% > .9
120V 50/60Hz .102 A 260 ma 11.8 W 9.74 W <10% > .8
L3NZ10U
277V 50/60Hz .047 A 260 ma 11.8 W 8.90 W <10% > .8
© 2015 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All rights reserved. Philips Lighting, North America Corporation
philips.com/luminaires 281 Hillmount Rd, Markham, ON, Canada L6C 2S3
Tel. 800-668-9008

Type 6 - MLHA5-24-F-MW-PP-25L35K-DCC-1-DV PROJECT INFORMATION
Job Name
Artillery Brigade
MILLENIUM STRETCH™
Fixture Type
MLHA5 SERIES – INDIVIDUAL
Catalog Number
Product Features: ROUNDED END CAP Approved by

»»Surface mount – ceiling, wall;
5"×24", 36", 48", 72" and 96"
FLAT END CAP
»»Extruded aluminum housing with
decorative end caps
»»Low-profile –ADA compliant
STEPPED END CAP
»»Peace of Mind Guarantee® against breakage
REVEAL END CAP

SPECIFICATIONS:
HOUSING: Marine grade aluminum. Extruded body with die-cast end caps. Housing, with end caps, post assembly TGIC polyester powder coat finished – 5-step pre-treatment. See Ordering
Information for standard, optional and custom finishes.
REFLECTOR: Full reflector/wire cover – 92% reflectivity.
LENS: UV-stabilized, high impact extruded clear or pearlescent polycarbonate. Smooth exterior, linear prismatic interior. Nominal thickness .156". Lens securely positioned in body channels and end
caps. Lens locked in place with tamper-resistant stainless steel Torx® with center pin fasteners and sealed with closed cell gaskets.
END CAPS: Marine grade die-cast aluminum. Four styles available: Flat, Rounded, Reveal and Stepped. Conduit and ”Wiremold™ ready” knockout visible only from interior of end cap (For Flat and Rounded
styles only).
SOCKETS: Shock-resistant sockets with internal locking collar to ensure positive lamp retention.
HARDWARE: Stainless steel, tamper-resistant Torx® with center pin fasteners secure lens in housing body's lens channel (eight on 72" and 96" housings, four on 24", 36" and 48" housings).
ELECTRICAL: LED: Available 3500K, 4000K and 5000K color temperatures, 82 CRI. 120-277VAC, 50/60Hz electrical input with serviceable high power factor electronic, constant-current driver
(<20% THD, >0.95 PF). Standard 0-10V dimming with 1-100% range, maximum driver source of 250 μA. LF: Class P ballasts. Fluorescent electronic 120/277/347 and dual voltage ballasts high
power factor.
INSTALLATION: Standard two-point (24" housing), four-point (36" and 48" housing) and eight-point (72" and 96" housing) mounting required for Peace of Mind Guarantee®. LED product
ambient temperature is -30°C to 25°C, unless otherwise noted.
PHOTOMETRICS: Photometry tested to the IESNA LM-79-08 standard by an ILAC/ISO17025 accredited laboratory. For additional photometric data, please go to www.kenall.com.
WARRANTY: Limited ten (10) year warranty for LED Lamps.
LISTINGS: Luminaire is certified to UL Standards by Intertek Testing Laboratory for wet location – covered ceiling mount. Corner, horizontal wall, vertical wall and pendant mount installation – damp
location only. ETL certified IP64 in compliance with IEC 60598 – ceiling mount. ADA compliant. Product listed on the Designlights Consortium® Qualified Products List. Check the latest version here
for listed configuration details.
In Stock SKU
LED IP64 ADA
MLHA5-48-F-MW-PP-45L40K-DCC-1-DV
MLHA5-48-R-MW-PP-45L40K-DCC-1-DV
ORDERING INFORMATION (Ex: MLHA5-48-F-MB-PP-45L40K-DCC-DV-FS)

Model Length End Cap Finish Lens Lamp Qty Lamp Type Ballast/Driver Type Circuit Qty Voltage Options Accessories
MLHA5 F 25L35K DCC 1
Length Lamp Quantity (Cross Section)‡ Ballast/Driver Type Options
24 2' 1 One DCC Dimming Constant Current (LED Only) EL■ ‡ 500 Minimum Lumen Battery Pack (4' only)
36 3' 2‡ Two IS Instant Start Electronic <10% THD (T8) (90 Minutes; 32°F Starting Temperature)
48 4' RS Rapid Start Electronic <10% THD PEL●‡ 1100 Minimum Lumen Battery Pack
72 Two 3' (factory connected) Lamp Type (T8,T5,T5HO) 90 Minutes; 32°F Starting Temperature
96 Two 4' (factory connected) 2' Lengths SB Specified Ballast LEL LED Emergency Battery Backup (4' only;
25L35K 25 Watt 3500K LED 32˚F starting temp)
End Caps 25L40K 25 Watt 4000K LED Circuit Quantity‡ CDF Captive Diffuser Fasteners
F Flat 25L50K 25 Watt 5000K LED 1 One DL Damp Location
R Rounded 14 F14T5 2† Two FS Single Fuse & Holder
RV Reveal 17 F17T8 NAT Natatorium Environment Option
SP Stepped 24 F24T5HO (120/277V only) Voltage PH Phillips Head Fasteners
120 120 Volts PM§ Pendant Mount (stems by others;
Finish 3' Lengths 277 277 Volts damp only)
LG Light Gray 21 F21T5 347▼ 347 Volts (Consult Factory)
MB Matte Black 25 F25T8 DV 120-277 Volts Accessories
MW Matte White 39 F39T5HO (120/277V only) CMB§ Corner Mount Bracket
CC Custom Color (Consult Factory) (Must be ordered with DL Option)
4' Lengths 9500 Torx® Screwdriver
Lens 45L35K 45 Watt 3500K LED D-0552 Torx® Driver Bit
CP‡ Clear Polycarbonate 45L40K 45 Watt 4000K LED (Required for CMB Option)
PP Pearlescent Polycarbonate 45L50K 45 Watt 5000K LED
28 F28T5 † n/a on 2' fixtures with EL option.
32 F32T8 ▼
347V n/a with EL or PEL options.
54 F54T5HO ■
2' Fixtures have minimum 350-450 lumen
54A F54T5HO amalgam battery pack. n/a with (2) T5HO lamps.
●
n/a on 2' fixtures, 3' fixtures with T5 or T8
lamping, or with (2) T5HO lamps.
‡ n/a with LED
§ PM and CMB not available in conjunction
www.kenall.com P: 800-4-Kenall F: 262-891-9701 10200 55th Street Kenosha, Wisconsin 53144

When you see this image, you will know the Kenall product shown or described is designed and manufactured in the USA with components purchased from US suppliers, and meets the Buy
American requirements under the ARRA. Kenall has not determined the origin of its domestically purchased components or the subcomponents thereof. May be covered by patents found
at www.kenall.com/patents. Content of specification sheets is subject to change; please consult www.kenall.com for current product details. © 2016 Kenall Mfg. Co. All rights reserved.
MLHA5-063016
For additional photometry, go to www.kenall.com
MILLENIUM STRETCH™
MLHA5 SERIES – INDIVIDUAL
PERFORMANCE
Initial Delivered Lumens
Efficacy Input Power Drive Current Estd. L70

Length Lamp Type @ 25°C (lm/W) (W) (mA) LED Life (Hrs)
25L35K 2123 85 25 94 80,000
2' 25L40K 2263 91 25 94 80,000
25L50K 2354 94 25 94 80,000
45L35K 4246 85 50 94 80,000
4' 45L40K 4526 90 50 94 80,000
45L50K 4707 94 50 94 80,000
Information above is valid for the recommended Type PP lens type and is subject to change without notice.
Visit www.kenall.com for IES files and additional information.
Model: MLHA5-48-F-MW-PP-45L40K-DCC-DV
1241
931
621
2
310
Maximum Candela = 1241 Located At Horizontal Angle = 15, Vertical Angle = 5

1 - Vertical Plane Through Horizontal Angles (15-195) (Through Max. Cd.)
2 - Horizontal Cone Through Vertical Angle (5) (Through Max. Cd.)
DIMENSIONAL DATA CROSS SECTION/DETAILS CORNER MOUNT BRACKET

5.22"
3.77"
5.33"
3.77"
3.75"
5.22"
MOUNTING HOLES
D
C2
C1
OBR 0.312"
Ø .875" HOLE ×0.625" (4)
A
Ø .625" (2)
B
Nominal Two Foot Fixture Legend Nominal Three Foot Fixture Legend Nominal Four Foot Fixture Legend
LMP End Cap A B C1 C2 D LMP End Cap A B C1 C2 D LMP End Cap A B C1 C2 D
T8/LED R 26.524 22.250 N/A N/A 20.480 T8/LED R 38.524 34.250 3.000 6.000 32.480 T8/LED R 50.524 46.250 3.000 6.000 44.480
T8/LED F 25.308 22.250 N/A N/A 20.480 T8/LED F 37.308 34.250 3.000 6.000 32.480 T8/LED F 49.308 46.250 3.000 6.000 44.480
T8/LED SP 28.131 22.250 N/A N/A 20.480 T8/LED SP 40.131 34.250 3.000 6.000 32.480 T8/LED SP 52.131 46.250 3.000 6.000 44.480
T8/LED RV 27.674 22.250 N/A N/A 20.480 T8/LED RV 39.674 34.250 3.000 6.000 32.480 T8/LED RV 51.674 46.250 3.000 6.000 44.480
T5 R 24.940 20.666 N/A N/A 18.896 T5 R 36.751 32.478 2.953 5.906 30.708 T5 R 48.562 44.288 2.953 5.906 42.518
T5 F 23.724 20.666 N/A N/A 18.896 T5 F 35.535 32.478 2.953 5.906 30.708 T5 F 47.346 44.288 2.953 5.906 42.518
T5 SP 26.547 20.666 N/A N/A 18.896 T5 SP 38.358 32.478 2.953 5.906 30.708 T5 SP 50.169 44.288 2.953 5.906 42.518
T5 RV 26.090 20.666 N/A N/A 18.896 T5 RV 37.901 32.478 2.953 5.906 30.708 T5 RV 49.712 44.288 2.953 5.906 42.518

MLHA5-063016
Shallow profile CSW48
CUBELITE LED
aesthetically
LINEAR SURFACE
LUMINAIRE
pleasing
Type 7A - CSW48-2840ULAGZO
Type 7B - CSW48-4740ULAGZO
and simple to use.

PHILIPS DAY-BRITE / PHILIPS CFI, 4' LENGTH, 4" WIDE,
4 ¾" DEEP SURFACE LUMINAIRE, LED, CS SERIES
Location:
Smooth opal or prismatic acrylic lens offers a diffused illumination.
Catalog No:
Ideal for corridor, stairwell, or vanity applications.
Fixture Type: Linear Surface Luminaire
Mfg: Philips Day-Brite Lamps: LED Qty:
Notes:
Ordering guide example: CSW48-4740ULAGZO
Series Length Lumens1 Color Voltage Driver Lens Options
CSW 48 – 28 40 U LAG ZO
CSW Cubelite Surface 48 48" lamp / 28 2800 lm 40 4000 K U Universal LAG LED driver ZO Opal acrylic B Black Painted housing
Luminaire fixture 47 4700 lm 35 3500 K 120/277 V DZT 0–10 V dimming VB Prismatic 9 Tamper Resistant 2
120 120 V SZT 100 /40 step dimming DB Prismatic K Pull Chain Right3
3 347 V 50% DR L Pull Chain Left3
CO Convenience outlet (120V)
1. Nominal value. EM Integral emergency driver,
2. Order TR15 Torx-head screws with DB lens. 1100lm nominal
3. Pull Chain options K and L are available in 120V only.
Features Materials Electrical

• Only 4¾" deep. Chassis parts are die-formed heavy gauge cold LED boards and drivers are RoHS (Restriction of
• Delivers up to 4700 lm per 4' (nominal) length. rolled steel. Hazardous Substances) compliant. Predicted L70
• Individual or continuous row mounting. lifetime based on LED manufacturer’s supplied LM-80
• Ideal for corridors, washrooms, storage areas, Finish data and in-situ laboratory testing.
and stairwells.
Baked white acrylic enamel, phosphate undercoating.
• Can be used in conjunction with occupancy sensors. Options and Accessories
• Convenience outlet optional (CO).
• S pring-loaded end cap. Lens Continuous Row Mounting:
Order luminaire coupler
• Long life LEDs provide 50,000 hours of Three available lenses with extruded
CSWCPL (White) or CSBCPL (Black)
lumen maintenance free life (L70). virgin acrylic diffuser:
• Can be wall or ceiling mounted. - S mooth opal acrylic diffuser (ZO) with 0.060"
• Fully enclosed wiring and LED diodes. thickness and 50% DR content. Provides Labels
• Right (K) or left (L) pull chain options are maximum comfort from pixelated glare. cETLus listed. Suitable for damp locations.
available for 120V configurations only. - Clear prismatic lens (VB) with 0.125" thickness .
• W hite painted housing standard. - Prismatic lens (DB) with 50% DR.
Black painted (B) housing optional Replacement Lenses: LN11665 (4' ZO),
LN16784 (4' VB), LN26214 (4' DB)
CSW48 07/14 page 1 of 3
CSW48
CUBELITE LED
LINEAR SURFACE
LUMINAIRE
Dimensions
315/16"
(100mm)
413/16"
(122mm)
48" (1219mm)
CSW48 07/14 page 2 of 3
CSW48
CUBELITE LED
LINEAR SURFACE
LUMINAIRE
2800 lm Performance
Catalog No. CSW48-2840ULAGZO Candela Distribution Coefficients of Utilization
Lumen Package: 2800

Angle 0.0 45.0 90.0 Zonal Lumens Ceiling 80% 50% 30%
Report Number1: C12042
0 504 504 504 Wall 70 50 30 50 30 10 50 30 10
Catalog Number: CSW48-2840ULAGZO
5 503 513 495 49
Delivered Lumens: 2751 RCR Zonal Cavity Method
15 485 519 511 144
Color: 4000K 1 101 96 91 83 79 76 75 72 69
25 451 510 517 230
Input Watts: 31.0 2 91 83 76 71 66 61 64 60 56
35 401 488 505 296
Room Cavity Ratio

3 83 72 63 62 56 51 56 51 47
Efficacy: 88.7 lm/w 45 339 451 476 332 4 76 64 55 55 48 43 50 44 40
Lamp: LED 55 264 396 431 334 5 69 56 47 49 42 37 44 38 34
6 64 50 41 44 37 31 40 34 29
Luminaire: Cubelite 4' Fixture with (ZO) Opal Lens 65 180 326 371 299
7 58 45 36 39 32 27 35 29 25
CIE Type: Direct 75 91 246 301 236 8 54 40 32 35 28 23 32 26 22
85 15 176 237 172 9 50 36 28 32 25 20 29 23 19
Plane: 0° 90°
90 2 161 223 10 46 33 25 29 22 18 27 21 17
Spacing Criteria: 1.5 1.5
95 2 159 219 150 Effective Floor Cavity Reflectance = 0.20
Plane: 0° 90°
105 2 155 211 141
Luminous Length: 4.000 48.000
115 3 143 196 122 Luminance Data in Candela/Sq. Meter Zonal Lumen Summary2
125 3 125 175 98
135 3 104 150 71 Average in Average Average Average Zone Lumens % Luminaire
Degrees 0° 45° 90°
145 4 80 119 45 0–30 423 15.38
1. Tested using absolute photometry as specified in LM79: 155 4 53 83 23 45 3869. 5165. 5450. 0–40 719 26.13
IESNA Approved Method for the Electrical and Photo- 165 4 27 44 8 55 3721. 5591. 6093. 0–60 1385 50.34
metric Measurements of Solid-State Lighting Products. 65 3430. 6245. 7104. 0–90 2092 76.06
175 4 7 11 1
2. Total efficiency. 75 2829. 7693. 9408. 40–90 1374 49.93
180 5 5 5 85 1417. 16386. 22023. 60–90 708 25.72
90–180 659 23.94
0–180 2751 100.00
4700 lm Performance
Catalog No. CSW48-4740ULAGZO Candela Distribution Coefficients of Utilization
Lumen Package: 4700

Angle 0.0 45.0 90.0 Zonal Lumens Ceiling 80% 50% 30%
Report Number1: C12045
0 843 843 843 Wall 70 50 30 50 30 10 50 30 10
Catalog Number: CSW48-4740ULAGZO
5 841 858 830 82
Delivered Lumens: 4700 RCR Zonal Cavity Method
15 811 868 860 241
Color: 4000K 1 101 96 91 82 79 76 74 71 69
25 753 856 872 386
Input Watts: 52.1 2 91 83 75 71 66 61 64 60 56
35 670 821 856 497
Room Cavity Ratio
3 83 72 63 62 56 50 56 51 46
Efficacy: 90.2 lm/w 45 566 760 811 561 4 76 63 54 55 48 43 50 44 40
Lamp: LED 55 441 669 739 565 5 69 56 47 49 41 36 44 38 34
6 63 50 41 43 36 31 39 33 29
Luminaire: Cubelite 4' Fixture with (ZO) Opal Lens 65 300 554 639 510
7 58 44 36 39 31 26 35 29 24
CIE Type: Direct-Indirect 75 151 422 523 406 8 54 40 32 35 28 23 32 26 21
85 25 305 417 298 9 50 36 28 32 25 20 29 23 19
Plane: 0° 90°
90 2 281 392 10 46 33 25 29 22 18 26 20 16
Spacing Criteria: 1.5 1.5
95 4 277 385 262 Effective Floor Cavity Reflectance = 0.20
Plane: 0° 90°
105 4 269 371 246
Luminous Length: 4.000 48.000
115 5 249 345 214 Luminance Data in Candela/Sq. Meter Zonal Lumen Summary2
125 6 217 310 171
135 7 183 266 125 Average in Average Average Average Zone Lumens % Luminaire
Degrees 0° 45° 90°
145 8 140 212 80 0–30 709 15.09
1. Tested using absolute photometry as specified in LM79: 155 9 94 148 41 45 6461. 8711. 9290. 0–40 1207 25.67
IESNA Approved Method for the Electrical and Photo- 165 9 49 79 14 55 6212. 9456. 10441. 0–60 2333 49.63
metric Measurements of Solid-State Lighting Products. 65 5721. 10611. 12257. 0–90 3546 75.44
175 10 14 21 2
2. Total efficiency. 75 4709. 13169. 16386. 40–90 2339 49.76
180 10 10 10 85 2334. 28301. 38736. 60–90 1213 25.81
90–180 1155 24.56
0–180 4700 100.00
© 2014 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All rights reserved. Philips Lighting Philips Lighting Company
Specifications are subject to change without notice. North America Corporation 281 Hillmount Road
www.philips.com/luminaires 200 Franklin Square Drive Markham ON, Canada L6C 2S3
Somerset, NJ 08873 Phone: 800-668-9008
CSW48 07/14 page 3 of 3 Phone: 855-486-2216
Date: ______________________________ Type: __________________________
8A/8B
Firm Name: _______________________________________________________
Artillery Brigade
Project: __________________________________________________________
eW Profile Powercore
4000 K, 39.25 in (997 mm)
Ultra-low-profile LED under-cabinet fixture for task and accent lighting
eW Profile Powercore is a direct line voltage, options and standard line-neutral-ground wiring
under-cabinet LED fixture for common task dramatically simplify installation.
lighting and display case applications. Available in • Exceptional illumination performance — Meets
2700 K, 3000 K, or 4000 K color temperatures, IESNA illumination specifications for optimal
eW Profile Powercore is suitable for new usability and safety in task lighting applications.
installations and retrofits requiring superior
illumination quality and dramatic energy savings. • Certified energy efficiency — Consumes just
With an ultra-low-profile housing, three fixture 5.5 W of energy per fixture and can support a
lengths, versatile jumper options, and housing continuous run up to 50 ft (15.2 m) in length.
colors to match any environment, eW Profile As an ENERGY STAR® qualified LED luminaire
Powercore offers an unprecedented level of (120 VAC only), eW Profile Powercore meets or
design flexibility and ease of use. exceeds strict energy efficiency guidelines.
• Onboard Powercore technology — eW Profile For detailed product information, see the Product
Powercore fixtures process power input directly Guide at www.philipscolorkinetics.com/ls/
from line voltage. Clip or track mounting essentialwhite/ewprofilep/
Specifications Due to continuous improvements and innovations, specifications may change without notice.
8A
8B
Item Specification 9.25 in (235 mm) 19.25 in (489 mm) 39.25 in (997 mm)
Beam Angle 105° x 100°
Lumens* 229 (2700 K) 220 (3000 K) 276 (4000 K) 441 (2700 K) 450 (3000 K) 479 (4000 K) 886 (2700 K) 862 (3000 K) 1079 (4000 K)
Output Efficacy (lm / W) 37.1 (2700 K) 36.8 (3000 K) 47.3 (4000 K) 43.9 (2700 K) 44.1 (3000 K) 46.5 (4000 K) 43.1 (2700 K) 42.3 (3000 K) 52.6 (4000 K)
CRI 82 (2700 K) 85 (3000 K) 81 (4000 K) 82 (2700 K) 85 (3000 K) 87 (4000 K) 82 (2700 K) 85 (3000 K) 81 (4000 K)
Lumen Maintenance‡ 48,000 hours L70 @ 25° C 37,000 hours L70 @ 50° C 50,000 hours L50 @ 25° C 50,000 hours L50 @ 50° C
Input Voltage 100 / 120 / 220 – 240 VAC, 50 / 60 Hz
5.5 W max. at full output, steady state 10 W max. at full output, steady state 20 W max. at full output, steady state
Electrical Power Consumption
6 W peak in-rush 13 W peak in-rush 25 W peak in-rush
Power Factor .99 @ 120 VAC (19.25 in fixture)
Control Dimmer Compatible with many commercially available reverse-phase ELV-type dimmers§
Dimensions
.88 x 9.25 x 1.7 in (22 x 235 x 43 mm) .88 x 19.25 x 1.7 in (22 x 489 x 43 mm) .88 x 39.25 x 1.7 in (22 x 997 x 43 mm)
(Height x Length x Depth)
Weight 7 oz (198 g) 13 oz (369 g) 1.6 lb (728 g)

Housing Extruded aluminium, polycarbonate. White, Black, or Gray powder-coated finish.
Physical Lens Polycarbonate

Fixture Connections Integral male / female connectors
Temperature Ranges -4° – 122° F (-20° – 50° C) Operating -4° – 122° F (-20° – 50° C) Startup -40° – 176° F (-40° – 80° C) Storage
Humidity 0 – 95%, non-condensing
Fixture Run Length Up to 50 ft (15.3 m) of fixtures in a single run, ≤ 324 W
Certification Certification UL / cUL, FCC Class B, CE, C-Tick, ENERGY STAR® (120 VAC)
and Safety Environment Dry / Damp Location, IP50
* Color temperatures conform to nominal CCTs as defined in ANSI Chromaticity Standard C78.377A.
† Lumen measurement complies with IES LM-79-08 testing procedures.
‡ L70 = 70% lumen maintenance (when light output drops below 70% of initial output). L50 = 50% lumen maintenance (when light output drops below 50% of initial output). Ambient
luminaire temperatures specified. Lumen maintenance calculations are based on lifetime prediction graphs supplied by LED source manufacturers. Calculations for white-light LED
fixtures are based on measurements that comply with IES LM-80-08 testing procedures. Refer to www.philipscolorkinetics.com/support/appnotes/lm-80-08.pdf for more information.
§ See www.colorkinetics.com/support/appnotes/ for specific details.
Fixtures See Ordering Information Specification Sheet for additional fiixture lengths and housing colors. Photometrics
Color eW Profile Powercore
Item Housing Length Item Number Philips 12NC
Temp. 4000 K, 39.25 in (997 mm)
eW Profile Powercore, 3000 K White 39.25 in (997 mm) 523-000026-44 910503702216 Polar Candela Distribution
100 VAC
including Mounting Clips 4000 K White 39.25 in (997 mm) 523-000026-47 910503702219 Cd: 0 90º 0.0 45.0 90.0 135.0 180.0
and End-to-End Connector 0 375 375 375 375 375
68 80º 5 390 383 374 361 358
15 407 392 358 322 309
eW Profile Powercore, 2700 K White 9.25 in (235 mm) 523-000027-84 910503705061 137 25 407 382 327 270 250
70º
120 VAC* 35 388 355 280 209 187
3000 K White 39.25 in (997 mm) 523-000027-74 910503704139 45 353 312 221 150 128
including Mounting Clips 205
60º 55 302 257 157 97 79
and End-to-End Connector 4000 K White 39.25 in (997 mm) 523-000027-77 910503704142 273
65
75
243
182
194
133
98
47
54
23
44
19
85 117 80 9 4 4
eW Profile Powercore, 3000 K White 39.25 in (997 mm) 523-000028-62 910503700642
342 50º 90 90 58 0 0 0
220 – 240 VAC 410
including Mounting Clips VA: 0º 10º 20º 30 40º
and End-to-End Connector 4000 K White 39.25 in (997 mm) 523-000028-65 910503700645
- 0º H - 90º H
eW Profile Powercore,
3000 K White 39.25 in (997 mm) 523-000028-80 910503700660
220 – 240 VAC
including Mounting Clips, Illuminance at Distance
Leader Cable, and 4000 K White 39.25 in (997 mm) 523-000028-83 910503700663
Center Beam fc Beam Width
Terminator 23 fc 10.2 ft 9.6 ft
4 ft
* energy star® Use Item Number when ordering in North America. 6 fc 20.3 ft 19.3 ft
8 ft
3 fc 30.5 ft 28.9 ft
12 ft
1 fc 40.7 ft 38.6 ft
Accessories
16 ft
See Ordering Information Specification Sheet for additional housing colors. 1 fc 50.8 ft 48.2 ft
20 ft
Item Housing Size Item Number Philips 12NC 24 ft
1 fc 61.0 ft 57.8 ft
Leader Cable and 19.4 ft (5.9 m) Vert. Spread: 103.6º

Terminator, White 10 ft (3 m) 108-000034-01 910503700259 1 fc maximum distance Horiz. Spread: 100.6º
100 / 220 – 240 VAC
Permanent Wiring 1.125 x 1.75 x 3.5 in Lumens 1079
Compartment and White (29 x 45 x 89 mm) 120-000065-00 910503700270
Efficacy 52.6 lm / W
Terminator, 120 VAC† (Height x Width x Depth) For lux multiply fc by 10.7
Switched Portable
Leader Cable and White 10 ft (3 m) 108-000034-00 910503700258
Terminator, 120 VAC
Switched Permanent
.875 x 2 x 4.25 in
Wiring Compartment
White (22 x 51 x 108 mm) 120-000065-04 910503701022 Dimensions
Fixtures
and Terminators,
(Height x Width x Depth) 9.25 in (235 mm)
120 VAC
1.7 in
(43 mm)
End-to-End Connector,
White .875 in (22 mm) 108-000035-10 910503700368
Quantity 5 .88 in 19.25 in (489 mm)
(22 mm)
6 in (152 mm) 108-000035-05 910503700265
Jumper Cable, 12 in (305 mm) 108-000035-06 910503700266

White 39.25 in (997 mm)
100 / 220 – 240 VAC 18 in (457 mm) 108-000035-07 910503700267
5 ft (1.5 m) 108-000035-08 910503700268
Jumper / Leader Cable Terminator
6 in (152 mm) 108-000035-00 910503700260
.875 in (22 mm) .875 in (22 mm)
Jumper Cable, 12 in (305 mm) 108-000035-01 910503700261

White
120 VAC 18 in (457 mm) 108-000035-02 910503700262
Jumper / Leader Cable Switched Leader Cable
5 ft (1.5 m) 108-000035-03 910503700263
1.25 in (32 mm) 1.75 in (44 mm)
“Y” Jumper Cable and
Terminator, White 16.5 in (419 mm) 108-000035-09 910503700269
100 / 220 – 240 VAC End-to-End Connector
“Y” Jumper Cable and .875 in (22 mm)
White 16.5 in (419 mm) 108-000035-04 910503700264
Terminator, 120 VAC
25 @ 9 in (229 mm) 120-000064-02 910503700273
Mounting Track White 25 @ 19 in (483 mm) 120-000064-00 910503700271
24 @ 39 in (991 mm) 120-000064-01 910503700272
† Requires Jumper Cable for fixture connection Use Item Number when ordering in North America.
Philips Color Kinetics

3 Burlington Woods Drive
Copyright © 2014 Philips Solid-State Lighting Solutions, Inc. All rights reserved.
Burlington, Massachusetts 01803 USA Chromacore, Chromasic, CK, the CK logo, Color Kinetics, the Color Kinetics logo, ColorBlast,
Tel 888.385.5742 ColorBlaze, ColorBurst, eW Fuse, ColorGraze, ColorPlay, ColorReach, iW Reach, eW Reach,
Tel 617.423.9999 DIMand, EssentialWhite, eW, iColor, iColor Cove, IntelliWhite, iW, iPlayer, Optibin, and Powercore
are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Philips Solid-State Lighting Solutions, Inc. in
Fax 617.423.9998 the United States and / or other countries. All other brand or product names are trademarks
www.philipscolorkinetics.com or registered trademarks of their respective owners. Due to continuous improvements and
@ColorKinetics innovations, specifications may change without notice. DAS-000005-13 R07 10-14
8A/8B
Date: ______________________________ Type: __________________________
Firm Name: _______________________________________________________
Artillery Brigade
Project: __________________________________________________________
eW Profile Powercore
Ultra-low-profile LED under-cabinet fixture for task and accent lighting
Ordering Information
eW Profile Powercore Fixtures 8B 8A

9.25 in (235 mm) 19.25 in (489 mm) 39.25 in (997 mm)
Color Housing
Voltage Item Number Philips 12NC Item Number Philips 12NC Item Number Philips 12NC
Temperature Color
White 523-000026-42 910503702214 523-000026-43 910503702215 523-000026-44 910503702216
3000 K Black 523-000026-36 910503700761 523-000026-37 910503700762 523-000026-38 910503700763
100 VAC
including Mounting Gray 523-000026-30 910503700755 523-000026-31 910503700756 523-000026-32 910503700757
Clips and End-to- White 523-000026-45 910503702217 523-000026-46 910503702218 523-000026-47 910503702219
End Connector
4000 K Black 523-000026-39 910503700764 523-000026-40 910503700765 523-000026-41 910503700766
Gray 523-000026-33 910503700758 523-000026-34 910503700759 523-000026-35 910503700760
White 523-000027-84 910503705061 523-000027-85 910503705062 523-000027-86 910503705063
2700 K Black 523-000027-81 910503705058 523-000027-82 910503705059 523-000027-83 910503705060
Grey 523-000027-78 910503705055 523-000027-79 910503705056 523-000027-80 910503705057
White 523-000027-72 910503704137 523-000027-73 910503704138 523-000027-74 910503704139
3000 K Black 523-000027-66 910503704131 523-000027-67 910503704132 523-000027-68 910503704133
120 VAC*
End Connector
4000 K Black 523-000027-69 910503704134 523-000027-70 910503704135 523-000027-71 910503704136
Gray 523-000027-63 910503704128 523-000027-64 910503704129 523-000027-65 910503704130
White 523-000028-60 910503700640 523-000028-61 910503700641 523-000028-62 910503700642
3000 K Black 523-000028-54 910503700546 523-000028-55 910503700547 523-000028-56 910503700548
220 – 240 VAC
End Connector
4000 K Black 523-000028-57 910503700549 523-000028-58 910503700550 523-000028-59 910503700551
Gray 523-000028-51 910503700543 523-000028-52 910503700544 523-000028-53 910503700545
White 523-000028-78 910503700658 523-000028-79 910503700659 523-000028-80 910503700660
3000 K Black 523-000028-72 910503700652 523-000028-73 910503700653 523-000028-74 910503700654
220 – 240 VAC
Clips, Leader Cable, White 523-000028-81 910503700661 523-000028-82 910503700662 523-000028-83 910503700663
and Terminator
4000 K Black 523-000028-75 910503700655 523-000028-76 910503700656 523-000028-77 910503700657
Gray 523-000028-69 910503700649 523-000028-70 910503700650 523-000028-71 910503700651
* energy star® Use Item Number when ordering in North America.
E For more information on how to buy Philips Color Kinetics

LED lighting systems, visit www.philipscolorkinetics.com/ls/
howtobuy/
eW Profile Powercore Accessories
Housing
Item Size Item Number Philips 12NC
Color
White 108-000034-01 910503700259

For permanent installations Leader Cable and Terminator,
10 ft (3 m)
outside of North America. 100 / 220 – 240 VAC
Black 108-000034-07 910503700461
White 120-000065-00 910503700270

1.125 x 1.75 x 3.5 in
For permanent installations Permanent Wiring Compartment
(29 x 45 x 89 mm) Black 120-000065-03 910503700505
in North America. and Terminator, 120 VAC†
(Height x Width x Depth)
Gray / Black* 120-000065-02 910503700499
White 108-000034-00 910503700258
For portable installations Switched Portable Leader Cable
10 ft (3 m) Black 108-000034-06 910503700460
in North America. and Terminator, 120 VAC
Gray / Black* 108-000034-03 910503700457
White 120-000065-04 910503701022
Switched Permanent Wiring .875 x 2 x 4.25 in
For permanent installations
Compartment and Terminators, (22 x 51 x 108 mm) Black 120-000065-05 910503701023
in North America.
120 VAC (Height x Width x Depth)
Gray 120-000065-06 910503701024
White 108-000035-10 910503700368

End-to-End Connectors connect End-to-End Connector,
.875 in (22 mm) Black 108-000035-42 910503700494
fixtures in a solid linear run. Quantity 5
Gray 108-000035-26 910503700478
White 108-000035-05 910503700265
6 in (152 mm)
Black 108-000035-37 910503700489
White 108-000035-06 910503700266
12 in (305 mm)
Jumper Cable, Black 108-000035-38 910503700490
100 / 220 – 240 VAC White 108-000035-07 910503700267
18 in (457 mm)
Black 108-000035-39 910503700491
White 108-000035-08 910503700268
5 ft (1.5 m)
Jumper Cables add extra space Black 108-000035-40 910503700492
between fixtures in a series.
White 108-000035-00 910503700260
6 in (152 mm)
Black 108-000035-32 910503700484
White 108-000035-01 910503700261
12 in (305 mm)
Jumper Cable, Black 108-000035-33 910503700485
120 VAC White 108-000035-02 910503700262
18 in (457 mm)
Black 108-000035-34 910503700486
White 108-000035-03 910503700263
5 ft (1.5 m)
Black 108-000035-35 910503700487
“Y” Jumper Cable and Terminator, White 108-000035-09 910503700269

16.5 in (419 mm)
100 / 220 – 240 VAC Black 108-000035-41 910503700493
“Y” Jumper Cables split a single run
of fixtures into two separate runs. White 108-000035-04 910503700264
“Y” Jumper Cable and
16.5 in (419 mm)
Terminator, 120 VAC Black 108-000035-36 910503700488
White 120-000064-02 910503700273

25 @ 9 in
Black 120-000064-09 910503700502
(229 mm)
Gray 120-000064-06 910503700449
White 120-000064-00 910503700271
Optional Mounting Track ensures 25 @ 19 in
Mounting Track Black 120-000064-10 910503700503
straight runs of fixtures. (483 mm)
Gray 120-000064-07 910503700450
White 120-000064-01 910503700272
24 @ 39 in
Black 120-000064-11 910503700504
(991 mm)
Gray 120-000064-08 910503700498
* Housings are Gray, Cables are Black Use Item Number when ordering in North America.
† Requires Jumper Cable for fixture connection
Philips Color Kinetics
3 Burlington Woods Drive
Copyright © 2014 Philips Solid-State Lighting Solutions, Inc. All rights reserved.
Burlington, Massachusetts 01803 USA Chromacore, Chromasic, CK, the CK logo, Color Kinetics, the Color Kinetics logo, ColorBlast,
Tel 888.385.5742 ColorBlaze, ColorBurst, ColorGraze, ColorPlay, ColorReach, iW Reach, eW Reach, eW Fuse, DIMand,
Tel 617.423.9999 EssentialWhite, eW, iColor, iColor Cove, IntelliWhite, iW, iPlayer, Optibin, and Powercore are either
registered trademarks or trademarks of Philips Solid-State Lighting Solutions, Inc. in the United States
Fax 617.423.9998 and / or other countries. All other brand or product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of
www.philipscolorkinetics.com their respective owners. Due to continuous improvements and innovations, specifications may change
@ColorKinetics without notice. DAS-000005-14 R06 10-14
Type 9 - P6RD10NZ10UVB-P6RD840VB-P6RDCC
Type 9E - P6RD10NZ10UVBEM-P6RD840VB-P6RDCC

Downlighting Location:
Cat.No:
Type:
LyteProfile Lamps: Qty:
Notes:
6" Round downlight

and Lensed wall wash LyteProfile LED Downlights are designed for new construction and
include downlight and wall wash distributions. They are highly energy
efficient with up to 100 lm/W, provide a full 60° cutoff, and feature an
impressively, shallow 4.5" housing.
Complete Product = Frame-in kit + Light engine + Reflector Order each separately
Ordering guide: Frame-in kit 1 Example: P6RD15NZ10UVBEM
Series Style Lumens Installation Dimming Input voltage Version Options
P6R D N VB
P6R
LyteProfile D
Downlight 10
1,000 lm N
Non-IC New Z10
0-10V U
Universal VB
Version B EM
Emergency 2
6" Round 15
1,500 lm construction Dimming (120/277v)
20 2,000 lm L Lutron 3
347V 2
25
2,500 lm N
Non-IC New Z10
0-10V 1
120V
construction Dimming 2
277V
L Lutron 3
347V 2
Ordering guide: Light engine Example: P6RD835VB
Series Style CRI CCT Version
P6R D 8 VB
P6R
LyteProfile D
Downlight 8
80 27
2700K VB
Version B
6" Round 30
3000K
35
3500K
40
4000K
For 90 CRI, contact factory.
Ordering guide: Reflector Example: P6RDCCP
Series Style Reflector Flange
P6R
P6R
LyteProfile D Downlight CL Clear Blank W
hite (painted)
6" Round LW
Lensed CC Comfort clear P Polished (matches aperture)
wall wash D Clear diffuse (applied)
W
White (painted) Blank White (painted)
1. Mounting Bars need to be ordered separately, see Options and Accessories on page 2 for Mounting Bar options.
2. 347V configurations are not available with the emergency option.
Note: Refer to page 2 for Energy Star certification details.
LyteProfile_P6R_Downlight 06/15 page 1 of 9

P6R LyteProfile 6" Round
Commercial downlight and lensed wall wash
w downlight
Side View downlight
Frame-in kit
Downlight side view Top view
/4" 3 3/4"
mm 95mm
4 1/2"
114mm
6" dia. 6" dia. 10 1/8" 10 1/8" 7 1/2"

152mm 152mm 257mm 257mm 191mm
2" max 2" max
6 5/8" dia. 51mm
6 5/8" dia. 51mm
168mm 168mm
Ceiling Ceiling
Ceiling Cutout Ceiling Cutout
thickness thickness
7 1/4" dia. 7 1/4" dia.
184mm 184mm
Lensed wall wash side view

8 1/8" 8 1/8"
206mm 206mm
/4" 3 3/4" 12 7/8" 12 7/8"

mm 95mm 327mm 327mm
4 1/2"
114mm
Top View T
5 3/4" dia 5 3/4" dia
146mm 146mm
2" max 2" max
6 5/8" dia 51mm
6 5/8" dia 51mm
168mm Ceiling
168mm Ceiling
Ceiling Cutout thickness
Ceiling Cutout thickness
7 3/8" dia 7 3/8" dia

187mm 187mm
Features Options and accessories Quick-ship

w LensedSide
wallView
washLensed wall wash Dimming capability: 0-10V dimming. See LED- Philips is committed to having the most
Ceiling cutout: 6 ⅝" (168mm).
DIM specification sheet. common items in stock, please refer to our
Depth: 4 1/2" (114 mm) including light engine. Smart Service guide for details.
Emergency capability: Integral; Add “EM”
Power connection: Attaches to light engine suffix. See LED-EM spec sheet.
via push-in connector (on frame). Removable Electrical
cover provides access. Mounting bars:
Electronic power supply: RoHS compliant
1950 18" long (set of 2) Class 2 power unit for use in a damp or dry
Junction box: 2" x 4" x 3 1/2" (22cu. in.) cULus
listed for 90° C. Supply conductor .048" thick 1951 27" long (set of 2) location. Class A sound rated unit tolerates
galvanized steel. Allows inspection 7994 Wood joist telescoping mounting bars sustained open circuit and short circuit output
from below. (minimum 13 1/4" and maximum 24 1/2") conditions without damage. Complies with
FCC rules per Title 47 CFR Part 15 Non-
Thermal protector: The 2500 lumen fixture is Consumer (Class A) for EMI/RFI (conducted
T-Bar anchor clips:
thermally protected. The 1000, 1500 and 2000 and radiated). Intended for use with 0-10V DC
lumen fixtures are inherently protected. Meets 1956 Set of 4 for use with 18" or 27"
type dimmers. See LED-DIM spec sheet for
NEC & cULus requirements. Do not install mounting bars
latest dimming switch compatibility.
insulation above or within 3" of luminaire.
Energy Star Lifetime: Expected lifetime 50,000 hours at
Thermal Management: Thermal design L70 and backed by a 5-year limited warranty.
ensures specified performance levels All New Construction non-IC (N) frame-in kit (see Philips.com/warranties for details)
are maintained. and trims are Energy Star certified with the
following exceptions: Labels
New construction • P6RLWCC, P6RLWCCP, P6RLWW trims with cULus. Suitable for wet location.
Mounting frame: Galvanized stamped steel for the 1000lm frame (P6RD10NZ10UVB)
dry or plaster ceilings. • P6RD10NLUVB, P6RD15NLUVB: Lutron
1000lm and 1500lm frames are energy star
Mounting brackets: Galvanized Steel. certified for 120V applications only
Adjustable through aperture. Use lathing
• Emergency configurations
channel (3/4" or 1 1/2"), 1/2" EMT, or optional
mounting bars. See Options and Accessories • 347V configurations
for mounting bar options.

Commercial downlight and lensed wall wash
Electrical matrix
Frame-in kit Input Input Input LED drive Input LED Power
Electrical specifications volts freq. current current* power* power THD factor factor
P6RD10NZ10UVB 120V 50/60Hz 0.085 0.236 10 7.7 <20% >0.9

1000lm w/0-10V dimming 277V 50/60Hz 0.041 0.235 10 7.7 <20% >0.9
P6RD15NZ10UVB 120V 50/60Hz 0.131 0.363 15.7 12 <20% >0.9

1500lm w/ 0-10V dimming 277V 50/60Hz 0.06 0.362 15.6 12 <20% >0.9
P6RD20NZ10UVB 120V 50/60Hz 0.176 0.509 21 17 <20% >0.9

2000lm w/ 0-10V dimming 277V 50/60Hz 0.079 0.508 21 17 <20% >0.9
P6RD25NZ101VB
120V 50/60Hz 0.243 0.665 34.5 29 <20% >0.9
2500lm w/ 0-10V dimming
P6RD25NZ102VB
277V 50/60Hz 0.107 0.663 34 29 <20% >0.9
P6RD10NZ103VB
347V 50/60Hz 0.064 0.243 11.7 8 <20% >.5
1000lm w/ 0-10v dimming
P6RD15NZ103VB
347V 50/60Hz 0.085 0.371 16.8 12.6 <20% >.5
P6RD20NZ103VB
347V 50/60Hz 0.107 0.518 22 18 <20% >.6
P6RD25NZ103VB
347V 50/60Hz 0.136 0.677 30.7 24 <20% >.6
P6RD10NLUVB 120V 50/60Hz 0.084 0.214 10 7 <20% >0.9

1000lm w/ Lutron 277V 50/60Hz 0.045 0.213 10 7 <20% >.8
P6RD15NLUVB 120V 50/60Hz 0.122 0.328 14.5 10.8 <20% >.09

1500lm w/ Lutron 277V 50/60Hz 0.06 0.328 14.8 10.8 <20% >.8
P6RD20NLUVB 120V 50/60Hz 0.167 0.463 20 15.5 <20% >0.9

2000lm w/ Lutron 277V 50/60Hz 0.08 0.462 20 15.5 <20% >.9
P6RD25NL1VB
120V 50/60Hz 0.25 0.666 30 22.8 <20% >.9
2500lm w/ Lutron
P6RD25NL2VB
277V 50/60Hz 0.115 0.665 30.6 22.8 <20% >.9
2500lm w/ Lutron
P6RD10NL3VB
347V 50/60Hz 0.058 0.224 12 7 <20% >.6
1000lm w/ Lutron
P6RD15NL3VB
347V 50/60Hz 0.07 0.348 17 11.8 <20% >.7
1500lm w/ Lutron
P6RD20NL3VB
347V 50/60Hz 0.086 0.478 23 16.5 <20% >.7
2000lm w/ Lutron
P6RD25NL3VB
347V 50/60Hz 0.101 0.611 29 21 <20% >.8
2500lm w/ Lutron
* +/- 10%

Commercial downlight
Downlight
2 3
1 4
Reflector: Downlight trim kit

1. Connector mount: Enclosure bracket base
(0.04") thick galvanized steel
2. Reflector retaining spring: 3 thin flanges
only (0.012") thick stainless steel, make a
clean, flush trim appearance
1 2 3
3. Housing: Formed (0.05") thick aluminum
provides integrated thermal management.
4. LED Board: High efficient Philips 4
mid-flux LEDs. 5
5. High reflective disc: 98% reflectance 6

material to increase light output.
6. Mixing chamber: Injection molded 7
and 97% reflectance.
7. Diffuse lens: (0.060") High 8
transmission opal lens provides
an even source of illumination.
8. Reflector: (0.040") Aluminum. 9
Provides 60° cutoff to source.
10

Downlight CRI and CCT adjustment factors Downlight finish adjustment factors
Reflector
80CRI 2700K = 89%
Clear = 100%
80CRI 3000K = 97%
Comfort Clear = 97%
80CRI 3500K = 1.00%
White = 88%
80CRI 4000K = 102%
Clear diffuse = 79%
Downlight: 1,000 lm
Candela Curves Angle Mean CP Lumens Single unit data Coefficients of utilization
0 505 Height to Initial Center Beam Beam Ceiling 80% 70% 50% 30% 0%
10 509 Wall 70 50 30 10 50 10 50 10 50 10 0
15 508 144 5' 20 6.5'
20 501 6' 14 7.8' RCR Zonal cavity method - Effective floor reflectance = 20%
150 7' 10 9.1'
25 485 223 0 119 119 119 119 116 116 111 111 106 106 100
30 460 8' 8 10.4' 1 112 109 106 103 107 102 103 98 99 95 91
9' 6 11.7'
Room Cavity Ratio

35 425 265 2 105 99 94 90 97 89 94 87 91 85 81
40 379 3 98 90 84 79 88 78 86 77 83 76 73
45 * Beam diameter is where foot-candles
300 318 240 4 91 82 75 69 80 69 78 68 76 67 65
50 drop to 50% of maximum.
227 5 85 74 67 62 73 61 71 61 70 60 58
55 91 89 6 79 68 61 55 67 55 65 55 64 54 52
60 12 7 74 62 55 50 62 50 60 49 59 49 47
Multiple unit data - RCR 2
65 3 3 8 69 57 50 45 57 45 56 45 54 44 43
450 70 1 Spacing Initial Center Beam Watts 9 65 53 46 41 52 41 51 41 50 40 39
75 0 1 on center Foot-Candles per Sq. Ft.
80 0 10 61 49 42 37 49 37 48 37 47 37 35
85 0 0 5' 44.0 0.45
600 90 0 6' 29.0 0.30
7' 21.0 0.21 Zonal lumens & percentages
Frame: P6RD10NZ10UVB 8' 17.0 0.18
Light engine: P6RD835VB 9' 14.0 0.14 Zone Lumens %Luminaire
Trim: P6RDCL Report no3: F34232
38'x38'x10' Room, Workplane 2.5' 0-30 416 41.1%
Output lumens: 1013 lm Efficacy: 99.3 lm/W above floor, 80/50/20% Reflectances 0-40 680 67.1%
Light engine CCT 2: 3500 K 0-60 1009 99.6%
(source) lumens: 1206 lm CRI: > 80 0-90 1013 100.0%
Input Watts1: 10.2 W
Spacing Criterion: 1.3
Downlight: 1,500 lm
10 752 Wall 70 50 30 10 50 10 50 10 50 10 0
15 750 212 5' 30 6.5'
200 7' 15 9.1'
25 716 329 0 119 119 119 119 116 116 111 111 106 106 100
30 678 8' 12 10.4' 1 112 109 106 103 107 102 103 98 99 95 91
9' 9 11.7'
Room Cavity Ratio
35 627 390 2 105 99 94 90 97 89 94 87 91 85 81

40 559 3 98 90 84 79 88 78 86 77 83 76 73
400 470 356 4 91 82 75 69 80 69 78 68 76 67 65
338 5 85 74 67 62 73 61 71 61 70 60 58
55 137 134 6 79 68 61 55 67 55 65 55 64 54 52
60 18 7 74 62 55 50 62 50 60 49 59 49 47
65 4 5 8 69 57 50 45 57 45 56 45 54 44 43
600 70 3 Spacing Initial Center Beam Watts 9 65 53 46 41 52 41 51 41 50 40 39
80 1 10 61 49 42 37 49 37 48 37 47 37 35
85 0 1 5' 66.0 0.68
800 90 0 6' 43.0 0.45
Frame: P6RD15NZ10UVB 8' 26.0 0.26
1. Wattage: controlled to within 10%


Downlight: 2,000 lm
10 1015 Wall 70 50 30 10 50 10 50 10 50 10 0
15 1013 286 5' 40 6.5'
250 7' 21 9.1'
25 997 445 0 119 119 119 119 116 116 111 111 106 106 100
30 916 8' 16 10.4' 1 112 109 106 103 107 102 103 98 99 95 91
9' 12 11.7'
Room Cavity Ratio

35 847 527 2 105 99 94 90 97 89 94 87 91 85 81
40 756 3 98 90 84 79 88 78 86 77 83 76 72
500 636 481 4 91 82 75 69 80 69 78 68 76 67 65
458 5 85 74 67 62 73 61 71 61 70 60 58
55 184 181 6 79 68 61 55 67 55 65 55 64 54 52
60 23 7 74 62 55 50 62 50 60 49 59 49 47
65 5 7 Multiple unit data - RCR 2
750 8 69 57 50 45 57 45 56 45 54 44 42
70 3 9 65 53 46 41 52 41 51 41 50 40 39
Spacing Initial Center Beam Watts
75 2 2
on center Foot-Candles per Sq. Ft. 10 61 49 42 37 49 37 48 37 47 37 35
80 1
85 0 0 5' 89.0 0.92
1000 90 0 6' 58.0 0.60
Frame: P6RD20NZ10UVB 8' 35.0 0.36
Downlight: 2,500 lm
10 1284 Wall 70 50 30 10 50 10 50 10 50 10 0
15 1281 362 5' 51 6.5'
250 6' 35 7.8' RCR Zonal cavity method - Effective floor reflectance = 20%
20 1264
25 1223 563 7' 26 9.1' 0 119 119 119 119 116 116 111 111 106 106 100
30 1159 8' 20 10.4' 1 112 109 106 103 107 102 103 98 99 95 91
9' 16 11.7'
Room Cavity Ratio
500 35 1072 667 2 105 99 94 90 97 89 94 87 91 85 81

40 856 3 98 90 84 79 88 78 86 77 83 76 72
805 609 4 91 82 75 69 80 69 78 68 76 67 65
577 5 85 74 67 62 73 61 71 61 70 60 58
750 55 236 231 6 79 68 61 55 67 55 65 55 64 54 52
60 32 7 74 62 55 50 62 50 60 49 59 49 47
65 6 10 8 69 57 50 45 57 45 56 45 54 44 42
70 4 Spacing Initial Center Beam Watts 9 65 53 46 41 52 41 51 41 50 40 39
1000
80 2 10 61 49 42 37 49 37 48 37 47 37 35
85 1 1 5' 112.0 1.26
90 0 6' 74.0 0.83
1250 7' 53.0 0.59 Zonal lumens & percentages
8' 44.0 0.49
Frame: P6RD25NZ101VB
9' 35.0 0.39 Zone Lumens %Luminaire
Light engine: P6RD835VB
Trim: P6RDCL Report no3: F34235 38'x38'x10' Room, Workplane 2.5' 0-30 1047 40.8%
above floor, 80/50/20% Reflectances 0-40 1714 66.8%
Output lumens: 2566 lm Efficacy: 90.4 lm/W
0-60 2553 99.5%
Light engine CCT 2: 3500 K
0-90 2566 100.0%
(source) lumens: 3046 lm CRI: > 80


Commercial lensed wall wash
1 2 3
4
5
6
10
Reflector: Lensed wall wash trim kit

1. Connector mount: Enclosure bracket base 6. Mixing chamber: Injection molded
(0.04") thick galvanized steel. and 97% reflectance.
2. Reflector retaining spring: 3 thin flanges 7. Diffuse lens: High transmission opal lens
only (0.012") thick stainless steel, make a provides an even source of illumination.
clean, flush trim appearance.
8. Kick reflector sleeve: Aluminum. Lined
3. Housing: Formed (0.05") thick aluminum with a highly reflective material to
provides integrated thermal management. increase light output.
4. LED Board: High efficient Philips 9. Wall wash diffuse lens: High transmission
mid-flux LEDs. opal lens. Lensed wall wash
5. High reflective disc: 98% reflectance 10. Reflector: (0.040") Aluminum. Provides
material to increase light output. clean and uniform wall-washing spill.
6"
Lensed wall wash

Lighting Data (example) 3' 3'
P6RD10NZ10UVB/P6RD835VB/P6RLWCL
illumination on the wall 4' down from the ceiling
is 14 f.c. beneath and 15 f.c. between fixtures.
CRI and CCT

adjustment factors 4'
80CRI 4000K = 102%
80CRI 3500K = 100%
14 f.c.
80CRI 3000K = 97% 15 f.c.
80CRI 2700K = 89% 14 f.c.

Lensed wall wash: 1,000 lm

Candela Curve Frame: P6RD10NZ10UVB Multiple unit data Multiple unit data Multiple unit data (shown above)
Trim: P6RLWCL Foot- 2' from wall Foot- 3' from wall Foot- 3' from wall
candles candles candles
on wall 3' on center on wall 3' on center on wall 4' on center
100 Output lumens: 729 lms
1 18 13 18 1 7 8 7 1 6 5 6
Light engine
1206 lms 2 24 21 24 2 13 14 13 2 11 9 11
Distance from ceiling in feet

200 (source) lumens:
3 20 20 20 3 15 16 15 3 12 11 12
Input Watts1: 10.2 W 4 15 15 15 4 14 15 14 4 11 11 11
300 5 12 12 12 5 12 13 12 5 9 9 9
Efficacy: 71.5 lm/w 6 9 9 9 6 11 11 11 6 7 8 7
7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 7 6 6 6
CCT 2: 3500 K
400 8 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 5 5 5
CRI1: > 80 9 5 5 5 9 6 6 6 9 4 4 4
10 4 4 4 10 6 6 6 10 3 4 3
500
12 4 3 4 12 5 5 5 12 3 3 3
Downlight Wall wash Report no3: F34240
14 3 3 3 14 4 4 4 14 2 2 2
side side

Output lumens: 1087 lms
200 1 28 20 28 1 11 11 11 1 9 7 9
Light engine
1761 lms 2 37 32 37 2 20 20 20 2 16 14 16

(source) lumens:
3 30 30 30 3 22 23 22 3 18 17 18
400 Input Watts1: 15.3 W 4 22 23 22 4 20 21 20 4 16 16 16
5 17 17 17 5 17 18 17 5 14 14 14
Efficacy: 71.0 lm/w 6 12 12 12 6 14 14 14 6 11 11 11
600 7 9 9 9 7 11 11 11 7 9 9 9
CCT 2: 3500 K
8 7 7 7 8 9 9 9 8 7 8 7
CRI1: > 80 9 5 5 5 9 7 7 7 9 6 6 6
10 4 4 4 10 5 6 5 10 5 5 5
800
12 3 3 3 12 4 4 4 12 4 4 4
14 3 3 3 14 4 4 4 14 3 4 3
side side



Output lumens: 1465 lms
250 1 38 27 38 1 14 14 14 1 12 9 12
Light engine
2395 lms 2 49 43 49 2 26 27 26 2 21 19 21

(source) lumens:
3 41 40 41 3 30 31 30 3 24 23 24
500 Input Watts1: 20.6 W 4 30 31 30 4 28 29 28 4 22 22 22
5 22 22 22 5 23 24 23 5 18 19 18
Efficacy: 71.1 lm/w 6 16 16 16 6 18 19 18 6 15 15 15
750 7 12 12 12 7 15 15 15 7 12 12 12
CCT 2: 3500 K
8 9 9 9 8 12 12 12 8 10 10 10
CRI1: > 80 9 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 8 8 8
10 5 5 5 10 7 8 7 10 6 7 6
1000
12 4 4 4 12 6 6 6 12 5 6 5
14 4 4 4 14 5 5 5 14 5 5 5
side side

Candela Curve Frame: P6RD25NZ101VB Multiple unit data Multiple unit data Multiple unit data (shown above)
250 Output lumens: 1851 lms
1 47 34 47 1 19 20 19 1 15 12 15
Light engine
3046 lms 2 62 54 62 2 34 35 34 2 27 24 27

500 (source) lumens:
3 52 50 52 3 39 40 39 3 30 28 30
Input Watts1: 28.3 W 4 38 39 38 4 36 37 36 4 27 27 27
750
5 28 28 28 5 31 32 31 5 23 24 23
Efficacy: 65.4 lm/w 6 20 21 20 6 25 26 25 6 19 19 19
7 15 15 15 7 20 21 20 7 15 16 15
CCT 2: 3500 K
1000 8 11 12 11 8 16 17 16 8 12 13 12
CRI1: > 80 9 9 9 9 9 13 14 13 9 10 10 10
10 7 7 7 10 11 11 11 10 8 9 8
1250
12 5 6 5 12 9 10 9 12 7 7 7
14 5 5 5 14 8 8 8 14 6 6 6
side side

© 2014 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All rights reserved. Philips Lighting, North America Corporation
resulting from the use of this publication. Imported by: Philips Lighting,
philips.com/luminaires A division of Philips Electronics Ltd.
LyteProfile_P6R_Downlight 06/15 page 9 of 9 Tel. 800-668-9008
VERGE
SUSPENDED LED
Type 10 - 7606 L A E Q G 04 1 2 E W
SEMI-DIRECT, MESOOPTICS LENS - 80% DOWN KIT

CRI >80 4000K, 3400 lm/4ft

Spec Type:
Catalog No: 7606LAEQG
Qty
Line Notes:
Ordering guide
Product Type Source Color Temp * Lumens * Lower Optics Upper Optics Run Length Wiring † Voltage Driver Finish
7606 L A E Q G
Verge Direct/ L LED A 4000K C 4800 lm/4ft Q MesoOptics Lens N None 04 4' 1 1 cct 1 120V E Standard WStandard White
Indirect B 3500K E 3400 lm/4ft G 80% Down Kit 08 8' 3 1 cct w/ EM cct 2 277V T Titanium Silver
C 3000K J 100% Down Kit XX Total run length 7 1 cct w/ Dimming B Black
(4’ increments) 8 1 cct w/ TW X Custom
B 2 cct A/B
* Nominal values within a range. Consult ies file for exact color temp and lumens † Consult website for complete list of standard wiring options
Mounting Hardware
Mount Type Suspension Length
Consult separate mounting spec sheet for mount type options Distance from ceiling to top of luminaire in inches
Endcaps - . Integrated Controls Please indicate with check mark.

Response Daylight Single Zone (DS)

Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.philips.com/luminaires
7606LAEQG.pdf 02.15 page 1 of 3

VERGE
SUSPENDED LED
Photometry
Values per 4ft unit
Total Output 2675 lm
180 Fixture photometry has been
Efficacy 83.3 lm/W conducted by an NVLAP accredited
testing laboratory in accordance with
135 135 CCT 3792K IESNA LM-79:2008
CRI 83 Lumen maintenance of the LEDs has

been tested by the manufacturer in
R9 21 accordance with IESNA LM-80:2008
IES files for this and other
90 90 Distribution 19% Up / 81% Down photometric options can be
1000 cd downloaded online at
Spacing Criteria (0/90/180°) 1.39/1.54/NA www.lightingproducts.philips.com
Meets RP-1-04 recommendations for VDT-Normal spaces
45 45
0 Candela Distribution Coefficients of Utilization (%)
0 45 Vertical Horizontal Angle Zonal Ceiling: 80 70 50 0
RCR
Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 Lumens Wall: 70 50 30 10 70 50 30 50 30 10 0
90
0 741 741 741 741 741 0 0 114 114 114 114 110 110 110 100 100 100 81
19% Up / 81% Down 5 746 748 755 754 757 73 1 106 101 98 94 101 97 94 90 87 85 70
15 753 770 810 845 861 230 2 97 89 83 78 92 86 80 79 75 71 60
25 743 777 853 922 954 390 3 89 79 72 66 85 76 70 71 65 61 51
35 668 699 754 811 830 466 4 82 71 63 57 78 68 61 63 57 52 44
45 504 508 515 531 536 402 5 75 63 55 49 72 61 54 57 51 46 39
55 334 330 327 338 343 299 6 69 57 49 43 66 55 48 52 45 40 34
65 192 190 191 201 206 194 7 64 52 44 38 62 50 43 47 40 36 31
75 79 80 80 84 85 88 8 60 47 39 34 57 46 38 43 37 32 27
85 15 16 16 16 16 20 9 56 43 36 30 54 42 35 40 33 29 25
90 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 52 40 32 28 50 39 32 37 30 26 22
95 13 21 17 29 19 27
105 55 69 92 124 122 96
115 76 91 123 158 165 120 Avg. Luminance (cd/m2)
125 76 83 108 137 136 97
135 67 71 81 99 104 66 Vertical Horizontal Angle
145 69 71 72 77 79 47 Angle 0 45 90
155 70 71 72 71 70 33 55 5650 5532 5802
165 70 70 71 71 71 20 65 4408 4385 4730
175 70 71 71 70 71 7 75 2962 2999 3187
180 71 71 71 71 71 0 85 1670 1781 1781
Electrical Specifications
Input Voltage 120V
Input Power 32.1W
Input Current 0.3A
Power Factor 0.933
Tested values – contact technical support

for rated values. Off-state power zero
unless certain controls are specified.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.philips.com/luminaires
7606LAEQG.pdf 02.15 page 2 of 3

VERGE
SUSPENDED LED
Options and Details
Optics & Styles Housing Mounting

Precision formed 18 gauge cold-rolled steel. Suspended: Tamper-resistant aircraft cable gripper provides infinite
vertical adjustment capability. Aircraft cable, crimp and cable gripper
Weight are independently tested to meet stringent safety requirements.
Maximum: Suspended 3.5lb/ft & Wall 2.5lb/ft Wall: Fixture is mounted flush to wall using hidden wall brackets.
Brackets attach to existing structure, variable within 2”-5” of end or
Optical System joint.
The optical system is comprised of arrays of LEDs, edge-lighting a
low profile Light Guide panel. The Light Guide panel allows light to Joints
be coupled and transmitted through total internal reflection. The Self-aligning joining system with hands-free pre-joining wire access.
microstructured surface of the panel optimizes the light extraction to
create a direct indirect distribution. Light is purified and controlled by Endcaps
MesoOptics film as it passes through the nonglare acrylic lens. Diecast aluminum endcaps.
Standard distribution is 70% up/30% down for suspended mount
version, and 60% up/40% down for wall mount version. Electrical
Factory pre-wired to section ends with quick-wire connectors.
Standard Driver
Dimming: 0-10V - 5-100%. Output is Class 2 rated. Approvals
Certified to UL, CSA and IES standards.
Lumen Maintenance
At an ambient temperature of 25°C, the LED lumen maintenance Finish
expectation is L80 (12k) 60,000 hrs. Standard finish is textured matte White, Black or Titanium Silver.
Environment
Rated for dry or damp locations in operating ambient temperatures
0-40°C (32-104°F). Certain luminaire components may be
adversely affected by contaminants. Damage caused by sulfur,
chlorine, petroleum based solutions or other contaminants are not
covered under warranty.
Due to continuing product improvements, Philips Ledalite reserves the right to change the specifications without notice.
©2014 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All rights reserved. Philips Lighting Philips Lighting Company
Specifications are subject to change without notice. North America Corporation 281 Hillmount Road
www.philips.com/luminaires 200 Franklin Square Drive Markham ON, Canada L6C 2S3
Somerset, NJ 08873 Phone: 800-668-9008
7606LAEQG.pdf 02.15 page 3 of 3 Phone: 855-486-2216
D ES C R IPTION
Shaper
The 164 Fabrique Square Wall Luminaire features 15 standard materials. Type
Catalog #
ADA compliant.
Project Artillery Brigade 11

Date
Comments
Prepared by
SPE C IFIC A TION FEA T U R E S
Material Vinyl Coated Fabric Op tion s

Cold-rolled steel frame, mounting ABR (Alabaster) Matte White Acrylic Top Cover (TC).
frame and aluminum wirebody, NFX (Natural Flax) Remote Battery Pack (RBP)-Contact
painted white. Matte white acrylic GHY (Golden Honey) Factory. Contact factory for NFP701
bottom lens, standard. Optional Fire Resistent or Stain Guard fabric
matte white acrylic top lens. (NOTE: For humid environments coating.
such as shower rooms or open
Sh a d e lobbies, Vinyl Coated Fabrics are Co mplian ce
Frabric recommended). All Fabrique Collection products
LAT (Linen Alabaster) are UL and cUL approved for
LBS (Linen Biscuit) L ED interior damp locations. Fabrique
NGS (Nutmeg Shimmer) L2:1600 nominal lumens at max Collection products are, made
SIW (Silk White) 14W in the North America. All LED
SIY (Silk Ivory) components in the Fabrique
D ri v e r Collection are RoHS compliant and
Shantung Fabric Long-life LED system coupled with
SWH (Shantung White) electrical driver to deliver optimal
drivers conform to appropriate FCC
regulations. Fabrique Collection 164 SERIES
SEG (Shangtung Eggshell) performance. Electronic drivers are Sconces meet ADA regulations.
SBG (Shangtung Beige) available for 120-277V applications. Height: 12"
A 0-10V dimming control is - Lumen Output Source Lumens:
Printed Wood available (Standard) on all models. L2:1600 Nominal lumens
PVDB (Printed Variegated Bamboo) - Wattage: 14W
PMA (Printed Maple) - Color Rendering: CRI 83+
PCH (Printed Cherry) - Correlated Color Temperature:
PWA (Walnut) 4000K, 3500K, 3000K, 2700K
- Rated Life of Lamp (hrs): 50,000
- Dimming: 0-10V
- Warranty: 5 year limited warranty
DIMENS IONS on LED components
4"
(10 cm)
12" (30 cm)
12"
(30 cm)
164-W 164-W PLAN VIEW
ORDERING INFORMATION (SELECT FIXTURE AND FABRIC KIT TO COMPLETE SPECIFICATION)

Fabric Number: 164-12-W-L2/827-UNV
Series Size Mounting Type LED Lamp LED Voltage Options
164 = Rectilinear Wall Sconce 12” Wall=Wall 12" UNV (120-277V) RBP= Remote Emergency Ballast 2
L2/827 TC= Matte White AcrylicTop Cover
L2/830
L2/835
L2/840
Notes: 1 Fabric Kit is not included. Please specify Fabric Kit (below) to complete specification. 2 5'Max Mounting Distance.
Shade Number: 164-12-SHD-SIW
Series Size SHD Material
164 = Wall Sconce 12” Fabric Fabric Printed Wood Vinyl Coated Fabric
SIW (Silk White) SBG(Shantang Beige) PVDB (Varigated Bamboo) ABR (Alabaster Vinyl)
SIY (Silk Ivory) LAT(Linen Alabaster) PMA(Maple) NFX(Natural Flax Vinyl)
SWH( Shantang White) LBS(Linen Biscut) PCH(Cherry) GHY(Golden Honey Vinyl)
SEG (Shantang Eggshell) NGS(Nutmeg Shimmer) PWA(Walnut)
1 6 4 S E R IE S
Eaton
18001 E. Colfax Avenue
Aurora, CO 80011 Specifications and
P: 303-393-5122 dimensions subject to PS525080EN
www.eaton.com/lighting change without notice. 12/27/16 Pg 1 of 1
Type 20/21
Catalog
Number
Notes
FEATURES & SPECIFICATIONS Artillery Brigade
INTENDED USE — Ideal for applications requiring general purpose emergency lighting exit sign. Type
CONSTRUCTION — Die-cast aluminum construction – compact housing. Brushed aluminum faceplate
with matte black electrostatic polymeric trim. Clear lacquer finish on brushed face inhibits fingerprints and
other surface contaminants. Also available in white housing.
Fully overlapping light seal prevents light leaks. Universal directional chevron knockouts are concealed
and easily removed.
Provisions for conduit entry and pendant mounting.
Letters 6” high with 3/4” stroke, with 100 ft viewing distance rating, based upon UL924 standard.
U.S. Patent No. 5,739,639. Other patents pending. Die-Cast Aluminum Exit
OPTICS — The typical life of the exit LED lamp is 10 years.
LQC
ELECTRICAL — Dual-voltage input capability 120 or 277 VAC. Emergency models provided with test switch,
status indicator and a battery that automatically recharges when normal power is restored.
Battery option: Emergency models provided with maintenance-free, sealed nickel-cadmium battery which
provides 90 minutes of emergency power.
INSTALLATION — Quick-mount installation - less than 5 minutes. Universal mounting (top or end). Back
mount - only available with single face. Completely concealed, easily removed mounting knockouts and
hole plugs. No exposed hardware. Die-cast aluminum canopy provided. Faceplate accessory kit available
LED LAMPS
for 1-face to 2-face field conversion, see accessories below.
LISTINGS — UL listed. Damp location listing 50°F to 104°F (10°C to 40°C). Meets UL 924, NFPA 101 (current
Life Safety Code), NFPA 70-NEC and OSHA illumination standards. NEMA Premium certified.
WARRANTY — 5-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at
www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx
Specifications 8-1/4
Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application. (20.9)
Length: 11-3/4 (29.8)
All values are design or typical values, measured under laboratory conditions at 25 °C.
Depth: 2 (5.1)
Note: Specifications subject to change without notice. 11-3/4 2
Height: 8-1/4 (20.9) (29.8) (5.1)
Weight: 4.5 lbs. (2.0 kg)
All dimensions are inches (centimeters) unless otherwise specified.
ORDERING INFORMATION All configurations of this product are considered standard and have short lead times. Example: LQC 1 R EL N
LQC
Family Housing color Number of faces Letter color Operation
LQC (blank) Matte black, brushed 1 Single face R Red (blank) AC only 120/277
aluminum face 2 Double Face G Green EL N 120/277 VAC input with nickel-cadmium battery back-up
W White
Accessories: Order as separate item.
ELA WG1 Back-mount wireguard1

ELA WGEXT Top-mount wireguard1
ELA WGEXE End-mount wireguard1
ELA B US12 12” pendant-mount kit with black canopy. To order white canopy, replace B with
W in catalog number. To order 24” or 36” lengths, replace 12 with 24 or 362
ELA LQCFPK Brushed/black faceplate kit with red and green sign panel for 1-face to 2-face
field conversion
ELA LQCBPK Brushed/black aluminum backplate for 2-face to 1-face field conversion
ELA W LQCBPK White backplate for 2-face to 1-face field conversion
Notes
ELA W LQCFPK White faceplate kit with red and green sign panel for 1-face to 2-face field
1 See spec sheet ELA-WG.
conversion
2 See spec sheet ELA-StemKits.
EMERGENCY LQC
LQC Quantum® Die-cast Aluminum LED
SPECIFICATIONS MOUNTING
All dimensions are inches (centimeters) unless otherwise specified.
Shipping weight: 4.5 lbs. (2.0 kgs.)
ELECTRICAL
Primary Circuit Top Mounting
Typical Supply Input Max. End Mounting 4-3/4

Type LED life1 voltage watts amps
(12.1)
120 .6 .05
Red LED AC only 10 years
277 .7 .06
120 1.0 .05
Green LED AC only 10 years 8-3/4
277 1.2 .06 5-3/4 8-1/4
(22.2)
120 .6 .06 (14.6) (20.9)
Red LED emergency 10 years
277 .7 .05
120 1.0 .05
Green LED emergency 10 years
277 1.2 .06 11-3/4 2
(29.8) (5.0)
Back Mounting
BATTERY (EL N option)
Sealed Nickel-Cadmium
Shelf Typical Optimum 8-1/4
life2 life2 Maintenance3 temperature4 (20.9)
4-1/8
50°–104°F (10.5)
3 years 7 - 9 years none
(10°–40°C)
5-7/8
(14.9)
Notes
1 Based on continuous operation. The typical life of the LED lamp is 10 years. 11-3/4
(29.8)
2 At 77°F (25°C).
3 All life safety equipment, including emergency lighting for path of egress must be maintained, serviced, and
tested in accordance with all National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) and local codes. Failure to perform the
required maintenance, service, or testing could jeopardize the safety of occupants and will void all warranties.
4 Optimum ambient temperature range where unit will provide capacity for 90 minutes. Higher and lower
temperatures affect life and capacity. Consult factory for detailed information.
KEY FEATURES
ELA LQCFPK
Faceplate accessory kit with red and Quick-Mount installation less than 5 minutes. The typical life of the LED lamp is 10 years.
green sign panels for 1-face to 2-face field
conversion.
LQC
EMERGENCY: One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.334.8694 Fax: 770.981-8141 www.lithonia.com ©2007-2013 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 09/24/15
Type 30
Catalog
Number
FEATURES & SPECIFICATIONS Notes

Artillery Brigade
INTENDED USE — Provides a minimum of 90 minutes illumination for the rated wattage upon loss of AC
power. Ideal for applications requiring attractive LED unit equipment with quick installation and unparal-
Type
leled performance. Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic. Click here
for Acrylic Environmental Compatibility table, for suitable uses.
CONSTRUCTION — White, compact, low-profile contemporary design. Engineering-grade thermoplastic
housing is impact-resistant, scratch-resistant and corrosion-proof. UV-stable resin resists discoloration
from natural and man-made light sources. Unit is also available in black.
Low-profile, integrated test switch/pilot light. Easily visible multicolor LED status indicator.
Unique track-and-swivel arrangement permits full range of direction of lamp head adjustment. Universal
J-box mounting pattern. Tool-less access for maintenance. US Patent No. D483,511.
OPTICS — Two high-performance LED lamp heads rated at 5.4 watts each. Two white LEDs per head
provides a redundant light source that ensures emergency lighting performance. The typical life of an LED Thermoplastic Emergency Light
LED is 10 years.
Linear Pattern (LP) is designed for uniform emergency lighting applications.
Advanced electrical design provides constant light output throughout the entire discharge period.
Single fixture illuminates a 58’ long 6’ wide path of egress at a 12’ mounting height.
ELECTRICAL — Universal input voltage capability (120 through 277V, 50 or 60Hz).
Power factor correction is greater than 0.9 at 120V (0.7 at 277V) which contributes to increased efficiency
ELMLT
and energy savings.
Current limiting charger maximizes battery life and minimizes energy consumption while providing lower LITHIUM IRON PHOSPHATE
operating costs and short circuit protection.
Thermal protection senses battery temperatures and terminates charge current to prevent overheating.
Regulated charge voltage maintains a stable charge voltage over a wide range of line voltages.
Prevents over/undercharging that shortens battery life and reduces capacity.
Brownout protection is automatically switched to emergency mode when supply voltage drops below
approximately 80 percent nominal of 120, 220 or 277. Other input voltages may vary. Specifications
AC/LVD reset allows battery connection before AC power is applied and prevents battery damage from
deep discharge. Length: 12-1/2 (31.8) 5
(12.7)
Battery: Sealed, maintenance-free Lithium Iron Phosphate. Automatic 24-hour recharge after a 90-minute Depth: 3-3/4 (9.5)
discharge. 12-1/2 3-3/4
Height: 5 (12.7)
Diagnostics: Continuously monitors AC functionality. Test switch provides manual activation of 30-second (31.8) (9.5)
diagnostic testing for on-demand visual inspection. Weight: 4.0 lbs (1.8 kg)
Standard derangement monitoring will indicate disconnected battery, charger failure and display an amber
All dimensions are inches (centimeters) unless otherwise indicated.
indicator light while in Emergency mode.
Self-diagnostics (SD option): Single multi-chromatic LED indicator to display two-state charging, test
activation and three-state self-diagnostics.
Self-diagnostic testing: Five minutes every 30 days and 90 minutes annually. WARRANTY — 5-year limited warranty. (Battery is prorated). Complete warranty terms located at
Diagnostic evaluation of: Lamps, AC to DC transfer, battery charging and condition and microprocessor.
Automatic test is easily postponed for eight hours by activating manual test switch or use of remote tester. Note: Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application.
INSTALLATION — Ceiling mount standard. Flexible conduit entry provision on top of the unit. US Patent All values are design or typical values, measured under laboratory conditions at 25°C.
No. D483,511. Specifications subject to change without notice.
LISTINGS — UL damp location listed standard 10.8-watts at 50°-104°F (10°-40°C) or 16.2-watts at 77°-
104°F (25°-40°C). Meets UL 924, NFPA 101 (current Life Safety Code), NEC and OSHA illumination standards.
Meets all applicable FCC requirements.
ORDERING INFORMATION For shortest lead times, configure product using bolded options. Example: ELMLT W LP06VS LTP SD
ELMLT LP06VS LTP SD
Series Housing color Lamp type Battery type Options
ELMLT LED thermoplastic W White LP06VS 5.4W linear pattern LTP Lithium iron phosphate, 9.6 volts (blank) None
emergency light B Black RT Remote laser test (provides 30 second manual test)
TD Time delay
R0 No lamp heads
SD Self-diagnostics
Accessories: Order as separate catalog number.

Notes
ELA VS Thermoplastic vandal shield 1 ELA W SGL LT24 LP06VS Single LED indoor remote head, white3
1 See spec sheet ELA VS-VS2.
ELA WG1 Wireguard, 15”W x 13-1/2”H x 6”D 2 ELA W T LT24 LP06VS Twin LED indoor remote head, white3
2 See spec sheet ELA-WG.
ELA LRT Remote test (laser) for distances up to 15' ELA B SGL LT24 LP06VS Single LED indoor remote head, black3
3 See spec sheet ELA-LT24; 5.4W per head.
ELA B T LT24 LP06VS Twin LED indoor remote head, black3
EMERGENCY ELMLT
ELMLT LED Quantum® Thermoplastic Emergency Light
SPECIFICATIONS SPACING GUIDELINES
*Note: To see complete photometric report or download the .ies file for this product,
ELECTRICAL visit Lithonia Lighting ELMLT home page.
Primary Circuit
Watts output
Input Output
Type Volts amps Watts volts 1-1/2 hrs. 2 hrs. 4 hrs.
120 .162 19.2
ELMLT 9.6 16.2 10.8 N/A
277 .091 19.1
BATTERY
Lithium Iron Phosphate
Traditional products use spot-like distri- The ELMLT features a linear distribution
Optimum butions that focus light in concentrated which maximizes uniformity and fixture-
Voltage Shelf life1 Typical life1,3,4 Maintenance2 temperature3 areas along the path of egress. to-fixture spacings.
77° - 104°F
9.6 1 year 7 - 10 years none
(25° - 40°C) The broad photometric distribution pattern makes emergency lighting layouts reasonably quick and simple.
REMOTE OUTPUT CAPACITY

Standard unit R01,3
5.4W 16.2W
Notes
1 At 77°F (25°C).
2 All life safety equipment, including emergency lighting for path of egress, must be maintained, serviced and
tested in accordance with all National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) and local codes. Failure to perform the
required maintenance, service or testing could jeopardize the safety of occupants and will void all warranties.
3 Optimum ambient temperature range where unit will provide capacity for 90 minutes. Higher and lower
temperatures affect life and capacity. For wall mounted applications, a slight tilt out away from the wall creates a uniform well-lit path of
4 Battery life is negatively impacted by many variables including temperature, charging rates, number of cycles egress. Traditional circular pattern optics require multiple iterations using complex angles to meet the
and deep discharges due to long periods of time without AC power. NFPA 101 requirements of 1fc-average, 1fc-minimum, and 40:1 maximum-to-minimum uniformity.
For ceiling mounted applications, simply aim the lamp heads straight down to create a uniform well-lit
path of egress.
MAXIMUM SPACING/COVERAGE GUIDE

6' Path of Egress
ELMLT Center-to-center spacing
7.5' mounting height 54'
10' mounting height 66'
ELMLT
EMERGENCY: One Lithonia Way, Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-334-8694 Fax: 770-981-8141 www.lithonia.com © 2013-2015 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 10/22/15
Type 31
Catalog
Number
INTENDED USE — To be powered by Quantum ELMLT series unit or any 6V, 9.6V or 12V units with ad-
Artillery Brigade
equate battery capacity as part of an emergency lighting system providing light for the path of egress. Type
Lamp heads operate at 5.4 watt output @ 9.6V input. Remote lamp head matches the appearance
of the Quantum ELMLT series units. Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic.
Click here for Acrylic Environmental Compatibility table for suitable uses.
Unit Accessories
CONSTRUCTION — Single or twin heads available. Fully adjustable lamp heads to meet all aiming require-
ments. Strong, compact and corrosion-resistant with a UL94V-O flame rating. Constructed of UV-stabilized
thermoplastic that resists discoloration by natural or artificial sunlight.
US Patent No. D484,272.
OPTICS — LED, available in 3W, 5W or 6W lamps
ELA LT24
The typical life of the LED is 10 years.
Remote Fixture
INSTALLATION — Universal mounting base for use with single- or twin-head applications. Mounts to a
single-gang switch box.
Adjustable LED Lamp Head
LISTINGS — UL Listed. Standard damp location listed -25° to 40°C (-13° to 104°F). (Single)
NOTE: Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application.
All values are design or typical values, measured under laboratory conditions at 25°C.
Specifications subject to change without notice.
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS (Twin)
4-5/8”
(117 mm)
7-3/8”
(187 mm) Input volts Output watts
ELA LT24 LP03VS 6 - 12 2.5
7-7/8” (200 mm) ELA LT24 LP05VS 6 - 12 5.1
ELA LT24 LP06VS 6 - 12 5.5
3-7/8” Recommended output wattage at recommended input voltage.

2- 3/4” (98 mm)
(70 mm)
Specifications
6-3/4” (171 mm) Single Twin
Length: 7-3/8” (187mm) 7-7/8” (200mm)
4”
(101 mm) Depth: 4-5/8” (117mm) 4-5/8” (117mm)
Height: 2-3/4” (70mm) 2-3.4” (70mm)
4” Shipping Weight: 1-3/4lbs(0.77 kg) 2lbs(0.91 kg)
(101 mm) All dimensions are inches (centimeters) unless otherwise indicated.
Mounting Bracket
ORDERING INFORMATION Lead times will vary depending on options selected. Consult with your sales representative. Example: ELA W T LT24 LP06VS
ELA W T LT24 LP06VS
Series Housing color Number of heads Fixture Distribution
ELA W White SGL Single LT24 Quantum LED LT24 series adjustable lamp head LP03VS Linear pattern 2.5W lamp, voltage-sensing, 6-12V DC input
B Black T Twin LP05VS Linear pattern 5W lamp, voltage-sensing, 6-12V DC input
LP06VS Linear pattern 5.5W lamp, voltage sensing, 6-12V DC input
ELA-LT24
EMERGENCY: One Lithonia Way, Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-334-8694 Fax: 770-981-8141 www.lithonia.com © 2014-2016 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 02/03/16
Proj: Artillery Brigade
Type: 40/40A
GE
Lighting 40: EWNA 0 D45 40 1 N WHTE
40A: EWNA 0 F45 40 1 N WHTE
Evolve LED Wall Pack

™
N Series (EWNA)
imagination at work
Product Features
The next generation of the GE Evolve™ LED Wall Pack is designed to efficiently illuminate walkways, area, and general
lighting applications. The EWNA features an advanced LED optical system that provides high uniformity, excellent
vertical light distribution, reduced on-site glare and effective security light levels. The EWNA Wall Pack offers identical
photometrics to the EANA Area Light, which allows lighting designers to capitalize on the same features without
compromising site layouts. In keeping with a sleek design strategy, this product offers a modern look, balancing the need
for photometric scalability with reliable workhorse performance.
Applications Mounting
• Wall mounted, site, area and general lighting utilizing • Flush wall mount with convenient tab and slot
an advanced LED optical system providing uniformity, mounting for easy “J” box installation. 1/2” conduit
vertical light distribution, reduced on-site glare and holes are included for non-“J” box installation.
effective security light levels.
Finish
Housing
• Corrosion resistant polyester powder painted,
• Die-cast aluminum housing. minimum 2.0 mil. thickness.
• Slim architectural design incorporates an integral • Standard colors: Black and Dark Bronze.
heat sink and light engine, ensuring maximum heat • RAL & custom colors available.
transfer, long LED life, and a reduced Effective
Projected Area (EPA). Electrical
• Meets 1G vibration level per ANSI C136.31-2001.
For 2G rating contact manufacturer. • 120-277 volt and 347-480 volt available.
• System power factor is >90% and THD <20%.
LED & Optical Assembly • Photo electric sensors (PE) available for all voltages.
• GE dimmable PE socket is available making the
• Structured LED array for optimized area light and unit “adaptive controls ready.” Contact
wall pack photometric distribution. manufacturer for details.
• Evolve™ LED light engine utilizes reflective technology • Dimming:
to optimize application efficiency and minimize glare. - Wired 0-10V continuous dimming with “D”
• Utilizes high brightness LEDs, 70 CRI at 4000K option code
& 5000K typical. - Stand-alone motion sensor based dimming using
“H” option code
Lumen Maintenance • Surge Protection Options:
For 120-277VAC and 347-480VAC per IEEE/ANSI
• System rating is L85 at 50,000 hours. Contact C136.2-2014.
manufacturer for Lxx rating (Lumen Depreciation) – 6kV/3kA “Basic” surge protection, standard.
beyond 50,000 hours. – 10kV/5kA “Enhanced” surge protection available
with “R” option code.
Ratings
• / listed, suitable for wet locations.
(For cUL availability contact manufacturer)
• IP66 rated optical enclosure per ANSI C136.25-2009.
• Temperature rated at –40° to 50°C.
• Upward Light Output Ratio (ULOR) = 0
• Title 24 compliant with “H” motion sensor option.
• Compliant with the material restriction
requirements of RoHS.
• DLC Listed
Ordering Number Logic
Evolve LED Wall Pack N Series (EWNA)
E
_W_ _N _A _ _ _ 5
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
PHOTOMETRIC VOLTAGE OPTICAL DRIVE LED COLOR MOUNTING

PROD. ID CODE CURRENT PE FUNCTION COLOR OPTIONS
SERIES TEMP ARM
E = Evolve A = Photometric 0 = 120-277 5 = 525mA 40 = 4000K 1 = None N = None Required BLCK = Black D = Dimming
Series “A” 1 = 120* 50 = 5000K 2 = PE Rec. DKBZ = Dark Bronze (0-10 Volt Input) †
W = Wall Pack 2 = 208* 3 = Internal PE (Button PE) * GRAY = Gray F = Fusing
3 = 240* 4 = PE Rec. with Shorting cap WHTE = White R = 10kV Enhanced
N = Housing
Series 4 = 277* 5 = PE Rec. with Control ** Contact manufacturer Surge Protection *
5 = 480* A = ANSI C136.41 7-pin PE for other colors. H = Motion Sensor #
H = 347-480V Receptacle †#
D = 347* D = ANSI C136.41 7-pin PE
† Dimming leads will be
provided through the
Receptacle with Shorting Cap †# back of the arm, unless
* Specify single specified with A or D
voltage only * Only available with discrete
if fuse option is voltages. Not available with PE Function.
selected. voltage options D, H or 5. * R & H options can not
be purchased together.
** PE control not available for 347-
480V. Must be a discrete voltage
(347V or 480V). # Dimming is standard
with H option code. Do
† When ordering PE function not also select D option.
socket A or D, a dimming driver Not compatible with PE
must also be ordered under the options A, or D.
“OPTIONS” column.
# Order Dimming/Control PE as
a separate item.
TYPICAL INITIAL TYPICAL SYSTEM

OPTICAL TYPE LUMENS WATTAGE BUG RATINGS* IES FILE NUMBER
CODE
4000K 5000K 120-277V 347-480V 4000K 5000K 4000K 5000K
A4 Asymmetric Forward 3,730 3,750 46 46 1-0-1 1-0-1 EWNA_A4540__.IES EWNA_A4550__.IES
B4 Asymmetric Forward 5,510 5,540 65 65 1-0-2 1-0-2 EWNA_B4540__.IES EWNA_B4550__.IES
TYPE IV
C4 Asymmetric Forward 7,180 7,210 85 85 1-0-2 1-0-2 EWNA_C4540__.IES EWNA_C4550__.IES

D4 Asymmetric Forward 8,810 8,850 104 104 1-0-2 1-0-2 EWNA_D4540__.IES EWNA_D4550__.IES
E4 Asymmetric Forward 10,370 10,410 123 123 2-0-2 2-0-2 EWNA_E4540__.IES EWNA_E4550__.IES
40
F4 Asymmetric Forward 12,320 12,380 148 148 2-0-3 2-0-3 EWNA_F4540__.IES EWNA_F4550__.IES
A3 Asymmetric Wide 4,070 4,090 46 46 1-0-1 1-0-1 EWNA_A3540__.IES EWNA_A3550__.IES
40A
B3 Asymmetric Wide 6,010 6,040 65 65 1-0-1 1-0-1 EWNA_B3540__.IES EWNA_B3550__.IES
TYPE III
C3 Asymmetric Wide 7,830 7,860 85 85 1-0-2 1-0-2 EWNA_C3540__.IES EWNA_C3550__.IES

D3 Asymmetric Wide 9,620 9,650 104 104 2-0-2 2-0-2 EWNA_D3540__.IES EWNA_D3550__.IES
E3 Asymmetric Wide 11,320 11,360 123 123 2-0-2 2-0-2 EWNA_E3540__.IES EWNA_E3550__.IES
F3 Asymmetric Wide 13,450 13,500 148 148 2-0-2 2-0-2 EWNA_F3540__.IES EWNA_F3550__.IES
A2 Asymmetric Narrow 3,940 3,960 46 46 1-0-1 1-0-1 EWNA_A2540__.IES EWNA_A2550__.IES
B2 Asymmetric Narrow 5,820 5,850 65 65 1-0-1 1-0-1 EWNA_B2540__.IES EWNA_B2550__.IES
TYPE II
C2 Asymmetric Narrow 7,580 7,620 85 85 2-0-2 2-0-2 EWNA_C2540__.IES EWNA_C2550__.IES

D2 Asymmetric Narrow 9,310 9,350 104 104 2-0-2 2-0-2 EWNA_D2540__.IES EWNA_D2550__.IES
E2 Asymmetric Narrow 10,960 11,010 123 123 2-0-2 2-0-2 EWNA_E2540__.IES EWNA_E2550__.IES
F2 Asymmetric Narrow 13,020 13,080 148 148 2-0-2 2-0-2 EWNA_F2540__.IES EWNA_F2550__.IES
*Rating values for B and G are based on rated lumens and may vary due to flux tolerances.
Photometrics
EWNA Type IV - Asymmetric Forward (F4) EWNA Type IV - Asymmetric Forward (A4)
12,380 Lumens, 5000K (EWNA_F4550__.IES) 3,750 Lumens, 5000K (EWNA_A4550__-120-277V.IES)
Grid Distance in Units Vertical plane through horizontal angle Grid Distance in Units Vertical plane through horizontal angle
of Mounting Height at 30’ Initial of maximum candlepower at 45° of Mounting Height at 15’ Initial of maximum candlepower at 45°
Footcandle Values at Grade Vertical plane through horizontal angle of 72.5° Footcandle Values at Grade Vertical plane through horizontal angle of 72.5°
EWNA Type III - Asymmetric Wide (F3) EWNA Type III - Asymmetric Wide (A3)
Footcandle Values at Grade Vertical plane through horizontal angle of 52.5° Footcandle Values at Grade Vertical plane through horizontal angle of 52.5
EWNA Type II - Asymmetric Narrow (F2) EWNA Type II - Asymmetric Narrow (A2)
Distance in Units Vertical plane through horizontal angle Grid Distance in Units Vertical plane through horizontal angle
Footcandle Values at Grade Vertical plane through horizontal angle of 60° Footcandle Values at Grade Vertical plane through horizontal angle of 60°
Product Dimensions
Isometric View Top View
16.6 in.
(422 mm)
8.1 in.
(206 mm)
Front View Side View
6.0 in.
(151 mm)
16.8 in.
(426 mm)
Back View
.188 in. (5 mm) DIA 4.4 in.
for use with 4.000 in. (102 mm) (112 mm)
Octagon Box (4 places)
2.9 in.
(72 mm)
.188 in. (5 mm) DIA

for use with 3.250 in. (83 mm)
Octagon Box (4 places)
• Approximate Net Weight: 17 lbs (7.71 kgs)

D ATA
• Effective Projected Area (EPA): 0.42 sq ft max (0.04 sq. m)

H-Motion Sensing Option:
• Intended for mounting applications between 8-25ft.
• Provides a coverage area radius for walking motion of 15-20ft (4.57-6.10m).
• Provides 180° of coverage (~180° is blocked by the wall).
• Delivered factory setting of 50% dimmed light output with no occupancy.
• May be reprogrammed using additional remote programmer.
Remote Programmer part number: WS FSIR-100 PROGRAMMER (197634).
• Photoelectric control is integrated through the motion sensor, and is offered as standard.
Sensor Pattern:
Street Side
40’
30’
20’
10’
40’ 30’ 20’ 10’ 10’ 20’ 30’ 40’
Vehicles
Pedestrians
Sensing Pattern Wall Pack Fixture

8 – 25 ft.
www.gelighting.com
GE and the GE Monogram are trademarks of the General Electric Company. All other trademarks are the property
of their respective owners. Information provided is subject to change without notice. All values are design or typical
values when measured under laboratory conditions. GE Lighting and GE Lighting Solutions, LLC are businesses of
the General Electric Company. © 2015 GE.
OLP3079 (Rev 09/28/15)
Type 41 - FNL6-36-MW-PP-1-33L40K-DCC-N/A-DV-LEL PROJECT INFORMATION
Job Name
Artillery Brigade
MILLENIUM FINITE™
Fixture Type
FNL6 SERIES – INDIVIDUAL MOUNT
Catalog Number
PRODUCT FEATURES:
»»Surface mount – wall; 1', 2', 3', 4', & 6' lengths Approved by
»»Extruded aluminum housing with die-cast end caps

»»Peace of Mind Guarantee® against breakage
SPECIFICATIONS
HOUSING: Marine grade aluminum. Extruded body with die-cast end caps. Post assembly TGIC polyester powder coat finished – 5-step pre-treatment.
REFLECTOR: Full reflector/wire cover – 92% reflectivity.
LENS: UV-stabilized, high impact clear or pearlescent polycarbonate. Symmetric optic includes diffused, impact-resistant acrylic lens. standard with LED lamp options. Smooth exterior. Nominal
thickness. 125" lens securely positioned in body with L brackets, sealed with closed cell gaskets.
SOCKETS: Shock-resistant sockets with internal locking collar to ensure positive lamp retention.
ELECTRICAL: LED: Available 3500K, 4000K and 5000K color temperatures, 82 CRI. 120-277VAC, 50/60Hz electrical input with serviceable high power factor electronic, constant-current driver
(<20% THD, >0.95 PF). Standard 0-10V dimming with 10-100% range, maximum driver source of 500 μA. LF: Class P ballasts. Fluorescent electronic 120/277/347 and dual voltage ballasts high
power factor. Compatible with Kenall TekLink™ control system.
TEKLINK™ TL50: An independent lighting control system integral to the luminaire, featuring its own occupancy sensor, daylight harvesting and adjustable time-out/dimming settings. Three different
programs are available, each governing system behavior in normal operation; On-to-Dim Daylighting, On-to-Off Daylighting, and Occupancy Only.
TEKLINK™ TL100: Centralized, wired zonal occupancy and closed-loop daylight harvesting control system. TL100 controllers are standalone devices and ordered separately for luminaire.
Click here for specifications.
TEKLINK™ TL1000/2000: An adaptive lighting control system with wired or wireless communication between system nodes. In addition to occupancy detection and daylight harvesting, TL1000 and
TL2000 feature advanced scheduling and energy management capabilities with cloud-based management of system settings, reporting and notifications.
INSTALLATION: 16-guage stainless steel quick mount plate bolts to wall (fasteners by other), fixture attaches to mounting plate with quick mounting hook-and-lock mechanism and locked into place
with captive Torx® (or optional Phillips head) screws, which are concealed but accessible from bottom.
PHOTOMETRICS: Photometry tested to the IESNA LM-79-08 standard by an ILAC/ISO17025 accredited laboratory. For additional photometric information, go to www.kenall.com.
WARRANTY: Limited five (5) year warranty. Standard four-point mounting to wall (required for Peace of Mind Guarantee®).
LISTINGS: Luminaire is certified to UL Standards by Intertek Testing Laboratory for wet location. ETL certified IP64 per IEC 60598. IESNA-designated full cut-off. IDA-Approved™ Dark-Sky
Friendly Fixture.
LED IP64
ORDERING INFORMATION (Ex: FNL6-48-DB-SYM-1-45L40K-DCC-DV)

Model Length Finish Lens Qty - Lamp Type Ballast/Driver Ballast Qty Voltage Options Accessories TekLink Controls System
FNL6 1-33L40K DCC N/A < >
Length 3' Lengths (Cross Section) Ballast/Driver Type Accessories
12 1' 1-33L35K 33 Watt 3500K LED DCC Dimming Constant Current Driver 9500 Torx® Screwdriver
24 2' 1-33L40K 33 Watt 4000K LED (LED only) D-0552 Torx® Driver Bit
36 3' 1-33L50K 33 Watt 5000K LED IS Instant Start Electronic <10% THD (T8)
48 4' 1-21 F21T5 RS Rapid Start Electronic TekLink
48T* 4' Tandem (Two 2' Lamps) 1-25 F25T8 <10% THD (T8,T5,T5HO) TL50† TL50 Control System
72T* 6' Tandem (Two 3' Lamps) 2-25 F25T8 SB Specified Ballast (Click here for specifications)
1-39 F39T5HO TL1000† TL1000 Wired Control System
Finish Ballast Quantity (n/a with LED) (Click here for specifications)
DB Dark Bronze 4' Lengths (Cross Section) 1 One TL2000† TL2000 Wireless Control System
MB Matte Black 1-45L35K 45 Watt 3500K LED 2 Two (2 lamps only) (Click here for specifications)
MW Matte White 1-45L40K 45 Watt 4000K LED TLOSs† TL Sensor Only
CC 1-45L50K 45 Watt 5000K LED
Custom Color (Consult Factory) Voltage (Click here for specifications)
1-14* F14T5 (two 2' lamps in tandem) 120 120 Volts
Lens 1-17* F17T8 (two 2' lamps in tandem) 277 277 Volts Please consult Kenall Applications when ordering Controls
CP Clear Polycarbonate (n/a w/LED) 1-24* F24T5HO (two 2' lamps in tandem) 347l◆ 347 Volts (T8, T5HO) (n/a with LED)
PP Pearlescent Polycarbonate 1-28 F28T5 DV◆ 120-277 Volts Controls Kit
SYM‡Symmetric, Diffused DR Acrylic 1-32 F32T8 < > Internal Code
2-32 F32T8 Options
Quantity - Lamp Type 1-54 F54T5HO EL▼^ 500 Minimum Lumen Battery Pack –
(Quantity, Driver, Voltage, Temp) (4' LF only)
1' Length 6' Lengths (Cross Section) LEL▼ LED Emergency Battery Backup
1-12L35K 12 Watt 3500K LED 1-67L35K 67 Watt 3500K LED (3' or 4' LED only)
1-12L40K 12 Watt 4000K LED 1-67L40K 67 Watt 4000K LED BPC Button Photocell (120 or 277V only) * T andem only
1-12L50K 12 Watt 5000K LED 1-67L50K 67 Watt 5000K LED FS Single Fuse & Holder • 3 47V n/a with EL option
Note: EL option adds 12" to fixture length,
▼
1-21* F21T5 (two 3' lamps in tandem) PH Phillips Head Fasteners
2' Lengths (Cross Section) 1-25* F25T8 (two 3' lamps in tandem) LEL option adds 13.66" to 3', 13.78" to 4' lengths.
1-25L35K 25 Watt 3500K LED 2-25* F25T8 (four 3' lamps in tandem) ^ n /a with 2 lamp T5HO, unless 2 lamps are in tandem
1-25L40K 25 Watt 4000K LED 1-39* F39T5HO (two 3' lamps in tandem)
s
Used in conjunction with TL100
1-25L50K 25 Watt 5000K LED
◆
n/a with BPC
1-14 F14T5 † LED Lamp Type only
1-17 F17T8 ‡ Peace of Mind Guarantee not included
2-17 F17T8
1-24 F24T5HO

FNL6-102615
MILLENIUM FINITE™
FNL6 SERIES – Technical Data
PERFORMANCE Initial Delivered Lumens
@ 25°C Efficacy Input Power Drive Current Estd. L70

Length Lamp Type
(lm) (lm/W) (W) (mA) LED Life (Hrs)
12L35K 1154 82 14 94 80,000
12 12L40K 1230 88 14 94 80,000
12L50K 1279 91 14 94 80,000
25L35K 2326 86 27 94 80,000
24 25L40K 2480 92 27 94 80,000
25L50K 2579 96 27 94 80,000
33L35K 3100 86 36 94 80,000
36 33L40K 3305 92 36 94 80,000
33L50K 3437 95 36 94 80,000
45L35K 4138 84 49 94 80,000
48 45L40K 4412 90 49 94 80,000
45L50K 4588 94 49 94 80,000
67L35K 6200 86 72 94 80,000
72 67L40K 6610 92 72 94 80,000
67L50K 6874 95 72 94 80,000
Displayed information above is for PP Lens type only. Info subject to change. Visit www.kenall.com for IES files and additional information.
Model: FNL6-12-MW-SYM-12L40K-DCC-DV Model: FNL6-24-MW-SYM-25L40K-DCC-DV Model: FNL6-36-MW-SYM-33L40K-DCC-DV
588 1139 1490
441 854 1118

2 2 2
294 570 745
147 285 373
1 1
1
Maximum Candela = 588 Located At Horizontal Angle = 240, Vertical Angle = 2.5 Maximum Candela = 1139 Located At Horizontal Angle = 30, Vertical Angle = 2.5 Maximum Candela = 1490 Located At Horizontal Angle = 0, Vertical Angle = 2.5
1 - Vertical Plane Through Horizontal Angles (240-60) (Through Max. Cd.) 1 - Vertical Plane Through Horizontal Angles (30-210) (Through Max. Cd.) 1 - Vertical Plane Through Horizontal Angles (0-180) (Through Max. Cd.)
2 - Horizontal Cone Through Vertical Angle (2.5) (Through Max. Cd.) 2 - Horizontal Cone Through Vertical Angle (2.5) (Through Max. Cd.) 2 - Horizontal Cone Through Vertical Angle (2.5) (Through Max. Cd.)
Model: FNL6-48-MW-SYM-45L40K-DCC-DV Model: FNL6-72-MW-SYM-67L40K-DCC-DV

2009 2981
1507 2236
2 2
1005 1490
502 745
1 1
Maximum Candela = 2009 Located At Horizontal Angle = 15, Vertical Angle = 2.5 Maximum Candela = 2981 Located At Horizontal Angle = 0, Vertical Angle = 2.5
1 - Vertical Plane Through Horizontal Angles (15-195) (Through Max. Cd.) 1 - Vertical Plane Through Horizontal Angles (0-180) (Through Max. Cd.)
2 - Horizontal Cone Through Vertical Angle (2.5) (Through Max. Cd.) 2 - Horizontal Cone Through Vertical Angle (2.5) (Through Max. Cd.)

FNL6-102615
MILLENIUM FINITE™
FNL6 SERIES – Technical Data
DIMENSIONAL DATA
CROSS SECTION/DETAILS
Nominal Fixture Legend
LMP A B C
1' LED n/a 8.00 14.18
2' T5 n/a 17.25 23.37
3.75"
2' T8/LED n/a 19.50 24.87
3' T5/LED 9.50 28.50 35.21
3' T8 10.00 30.00 36.87
4' T5/LED 13.50 40.50 47.00
5.75" 4' T8 14.00 42.00 48.87
6' T5/LED 20.00 60.00 70.00
6' T8 21.00 63.00 72.87
A ▼
LMP w/EL Opt. A B C
3' LED 14.00 42.00 48.87
4' LED/T8 17.00 51.00 60.87
B
C

FNL6-102615
Type 42 - VG01C 40LED MVOLT DWHG
Catalog
Number

Artillery Brigade
INTENDED USE — Architectural deep-cast luminaire provides general illumination for rough service
(vandal resistant) applications. Ideal for interior or exterior applications where safety and security are a Type
concern. Designed to complement building architecture and to endure extreme environmental conditions
and physical abuse. Amber LEDs available for applications requiring turtle-safe lighting. Certain airborne
contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic. Click here for Acrylic Environmental Compatibility table for
suitable uses.
CONSTRUCTION — Bezel - One-piece, die-cast aluminum, low copper alloy (<1% copper). Encloses lens
and secures to housing with stainless steel Torx® T-10 set screws (two included) or optional stainless steel
tamper-resistant screws (see options).
Housing - One-piece, die-cast aluminum, low copper alloy (<1% copper), with post-painted polyester powder
coat finish. Four hole mounting detail for use directly over outlet box, or conduit entry through three 1/2"
threaded openings on side or 3/4" threaded opening on rear surface. .012 gauge aluminum sheet metal
Architectural Rough Service Fixture
internal bracket and board plate for thermal conduction and support.
Gasket - Polycarbonate: Perimeter lens gasket is one-piece silicone "O" ring, mechanically held in lens
VGO1C
channel. Glass: Perimeter lens gasket is closed-cell silicone. Pad mounting gasket is closed-cell neoprene
and seals housing to mounting surface. Gaskets help cushion impact shock.
Finish - Standard finish is textured polyester powder coat in white, black or bronze. Optional architectural
colors available (see paint finishes).
OPTICS — Polycarbonate lens – Injection-molded lens is .125 inch thick. Designed to enrich the LED color
and lumen output. Smooth exterior allows for easy cleaning, and interior pattern diffuses light for even
surface illumination.
Glass lens – Tempered borosilicate lens, .250 inch thick, has smooth exterior for easy cleaning and textured LED
interior.
Oval Open Face
ELECTRICAL — Utilizes high-efficiency LEDs mounted to 2 metal core circuit boards. 3500 Kelvin tempera-
ture. Driver: 2 electronic drivers wired in series allows total power to be reduced by half while maintaining Deep Housing
even illumination across the 2 boards. 70% lumen maintenance at 50,000 hours. 100V through 277V, Ceiling/Wall Mounted
50-60HZ operation. 6KV pulse rated. Integral surge protection standard.
INSTALLATION — Unit may be wall or ceiling mounted.
LISTINGS — CSA Certified to UL and C-UL standards. NOM Certified (see Options). CSA listed for 30oC
ambient and wet locations. IP65 rated.
13-3/4
For installed Rough Service Product(s), Acuity warrants that, for the lifetime of the product(s), the poly- (34.9)
carbonate lens and/or polycarbonate housing will withstand breakage resulting from occasional physical
abuse and rough handling (the "Rough Service Warranty"), notwithstanding the vandalism exclusion set
forth at www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx
NOTE: Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application. 9-1/2 6-3/4
(24.1) (17.1)
All values are design or typical values, measured under laboratory conditions at 25°C.
Specifications subject to change without notice. All dimensions are inches (centimeters).
ORDERING INFORMATION For shortest lead times, configure products using bolded options. Example: VGO1C 40LED 120 DBLB SF LPI
VGO1C 40LED MVOLT DWHG
Series Lumen output1/Color temperature2 Lens Voltage Paint finishes3 Options Lamp
VGO1C Lumen output1 Color temperature2 (blank) Polycarbonate 120 Standard textured finishes Shipped installed in fixture LPI Lamp
40LED 40W GL Borosilicate glass 277 DWHG White DF Double fuse4, 5 included
(blank) 3500K
25LED 25W MVOLT DBLB Black SF Single fuse 5
DDBT Dark bronze DS Dual switching 6
DNAT Natural MSI8 Wet location motion
aluminum sensor5, 7
DSST Sandstone PE Photoelectric cell5, 8
TRS Tamper-resistant screws9
NOM Meets Mexican standards
Notes
1. Refer to table on back page.
2. The CCT value provided is of lamp source and actual CCT will vary upon power
Accessories: Order as separate catalog number. levels.
3. For additional colors, refer to Architectural Paint brochure.
RK1 T10DRV Torx TX10 screwdriver, for use with Gateway set screws. 4. Must specify DS option.
RK1 T20BIT Hex-base driver bit, Torx TX20, for tamper-resistant screws with center reject pin. 5. Must specify voltage. Not available with MVOLT.
RK1 T20DRV Torx TX20 screwdriver for use with tamper-resistant screws with center reject pin. 6. Not available with SF or PE options.
7. Provided with lens for mounting up to 8'.
8. Not available with DS option.
9. T-20 screws with center reject pin.
SPECIAL APPLICATIONS VGO1C_LED

VGO1C Rough Service Ceiling/Wall-Mounted Fixture, LED
Initial delivered lumens Initial delivered lumens

System through polycarbonate lens* through glass lens* Ambient
watts 3500K 3500K mA temperature °C
40 1165 780 500 30
25 900 605 350 30
* 3500K is LED CCT
PHOTOMETRICS
See www.lithonia.com.
VGO1C_LED
SPECIAL APPLICATIONS: One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.315.4963 Fax: 770-981-8191 www.lithonia.com © 2010-2016 Acuity Brands, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev.04/06/16
Artillery Brigade
GE
Lighting Mounting Heights Types 50, 51, 52, 53
Type 50 - 10.72M
Type 51 - 10.72M
Type 52 - 10.72M
Type 53 - 7.6M
Evolve LED Roadway Lighting

™
LED Roadway Luminaire (ERL1-ERLH-ERS1-ERS2)
imagination at work
Product Features
The Evolve™ LED Roadway Luminaire is optimized for customers requiring a LED solution for local, collector and major
roadways. GE’s unique reflective optics are designed to optimize application efficiency and minimize glare. The modern
design incorporates the heat sink directly into the unit for heat transfer to prolong LED life. This reliable unit has a
100,000 hour design life, significantly reducing maintenance needs and expense over the life of the fixture. This efficient
solution lowers energy consumption compared to traditional HID fixture for additional operating cost savings.
• Designed to meet recommended luminance and • Slipfitter with +/- 5 degree of adjustment for leveling.
illuminance requirements for local, collector and • Integral die cast mounting pipe stop.
major roadway/street classifications. • Adjustable for 1.25 in. or 2 in. mounting pipe.
Housing
Finish
• The modern design incorporates Casting-integral
heatsink for maximum heat transfer. • Corrosion resistant polyester powder paint,
• Meets 3G vibration per ANSI C136.31-2010. minimum 2.0 mil. thickness.
• Die Cast Enclosure. • Standard colors: Black, Gray and Dark Bronze.
• RAL & custom colors available.
• Optional coastal finish available.
LED & Optical Assembly
• Evolve™ light engine consisting of reflective technology Electrical
designed to optimize application efficiency and
• 120-277 VAC and 347-480 VAC.
minimize glare.
• System power factor is >90% and THD <20%.*
• Utilizes high brightness LEDs, 70 CRI at 3000K
• Class “A” Sound rating.
and 4000K typical.
• 0-10V dimming standard or DALI dimming available
• LM-79 tests and reports in accordance with IESNA
upon request for 120V-277V.
standards.
• Surge Protection per ANSI C136.2-2015:
– Standard: 6kV/3kA “Basic: (120 Strikes)”
Lumen Maintenance – Optional Secondary: 10kV/5kA “Enhanced: (40 Strikes)”
• Lumen Maintenance per TM21. • EMI: Title 47 CFR Part 15 Class A
• Photo electric sensors (PE) available.
Ratings * System power factor and THD is tested and specified at 120V input
and maximum load conditions. THD<26% for 347/480V supply with
03 power level.
• / listed, suitable for wet locations per UL 1598.
• Std. Optical enclosure rated per ANSI C136.25-2009:
Warranty
ERL1 = IP65, ERS1-2 = IP66, ERLH = IP65.
• Upward Light Output Ratio (ULOR) = 0. • 5 Year Standard
• Compliant with the material restriction • 10 Year Optional
requirements of RoHS.
Suggested HID Replacement Lumen Levels
Product Lumen Ambient
ID Output Rating • ~4,000–5,000 lumens to replace 100W HPS Cobra-head
• ~7,000–8,800 lumens to replace 150W HPS Cobra-head
ERL1 02-09 -40°C to 50°C • ~8,500–11,500 lumens to replace 200W HPS Cobra-head
ERLH 10-11 -40°C to 50°C • ~11,500–14,000 lumens to replace 250W HPS Cobra-head
ERLH 13-15 -40°C to 40°C • ~21,000–28,000 lumens to replace 400W HPS Cobra-head
ERS1 10-15 -40°C to 50°C
Note: Actual replacement lumens may vary based upon mounting height,
ERS2 16-23 -40°C to 50°C pole spacing, design criteria, etc.
ERS2 25-28 -40°C to 40°C
Delayed start may be experienced <-35°C.
Evolve™ LED Streetlight (ERL1)
E
_ R
_ _L 1_ _0
__ _A1
_ _40
_ _ ____
GRAY ___
LUMEN
PROD. ID VOLTAGE OUTPUT DISTRIBUTION CCT CONTROLS COLOR OPTIONS
E = Evolve 0 = 120-277* 02* A1 = Extra Narrow 30 = 3000K A = ANSI C136.41 7-pin GRAY = Gray A = 4 Bolt Slipfitter †
R = Roadway 1 = 120 03 Asymmetric 40 = 4000K D = ANSI C136.41 7-pin BLCK = Black F = Fusing
2 = 208 04 B1 = Narrow receptacle with Shorting DKBZ = Dark G = Internal Bubble Level
L = Local 3 = 240 05 Asymmetric Bronze
Cap I = IP66 Optical
1 = Single Module 4 = 277 06 (Medium)
5 = 480 C1 = Asymmetric E = ANSI C136.41 7-pin L = Tool-Less Entry
07
D = 347 08 (Short) Receptacle with non- R = Optional Secondary Enhanced Surge
H = 347-480* 09 D1 = Asymmetric Dimming PE Control.* Protection (10kV/5kA)
* Not available Forward * PE Control Only available for U = Universal DALI Programmable +^
See Data E1 = Asymmetric
with Fusing. Table for 120-277V or 480V Discrete. X = Single Package #
Must choose (Medium) Not available for 347-480V Y = Coastal Finish *
more F1 = Asymmetric
a descreet information. or 347V Discrete. XXX = Special Options
voltage with (Wide)
F option. *120V only, not G1 = Asymmetric NOTE: Dimming controls wired † Contact manufacturer for Lead-Time.
compatible with (Extra Wide) for 0-10V standard unless DALI # Std Packaging = 20 units per container.
0-10V dimming. See Data Table for option “U” requested. * Recommended for installations within
more information 1 mile from the coast. Contact Factory
for Lead-Time.
+ Compatible with LightGrid 2.0 nodes.
^ Not available in 347V, 480V or 347-480V
for Lumen Level 07 and 08.
TYPICAL INITIAL TYPICAL SYSTEM BUG RATING IES FILE NUMBER IES FILE NUMBER
PRODUCT LUMEN DISTRIBUTION LUMENS WATTAGE 4000K 3000K
ID OUTPUT
4000K 3000K 120-277V 347-480V 4000K 3000K 120-277V 347-480V 120-277V 347-480V
ERL1 A1 1900 1800 B1-U0-G1 B1-U0-G1 ERL1_02A140_____-120V.IES N/A ERL1_02A130_____-120V.IES N/A
ERL1 B1 1900 1800 B1-U0-G0 B1-U0-G0 ERL1_02B140_____-120V.IES N/A ERL1_02B130_____-120V.IES N/A
ERL1 C1 2000 1900 B1-U0-G1 B1-U0-G1 ERL1_02C140_____-120V.IES N/A ERL1_02C130_____-120V.IES N/A
ERL1 02 D1 1900 1800 15 N/A B1-U0-G0 B1-U0-G0 ERL1_02D140_____-120V.IES N/A ERL1_02D130_____-120V.IES N/A
ERL1 E1 2000 1900 B1-U0-G0 B1-U0-G0 ERL1_02E140_____-120V.IES N/A ERL1_02E130_____-120V.IES N/A
ERL1 F1 2000 1900 B1-U0-G1 B1-U0-G1 ERL1_02F140_____-120V.IES N/A ERL1_02F130_____-120V.IES N/A
ERL1 G1 2000 1900 B1-U0-G1 B1-U0-G1 ERL1_02G140_____-120V.IES N/A ERL1_02G130_____-120V.IES N/A
ERL1 A1 2800 2700 B1-U0-G1 B1-U0-G1 ERL1_03A140_____-120-277V.IES ERL1_03A140_____-347-480V.IES ERL1_03A130_____-120-277V.IES ERL1_03A130_____-347-480V.IES
ERL1 B1 2900 2800 B1-U0-G1 B1-U0-G1 ERL1_03B140_____-120-277V.IES ERL1_03B140_____-347-480V.IES ERL1_03B130_____-120-277V.IES ERL1_03B130_____-347-480V.IES
ERL1 C1 3000 2900 B1-U0-G1 B1-U0-G1 ERL1_03C140_____-120-277V.IES ERL1_03C140_____-347-480V.IES ERL1_03C130_____-120-277V.IES ERL1_03C130_____-347-480V.IES
ERL1 03 D1 2900 2800 25 28 B1-U0-G1 B1-U0-G1 ERL1_03D140_____-120-277V.IES ERL1_03D140_____-347-480V.IES ERL1_03D130_____-120-277V.IES ERL1_03D130_____-347-480V.IES
ERL1 E1 3000 2900 B1-U0-G1 B1-U0-G1 ERL1_03E140_____-120-277V.IES ERL1_03E140_____-347-480V.IES ERL1_03E130_____-120-277V.IES ERL1_03E130_____-347-480V.IES
ERL1 F1 3000 2900 B1-U0-G1 B1-U0-G1 ERL1_03F140_____-120-277V.IES ERL1_03F140_____-347-480V.IES ERL1_03F130_____-120-277V.IES ERL1_03F130_____-347-480V.IES
ERL1 G1 3000 2900 B1-U0-G1 B1-U0-G1 ERL1_03G140_____-120-277V.IES ERL1_03G140_____-347-480V.IES ERL1_03G130_____-120-277V.IES ERL1_03G130_____-347-480V.IES
52 ERL1 E1 4000 3900 B1-U0-G1 B1-U0-G1 ERL1_04E140_____-120-277V.IES ERL1_04E140_____-347-480V.IES ERL1_04E130_____-120-277V.IES ERL1_04E130_____-347-480V.IES
ERL1 A1 6700 6500 B2-U0-G2 B2-U0-G2 ERL1_07A140_____.IES ERL1_07A130_____.IES
ERL1 B1 6800 6600 B2-U0-G1 B2-U0-G1 ERL1_07B140_____.IES ERL1_07B130_____.IES
ERL1 C1 7000 6800 B2-U0-G1 B2-U0-G1 ERL1_07C140_____.IES ERL1_07C130_____.IES
ERL1 07 D1 6800 6600 67 B2-U0-G1 B2-U0-G1 ERL1_07D140_____.IES ERL1_07D130_____.IES
ERL1 E1 7000 6800 B2-U0-G1 B2-U0-G1 ERL1_07E140_____.IES ERL1_07E130_____.IES
ERL1 F1 7000 6800 B2-U0-G2 B2-U0-G2 ERL1_07F140_____.IES ERL1_07F130_____.IES
ERL1 G1 7000 6800 B2-U0-G2 B2-U0-G2 ERL1_07G140_____.IES ERL1_07G130_____.IES
50 ERL1 E1 8500 8200 B2-U0-G1 B2-U0-G1 ERL1_08E140_____.IES ERL1_08E130_____.IES
ERL1 G1 8500 8200 B2-U0-G2 B2-U0-G2 ERL1_08G140_____..IES ERL1_08G130_____.IES
ERL1 E1 8800 8400 B2-U0-G1 B2-U0-G1 ERL1_09E140_____.IES ERL1_09E130_____.IES
ERL1 G1 8800 8400 B2-U0-G2 B2-U0-G2 ERL1_09G140_____.IES ERL1_09G130_____.IES
Photometrics
1.0
ERL1 7760
.1
Extra Narrow Asymmetric .2 5820
0.9
(08A1) 0.8
3880 SS
0.7
8,200 Lumens .5
1940 0.6
HS SS
4000K 2 0.5
ERL1_08A140_____.IES
0.4
HS
0.3
1
0.2
0.1
0.0 0 1 2 3 4 5
Grid Distance in Units of Vertical plane through horizontal angle
Mounting Height at 30’ Initial of maximum candlepower at 85° Street Width/Mounting Height
Footcandle Values at Grade Vertical plane through horizontal angle of 70°
1.0
ERL1 5188
Narrow Asymmetric Medium .1 3891
0.9
(08B1) .2 0.8
2594 SS
0.7
.5
8,300 Lumens 1297 0.6
HS SS
4000K
2 0.5
ERL1_08B140_____.IES
0.4
HS
0.3
1 0.2
0.1
0.0 0 1 2 3 4 5
1.0
ERL1 4838
Asymmetric Short .1 3629
0.9
(08C1) 0.8
.2 2419 SS
2 0.7
8,500 Lumens .5
1210 0.6
HS SS
4000K
0.5
ERL1_08C140_____.IES
0.4
HS
0.3
0.2
1
0.1
0.0 0 1 2 3 4 5
1.0
ERL1 4693
Asymmetric Forward 3520
0.9
(08D1) 0.8
.1 2346
.2 SS
2 0.7
8,300 Lumens .5
1172 0.6
HS SS
4000K
0.5
ERL1_08D140_____.IES
0.4
HS
0.3
1
0.2
0.1
0.0 0 1 2 3 4 5
Photometrics
1.0
ERL1 6897
Asymmetric Medium .1 5173
0.9
(08E1) .2 0.8
3448 SS
0.7
.5
8,500 Lumens 1724 0.6
HS SS
4000K 2 0.5
ERL1_08E140_____.IES
0.4
1 HS
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.0 0 1 2 3 4 5
1.0
ERL1 4640
Asymmetric Wide 3480
0.9
(08F1) .1 0.8
2320 SS
.2 0.7
8,500 Lumens 1160 0.6
HS SS 2
4000K
.5 0.5
ERL1_08F140_____.IES
0.4
HS
0.3
1 0.2
0.1
0.0 0 1 2 3 4 5
1.0
ERL1 3902
Asymmetric Extra Wide 2927
0.9
(08G1) .1 0.8
.2 1951 SS
0.7
2
8,500 Lumens 976 0.6
HS SS
4000K .5 0.5
ERL1_08G140_____.IES
0.4
HS
0.3
0.2
1
0.1
0.0 0 1 2 3 4 5
Evolve™ LED Streetlight (ERS1)
_E R
_ _S 1
_ _
0
__ __
A1 _
X _ _
40 _ ____
GRAY
___
LUMEN DRIVE
PROD. ID VOLTAGE OUTPUT DISTRIBUTION CURRENT CCT CONTROLS COLOR OPTIONS
E = Evolve 0 = 120-277* 10 A1 = Extra Narrow X = Not 30 = 3000K A = ANSI C136.41 7-pin GRAY = Gray F = Fusing
R = Roadway 1 = 120 11 Asymmetric Applicable 40 = 4000K D = ANSI C136.41 7-pin BLCK = Black G = Internal Bubble Level
2 = 208 13 B1 = Narrow receptacle with DKBZ = Dark L = Tool-Less Entry
S = Scalable 3 = 240 14 Asymmetric Shorting Cap Bronze
4 = 277 (Medium) R = Optional Secondary Enhanced
1 = Single Module 15 E = ANSI C136.41 7-pin
5 = 480 C1 = Asymmetric Surge Protection (10kV/5kA)
See Data Receptacle with non-
D = 347 (Short) T = 20kV/10kA Surge Protection
Table for Dimming PE Control.*
H = 347-480* D1 = Asymmetric per IEEE/ANSI C62.41.2-2002 †
more Forward * PE Control Only available for U = Universal DALI Programmable+^
* Not available information.
with Fusing. E1 = Asymmetric 120-277V or 480V Discrete. Y = Coastal Finish*
Must choose (Medium) Not available for 347-480V XXX = Special Options
a descreet F1 = Asymmetric or 347V Discrete.
voltage with (Wide) * Recommended for installations within
G1 = Asymmetric NOTE: Dimming controls wired
F option. for 0-10V standard unless DALI 1 mile from the coast. Contact Factory
(Extra Wide) for Lead-Time.
option “U” requested.
See Data Table for + Compatible with LightGrid 2.0 nodes.
more information
^Not available at 347V, 480V or 347-480V.
PRODUCT LUMEN TYPICAL INITIAL TYPICAL SYSTEM

ID OUTPUT DISTRIBUTION LUMENS WATTAGE BUG RATING IES FILE NUMBER
4000K 3000K 4000K 3000K 4000K 3000K
51 ERS1
ERS1
A1
B1
9500
9800
9200
9500
B3-U0-G2 B3-U0-G2
B3-U0-G1 B2-U0-G1
ERS1_10A1X40_____.IES
ERS1_10B1X40_____.IES
ERS1_10A1X30_____.IES
ERS1_10B1X30_____.IES
ERS1 C1 10000 9600 B2-U0-G1 B2-U0-G1 ERS1_10C1X40_____.IES ERS1_10C1X30_____.IES
ERS1 10 D1 9800 9500 90 B2-U0-G2 B2-U0-G2 ERS1_10D1X40_____.IES ERS1_10D1X30_____.IES
ERS1 E1 10000 9600 B2-U0-G2 B2-U0-G2 ERS1_10E1X40_____.IES ERS1_10E1X30_____.IES
ERS1 F1 10000 9600 B2-U0-G2 B2-U0-G2 ERS1_10F1X40_____.IES ERS1_10F1X30_____.IES
ERS1 G1 10000 9600 B2-U0-G2 B2-U0-G2 ERS1_10G1X40_____.IES ERS1_10G1X30_____.IES
ERS1 A1 10900 10500 B3-U0-G2 B3-U0-G2 ERS1_11A1X40_____.IES ERS1_11A1X30_____.IES
53 ERS1 B1 11200 10800 B3-U0-G2 B3-U0-G1 ERS1_11B1X40_____.IES ERS1_11B1X30_____.IES
ERS1 B1 12700 12200 B3-U0-G2 B3-U0-G2 ERS1_13B1X40_____.IES ERS1_13B1X30_____.IES
Photometrics
Evolve™ LED Streetlight (ERLH and ERS1)
1.0
ERLH and ERS1 11946
Extra Narrow Asymmetric .1 8959
0.9
(15A1) .2 0.8
5973 SS
.5 0.7
14,200 Lumens 2986 0.6
HS SS
4000K 2 0.5
0.4
HS
0.3
1
0.2
0.1
0.0 0 1 2 3 4 5
1.0
ERLH and ERS1 8657
Narrow Asymmetric (Medium) 6493
0.9
(15B1) .1 0.8
.2 4329 SS
0.7
14,700 Lumens .5
3902 0.6
HS SS
4000K
2164 0.5
0.4
HS
0.3
1 0.2
0.1
0.0 0 1 2 3 4 5
1.0
ERLH and ERS1 8490
Asymmetric Short 6368
0.9
(15C1) .1 0.8
.2 4245 SS
2 0.7
15,000 Lumens .5
2123 0.6
HS SS
4000K
0.5
0.4
HS
0.3
0.2
1
0.1
0.0 0 1 2 3 4 5
1.0
ERLH and ERS1 8416
Asymmetric Forward 6312
0.9
(15D1) .1 0.8
.2 4208 SS
.5 2 0.7
14,700 Lumens 2104 0.6
HS SS
4000K
0.5
0.4
HS
0.3
1 0.2
0.1
0.0 0 1 2 3 4 5
Photometrics
Evolve™ LED Streetlight (ERLH and ERS1)
1.0
ERLH and ERS1 10439
Asymmetric Medium .1
7829
0.9
(15E1) .2 0.8
5219 SS
.5 0.7
15,000 Lumens 2610 0.6
HS SS
4000K 2 0.5
0.4
HS
1 0.3
0.2
0.1
0.0 0 1 2 3 4 5
1.0
ERLH and ERS1 8066
Asymmetric Wide 6049
0.9
.1
(15F1) 0.8
.2 4033 SS
0.7
15,000 Lumens 2016 0.6
HS SS 2
4000K
.5 0.5
0.4
HS
0.3
1
0.2
0.1
0.0 0 1 2 3 4 5
1.0
ERLH and ERS1 6249
Asymmetric Extra Wide .1 4687
0.9
(15G1) .2 0.8
.5 3125 SS
0.7
15,000 Lumens 2
1562 0.6
HS SS
4000K
0.5
0.4
HS
0.3
0.2
1
0.1
0.0 0 1 2 3 4 5
Product Dimensions
22.1 in.
[561 mm]
13.5 in.
[344 mm]
Optional LightGrid
ADJUSTABLE FOR 1-1/4 to 2 inch PIPE Node
(1.660 to 2.375 inch OD) 9.6 in.
[42 to 60 mm OD] [243 mm]
6.4 in.
4.2 in. [162 mm] 5.4 in.
[107 mm] [137 mm]
BACK VIEW 14.7 in. R

[373 mm R]
SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW
5.0 in.
[127 mm]
• Approximate net weight: 12.4 lbs (5.6 kgs) - Without XFMR

D ATA
• Approximate net weight: 15.5 lbs (7 kgs) - With XFMR

• Effective Projected Area (EPA): 0.5 sq ft max (0.046 sq m)
Product Dimensions
Evolve™ LED Streetlight (ERLH)
22.1 in.
[561 mm]
13.5 in.
[344 mm]
ADJUSTABLE FOR 1-1/4 to 2 inch PIPE Optional

(1.660 to 2.375 inch OD) LightGrid 9.6 in.
[42 to 60 mm OD] Node [243 mm]
6.4 in.
4.2 in. [162 mm] 5.4 in.
[107 mm] [137 mm]
BACK VIEW 14.7 in. R SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW

[373 mm R]
14.2 in.
[360 mm]
• Approximate net weight: 15.15 lbs (6.9 kgs) - 2 Bolt Slipfitter

D ATA
• Approximate net weight: 15.85 lbs (7.2 kgs) - 4 Bolt Slipfitter

Product Dimensions
21.3 in.
[542 mm]
14.5 in.
[368 mm]
Adjustable for 1-1/4 to 2 in. mounting pipe

(1.660 to 2.375 inch OD)
[42 to 60 mm OD] Optional LightGrid
Node
9.9 in.
[251.46 mm]
7.0 in.
4.5 in.
[177mm] 5.4 in.
[114 mm]
[136 mm]
11.8 in. R
BACK VIEW [300 mm R]
21.3 in. 14.5 in.

[542 mm] [368 mm]

D ATA
• Approximate net weight: 20 lbs (9.1 kgs) to 25 lbs (11.4 kgs)

Product Dimensions
25.9 in.
[659 mm]
14.5 in.
[368 mm]
Adjustable for 1-1/4 to 2 in. mounting pipe

(1.660 to 2.375 inch OD)
[42 to 60 mm OD]
Optional LightGrid
Node
9.9 in.
[251.46 mm]
7.0 in.
4.5 in. [177mm]
[114 mm] 5.4 in.
[136 mm]
BACK VIEW 11.8 in. R

[300 mm R]
25.9 in. 14.5 in.

[659 mm] [368 mm]

D ATA
• Approximate net weight: 25 lbs (11.4 kgs) to 29 lbs (13.2 kgs)

www.gelighting.com
GE and the GE Monogram are trademarks of the General Electric Company. All other trademarks are the property
of their respective owners. Information provided is subject to change without notice. All values are design or typical
values when measured under laboratory conditions. GE Lighting is a business of the General Electric Company.
© 2016 GE.
OLP3105 (Rev 04/22/16)
Steel ROUND TAPERED AREA LIGHTING POLES
20 to 60 feet (6 to 18 meters)
SUGGESTED LUMINAIRE APPLICATIONS SPECIFICATION FEATURES

• Round tapered steel shaft
• Prime painted or galvanized finish
pf4s, hluf • Shaft lengths from 20 to 60 feet
pf4t • Single or multiple luminaire mounting
• Two top tenon sizes
• Top or side mounted brackets available
psfa
pf1s, PF1K
PF1t
ULTS
DMS
DMY
dsmf, dsmt,
DSA
vluf
DCD DMA
p54S
Mounting
2T and 4T
DCF
ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC (See Pole Selection Table for actual Ordering Numbers)
A R T S 20 2T 6.5 11 PP B1
PRODUCT IDENT POLE SHAFT POLE NOMINAL MOUNTING SHAFT DIMENSIONS FINISH OPTIONS
(LUMINAIRE CROSS SHAPE MATERIAL MOUNTING BOTTOM GAUGE
USAGE) SECTION HEIGHT (FT) SHAFT OD (IN.)
X X X X XX XX XXXX XX XX XX
A = Area R = Round T = Tapered S = Steel 20 = 20 2T = 2-3/8-in. OD top tenon 6.5 = 6.5 3 = 3 GV = Galvanized B1 = One 18-in.
25 = 25 (See illustration above) 7.0 = 7.0 7 = 7 PP = Prime side mounted
30 = 30 4T = 4-in. OD top tenon 8.0 = 8.0 11 = 11 Painted bracket
35 = 35 (See illustration above) 8.5 = 8.5 (Standard) B2 = Two 18-in.
39 = 39 DB = Drill holes for mounting two Decashield® 9.0 = 9.0 side mounted
45 = 45* luminaires at 90°* 9.5 = 9.5 NOTE: If galva- brackets at
50 = 50* DO = Drill holes for two Decashield at 180°* 10.0 = 10.0 nized finish is 180°
60 = 60* QD = Drill holes for four Decashield* 11.0 = 11.0 required, substi- B4 = Four 18-in.
SD = Drill holes for single Decashield* 12.0 = 12.0 tute GV for PP in side mounted
NOTE: TB = Drill holes for three Decashield at 90°* 12.5 = 12.5 ordering number brackets at
*Shafts over TD = Drill holes for three Decashield at 120°* listed in Pole 90°
40 feet may Selection Table. E = Electrical
be two- NOTE: *Order round pole mounting Festoon Box
piece with adapter separately.
overlapping NOTE: If any of
joint (upper NOTE: These mountings can be used with these options
portion 11 any of the poles listed; substitute is required, add
gauge; the correct mounting designation appropriate
lower por- for XX in ordering number listed in designation(s) to
tion gauge Selection Table. ordering number
as noted.) listed in Pole
NOTE: Drilling templates are the same Selection Table.
for Decashield®, Dimension®, and
DecasphereTM luminaires.
GE Lighting Solutions • 1-888-MY-GE-LED • www.gelightingsolutions.com

P-14/ 2008 1-888- 6 9 - 4 3-5 3 3
Steel ROUND TAPERED AREA LIGHTING POLES
20 to 60 feet (6 to 18 meters)
Pole Selection Table

Shipped with pole: anchor bolts, anchor bolt covers, handhole cover, hardware, and anchor bolt circle template.
Shaft cap included with poles drilled for Decashield ® luminaire mounting.
Max Recommended Total Load Shaft Dimensions

EPA EPA EPA Pole Base
Nominal (sq ft) (sq ft) (sq ft) Bottom OD X Top OD X Data
Mounting 80 Weight 90 Weight 100 Weight Ordering Length X Thickness Approximate Item
Height (ft) MPHI (lbs) MPHI (lbs) MPHI (lbs) Number (in. X in. X ft-in. X gauge) Weight (lbs) Number
20 19.3 482 15.1 397 12.2 305 ARTS20XX5.911XX 5.9X3.1X20.0X11 135 6
20 24.2 605 19.3 482 15.6 390 20XX6.511XX 6.5X3.7X20.0X11 191 9
25 12.5 312 9.9 247 8.0 200 25XX5.911XX 5.9X2.4X25.0X11 152 6
25 20.3 507 16.2 405 13.1 327 25XX7.011XX 7.0X3.5X25.0X11 229 14
30 11.7 292 9.3 232 7.5 189 30XX6.611XX 6.6X2.4X30.0X11 190 9
30 18.9 552 14.9 422 12.0 342 30XX8.011XX 8.0X3.8X30.0X11 291 15
35 11.2 280 8.9 222 7.1 177 35XX7.311XX 7.3X2.4X35.0X11 235 4
35 18.9 472 15.1 377 12.2 305 35XX8.511XX 8.5X3.6X35.0X11 336 18
39 10.7 267 8.5 212 6.6 170 39XX7.811XX 7.8X2.4X39.0X11 271 15
39 17.2 452 13.5 362 10.8 292 39XX9.011XX 9.0X3.6X39.0X11 387 19
45 17.4 450 13.5 360 10.0 292 45XX10.011XX 10.0X3.7X45.0X11 492 20
45 28.5 525 23.0 425 19.0 350 45XX10.07XX 10.0X3.9X45.0X7 720 12
50 13.2 330 10.6 265 8.3 215 50XX10.011XX 10.0X3.0X50.0X11 511 20
50 20.5 407 16.5 322 13.6 292 50XX10.07XX 10.0X3.2X50.0X7 752 12
60 25.9 515 20.7 417 16.8 345 60XX12.07XX 12.0X3.8X60.0X7 1119 16
60 34.0 850 27.6 687 22.6 562 60XX12.53XX 12.5X4.5X60.0X3 1488 17
REFERENCES
See Pole Accessories for Bracket Ordering Information
See Area Accessories for Round Pole Mounting Adapter
See Page P-20 for Option Information
See Page P-21 for Pole Base Data
See Page P-2 for Pole Selection Guidelines

1-888- 6 9 - 4 3-5 3 3 2008/ P-15
BRACKETS AND MOUNTING ACCESSORIES
Fig. 1
FLOODLIGHTING BRACKETS FOR ALUMINUM
POLES WITH PLATE MOUNT 1a
Floodlighting bracket, aluminum, for mounting on aluminum

poles, plate mount only. Bracket mounts multiple luminaires on
2-3/8-in. OD tenons.
1b
BRACKET SELECTION TABLE

Number/ Adjacent Tenon Bracket Size
Placement See Ordering Tenon Top OD Weight EPA 1c
Tenons Fig. Number Spacing A (in.) (in.) (lbs) (sq ft)
2 in line 1a FBAPB2TT 33 2-3/8 5 0.6
3 in line 1b FBAPC2TT 33 2-3/8 8 1.1
4 in line 1c FBAPD2TT 33 2-3/8 11 1.6
3 at 120° 1d FBAPE2TT 41 2-3/8 10 0.7
4 at 90° 1e FBAPF2TT 34 2-3/8 13 0.8
SPORTS LIGHTING CROSSARM BRACKETS

Sports lighting bracket, steel crossarm for mounting 2, 3, or 4
floodlights on wood poles.
1d 1e
Bracket Size
Number of See Pole Ordering Weight EPA
Floodlights Fig. Material Number (lbs) (sq ft)
2 2 wood SBSXBWPP 21 1.4
3 3 wood SBSXCWPP 54 3.9
4 4 wood SBSXDWPP 65 4.8
NOTE: If bracket is to be used for retrofitting an existing steel pole,
substitute S for W in ordering number listed in Selection Table.
NOTE: All brackets are prime painted. For galvanized brackets,
contact factory .
Fig. 2
Fig. 3
Fig. 4
Page-1
1-888- 6 9 - 4 3-5 3 3 OLP-2912
BracketsAndMountingAccessories_From_Pages_22-26_012612.indd 1 1/27/2012 2:35:58 PM

Figure 1
1a
FLOODLIGHTING BRACKETS, STEEL BULLHORN

Floodlighting bracket steel bullhorn for pole with 2-3/8 in. or 4 in. OD top tenon.
Bracket has 2-3/8 in. top OD and is prime painted.
1b

1c
Recommended
Size of Each
Luminaire Adjacent Luminaire
Number/ Max Max Tenon Mounting Bracket Size
Placement See Weight EPA Ordering Spacing OD Weight EPA
Tenons Fig. (lbs) (sq ft) Number A (in.) (in.) (lbs) (sq ft)
BRACKETS TO FIT POLES HAVING 2-3/8 IN. OD TOP TENON
2 in line 1a 100 5.0 FBSB2B2TTPP 36 2-3/8 21 1.0
3 in line 1b 100 3.8 FBSB2C2TTPP 30 2-3/8 32 1.6
4 in line 1c 100 3.0 FBSB2D2TTPP 30 2-3/8 44 2.3
3 at 120° 1d 100 3.8 FBSB2E2TTPP 41 2-3/8 34 1.3
4 at 90° 1e 100 3.0 FBSB2F2TTPP 34 2-3/8 44 1.6
BRACKETS TO FIT POLES HAVING 4 IN. OD TOP TENON
3 in line 1b 125 6.0 FBSB4C2TTPP 36 2-3/8 37 1.9 1d 1e
4 in line 1c 125 6.0 FBSB4D2TTPP 36 2-3/8 67 2.6
3 at 120° 1d 125 6.0 FBSB4E2TTPP 41 2-3/8 38 1.5
4 at 90° 1e 125 6.0 FBSB4F2TTPP 34 2-3/8 48 1.6
NOTE: All brackets are prime painted. For galvanized brackets, substitute GV for PP in ordering
number listed in Selection Table. Figure 2
ROADWAY BRACKETS, STEEL UPSWEEP AND STRAIGHT

FOR 2-3/8 IN. OD POLE TOP TENONS
Roadway bracket steel upsweep or straight, for poles with 2-3/8 in. OD pole top
tenons. Bracket has 2-3/8 in. OD and is prime painted. 2a

Recommended 2b
Size of Each
Bracket Luminaire
Dimensions
Number/ Max Max Luminaire Bracket Size
Placement See A B Weight EPA Ordering Mounting Weight EPA
Tenons Fig. (ft) (in.) (lbs) (sq ft) Number OD (in.) (lbs) (sq
STEEL UPSWEEP BRACKET FOR 2-3/8 IN. OD TOP TENON
1 2a 6 24 75 2.0 RBSU2H6PP 2-3/8 29 1.5
2 at 180° 2b 6 24 75 2.0 RBSU2J6PP 2-3/8 54 2.8
3 at 120° 2c 4 24 75 2.0 RBSU2K4PP 2-3/8 76 1.8
4 at 90° 2d 4 24 75 2.0 RBSU2L4PP 2-3/8 99 2.9
2c 2d
STEEL STRAIGHT BRACKET FOR 2-3/8 IN. OD TOP TENON
1 3a 2 5 125 6.0 RBSS2H2PP 2-3/8 12 0.6
2 at 180° 3b 2 5 125 6.0 RBSS2J2PP 2-3/8 18 1.0
3 at 120° 2c 2 5 125 6.0 RBSS2K2PP 2-3/8 26 1.0 Figure 3
4 at 90° 2d 2 5 125 6.0 RBSS2L2PP 2-3/8 32 1.4
NOTE: All brackets are prime painted. For galvanized brackets, substitute GV for PP in order-
ing number listed in Selection Table.
3b
3a
Page-2
OLP-2912

ROADWAY BRACKETS FOR WOOD POLE MOUNTING

Roadway bracket aluminum or galvanized steel for mounting on wood poles,
pipe sizes from 1-1/4 to 2-in. (32 to 51mm).
Cantilever Single-guy
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Tapered Elliptical
Double-guy Fig. 4
Fig. 3

Thru bolts and lag screws not included
Recommended Size of
Each Luminaire 80 MPHI
(For high wind velocities, Bracket
Nominal consult factory) Pipe Dimensions
Length Max Weight Max EPA
See Ordering Size A B C Weight

(ft) (M) Fig. (lbs) (kgs) (sq ft) (sq M) Number (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (lbs) (kgs
ALUMINUM PIPE BRACKETS
4 1.2 1 40 18 0.9 0.08 RBACWH4X1.25 1-1/4 32 45 1143 18-9/16 217 8-1/4 210 3.5 1.6
6 1.8 1 35 16 0.7 0.07 RBACWH6X1.25 1-1/4 32 69 1753 24-1/16 611 8-1/4 210 4.5 2.0
2.5 0.8 1 90 41 2.3 0.21 RBACWH2.5X2 2 51 30 762 15-1/8 384 8-1/4 210 3.5 1.6
4 1.2 1 70 32 1.8 0.17 RBACWH4X2 2 51 45 1143 18-3/8 467 8-1/4 210 4.5 2.0
6 1.8 1 50 23 1.4 0.13 RBACWH6X2 2 51 69 1753 24 610 8-1/4 210 6.0 2.7
6 1.8 2 80 36 1.4 0.13 RBAGWH6X2 2 51 69 1753 24 610 21 533 7.5 3.4
8 2.4 2 60 27 0.7 0.07 RBAGWH8X2 2 51 93 2362 29-5/8 752 23 584 9.5 4.3
8 2.4 3 70 32 1.4 0.13 RBADWH8X2 2 51 93 2362 29-5/8 752 23 584 12.5 5.7
10 3.0 3 50 23 0.9 0.08 RBADWH10X2 2 51 117 2972 35-1/4 895 25 635 14.5 6.6
12 3.7 3 40 18 0.7 0.07 RBADWH12X2 2 51 141 3581 40-7/8 1038 27 686 16.5 7.5
GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE BRACKETS
2.5 0.8 1 90 41 2.3 0.21 RBSCWH2.5X1.25GV 1-1/4 32 30 762 15-1/4 387 8-1/4 210 7.5 3.4
4 1.2 1 70 32 1.8 0.17 RBSCWH4X1.25GV 1-1/4 32 45 1143 18-7/16 468 8-1/4 210 10.0 4.5
6 1.8 1 45 21 1.4 0.13 RBSCWH6X1.25GV 1-1/4 32 69 1753 14-1/16 357 8-1/4 210 14.0 6.3
2.5 0.8 1 90 41 2.8 0.26 RBSCWH2.5X2GV 2 51 30 762 15-1/8 384 8-1/4 210 11.0 5.0
4 1.2 1 90 41 2.3 0.21 RBSCWH4X2GV 2 51 45 1143 18-3/8 467 8-1/4 210 15.5 7.0
6 1.8 1 70 32 2.0 0.19 RBSCWH6X2GV 2 51 69 1753 24 610 8-1/4 210 21.0 9.5
8 2.4 1 45 20 1.4 0.13 RBSCWH8X2GV 2 51 93 2362 29-5/8 752 8-1/4 210 27.5 12.5
10 3.0 2 60 27 1.2 0.11 RBSGWH10X2GV 2 51 117 2972 35-1/4 895 25 635 37.5 17.0
12 3.7 2 50 23 0.7 0.07 RBSGWH12X2GV 2 51 141 3581 40-3/8 1026 27 686 45.0 20.4
14 4.3 3 40 18 0.7 0.07 RBSDWH14X2GV 2 51 165 4191 46-1/2 1181 30 762 58.5 26.5
16 4.9 3 35 16 0.7 0.07 RBSDWH16X2GV 2 51 189 4801 52-1/8 1324 33 838 66.0 29.9
4 1.2 NOTE 90 41 2.3 0.21 RBSPWH4X2GV 2 51 45 1143 18-3/8 467 8-1/4 210 16.0 7.3
ALUMINUM TAPERED ELLIPTICAL BRACKETS
4 1.2 4 55 25 1.6 0.15 RBATWH4X2 2 51 42 1067 16 406 4-5/8 117 6.0 2.7
6 1.8 4 53 24 1.6 0.15 RBATWH6X2 2 51 66 1676 24 610 4-3/4 121 10.0 4.5
8 2.4 4 53 24 1.2 0.11 RBATWH8X2 2 51 90 2286 30 762 6-1/8 156 14.0 6.3
10 3.0 4 44 20 1.2 0.11 RBATWH10X2 2 51 114 2896 30 762 7 178 17.0 7.7
4 1.2 NOTE 60 27 1.6 0.15 RBAPWH4X2 2 51 48 1219 30 762 15 381 9.0 4.1
NOTE: Bracket has a flat plate for wall mounting. For hole sizes and location of holes in plate, consult factory.
Page-3
OLP-2912

SINGLE AND DOUBLE FLOODLIGHT BRACKETS
WOOD POLE MOUNTING

Single Floodlight Bracket For Wood Pole Mounting
• Most items in stock for immediate shipment
• Mounting hardware not included
• Finish: Primer
• For hot dip galvanized, substitute "G" in place of "P"
FIG. 1 FIG. 2
STEEL
Ordering Number Pipe Size A B WT/LBS
SF-18P 2" 18" 23" 15
SF-07P 2" 7" 20" 11
TENON REDUCER BRACKETS FOR POLE TOP

MOUNTING (FIG. 1)
• Shipped with mounting hardware assembled
• Red primer painted (Standard)
Ordering Number A OD (in.) B ID (in.) C (in.) D (in) Weight (lbs)
TR-30-2P 2-3/8 3-1/4 6-1/4 4 8
TR-35-2P 2-3/8 3-13/16 6-1/4 4 10
TR-40-2P 2-3/8 4-1/4 6-1/4 4 11
TR-45-2P 3 4-1/4 6-1/4 4 12
NOTE: For hot dip galvanized, substitute “G” for “P”.
REMOVABLE TENON ADAPTER FOR SQUARE STEEL

POLES (FIG. 2)
• Red primer painted or hot dip galvanized
Ordering Number A (in.) B (in.) C (in.) Weight (lbs)
RTASQ-4-2P 2-3/8 3 13-3/4 7
RTASQ-4-2G 2-3/8 3 13-3/4 8
RTASQ-5-2P 2-3/8 4 13-3/4 8
RTASQ-5-2G 2-3/8 4 13-3/4 9
RTASQ-6-2P 2-3/8 5 13-3/4 17
RTASQ-6-2G 2-3/8 5 13-3/4 19
DOUBLE RIGHT ANGLE BRACKET (FIG. 3) FIG. 3
• Red primer painted

Ordering Number A (in.) B (in.) Weight (lbs)
DRAB-P 30 8-1/2 22
Page-4
OLP-2912

VERTICAL TENON BRACKET (FIG. 4) FIG. 4

Ordering Number A (in.) B (in.) Weight (lbs)
VT2-4P 2-3/8 4 5
RIGHT ANGLE BRACKET FOR SQUARE STEEL POLE

MOUNTING (FIG. 5)
Ordering Number Pole Size (in.) A (in.) B (in.) Weight (lbs)
RABX-4P 4 12 13 8
RABX-5P 5 12 13 8
RABX-6P 6 12 13 9 FIG. 5
RIGHT ANGLE BRACKET FOR SQUARE STEEL POLE

MOUNTING (FIG. 6)
Ordering Number Pole Size (in.) A (in.) B (in.) Weight (lbs) FIG. 6
RABHX-4P 4 8-1/2 8 10
RABHX-5P 5 8-1/2 8 10
RABHX-6P 6 8-1/2 8 11
RABHX-14-4P 4 14-1/2 8 12
RABHX-14-5P 5 14-1/2 8 12
RABHX-14-6P 6 14-1/2 8 13
Page-5
1-888- 6 9 - 4 3-5 3 3 OLP-2912

Artillery Brigade
Type 54
Evolve LED Area Lighting

™
EALP
Product Features
The GE Evolve™ LED Area Light, EALP, is optimized for customers needing an energy saving LED solution while adding flexibility, style and
scalability at at higher LPW than our standard EALS Area Light. The EALP luminaire offers a wide range of optical patterns, color
temperatures, lumen packages, and mounting configurations to best optimize area light applications, as well as provide versatility in lighting
design within the same form-factor. The fixture features innovative heat sinking that produces thermal stability over life in an extremely
lightweight housing, while meeting a 3G vibration rating tested on 3-axis. This area light meets DLC Premium and Standard requirements for
lumen maintenance and superior LPW. The EALP has a product-wide lumen maintenance at L90 @ 50k hours and up to 126LPW.
The Universal Mounting Arm option will provide installers the ability to mount the EALP on round poles ranging in size from 2.38” to 6” in
diameter or on square poles. In addition, it has a slide feature, enabling a more universal bolt pattern when faced with many existing bolt
patterns in the field. This feature will save both time and money for the contractor and end users. Add the fact that the luminaire weighs just
26-28 lbs – making the EALP truly ideal for installers’ needs!
The GE Evolve™ LED Area Light is intended to replace up to 1000W MH luminaires. It features 0-10V or DALI dimming, along with LightGrid™
wireless control compatibility and is available with optional programmable motion sensing for additional energy savings and Title 24
compliance.
• Site,
area, roadway and general lighting applications Option C
utilizing advanced LED optical system providing high • C1 = Integral Slipfitter 2” Pipe (2.378 in. OD) supplied
uniformity, excellent vertical light distribution, reduced with leads.
offsite visibility, reduced on-site glare and effective Option D
security light levels. • D1 = Universal Mounting Arm, fitted for round or
• Ideal for large retailers, commercial to medical properties, square pole mounting supplied with 16/3 3ft cable.
and big box retailers. Also suitable for roadways.
Option K
Housing • K1 = Knuckle Slipfitter for 1.9 in. -2.3 in. OD Tenon
• Slim architectural design incorporates an integral heat with leads. Restricted aiming angle 0° to +45°.
sink and light engine, ensuring maximum heat transfer, Option S
and long LED life. • S1 = Knuckle Slipfitter for 2.3in. - 3.0in OD Tenon
• Die cast aluminum housing with leads. Restricted aiming angle 0° to +45°.
• 3G vibration per ANSI C136.31-2010 Option V
LED & Optical Assembly • V1 = Knuckle Wall Mount with leads.
• LM-79 tests and reports in accordance with IESNA Restricted aiming angle 0° to +45°.
standards Finish
• 70CRI at 3000K, 4000K and 5000K • Corrosion resistant polyester powder paint,
• Distributions: II, III, IV, V (short & medium) minimum thickness 2.0 mil.
• Upward Light Output Ratio (ULOR) = 0 • Standard colors: Black & Dark Bronze.
• RAL & custom colors available.
Lumen Maintenance
• Projected L90 > 100,000 hours per IES TM-21
Electrical
• 120-277 VAC and 347-480 VAC available.
• Projected Lxx per IES TM-21 at 25 °C for reference:
• System power factor is >90% and THD <20%.
Lxx (10k) @ Hours • ANSI C136.41 7-pin dimming receptacle, standard.
SKU 25,000 hr 50,000 hr 100,000 hr
• ANSI photo electric sensors (PE) available for all
EALP01 L98 L95 L90 voltages. Light Grid compatible.
NOTES: 1) Projected Lxx based on LM80 (10,000 hour testing). 2) DOE Lighting Facts Verification
Testing Tolerances apply to initial luminous flux and lumen maintenance measurements.
• Dimming/Occupancy:
- Wired 0-10V continuous dimming
Lumen Ambient Temperature Factors: - DALI digital dimming. Contact manufacturer
Ambient Temp (°C ) Initial Flux Factor for availability.
10 1.02
- Standalone motion sensor based dimming using
20 1.01 “H” option code.
25 1.00 • Surge Protection per ANSI C136.2-2015.
30 0.99 – 6kV/3kA “Basic” surge protection, standard.
35 0.98 – 10kV/5kA “Enhanced” surge protection optional.
Ratings Warranty
• cUL Listed • 5 Year Standard
• UL 1598 Listed Suitable for Wet Locations
• IP65 optical enclosure per ANSI C136.25-2013
Accessories
• Temperature Rated –40°C to +40°C • Photoelectric Controls (see page 7)
• Title 24 compliant (w/ “H” motion sensor option) • Light Shields (see OLP3120 Shielding for EAL Area
• Complies with the material restrictions of RoHS. Light Fixtures)
DLC Premium qualified models available. Please refer to DLC Standard qualified models available. Please refer to
http://www.designlights.org/QPL for complete information. http://www.designlights.org/QPL for complete information.
Evolve™ LED Area Light (EALP)
_E _A L_ P_ _0 _1 0_ __
K4 _AF_ _7 __
40 _
N _
A _D1
_ _GRAY
___ ___
Prod. ID Generation Voltage Optical Distribution CRI CCT Dimming controls Mounting COLOR OPTIONs
Code Arm
E = Evolve 01 = 1st 0 = 120-277* SM = Symmetric 7 = 70 (min) 30 = 3000K N = Dimming A = ANSI 7-pin C1 = Integral GRAY = Gray F = Fusing
AL = Area Light Generation 1 = 120 Medium 40 = 4000K thru PE PE receptacle Slip-fitter 2” BLCK = Black H = Motion
P = Premium 2 = 208 SW = Symmetric 50 = 5000K receptacle (no control) Pipe (2.378 in. DKBZ = Dark Sensor
3 = 240 Wide D = External D = ANSI 7-pin OD)* Bronze J = cUL/Canada
4 = 277 AF = Asymmetric Dimming PE receptacle D1 = Universal WHTE = White L = Tool-Less Entry
5 = 480 Forward 18/2 3ft with shorting Mounting R = Enhanced Surge Protection
D = 347 AW = Asymmetric cable cap provided Arm, fitted for (10kV/5kA)
H = 347-480* Wide round or S1 = Rotated Left†
AN = Asymmetric All constructions Note: See square pole S2 = Rotated Right†
* Not available supplied with accessories
with Fusing. Narrow mounting** M = NOM031 (Mexico)*
AA = Asymmetric ANSI C136.41 section on page K1 = Knuckle U = DALI dimming + ^
Must choose 7-pin Receptacle 7 for PE Control
a descreet Auto Slipfitter for V = 3-Position Terminal Block
ordering 1.9 in - 2.3in. XXX = Special Options
voltage with Note: Standard
F Option dimming 0-10V OD Tenon* ++
S1 = Knuckle * Contact Manufacturer for availability
Slipfitter for + Compatible with LightGrid 2.0 nodes
2.3in. - 3.0in ^ Not compatible at 347-480V or with
OD Tenon* ++ motion sensor control
† For aimed left or right light distribution
V1 = Knuckle Wall
Mount* ++ orientation, as assembled in manufacturing.
Not applicable for Symmetric Distributions.
* Supplied with
leads
** Supplied with Pole
16/3 3ft cable Pole
++ Restricted Aiming
Angle 0° to +45° Left (S1) Right (S2)
typical initial typical system BUG Rating

Optical Distribution lumens wattage 3000K 4000K &
Code 5000K ies file number ies file number ies file number
4000K & 120-277V
3000K 5000K & 347-480V B-U-G 3000K 4000K 5000K
C5 Symmetric Medium 7500 8000 67 B3-U0-G2
B3-U0-G2 EALP01_C5SM730________.IES EALP01_C5SM740________.IES EALP01_C5SM750________.IES
D5 Symmetric Medium 9400 10000 89 B3-U0-G2
B3-U0-G2 EALP01_D5SM730________.IES EALP01_D5SM740________.IES EALP01_D5SM750________.IES
F5 Symmetric Medium 14100 15000 140 B4-U0-G2
B4-U0-G2 EALP01_F5SM730________.IES EALP01_F5SM740________.IES EALP01_F5SM750________.IES
H5 Symmetric Medium 18800 20000 183 B4-U0-G2
B4-U0-G2 EALP01_H5SM730________.IES EALP01_H5SM740________.IES EALP01_H5SM750________.IES
J5 Symmetric Medium 23500 25000 220 B5-U0-G3
B5-U0-G3 EALP01_J5SM730________.IES EALP01_J5SM740________.IES EALP01_J5SM750________.IES
K5 Symmetric Medium 28300 30000 274 B5-U0-G3
B5-U0-G3 EALP01_K5SM730________.IES EALP01_K5SM740________.IES EALP01_K5SM750________.IES
L5 Symmetric Medium 31700 33600 330 B5-U0-G4
B5-U0-G4 EALP01_L5SM730________.IES EALP01_L5SM740________.IES EALP01_L5SM750________.IES
type V
M5 Symmetric Wide 8000 8500 67 B3-U0-G1

B3-U0-G1 EALP01_M5SW730________.IES EALP01_M5SW740________.IES EALP01_M5SW750________.IES
N5 Symmetric Wide 10000 10600 89 B3-U0-G1
B3-U0-G1 EALP01_N5SW730________.IES EALP01_N5SW740________.IES EALP01_N5SW750________.IES
Q5 Symmetric Wide 15100 16000 140 B3-U0-G2
B4-U0-G2 EALP01_Q5SW730________.IES EALP01_Q5SW740________.IES EALP01_Q5SW750________.IES
S5 Symmetric Wide 20100 21300 183 B4-U0-G2
B4-U0-G2 EALP01_S5SW730________.IES EALP01_S5SW740________.IES EALP01_S5SW750________.IES
T5 Symmetric Wide 25200 26700 220 B4-U0-G2
B4-U0-G2 EALP01_T5SW730________.IES EALP01_T5SW740________.IES EALP01_T5SW750________.IES
U5 Symmetric Wide 30200 32000 274 B5-U0-G2
B5-U0-G2 EALP01_U5SW730________.IES EALP01_U5SW740________.IES EALP01_U5SW750________.IES
V5 Symmetric Wide 33800 35900 330 B5-U0-G2
B5-U0-G3 EALP01_V5SW730________.IES EALP01_V5SW740________.IES EALP01_V5SW750________.IES
C4 Asymmetric Forward 7000 7500 73 B1-U0-G2
B1-U0-G2 EALP01_C4AF730________.IES EALP01_C4AF740________.IES EALP01_C4AF750________.IES
D4 Asymmetric Forward 9400 10000 93 B2-U0-G2
B2-U0-G2 EALP01_D4AF730________.IES EALP01_D4AF740________.IES EALP01_D4AF750________.IES
F4 Asymmetric Forward 14100 15000 136 B2-U0-G3
B2-U0-G3 EALP01_F4AF730________.IES EALP01_F4AF740________.IES EALP01_F4AF750________.IES
type IV
H4 Asymmetric Forward 18800 20000 183 B3-U0-G4

B3-U0-G4 EALP01_H4AF730________.IES EALP01_H4AF740________.IES EALP01_H4AF750________.IES
J4 Asymmetric Forward 23500 25000 220 B3-U0-G4
B3-U0-G4 EALP01_J4AF730________.IES EALP01_J4AF740________.IES EALP01_J4AF750________.IES
K4 Asymmetric Forward 28300 30000 274 B3-U0-G4
B3-U0-G5 EALP01_K4AF730________.IES EALP01_K4AF740________.IES EALP01_K4AF750________.IES
L4 Asymmetric Forward 31700 33600 330 B3-U0-G5
B3-U0-G5 EALP01_L4AF730________.IES EALP01_L4AF740________.IES EALP01_L4AF750________.IES
C3 Asymmetric Wide 7500 8000 73 B1-U0-G1
B2-U0-G2 EALP01_C3AW730________.IES EALP01_C3AW740________.IES EALP01_C3AW750________.IES
D3 Asymmetric Wide 10000 10600 93 B2-U0-G2
B2-U0-G2 EALP01_D3AW730________.IES EALP01_D3AW740________.IES EALP01_D3AW750________.IES
F3 Asymmetric Wide 15100 16000 136 B2-U0-G2
B2-U0-G2 EALP01_F3AW730________.IES EALP01_F3AW740________.IES EALP01_F3AW750________.IES
type III
H3 Asymmetric Wide 20100 21300 183 B3-U0-G2

B3-U0-G2 EALP01_H3AW730________.IES EALP01_H3AW740________.IES EALP01_H3AW750________.IES
J3 Asymmetric Wide 25200 26700 220 B3-U0-G3
B3-U0-G3 EALP01_J3AW730________.IES EALP01_J3AW740________.IES EALP01_J3AW750________.IES
K3 Asymmetric Wide 30200 32000 274 B3-U0-G3
B3-U0-G3 EALP01_K3AW730________.IES EALP01_K3AW740________.IES EALP01_K3AW750________.IES
L3 Asymmetric Wide 33800 35900 330 B3-U0-G4
B3-U0-G4 EALP01_L3AW730________.IES EALP01_L3AW740________.IES EALP01_L3AW750________.IES
C2 Asymmetric Narrow 7300 7800 73 B2-U0-G2
B2-U0-G2 EALP01_C2AN730________.IES EALP01_C2AN740________.IES EALP01_C2AN750________.IES
D2 Asymmetric Narrow 9800 10400 93 B2-U0-G2
B2-U0-G2 EALP01_D2AN730________.IES EALP01_D2AN740________.IES EALP01_D2AN750________.IES
F2 Asymmetric Narrow 14700 15600 136 B3-U0-G3
B3-U0-G3 EALP01_F2AN730________.IES EALP01_F2AN740________.IES EALP01_F2AN750________.IES
type II
H2 Asymmetric Narrow 19600 20800 183 B3-U0-G3

B3-U0-G3 EALP01_H2AN730________.IES EALP01_H2AN740________.IES EALP01_H2AN750________.IES
J2 Asymmetric Narrow 24500 26000 220 B3-U0-G3
B3-U0-G3 EALP01_J2AN730________.IES EALP01_J2AN740________.IES EALP01_J2AN750________.IES
K2 Asymmetric Narrow 29400 31200 274 B3-U0-G3
B3-U0-G3 EALP01_K2AN730________.IES EALP01_K2AN740________.IES EALP01_K2AN750________.IES
L2 Asymmetric Narrow 33000 34900 330 B3-U0-G4
B4-U0-G4 EALP01_L2AN730________.IES EALP01_L2AN740________.IES EALP01_L2AN750________.IES
KA Asymmetric Auto 32700 34600 274 B4-U0-G3
B4-U0-G3 EALP01_KAAA730________.IES EALP01_KAAA740________.IES EALP01_KAAA750________.IES
AUTO
LA Asymmetric Auto 36600 38800 330 B4-U0-G3

B4-U0-G3 EALP01_LAAA730________.IES EALP01_LAAA740________.IES EALP01_LAAA750________.IES
Photometrics
EALP Type V - Symmetric Medium (L5) EALP Type V - Symmetric Wide (V5)
33,600 Lumens, 5000K (EALP01_L5SM750___.IES) 35,900 Lumens, 5000K (EALP01_V5SW750___.IES)
11115 12992
8336 9744
5557 6496
2 2
2779 3248
.1 .2 .5 1 .5
.1 1
.2
Grid Distance in Units Vertical plane through horizontal angle Grid Distance in Units of Vertical plane through horizontal angle
of Mounting Height at 40’ Initial of maximum candlepower at 90° Mounting Height at 40’ Initial of maximum candlepower at 70°
EALP Type IV - Asymmetric Forward (L4) EALP Type III - Assymetric Wide (L3)
33,600 Lumens, 5000K (EALP01_L4AF750___.IES) 35,900 Lumens, 5000K (EALP01_L3AW750___.IES)
20923 24592
15692 18444
10461 12296
2 2
.1
5231 .2 6148
.5 .1
.2 .5
1
1
EALP Type II - Asymmetric Narrow (L2) EALP - Asymmetric Auto (LA)

34,900 Lumens, 5000K (EALP01_L2AN750___.IES) 38,800 Lumens, 5000K (EALP01_LAAA750___.IES)
20284 15951
.1 15213 11963
.2
.5 7975
10142
2
2
5071 .1 3988
.2
.5
Grid Distance in Units of Vertical plane through horizontal angle Grid Distance in Units of Vertical plane through horizontal angle
Mounting Height at 40’ Initial of maximum candlepower at 65° Mounting Height at 40’ Initial of maximum candlepower at 0°
Product Dimensions
Slipfitter Mount
25.2 in.
[641 mm]
16.0 in. 14.7 in.

[405 mm] [373 mm]
TOP VIEW
4.3 in.
[109 mm]
R11.465 in. 1.9 in.

[R291 mm] [48 mm]
Knuckle Mount
KNUCKLE SLIPFITTER ARM MOUNT

0° TO 45° AIMING RANGE
TOP VIEW
4.3 in.
10.0 in. [109 mm]
[254 mm]
R11.465 in.
[R291 mm] 1.9 in.
[48 mm]

Product Dimensions
Universal Arm Mount
27.9 in.
[709 mm]
2.7 in.
[68 mm]
TOP VIEW
1.3 in.
[33 mm]
1.8 in.
[44 mm]
MIN
4.4 in. 7.7 in. 4.3 in.

[112 mm] 6.4 in.
[162 mm] MAX [197 mm] [109 mm]
R11.465 in. 1.9 in.

2.5 in. [48 mm]
[63 mm] [R291 mm]
SQUARE POLE MIN
BACK VIEW SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW
Knuckle Wall Mount

30.5 in.
[775 mm]
6.1 in.
[155 mm] Ø.438 in.
4.375 in.
[Ø11 mm]
[111 mm]
2.874 in.
[73 mm]
Wall Mount Hole Pattern
TOP VIEW
4.3 in.
[109 mm]
R11.465 in. 1.9 in.

[R291 mm] [48 mm]
BACK VIEW SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW
• Approximate Net Weight: 26-28 lbs (11.79 kgs-12.97 kgs)

• Effective Projected Area (EPA):
– Knuckle Slipfitter S1, 45° aim, EPA = 2.45
D ATA
– Knuckle w/Slipfitter S1, downward aim, EPA = 0.73

– Universal Arm Mount D1, EPA = 0.54
- Knuckle Wall Mount V1, 45° aim, EPA = 0.77 sq ft min and 1.43 sq ft max
– Integral Slipfitter C1, EPA = 0.63
Accessories
PE Accessories (to be ordered separately)

SAP Number Part Number Description SAP Number Part Number Description
93029237 PED-MV-LED-7 ANSI C136.41 Dimming PE, 120-277V 28299 PEC0TL STANDARD 120-277V
93029238 PED-347-LED-7 ANSI C136.41 Dimming PE, 347V 28294 PEC5TL STANDARD 480V
93029239 PED-480-LED-7 ANSI C136.41 Dimming PE, 480V 80436 PECDTL STANDARD 347V
73251 SCCL-PECTL Shorting cap
H-Motion Sensing Option

• Intended for applications, between 15-30 ft. mounting height.
(4.57-9.14m). For mounting heights exceeding 30 ft., pole mounted
sensors are recommended.
• Provides a coverage area radius for walking motion of 15-20 ft.
(4.57-6.10m).
• Provides 270° of coverage (~90° is blocked by the pole).
• Standard factory settings:
– 50% output when unoccupied, 100% output occupied.
– Integral PE Sensor.
– 5 minute post-occupancy time delay, 5 minute dimming ramp-down.
• Fixture power increase of 1W expected with sensor use.
Note: Standard options may be reprogrammed in the field. Reprogramming instructions included in product shipment.
Sensor Pattern
20’
10’
20’ 10’ 10’ 20’
10’
20’
Sensing Pattern Area Fixture

Up to 30 ft. Mounting Height
Mounting Information
Mounting Arms for Slipfitter

Order separately with Mounting Option C1 (Slipfitter)
SQUARE POLE MOUNTING ARM SQUARE POLE MOUNTING Drilling Template

3.5 TO 4.5-inch (89 to 114mm) SQUARE
(WILL ALLOW 4 FIXTURES PER POLE @ 90 DEGREES.) Ø.438 in.
[Ø11 mm]
10 (2 Places)
.
[26 500 i
7 m n. 5.250 in.
m] [133 mm] 2.196 in.
[56 mm]
4.392 in.
[112 mm]
Ø.750 in.
[Ø19 mm]
0.656 in.
[17 mm]
ORDER SEPARATELY FROM FIXTURE AS CATALOG NUMBER 1.312 in.
SPA-EAMT10BLCK “Black” [33 mm]
SPA-EAMT10DKBZ “Dark Bronze”
ROUND POLE MOUNTING ARM Drilling Template ROUND POLE MOUNTING Drilling Template
3.5 TO 4.5-inch (89 to 114mm) OD 3.5 TO 4.5-inch (89 to 114mm) OD
(WILL ALLOW 4 FIXTURES PER POLE @ 90 DEGREES.) round pole mounting arm
.312 in. DIA.
10 [8 mm DIA.]
.
[26 500 i .438 in. DIA.
7 m n. [11 mm DIA.]
m] 5.250 in. (2 Places)
[133 mm
MIN.] 1.812 in.
[46 mm] 5.438 in.
[138 mm]
2.719 in.
[69 mm]
.750 in. DIA.
[19 mm DIA.]
Hole
ORDER SEPARATELY FROM FIXTURE AS CATALOG NUMBER
RPA-EAMT10BLCK “Black”
RPA-EAMT10DKBZ “Dark Bronze”
Wall Mounting Bracket Adapter Plate

ORDER SEPERATELY FROM FIXTURE AS CATALOG NUMBER
WMB-EAMT06
*NOTE: For Wall Mounting, order luminaire with mounting arm: C1 = Slipfitter 2” Pipe (2.378 in. OD) supplied with leads.
Other mounting patterns are available for retrofit installations.

Contact manufacturing for other available mounting patterns.
www.currentbyge.com
All trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Information provided is subject to
change without notice. All values are design or typical values when measured under laboratory
conditions. Current, powered by GE is a business of the General Electric Company.
© 2017 GE.
OLP3113 (Rev 01/24/17)
Compact Substation
Catalog Cut Sheets

Package and Unit Substation
APPROVED
alfanar’s Package and Unit Substations are custom-built, factory-assembled tested units. They are
designed and manufactured as per customer’s specific needs. They are built in accordance with IEC
standards and Saudi Electricity Company (SEC) specifications. The design is provided with high level
of flexibility to cover a wide range of applications.
Electrical
• Distribution Transformer rating up to 3500 KVA
• Ring Main Unit with two ring load break switches plus one fused switch/circuit breaker for the
tee-off switching
• Rated impulse voltage up to 12 KV on LV side & up to 95KV / 200KV on MV side
• Main busbars rated up to 6300A
• Busbar short-circuit withstand capacity up to 65KA for 1 sec (40KA for 2 sec)
• Neutral busbars rated up to 100% of the main busbar and Earth busbars rated up to 50% of the
Neutral busbar
Available Extensions and Augmentations

• Protection Class up to IP54
• Ambient temperature up to 55 °C
• Can be interfaced with the Building Management System (BMS) for monitoring and controlling
• Silver / tin Plated / PVC sleeved Copper Busbars
• RAL 7035 color as standard, other colors on request
• Stainless steel housing for special applications
22
Modular Construction
• Compact and flexible modular design
LV Distribution
conserves space
• Customizable to special dimensions according Transformer
to customer needs
• All compartments with independent doors for RMU
easy operation and maintenance
• Provision of efficient ventilation to prevent
excessive rise in temp.
Easy Access
• Accessible from all compartments sides
• Removable gland plates and cable at the base
of substation assembly for easy termination of
HV and LV cables
• Direct cable connection between RMU and Transformer
• Direct copper connection between Transformer and LV distribution
Safety
• Type tested in accordance with IEC 61330 standard for higher safety
• Comply with SEC specifications
Mechanical Strength
• Use of electro-galvanized sheet 2.0 to 3.0 mm thick for frame
• High turn frequency of frame structure ensuring greater mechanical strength and toughness
• Steel segregation between all compartments
alfanar package substation mounting view as per SEC specifications

W
HIGH VOLTAGE SECTION

V
RING MAIN UNIT
TRANSFORMER
SECTION
U
w v u n
LOW VOLTAGE SECTION

Verification Tests
Verified by Testing according to IEC 61439 Standard

These tests apply to the full range of alfanar LV Switchgear up to 6300A with a short circuit rating up
to 100KA,
1 sec, peak 220KA, and 50/60 Hz.
Degree of protection for foreign particles and water: up to IP 54
Forms of Internal Separation: up to Form 4b
ASTA certificates for alfanar tested LV Switchboard for ranges (630A, 3200A, 6300A)
3 Phase Design partnerships with alfanar for design

verification process
The new standard IEC 61439-2 is different from the old one (60439-2
that asked for only 7 tests on a prototype panel). The new standard
asks to verify the design of each & every assembly and has given
this responsibility to the manufacturer. For this verification, the new
standard offers several
possibilities (not only testing).
alfanar has selected 3 PHASE DESIGN as the third party to build,

in collaboration, the design rule verification process in order to fully
comply with IEC 61439-2 for each and every assembly we manu-
facture. The basis of this design verification is the extensive testing
done in European labs on different variants of our assemblies.
24
Table of comparison between old standard 60439 and new standard 61439
Test/Verification Old Standard New Standard
1 Strength of the material and parts No Yes
2 Degree of protection of enclosures Yes Yes
3 Clearances and creepage distances Yes Yes
4 Protection against electric shock and integrity of protective circuits Yes Yes
5 Incorporation of switching devices and components No Yes
6 Internal electrical circuits and connections No Yes
7 Terminals for external conductors No Yes
8 Power-frequency withstand voltage/Impulse withstand voltage Yes Yes
9 Temperature-rise limits Yes Yes
10 Short-circuit withstand strength Yes Yes
11 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) No Yes
12 Mechanical operation Yes Yes
Impulse Voltage test 12KV as per IEC 61439-2
alfanar has conducted and passed lighting impulse testing

of 6300A/ 415V/ 1000V/ 60Hz power switchgear and control
gear assembly at KSU lab, Riyadh and KA lab, Nottingham.
The results mentioned that the apparatus met the impulse

voltage test requirements according to IEC 61439-2: Edition
1.0, 2009-01,
Clause 10.9.3 for lighting impulse test voltage of 12 KV peak.
Covered Sectors
Commercial and Resident-

Power Distribution System that support
the building needs
Infrastructure
alfanar Power and Distribution
Switchboards have an excellent
reputation in Infrastructure projects
Industrial Process Plants

alfanar power distribution system
& motor control center for industrial
process plants
Data centers
alfanar offers high reliable power
distribution system for data centers
Oil and Gas Industries

alfanar Power and Distribution
Switchboards meets High Standards of
the Oil and Gas Sector
26
QUALITY POLICY
STANDARDS The Quality Policy of is to:
Low Voltage Systems (Power and Control) • Provide products conforming to governing standards and of
consistent quality
conform to the following standards and specifications:
• Excel in all our operations to achieve customer’s satisfaction
Product Design and Manufacturing IEC 61439-2
for products and services through continual improvement
Degree of Protection IEC 60529
• Develop and maintain a motivated team of competent
Package & Unit Substations IEC 61330 and SEC employees and vendors
Specifications • Redefine and execute new processes and systems that meet
the changing market requirements.
ROUTINE TESTS PRODUCTS

Factory routine tests are conducted on each of the • Oil-Immersed Distribution Transformers
Low Voltage System (Power and Control) products • Switches and Socket Boxes
• Junction Boxes
in accordance with relevant specifications and standards.
• Service Enclosures IP65
• Stainless Steel Enclosures NEMA-4X
• Telephone Enclosures
• Circuit Breaker Enclosures – NEMA 1 & NEMA 3R
Types with Multiple Outlets
• Modular Enclosures
• Load Centres
- NEMA Type LA Load Centres
- IEC Type LD Load Centres
- Split Busbar Unit Type LAS/LDS Load Centres
• MCCB Distribution Boards
• Pump Control Panels
• Motor Control Centres
• LV Switchboards up to 6300A, Tested for
100KA, 1 Sec Short Circuit Withstand
• Package Substations
• Control and Automation Panels
• Relay and Control Panels
• Medium Voltage Switchgears
• Pole Mounted Metering Structures
• AC/DC Panels up to 5000A, Tested for 85kA, 1
Sec Short Circuit Withstand
• Extendable and Non-Extendable Ring Main Units
Css – Compact Secondary Substations
CSS/M
12kV – 36kV – up to 2000kVA
Safety and reliability
Our focus, our solution
Technical Data
Maximum medium voltage up to 36kV Service conditions

Maximum low voltage up to 1000V Design ambient temperature 40°C or 50°C
Maximum transformer power rating up to 2000kVA Design altitude less than 1000m above sea level
Maximum wind speed region region D
(rated as per AS/NZS 1170.2:2011)
Css enclosure/plinth
Technical Specifications IEC62271-202
CSS Style/Format Mercury (Rectangular)
IP rating
Short Circuit current of internal earthing 20kA/1sec MV Switchgear compartment IP54

network LV Switchgear compartment IP54
Internal Arc Classification IAC A 20KA/1sec Transformer compartment IP23D
Note: Authorised Personnel and General
Public
Enclosure Rated Class K 10 Low voltage switchgear
Enclosure Material Galvabond or stainless Technical Specifications AS3439-1

steel Form Segregation form 1A to 4B
Enclosure Material Thickness 2.9mm / 1.5mm Short Time Rating 50kA / 80kA
Base Frame Material and Finishing steel - hot dip galvanised Enclosure access front or double access
Bund Capacity 100% or 110% Internal power connection flexible insulated cable
Surface Protection/Paint powder coat Main Isolator or Circuit Breaker up to 3200A ACB
Colour - external and internal Orange as standard Power Meter optional
/ optional colours on
request Light & Power Distribution Board up to 36 circuits
Feeders different arrangement up to
9x160A MCCB
High voltage switchgear (ring main unit - RMU)
Automatic transfer switch optional
Technical Specifications IEC62271-200
ABB RMU Type SafeRing Safe Plus
Scada/rtu/Smart grid capability
Rated Voltage 12kV / 24kV / 36kV
Remote control and monitoring optional
Power Frequency Withstand Voltage 28kV / 50kV / 70kV
Separate compartment for SCADA/ optional
Lighting Impulse Withstand Voltage Comms equipment
95kV / 125kV / 170kV
Nominal Current "C" module

630A Transformer
(Load switch)
Nominal Current "F" module 630A max rating for bushings / Design standard AS60076
(Switch-Fuse) 200A Type and style Hermetically sealed
Nominal Current "V" module Rated kVA up to 2000kVA
200A 200A / 630A
(Vacuum Circuit Breaker)
Insulation medium (Oil only) mineral or
Short Time Current 3s "C" module 21kA / 16kA / 21kA / 21kA / Biotemp ®
(Load switch)(@12kV/24kV) 16kA 16kA (environmentally friendly)
Short Time Current 3s "F" module Cooling type ONAN
N/A
(Switch-Fuse)(@12kV/24kV)
Winding material (HV/LV) Al/Al or Cu/Cu
Short Time Current 3s "V" module
16kA/16kA 21kA/21kA Pressure relief devices optional
(Vacuum Circuit Breaker)
Typical Configurations different Winding Temperature Indicator optional
DeF, DeV, CCF
combinations Oil Temperature Indicator optional
CCV, CCVV
up to 4 modules
Oil level sight gauges included
Local/Remote + Motor Operation optional
CB Trip/Fuse Blown Status optional
While care has been taken to ensure that the information contained in this
document is correct, no responsibility can be accepted for any inaccuracy. We
Protection relay reserve the right to alter or modify the information contained herein at any time
in the light of technical or other developments. Technical specifications are valid
ABB type REJ603-Selfpowered
REF615 or other under normal operating conditions only. We do not accept any responsibility for
ABB Relion Series any misuse of the product and cannot be held liable for indirect or consequential
damages. Technical data and design is subject to change and should be
confirmed prior to ordering.
2 | CSS/M
Dimensions
CSS/10M CSS/20M The CSS concept is for applications where energy

height 2800 3400 transformation is required. The solution is a type
width 1600 2400
tested enclosure where all switchgear, distribution
length 4400 7000
maximum weight (kg) 5000 14000
transformer, communications and auxiliary
equipment are installed and factory tested to reduce
Information is approximate and subject to change without notice.
All dimensions are in mm. Drawings are not to scale.
cost and installation time on site.
CSS/10M (single front) side view CSS/20M (double front) side view
CSS/10M (single front) plan view CSS/20M (double front) plan view
CSS/M | 3
CSS/M ABB reference number
Request for quotation form

Date of enquiry D D / MM / Y Y Y Y
Scan the QR code to
visit the product page.
Please fill in the form below and email to:

contact.centre@au.abb.com
For further enquiries, different configurations and assistance,
© 2013 ABB. All rights reserved. 1VGA 671075 rev A - CSS - CSS-M A3 flyer
contact ABB Australia: 1800 222 435.
abbaustralia.com.au
Name
Company Expected date of PO D D / MM / Y Y Y Y
Project Expected date of delivery D D / MM / Y Y Y Y
Phone + 6 1 Delivery postcode
Mobile + 6 1
Email @
Address
MV Switchgear technical details
RMU type:
Address line 2
SafeRing SafePlus
Configuration (up to 4 modules)

State NSW Postcode
DeF DeV CCV CCF CCVV
CSS technical requirements
De = Direct connection to bus + earth switch
Ambient temperature °C C = Load switch + earth switch
Wind speed km/h V = Vacuum circuit breaker + earth switch
F = Fuse feeder + earth switch
Enclosure colour Default: Orange
Electrical operation Specify auxiliary voltage:
Internal arc classification, (tick if required)
IAC A 20kA, 1s tick if required
Oil bund LV Switchgear technical details

Internal lighting to MV & LV space Incomer:
Remote control/SCADA Circuit breaker Isolator only ATS
630A, 3P 1250A, 3P 2000A, 3P 3200A, 3P

Transformer technical requirements (OIL TYPE ONLY)
Power (kVA) Primary (kV) Secondary (V) Accessories 800A, 3P 1500A, 3P 2500A, 3P
315 34.5 430 Oil temperature

Outgoing CBs:
500 22 690 Winding temp.
63A, 4P 160A, 3P 400A, 3P 800A, 3P
750 11 1000 Pressure relief
100A, 3P 250A, 3P 630A, 3P 1250A, 3P
1000 6.6 Other, specify:
1250 3.3
Electrical operation MDI Specify aux. voltage:
1500 + aux. contacts
2000 Power meter L&P DB+GPO
Product catalogue
ABB AS, Power Products Division

SF6-insulated Ring Main Unit, SafeRing 36 and
SF6-insulated Compact Switchgear SafePlus 36
Content
Applications SafeRing 36 ...................................................... 3

Applications SafePlus 36 ....................................................... 5
Design Philosophy ................................................................ 7
SafeRing 36 Configurations ................................................... 8
Technical data SafeRing ........................................................ 11
SafePlus 36 Modules ............................................................ 12
C - Cable switch ................................................................... 13
F - Switch-fuse disconnector ................................................. 14
V - Vacuum circuit-breaker .................................................... 15
D - Direct cable connection ................................................... 16
De - Direct cable connection with earthing switch .................. 17
M - Metering module ............................................................ 18
Outer assembly .................................................................... 19
Cable switch module ............................................................ 20
Switch-fuse module .............................................................. 21
Vacuum circuit-breaker module ............................................. 22
Cable bushings .................................................................... 23
Completely sealed enclosure ................................................. 24
Mechanisms and interlocks ................................................... 25
Side extension ...................................................................... 27
Low voltage compartment ..................................................... 28
Motor operation and coils ...................................................... 29
Transformer protection .......................................................... 32
Fuse selection table - CEF ..................................................... 33
Fuse selection table - SIBA ................................................... 34
Fuses ................................................................................... 35
Relays .................................................................................. 36
Combisensors ...................................................................... 41
Cable terminations ................................................................ 42
Cable voltage detection / indication ....................................... 46
Short-circuit indicator ........................................................... 48
Ronis key interlocks .............................................................. 50
Remote control ..................................................................... 51
Dimensions .......................................................................... 54
Technical data ...................................................................... 59
Environmental certification .................................................... 65
ISO-Certificates .................................................................... 66
2 Content | Product catalogue

Applications SafeRing 36


 
Product catalogue | Applications SafeRing 36 3

Applications SafeRing 36
DeF CCF CCCF CCFF CCC
DeV CCV CCCV CCVV CCCC
SafeRing 36 is a ring main unit for the secondary distribution SafeRing 36 is a completely sealed system with a stainless
network. SafeRing 36 is available in 5 different configura- steel tank containing all live parts and switching functions.
tions suitable for most switching applications in 36 and 40,5 A hermetically sealed stainless steel tank with constant
kV distribution networks. SafeRing is extendible and can be atmospheric conditions ensures a high level of reliability as
combined with SafePlus. SafePlus is ABB’s flexible compact well as personnel safety and a virtually maintenance-free
switchgear. Together they represent a complete solution for system.
36 kV secondary distribution networks. SafeRing 36 and Safe-
Plus 36 have identical user interfaces.
SafeRing 36 is designed for use in the following applications: C Cable switch

- Compact secondary substations De Direct cable connection with earthing switch
- Small industries F Switch-fuse-disconnector
- Wind power plants V Vacuum circuit-breaker
- Hotels, shopping centres, office buildings,
business centers etc.
4 Applications SafeRing 36 | Product catalogue

Applications SafePlus 36
C De D F V M
3
A
SafePlus 36 is designed for customised application of

switchgear in: C Cable switch
– – Compact secondary substations De Direct cable connection with earthing
–– Small industries D Direct cable connection
–– Wind power plants F Switch-fuse-disconnector
–– Hotels, shopping centres, office buildings, business V Vacuum circuit-breaker
centers etc. M Metering module (air-insulated)
     SafePlus 36 compact switchgear in fully modular design,

typical configuration:
- 3 pcs.1-way units of cable switches
- 2 pcs 1-way units of switch-fuse-disconnectors
Product catalogue | Applications SafePlus 36 5

Applications SafePlus 36
   SafePlus 36 compact switchgear, typical configuration:

- 3-way section consisting of 3 modules of switch-fuse-
disconnectors
- Extendible with 1 or more 1-way units
 SafePlus 36 compact switchgear, typical windmill

configuration:
- 1 pc. 1-way unit of cable switch with cable bushings on left
hand side
- 1 pc. 1-way unit of vacuum circuit-breaker
6 Applications SafePlus 36 | Product catalogue

Design Philosophy
SafeRing and SafePlus – ABB switchgears for secondary We are responsible for the environment
distribution The location for manufacturing SafeRing and SafePlus is
Evolution: - more functionality, compact dimensions. Norway. Green policy assures focus on environmental factors
Secondary distribution switchgears have been subject to a in manufacturing as well as over the switchgear’s life span.
significant development the recent 20 years.
All products are manufactured in accordance with our ISO
The traditional switching cells are substituted with complete 14001 certification. Materials are carefully selected, to ensure
switchgear systems. Specific functions such as grounding, reuse at end of life. Recycling capability is 89% (for details see
disconnecting, cable connections, busbar extension, protec- chapter 10).
tion and switching have become integrated features in com- To facitilitate the recycling process we continuously work
pact functional units. along with our partners to improve end of life handling.
Compact switchgear systems fulfils customers MV application Modern - development and manufacturing
requirements. ABB has always taken an active part in this Numerical simulations together with long experience ensure
development. reliable and safe, compact and robust design.
The most unique specialisation is the development of the Dielectric simulations ensure that compactness does not influ-
compact secondary switchgear. The numerous distribution ence the dielectrical capability.
substations requested a unified switching functionality that
evolved into the Ring Main Unit concept. The combination of design techniques, experience and the
most modern production technology guarantee state of the
ABB SafeRing range is one major contributor to this speciali- art products and durability.
sation.
Complete solutions – one supplier
Two Products – One range Complex applications involving remote control and monitoring
ABB SafeRing is adapted to the needs in the utility distribution can be supplied from ABB.
networks.
ABB SafePlus offers more flexibility and electrical capacity. This makes large scale implementation feasible, and will sim-
Both switchgears offer the same user interface. plify engineering and procurement.
Customers involvement:
The applied functionality in ABB SafeRing and SafePlus is a
result of input from customers all over the world.
Key customers are continuously involved with ABB design
staff to ensure optimised switchgear operation.
Personnel – safety operation

All products are designed and manufactured in compliance
with ISO 9001, ISO 14001 and ISO 18001.The latest edition
of relevant IEC standards will always apply to our continuous
test programme.
Safety is not only a specification and rating issue, but also a
real life experience.
All units are factory routine tested according to international
standards. ABB takes this further to be an objective related to
durability and repetitive manufacturing quality.
Features for further enhancing personnel safety are available.
“Integrated functionality” is a key objective to reduce the
number of moving components, further reducing the risk of
any mechanical defect.
Product catalogue | Design Philosophy 7

SafeRing 36 Configurations
SafeRing 36 is supplied with the following standard

equipment
–– Vacuum circuit-breaker
– – Two-position load break puffer switch
–– Earthing switch with single spring operating mechanism
– – Switch position indication for load break switch and
earthing switch
–– Single spring operating mechanism on cable switches
– – Two-position mechanism with auto-reclosing duty for
vacuum circuit-breaker
– – Double spring operating mechanism on switch-fuse-
disconnectors
– – Cable bushings horizontal in front, 400 series bolted with
integrated voltage divider for voltage indication
–– Busbars, 630A
– – Earthing bar
–– Operating handle
– – Lifting lugs for easy handling
SafeRing CCF –– Adjustable cable support bars
General – – Manometer for SF6 pressure
SafeRing 36 is an extendible ring main unit for the secondary
distribution network. SafeRing 36 is available in 10 different Factory assembled options
configurations suitable for most switching applications up to – – Bushings for extension busbar
40,5 kV distribution networks. – – Interlocking
- Cable compartment front cover interlocked with
SafeRing 36 is a completely sealed system with a stainless earthing switch
steel tank containing all live parts and switching functions. – – Signal (1NO) from internal pressure indicator wired to
The sealed steel tank with constant atmospheric conditions terminals (one each SF 6-enclosure)
ensures a high level of reliability, personnel safety and a virtu-
ally maintenance-free system. Additional equipment also available as retrofit
–– Integrated control and monitoring unit (ICMU)
The SafeRing 36 concept offers a choice between switch-fuse –– Motor operation
combination or circuit-breaker in combination with relay for –– Trip coil open
protection of the transformer. –– Trip coil open and close
SafeRing 36 can be supplied with integrated remote control –– Aux. switch for load break switch 2NO + 2NC
and monitoring unit. –– Aux. switch for earth switch 2NO + 2NC
–– Aux. switch for fuse blown 1NO
–– Aux. switch for vacuum circuit-breaker 2NO+2NC
–– Capacitive voltage indication
–– Short circuit indicator
–– Cable cover for parallel cables
–– Ronis key interlocking system, EL 11 AP
–– Current measuring
–– Sidewalls - painted
8 SafeRing 36 Configurations | Product catalogue


DeF
Depth: 900 mm
Width: 910 mm
Height: 1930 mm

CCF
Depth: 900 mm
Width: 1330 mm
Height: 1930 mm

CCCF
Depth: 900 mm
Width: 1750 mm
Height: 1930 mm

CCFF
Depth: 900 mm
Width: 1750 mm
Height: 1930 mm

CCC
Depth: 900 mm
Width: 1330 mm
Height: 1930 mm
Product catalogue | SafeRing 36 Configurations 9


CCCC
Depth: 900 mm
Width: 1750 mm
Height: 1930 mm

�� REJ603
DeV
Depth: 900 mm
Width: 910 mm
Height: 1930 mm

�� REJ603
CCV
Depth: 900 mm
Width: 1330 mm
Height: 1930 mm

�� REJ603
CCCV
Depth: 900 mm
Width: 1750 mm
Height: 1930 mm

� REJ603 � REJ603
CCVV
Depth: 900 mm
Width: 1750 mm
Height: 1930 mm
10 SafeRing 36 Configurations | Product catalogue

Technical data SafeRing
SafeRing 36 C-module F-module V-module

Switch Earthing Switch-fuse Downstream Vacuum Earthing
disconnector switch disconnector earthing circuit-breaker switch/
switch disconnector
Rated voltage kV 36/38,5/40,5 36/38,5/40,5 36/38,5/40,5 36/38,5/40,5 36/38,5/40,5 36/38,5/40,5
Power frequency withstand voltage kV 70/80/95 70/80/95 70/80/95 70/80/95 70/80/95 70/80/95
- across disconnector kV 80/95/110 80/95/110 80/95/110
Lightning impulse withstand voltage kV 170/180/185 170/180/185 170/180/185 170/180/185 170/180/185 170/180/185
- across disconnector kV 195/210/215 195/210/215 195/210/215
Rated normal current A 630/630/630 1) 200/200/2002) 630/630/6301)
Breaking capacities:
- active load A 630/630/630 200/200/200
- closed loop A 630/630/630 200/200/200
- off load cable charging A 20/21/21 20/21/21 50/50/50
(Class C1)
- earth fault A 60/63/63 60/63/63
- earth fault cable charging A 35/36/36 35/36/36
- transfer current A 840/750/750
- short-circuit breaking current kA see3) 20/20/20
(Class E1,S1)
Making capacity kA 50/50/50 50/50/50 see3) 2,5/2,5/2,5 50/50/50 50/50/50
(5 times) (5 times) (5 times)
Class (Electrical endurance) E3/E2/E2 E2/E2/E2 -/- E2/E2/E2 E1/E1/E1 E2/E2/E2
Short time current 1 sec. 4)
kA 16/16/16 16/16/16 1/1/1 16/16/16 16/16/16
Short time current 3 sec. kA 16/16/16 16/16/16 see 3) 16/16/16 16/16/16
Internal arc classification IAC AFL, 1s kA 20/20/20 20/20/20 20/20/20
1)
400A for bushings Interface B (400 series plug-in)
2)
Depending on the current rating of the fuse-link
3)
Limited by high voltage fuse-links
4)
Maximum rating for bushings Interface B (400 series plug-in)
SafeRing 36 is tested according to IEC publications IEC 60265-1, IEC 62271-100, -102, -105, -200, IEC 60529 and
IEC 60694 for 36 and 38,5 kV. For 40,5 kV, testing is according to GB standards.
Product catalogue | Technical data SafeRing 11

SafePlus 36 Modules
SafePlus 36 is supplied with the following standard

equipment:
–– Operating handle
– – Lifting lugs for easy handling
–– Busbars, 630 A
– – Earthing bar
–– Adjustable cable support bars
– – Manometer for SF6 pressure
Factory assembled options

– – Bushings for extension busbar
– – Signal (1NO) from internal pressure indicator wired to
terminals (one each SF 6-enclosure)
Additional equipment also available as retrofit

–– Integrated control and monitoring unit (ICMU)
–– Sidewalls - painted
SafePlus CF+C
General
SafePlus 36 is a metal enclosed compact switchgear system
for up to 40,5 kV distribution applications. The switchgear
has a unique flexibility due to its extendibility and the possible
combination of fully modular and semi modular configurations.
SafePlus 36 is a completely sealed system with a stainless

steel tank containing all the live parts and switching functions.
The sealed steel tank with constant atmospheric condi-

tions ensures a high level of reliability, personnel safety and
a virtually maintenance-free system. As an option a SafePlus
switchgear can be equipped with a set of busbar connections
left/right in order to obtain extention or full modularity.
The external busbar kit has to be mounted to the switchgears
on site.
The SafePlus 36 system offers a choice between switch-fuse

combination or circuit-breaker in combination with relay for
protection of the transformer.
SafePlus can also be supplied with or retrofitted with remote

control and monitoring equipment.
12 SafePlus 36 Modules | Product catalogue

C - Cable switch
Technical data

Switch disconnector
Rated voltage kV 36 38,5 40,5 *)
Depth: 900 mm Power frequency withstand voltage kV 70 80 95
- across disconnector kV 80 95 110
Width: 420 mm
Lightning impulse withstand voltage kV 170 180 185
Height: 1 930 mm *)
Rated normal current A 630 630 630
*) Height with high LV-compartment: Breaking capacities:
2180 mm - active load A 630 630 630
- closed loop A 630 630 630
Standard features - off load cable charging A 20 21 21
– – Two-position load break puffer switch and separate - earth fault A 60 63 63
- earth fault cable charging A 35 36 36
earthing switch
50 50 50
–– Two-position single spring operating mechanisms with two Making capacity kA
separate operating shafts for load break function and
Class (Electrical endurance) E3 E2 E2
earthing function Short time current 1 sec. **) kA 20 20 20
–– Switch position indication for load break switch and Short time current 3 sec. kA 20 20 20
earthing switch Internal arc classification IAC
kA 20 20 20
–– Cable bushings horizontal in front, 400 series bolted with AFL, 1 sec
integrated voltage divider for voltage indication Number of mechanical operations 1000 close / open manual
–– Cable compartment cover allowing double cable connec Earthing switch
tion cable adapters by using nkt cables adapters Rated voltage kV 36 38,5 40,5
Power frequency withstand voltage kV 70 80 95
–– Busbars, 630A
–– Earthing bar 50 50 50
Making capacity kA
Factory assembled options Short time current 1 sec. **) kA 20 20 20
–– Interlocking Short time current 3 sec. A 20 20 20
Cable compartment front cover interlocked with Class (Electrical endurance) E2 E2 E2
earthing switch Number of mechanical operations 1000 close / open manual
Additional equipment also available as retrofit *)

For 40,5 kV, testing is according to GB standards
– – Motor operation for load break switch **)

optional 25kA
– – Auxiliary switches
– – Load break switch position 2NO+2NC
– – Earthing switch position 2NO+2NC
– – Capacitive voltage indicator
VPIS acc. to IEC 61958 with integrated indicator
lamps (LED)
HR- module (VDS) acc. to IEC 61243-5
– – Short circuit indicators
Horstmann Alpha/E
Horstmann Alpha/M
Horstmann Sigma
– – Short circuit and earth fault indicator Horstmann
Sigma F+E
– – Cable cover for parallel cables
– – External current transformers (CT)
– – Ronis key interlock
Product catalogue | C - Cable switch 13

F - Switch-fuse disconnector
Technical data

Switch-fuse disconnector
Width: 420 mm
Height: 1 930 mm *)
Rated normal current A 200 1) 200 1) 200 1)
*) Height with high LV-compartment: Breaking capacities:
2180 mm - active load A 200 200 200
- closed loop A 200 200 200
Standard features - off load cable charging A 20 21 21
–– Fuse/transformer rating: 36 kV, max 63 A fuse-links - earth fault A 60 63 63
- earth fault cable charging A 35 36 36
–– Integrated load break switch two-position and separate
- transfer current A 840 750 750
upstream earthing switch mechanically linked with down-
Making capacity kA see 3) see 3) see 3))
stream earthing switch Internal arc classification IAC
–– Switch position indication for switch-fuse-disconnector and kA 20 20 20
AFL, 1s
earthing switches Number of mechanical operations 1000 close / open manual
–– Double spring mechanism for switch-fuse-disconnector Upstream earthing switch
with two separate operating shafts for loadbreak function Rated voltage kV 36 38,5 40,5
and earthing function Power frequency withstand voltage kV 70 80 95
–– Fuse canisters for DIN type fuse-links. Only accessible
Making capacity kA 50 50 50
when earthing switch is closed
–– Fuse tripping arrangement Short time current 1 sec. **) kA 20 20 20
–– Optical fuse trip indication Number of mechanical operations 1000 close / open manual
–– Cable bushings horizontal in front, 400 series boltes with Downstream earthing switch
integrated voltage divider for voltage indication Rated voltage kV 36 38,5 40,5
–– Cable compartment allowing double cable connection Power frequency withstand voltage kV 70 80 95
–– Main busbars, 630 A Lightning impulse withstand voltage kV 170 180 185
2,5 2,5 2,5
–– Earthing bar Making capacity kA
Short time current 1 sec kA 1 1 1
–– Interlocking Number of mechanical operations 1000 close / open manual
- Cable compartment front cover interlocked with earthing
switch
*) For 40,5 kV, testing is according to GB standards
**) Optional 25kA
Additional equipment also available as retrofit
1)
–– Motor operation for switch-fuse-disconnector 2)
Limited by high voltage fuse-links
–– Trip coil open
–– Trip coil open and close
–– Auxiliary switches :
- Switch-fuse-disconnector position 2NO+2NC
- Earthing switch position 2NO+2NC
- Fuse blown 1 NO
–– Capacitive voltage indicator
- VPIS acc. to IEC 61958 with integrated indicator
lamps (LED)
- HR- module (VDS) acc. to IEC 61243-5
–– Ronis key interlock on earthing switch
14 F - Switch-fuse disconnector | Product catalogue

V - Vacuum circuit-breaker
Technical data

�� REJ603
Vacuum circuit-breaker
Depth: 900 mm Rated normal current A 630 630 630
Width: 420 mm Breaking capacities:
Height: 1 930 mm *) - short circuit breaking current
kA 20 20 20
(Class E1,S1)
*) Height with high LV-compartment: - D.C. component % 41 33 33
- cable charging breaking current
2180 mm A 50 50 50
(Class C1)
Standard features
Short time current 1 sec. 1) kA 16 16 16
–– 630A vacuum circuit-breaker Short time current 3 sec. kA 20 20 20
–– two position mechanism with auto-reclosing duty for Internal arc classification IAC
kA 20 20 20
vacuum circuit breaker AFL, 1 sec
–– two position operating mechanisms for the downstream Rated operating sequence O - 0,3s - CO - 15s - CO
disconnector and earthing switch Number of mechanical operations 2000 (class M1)
–– interlocking between vacuum circuit-breaker and Downstream disconnector and
disconnector earthing switch

Rated voltage kV 36 38,5 40,5
–– switch position indication for vacuum circuit-breaker,
disconnector and earthing switch
–– self powered electronic protection relay ABB type REJ603 Lightning impulse withstand voltage kV 170 180 185
with ring core CTs on cables - across disconnector kV 195 210 215
–– trip coil (for relay tripping) Making capacity kA 50 50 50
–– cable bushings horizontal in front, Interface C (400 series Class (Electrical endurance) E2 E2 E2
bolted) with integrated capacitor for voltage indication Short time current 1 sec. kA 20 20 20
–– cable compartment cover allowing double cable Internal arc classification IAC
kA 20 20 20
connection AFL, 1 sec
Number of mechanical operations 1000 close / open manual
–– main busbar, 630A
–– earthing bar
*)
For 40,5 kV, testing is according to GB standards
**) Optional 25kA
1)
Maximum rating for bushings Interface B (400 series plug-in)
–– cable bushings Interface B (400 series plug-in) –– capacitive voltage indicating systems
–– bushings for connection of external busbars or cable on - HR-module (Voltage Detecting System, VDS, acc. to
- Interface 2 (inside cone) IEC 61243-5)
- Interface B (400 series plug-in) - VPIS (Voltage Presence Indicating System, acc. to
- Interface C (400 series bolted) IEC 61958) with integrated indicator lamps
–– interlocking –– indicator lamp for HR-module, 1-phase VIM-1
–– cable compartment front cover interlocked with earthing –– indicator lamp for HR-module, 3-phase VIM-3
switch –– trip coil open
–– signal (1NO) from internal pressure indicator wired to –– trip coil open and close
terminals (only one each SF 6 tank) –– undervoltage release (optional electronic time delay device)
–– cable compartment cover
Additional equipment also available as retrofit - with extra depth (surge arrestor)
–– manometer - arc proof (if existing modules have interlocked covers)
–– motor operation for vacuum circuit-breaker –– Ronis key interlock on disconnector/earthing switch
–– high LV-compartment with hinged door
–– short circuit indicator Relays with auxiliary voltage
–– auxiliary switches REF 610 (Integrated LV-compartment with hinged door)
- vacuum circuit-breaker position 2NO+2NC REF 615 (Integrated LV-compartment with hinged door)
- disconnector position 2NO+2NC REF 541 (High LV-compartment with hinged door)
- earthing switch position 2NO+2NC REF 542+ (High LV-compartment with hinged door)
- vacuum circuit-breaker tripped signal 1NO
Product catalogue | V - Vacuum circuit-breaker 15

D - Direct cable connection
Technical data

Direct cable connection

Impulse withstand voltage kV 170 180 185
Width: 420 mm
Height: 1 930 mm *)
Short time current 1 sec. **) kA 20 20 20
Short time current 3 sec. kA 20 20 20
*) Height with high LV-compartment:
2180 mm *) For 40,5 kV, testing is according to GB standards
**) Optional 25kV
Standard features
–– Cable bushings horizontal in front, Interface C (400 series
bolted) with integrated capacitor for voltage indication
–– Busbar, 630 A
–– Earthing bar

–– Bushings for connection of external busbars on side of the
unit
–– Cable bushings Interface B (400 series plug-in, In = 400A)
–– Signal (1NO) from internal pressure indicator wired to
terminals (only one each SF 6-tank)
Optional features also available as retrofit

–– Low voltage compartment
–– Capacitive voltage indicating systems
- HR-module (Voltage Detecting System, VDS, acc to
IEC 61243-5)
- VPIS (Voltage Presence Indicating System, acc. to
IEC 61958) with integrated indicator lamps
–– Indicator lamp for HR-module, 1-phase VIM-1
–– Indicator lamps for HR-module, 3-phase VIM-3
–– Short-circuit indicators
- Horstmann Alpha/E
- Horstmann Alpha/M
- Horstmann Sigma
–– Short circuit and earth fault indicator Horstmann
Sigma F+E
–– External current sensors (CT) for monitoring
–– Cable compartment cover
- with extra depth (double cable, surge arresters)
- arc proof (if existing modules have interlocked cable
compartment)
16 D - Direct cable connection | Product catalogue

De - Direct cable connection with earthing switch
Technical data

Direct cable connection with

earthing switch
Depth: 900 mm Rated voltage kV 36 38,5 40,5 *)
Width: 420 mm Power frequency withstand voltage kV 70 80 95
Impulse withstand voltage kV 170 180 185
Height: 1 930 mm *)
*) Height with high LV-compartment: Short time current 1 sec. **) kA 20 20 20
2180 mm Short time current 3 sec. kA 20 20 20
Number of mechanical operations 1000 close / open manual
Standard features
*) For 40,5 kV, testing is according to GB standards
–– Earthing switch
**) Optional 25kA
–– Two-position single spring mechanism
–– Switch position indication
–– Cable bushings horizontal in front, Interface C (400 series
bolted) with integrated capacitor for voltage indication
–– Busbar, 630 A
–– Earthing bar
Factory assembled options Optional features also available as retrofit

–– Bushings for connection of external busbars on side of the – – Low voltage compartment
unit – – Capacitive voltage indicating systems
–– Cable bushings Interface B (400 series plug-in, In = 400A) - HR-module (Voltage Detecting System, VDS, acc to
–– Interlocking IEC 61243-5)
- Cable compartment front cover interlocked with - VPIS (Voltage Presence Indicating System, acc. to
earthing switch IEC 61958) with integrated indicator lamps
–– Signal (1NO) from internal pressure indicator wired to – – Indicator lamp for HR-module, 1-phase VIM-1
terminals (only one each SF 6-tank) – – Indicator lamps for HR-module, 3-phase VIM-3
– – Short-circuit indicators
- Horstmann Alpha/E
- Horstmann Alpha/M
- Horstmann Sigma
– – Short circuit and earth fault indicator Horstmann
Sigma F+E
– – External current sensors (CT) for monitoring
– – Cable compartment cover
- with extra depth (double cable, surge arresters)
- arc proof (if existing modules have interlocked cable
compartment)
– – Auxiliary switches
- Earthing switch position 2NO+2NC
Product catalogue | De - Direct cable connection with earthing switch 17

M - Metering module
Technical data

Metering module
3
Rated voltage kV 36 38,5
A
Power frequency withstand voltage kV 70 80
Impulse withstand voltage kV 170 180
Rated normal current A 630 630
3 Short time current 1 sec. kA 20 20
Depth: 1100 mm
Width: 880 mm
Height: 1930 mm *)
*) Height with high LV-compartment:

2280 mm
The M-module is a factory assembled type tested air insulated Voltage transformers
metering cubicle with conventional CTs and VTs. –– Single pole insulated with measuring and earth fault
The M-module is designed for CTs and VTs with dimensions windings
according to DIN 42600 Narrow type and for installation of –– Primary voltage and frequency (50 or 60 Hz) has to be
transformers locally. specified
–– Secondary windings -- / 110:V3 / 110:3 V or
The M-module is manufactured and tested according to IEC -- / 100:V3 / 100:3 V has to be specified
62271-200. It is available in 4 versions: – – Note: VTs can also be delivered without open Delta Earth
–– Bottom cable in/out fault windings
–– Left side top connection to SafePlus modules, bottom –– Burden / class has to be specified
cable in
– – Right side top connection to SafePlus modules, bottom Current transformers
cable in –– Single-core or double-core design
– – Left and right side connection to SafePlus modules – – Secondary side reconnectable possible
–– Primary current max 600 Amp, has to be specified
Standard features – – Secondary current 5 Amp or 1 Amp has to be specified
– – 3 pcs DIN 42600 Narrow type current transformers with
ribs Low voltage compartment
– – 3 pcs DIN Narrow type single pole voltage transformers – – Terminals for voltage transformers secondary connection
– – Padlock interlocking to prevent access to live parts –– 3-pole MCB for measuring voltage
– – MV cable connection to SafePlus cubicle using Elastimold, –– 1-pole MCB for earth fault voltage
3M, Pirelli, Raychem, Kabeldon, etc. connectors – – Damping resistor for voltage transformers open delta earth
– – MV cable connection inside M-module by conventional fault windings, to avoid ferro resonance
cable lugs –– Separating terminals for current transformers secondary
windings
–– Space for electronic kWh-meter
Optional features
–– Voltmeter with selector switch, 6 positions +0
– – A-meter with selector switch, 3 positions +0
18 M - Metering module | Product catalogue

Outer assembly
14 1 6 7 8

2 1. Low voltage compartment

2. Manometer
3 3. Nameplate
4. Short circuit indicator
9 5. Capacitive voltage indication
6. Load break switch position
5 10 7. Earthing switch position
4
8. Push buttons close/open operation
9. Charged spring indicator
13 10. Fuse blown indicator
11. Cable compartment cover standard C-module
12. Cable compartment cover standard F-module
11 13. Side cover
12 14. Lifting lug
15. Protection relay
16. Position indicator vacuum circuit-breaker
17. Operating mechanism for vacuum circuit-breaker
18. Counter
8 Covers

�� REJ603
Upper and lower front covers are manufactured of 2 millimeter
15 1 Aluzinc and covered with a polycarbonate foil. These foils
contain the mimic diagram of the main circuit with the position
indicators for the switching devices.
9 Background colour for these foils is grey RAL 7035, which
16 makes the black single line diagram to stand out for easy
optical reading of position indicators. Both the upper and
17
18 lower front covers are removable.
Low voltage compartments are available in three different

versions: integrated without hinged door, integrated with
5
hinged door and high with hinged door. For the high version,
total height of panel will be 2180 mm (2280 mm for metering
module).
There are three different cable compartment covers;

standard, arc proof and one with extra depth for parallel
cables. All cable compartment covers are removable. Each
module has a separate cable compartment which is divided
from the others by means of partition walls.
A vertical partition wall is fitted to divide the cable

compartment(s) from the rear side of the switchgear /
ring main unit. In case of an internal arc fault, followed by an
opening of the pressure relief in the bottom of the tank, this
partition wall will prevent the hot gases blowing out from the
pressure relief to enter the cable compartments.
Side covers are made of 1,25 millimeter hot rolled steel and
powder painted in colour RAL 7035.
Product catalogue | Outer assembly 19

Cable switch module
The cable switch (C-Module) is a two positioning switch-

disconnector using SF6 gas as an arc quenching medium with
a separate earthing switch.
The switch positions are close and open. In the open position
the switch satisfies the disconnector requirements.
20 Cable-switch module | Product catalogue

Switch-fuse module
The switch-fuse combination (F-Module) is a two

positioning switch diconnector with a separate earthing
switch.
By means of the fuse tripping device it operates as a switch-

fuse combination. There is a double earthing switch which in
the earthed position connects earth to both sides of the fuses
simultaneously.
Both earthing switches are operated in one operation. The

switch-fuse and earthing switch is mechanically interlocked to
prevent hazardous access to the fuses.
The lower cover which gives access to the fuses is also

mechanically interlocked with the earthing switch.
Product catalogue | Switch-fuse module 21

Vacuum circuit-breaker module
The vacuum circuit-breaker (V-module) has vacuum bottles for

short-circuit current interruption.
A two-position disconnector is connected in series with the

circuit-breaker. After the disconnector has been opened the
integrated down-stream earthing switch can be closed.
The operation between vacuum circuit-breaker and

disconnector as well as between disconnector and earthing
switch are mechanically interlocked.
22 Vacuum circuit-breaker module | Product catalogue

Cable bushings
The connection of the HV-cable is made by cable bushings.

The bushings are made of cast resin with moulded in
conductors.
In addition, a screen is moulded in to control the electrical
field and is also used as the main capacitor supplying the
voltage indicators.
ABB has produced bushings for SF6 switchgears since 1985

with high performance and quality.
A very large number has been installed worldwide in
distribution networks, power stations and industrial
complexes.
Used together with fully screened connectors it is an ideal

solution for areas with humidity or condensation problems.
The bushings are designed according to EN 50180 /
400 series bushing (Interface C) with terminal for capacitive EN 50181.
voltage indication
Two different cable bushings are available:
–– 400 series (Interface C) with M16 bolted contact (In=630A)
– – 400 series (Interface B) with plug-in contact (I n=400A)
For more details, please see pages 41-44.
Inner cone (Interface 2) bushing for connection of external

busbars on the side of the unit
Product catalogue | Cable bushings 23

Completely sealed enclosure
SafeRing/SafePlus 36 are switchgear types using SF6 gas

(Sulfur hexafluoride) as insulation and quenching medium.
The SF6 is contained in a welded stainless steel enclosure.
The pressure system is defined as a sealed for life system

with an operating life time better than 30 years. The leakage
rate is less than 0,1% per year.
In order to guarantee a reliable and tight welding, all welding

is carried out by computer controlled robots.
Electrical and mechanical bushings are clamped to the
enclosure and sealed by high quality O-rings.
The mechanical bushings have in addition a rotating shaft

which connect the shaft of the switch to the corresponding
shaft of the mechanism.
The rotating shaft is sealed by a double set of gas seals.
All SF6 enclosures have to pass the leakage test with Helium,
before being gas filled with SF 6.
Due to the characteristics of Helium, this test will detect
any leakage. Leakage test and gas filling are made inside a
vacuum chamber.
The SF6 enclosure has a degree of protection of IP67. This

means the SF 6 enclosure can be immersed into water and still
maintain all functions in a satisfactory way.
24 Completely sealed enclosure | Product catalogue

Mechanisms and interlocks
All operating mechanisms are situated outside the SF6 - Switch-fuse module (F)
enclosure behind the front covers with degree of protection of The mechanism (3PAE) has two operating shafts; the upper
IP2X. one for the load break switch and the lower one for the
earthing switch.
This gives the opportunity of easy access to all operating The upper one operates two springs; one for closing and one
mechanisms if retrofit or service should be required. The for opening. Both springs are charged simultaineously. By
speed of operation of these mechanisms is independent of means of mechanical push buttons it is then possible to close
how fast the handle is operated. and open the load break switch.
As an option, all units can be equipped with interlocked cable The opening spring is always charged when the load break
covers. This will prevent access to the cable compartment switch is in closed position and will then be ready to open the
before earthing switch is in closed position. It will also be load break switch immediately if one of the HV fuses blows.
impossible to operate switch disconnector to closed position
before cable compartment cover is put back in place. The blown fuse(s) has/have to be replaced before the operator
will be able to close the load break switch again. According
Each mechanism is equipped with a padlocking device. When to IEC Publ. 60282-1, all three fuse-links should be replaced,
adding a padlock to this device, the access to operate the even if only one or two have operated.
mechanism will be prevented. This device has three holes with
diameter 9 millimeter. The lower shaft is single spring operated. Both operating
shafts operate one common shaft which is directly connected
All operating mechanisms are equipped with true position to the load break switch and earthing switch inside the SF6
indicators for all switches. In order to safeguard true indica- enclosure.
tion, indicators are directly connected to the operating shafts
of the switches inside the SF6 tank. Due to the mechanical interlock between the upper and lower
operating shaft, it is impossible to operate the load break
Operating handle has an anti-reflex system which prevents an switch when earthing switch is in earthed position or operate
immediate re-operation of the switch. the earthing switch when the load break switch is in closed
position.
All steel parts have been electroplated with zinc and passi- It will also be impossible to get access to the fuse
vated against corrosion. compartment before earthing switch is in closed position.
Product catalogue | Mechanisms and interlocks 25

Mechanisms and interlocks
Cable-switch module (C) Vacuum circuit-breaker (V)

The mechanism (3PKE) has two operating shafts; the upper This module has two mechanisms; the upper one (EL) is for
one for the load break switch and the lower one for the circuit-breaker and the lower one (3PKE) with two operating
earthing switch. shafts is for disconnector and earthing switch. The vacuum
Both shafts are single spring operated and they are directly circuit-breaker has the possibility of rapid auto-reclosing duty.
connected to the switches inside the SF6 enclosure. When By means for mechanical push buttons it is possible to close
both load break switch and earthing switch are in open and open the circuit-breaker. The opening spring is always
position the switch satisfies the specifications of disconnector. charged when the circuit-breaker is in closed position and
will be ready to open immediately if the protection relay gives
Due to the mechanical interlock between the upper and lower a trip signal. If the mechanism is recharged after closing, it is
operating shaft, it is impossible to operate the load break possible to perform open - close - open sequence.
switch when earthing switch is in earthed position or operate The lower mechanism is identical to the one described above
the earthing switch when the load break switch is in closed for cable switch module.
position. There is a mechanical interlock between these two
mechanisms which prevents operating of the disconnector
and earthing switch when the circuit-breaker is in closed
position.
When the earthing switch is in closed position it will be
impossible to operate the disconnector, but the circuit-
breaker can be closed for testing purpose.
26 Mechanisms and interlocks | Product catalogue

Side extension
     As an option, SafeRing/SafePlus 36 can be provided with

bushings for side extention on one or both sides.
For a SafePlus 36 switchgear consisting of only one module,

bushings on both sides are necessary if future extention is
required.
When bushings are mounted on the side, you will have these
possibilities using our side extention kit:
1. SafePlus switchgear as fully modular.
2. SafePlus switchgear as semimodular.

As 4-way switchgear is the maximum size within one common
SF6-tank, the busbar kit allows a configuration with more than
4 modules.
For practical handling of modules on site, the switchgear can

SafePlus 36 with a fully modular design be extended by 1-way units only.
  

The installation of the external busbars has to be done on site,
SafePlus 36 consisting of three sections (FFF+C+C) cpnnected to each
see separate installation instructions, 1VDD006146 GB.
other by means of side extension kit
Product catalogue | Side extension 27

Low voltage compartment
 When motor operation, coils, auxiliary switches or other

relevant components are mounted on a SafeRing/SafePlus 36
module, the auxiliary relays, MCB / fuses and terminals are
located in the LV compartment on the top.
The LV compartment allows entrance of the customer`s low

voltage cables from the rear side, left and right side at the top
of the switchgear. Also, the LV compartment gives the oppor-
tunity to install A-meters with selector switch and local/remote
switch for motor operation.
As an option the standard LV-compartment can be delivered

with hinged door.
Additionally all SafePlus switchgear can be supplied with a


high LV compartment. This compartment can be equipped
with protection relay, meters, terminal blocks etc.

28 Low voltage compartment | Product catalogue

Motor operation and coils
Closing and opening operations of load-break switches and Operating cycle for motor operation for C- and F-module is
charging of the springs of the mechanism for the switch-fuse CO - 3 min (i.e. it can be operated with a frequency of up to
combination can be performed with a motor operation. one close and one open operation every third minute).
Earthing switches do not have this possibility. Operating sequence for V-module is O-0,3s-CO-15s-CO.
All motor devices require DC voltage. If control voltage is Test voltage for tables below is + 10/ - 15 % for motor opera-
either 110 or 220 VAC, a rectifier is integrated in the control tions and closing coils and +10/ -30% for trip coils and open-
unit. ing coils.
Motor and coils can easily be mounted on the mechanisms
after delivery (retrofit).
Characterstics of motor operation for C-module
Rated voltage Power consumption Operating times Peak start current Fuse
(V) [W] or [VA] Closing time (s) Opening time (s) (A)
24 130 6-10 6-10 19 F 6,3 A
48 150 4-7 4-7 13 F4A
60 90 6-9 6-9 7 F4A
110 90 6-9 6-9 3 F2A
220 90 6-9 6-9 1,7 F1A
Characterstics of motor operation for F-module

Rated voltage Power consumption Operating times Peak start current Fuse
Charge / Closing time Opening time
(V) [W] or [VA] (s) (ms) (A)
24 180 8 - 15 40 - 60 19 F 6,3 A
48 200 5-9 40 - 60 13 F4A
60 140 8 - 13 40 - 60 7 F4A
110 140 8 - 13 40 - 60 3 F2A
220 140 8 - 13 40 - 60 1,7 F1A
Characterstics of motor operation for V-module

Rated voltage Power consumption Charge time Current Peak start current Fuse
(V) [W] or [VA] (s) (A) (A)
24 350 4-9 15 38 F 10 A
48 350 4-9 7 19 F 6,3 A
60 350 4-9 6 15 F 6,3 A
110 350 4-9 3 8 F4A
220 350 4-9 1,5 4 F2A
Product catalogue | Motor operation and coils 29

Characterstics of shunt trip coils, closing coils and opening coils F-module
Rated voltage Power consumption Operating times Current Fuse

(V) [W] or [VA] Closing time (ms) Opening time (ms) (A)
24 V DC 170 40 - 60 40 - 60 7 F 6,3 A
48 V DC 200 40 - 60 40 - 60 4 F4A
60 V DC 200 40 - 60 40 - 60 3 F4A
110 V DC 200 40 - 60 40 - 60 2 F2A
220 V DC 200 40 - 60 40 - 60 1 F1A
110 V AC 200 40 - 60 40 - 60 2 F2A
220 V AC 200 40 - 60 40 - 60 1 F1A
Characterstics of shunt trip coils, closing coils and opening coils V-module
Rated voltage Power consumption Operating times Current Fuse

(V) [W] or [VA] Closing time (ms) Opening time (ms) (A)
24 V DC 300 40 - 70 40 - 80 12,5 F 10 A
48 V DC 300 40 - 70 40 - 80 6 F 6,3 A
60 V DC 300 40 - 70 40 - 80 5 F 6,3 A
110 V DC 300 40 - 70 40 - 80 3 F4A
220 V DC 300 40 - 70 40 - 80 1 F2A
110 V AC 300 40 - 70 40 - 80 3 F4A
220 V AC 300 40 - 70 40 - 80 1 F2A
30 Motor operation and coils | Product catalogue

Auxiliaries like motor drives, operation coils and auxiliary

swithes are all located behind the upper front covers.
Electrical control unit for motor-operation and the internal

wiring in general, are terminated to the terminals located in
the low voltage compartments.
Product catalogue | Motor operation and coils 31

Transformer protection

SafeRing/SafePlus 36 offer a choice between switch-fuse SafeRing/SafePlus 36 - Fuse-link selection

combination or circuit-breaker in combination with relay for By selection of fuse-links for the protection of a transformer, it
transformer protection. is important that requirements in IEC 62271-105 and in
IEC 60787 are fulfilled. In particular Annex A in IEC 62271-
The switch-fuse combination offers optimal protection against 105 gives a good example of the coordination of fuses, switch
short-circuit currents, while the circuit-breaker with relay and transformer.
offers better protection against low over-currents. Circuit-
breaker with relay is always recommended for higher rated Correct selection of fuse-links for the protection of the trans-
transformers. former will give:
–– Optimal protection of the transformer.
SafeRing and SafePlus V-module are delivered with 630A – – No damage on the fuse-link’s fuse-elements due to the
rating. Both for SafeRing and SafePlus the relay is self magnetizing inrush current of the transformer.
powered utilizing the energy from the CT’s under a fault –– No overheating of the fuse-links, the switch-fuse
situation, for energizing the trip coil. combination or the switchgear due to the full load
current or the permissible periodic overload current of the
The self powered relay can also be used for cable transformer
protection and more details on the different relays can be –– A transfer current of the combination which is as low
found in chapter 6.6. as possible, and less that the rated transfer current of the
switch-fuse combination.
Transformer protection with self powered relay: – – A situation where the fuse-links alone will deal with the
–– ABB relay type REJ 603 condition of a short-circuit on the transformer secondary
terminals.
Important features V-module: – – Fuse-links that discriminate with the low-voltage fuse-links
–– Relay behind cover. No need for additional low voltage box in the event of phase-to-phase faults occurring down
for the self powered relays used for transformer protection stream the low-voltage fuse-links.
Typical for vacuum circuit-breaker protection: By carefully checking that these rules are followed, fuse-links
– – Good protection against short-circuits from any manufacturer can be used in combination with
–– Very good for protection of over-currents SafeRing/SafePlus 36 as long as the fuse-links are in
–– Small fault currents are detected in an early stage accordance with the requirements described on page 35.
32 Transformer protection | Product catalogue

Fuse selection table - CEF
SafeRing 36 Rated voltage: 36 kV

SafePlus 36 Operating voltage: 30 kV
F-panel Itransfer at 36 kV: 840 A
100% load To: 40 ms
Transformer rating (kVA) u k (%) Transformer rated current (A) ABB Catalogue no. Fuse link rated current (A)
100 4 1,9 1YMB531006M0001 6
125 4 2,4 1YMB531006M0002 10
160 4 3,1 1YMB531006M0002 10
200 4 3,8 1YMB531006M0003 16
250 4 4,8 1YMB531006M0003 16
315 4 6,1 1YMB531006M0003 16
400 4 7,7 1YMB531006M0003 16
500 4 9,6 1YMB531006M0004 25
630 4 12,1 1YMB531006M0004 25
800 5 15,4 1YMB531006M0004 25
1000 6 19,2 1YMB531006M0005 40
1250 6 24,1 1YMB531006M0005 40
SafeRing 36 Rated voltage: 36 kV

SafePlus 36 Operating voltage: 30 kV
F-panel Itransfer at 36 kV: 840 A
120% load To: 40 ms
Transformer rating (kVA) u k (%) Transformer rated current (A) ABB Catalogue no. Fuse link rated current (A)
100 4 1,9 1YMB531006M0001 6
125 4 2,4 1YMB531006M0002 10
160 4 3,1 1YMB531006M0002 10
200 4 3,8 1YMB531006M0003 16
250 4 4,8 1YMB531006M0003 16
315 4 6,1 1YMB531006M0003 16
400 4 7,7 1YMB531006M0003 16
500 4 9,6 1YMB531006M0004 25
630 4 12,1 1YMB531006M0004 25
800 5 15,4 1YMB531006M0005 40
1000 6 19,2 1YMB531006M0005 40
1250 6 24,1 1YMB531006M0005 40
– – Both tables above are based on using ABB CEF hihg-voltage current-limiting back-up fuse-links
– – Normal operating conditions with no overlaod of transformer (table 1) and with 20% overlaod of transformer (table 2)
– – Ambient air temperature -25 oC to +40oC
Product catalogue | Fuse selection table - CEF 33

Fuse selection table - SIBA
SafeRing 36 Rated voltage: 36 kV Rated voltage: 40,5 kV

SafePlus 36 Operating voltage: 30 kV Operating voltage: 35 kV
F-panel Itransfer at 36 kV: 840 A I transfer at 40,5 kV: 750 A
100% load To : 40 ms To : 40 ms
Transformer u k (%) Transformer SIBA Fuse link rated Transformer SIBA Fuse link rated
rating (kVA) rated current article no. current (A) rated current article no. current (A)
(A) (A)
100 4 1,9 30 008 13 6,3 1,6 30 340 13 6,3
125 4 2,4 30 008 13 10 2,1 30 340 13 6,3
160 4 3,1 30 008 13 10 2,6 30 340 13 10
200 4 3,8 30 008 13 10 3,3 30 340 13 10
250 4 4,8 30 008 13 16 4,1 30 340 13 10
315 4 6,1 30 008 13 16 5,2 30 340 13 16
400 4 7,7 30 008 13 20 6,6 30 340 13 16
500 4 9,6 30 008 13 25 8,2 30 340 13 20
630 4 12,1 30 016 13 31,5 10,4 30 340 13 20
800 5 15,4 30 016 13 31,5 13,2 30 341 13 25
1000 6 19,2 30 016 13 40 16,5 30 341 13 31,5
1250 6 24,1 30 016 13 40 20,6 30 341 13 40
1600 6 30,8 30 024 43 63 26,4 30 342 13 50
2000 6 38,5 30 024 43 63 33,0 30 342 13 63
SafeRing 36 Rated voltage: 36 kV Rated voltage: 40,5 kV

SafePlus 36 Operating voltage: 30 kV Operating voltage: 35 kV
F-panel Itransfer at 36 kV: 840 A Itransfer at 40,5 kV: 750 A
120% load To : 40 ms To : 40 ms
Transformer u k (%) Transformer SIBA Fuse link rated Transformer SIBA Fuse link rated
rating (kVA) rated current article no. current (A) rated current article no. current (A)
(A) (A)
100 4 1,9 30 008 13 6,3 1,6 30 340 13 6,3
125 4 2,4 30 008 13 10 2,1 30 340 13 6,3
160 4 3,1 30 008 13 10 2,6 30 340 13 10
200 4 3,8 30 008 13 16 3,3 30 340 13 10
250 4 4,8 30 008 13 16 4,1 30 340 13 10
315 4 6,1 30 008 13 20 5,2 30 340 13 16
400 4 7,7 30 008 13 25 6,6 30 340 13 16
500 4 9,6 30 008 13 25 8,2 30 340 13 20
630 4 12,1 30 016 13 31,5 10,4 30 341 13 25
800 5 15,4 30 016 13 31,5 13,2 30 341 13 25
1000 6 19,2 30 016 13 40 16,5 30 341 13 40
1250 6 24,1 30 024 13 50 20,6 30 342 13 50
1600 6 30,8 30 024 43 63 26,4 30 342 13 63
–– Both tables above are based on using SIBA HV-back-up fuse-links

–– Normal operating conditions with no overlaod of transformer (table 1) and with 20% overlaod of transformer (table 2)
–– Ambient air temperature -25 oC to +40oC
–– Fuse-links with rated current 63A are SSK type (for 36 kV)
34 Fuse selection table - SIBA | Product catalogue

Fuses
SafeRing/SafePlus 36 are designed and tested for HRC-fuses Please note: When inserting the fuse link into the canister, the
acc. to IEC Publication 60282-1 striker-pin must always face outwards against the fuse holder.
The dimensions of the fuse-links that can be used in 2100 kVA is the maximum size Distribution Transformer which
SafeRing/SafePlus 36 must be in accordance with can be fed from a SafeRing/SafePlus 36 fuse switch module.
IEC 60282-1, Annex D. The fuse-links have to be type I with
terminal diameter (Ø A) equal to 45 +1 mm and body length The previous table shows recommended types of fuse links
(D) equal til 537 +1 mm. for use in SafeRing/SafePlus 36.
The dimensions of the fuse-links can also be in accordance In order to find the correct fuse size compared to the trans-
with DIN 43 625 and the length of the fuse canister is based former rating in kVA, please see the selection tables on
on the use of fuse-links with length 537 mm. previous pages.
SafeRing/SafePlus 36 are designed for fuse-links with striker

in accordance with IEC 60282-1. The striker must be type
“Medium” with an energy of 1 J and a travel of minimum
20 mm. The start force of the striker should be minimum
60 N.
Product catalogue | Fuses 35

Relays
The V-module for SafePlus 36kV is available with 630A

vacuum circuit-breaker. This chapter describes the different
choices of protection relays and feeder terminals that can be
used in SafePlus. Some of these relays require an additional
low voltage compartment.
Standard test procedure is functional test of trip circuit of the

relays. All customer settings must be done on site.
ABB feeder terminals are configured according to

customer specification for protection functions. Special
control requirements can be delivered on request.
The V-module can also be delivered prepared for protection

relays.
This is defined in two types:

1. Trip coil and auxiliary contact.
2. Cut out in LV-compartment, trip coil, aux contact, wiring
and drawings.
This is applicable for relays delivered complete from our

factory or if we have received necessary documentation on
the relay.
Other types of relays on request.
There are three main groups of relays delivered:

A) ABB feeder protection relays
B) Self powered relays
C) ABB feeder terminals
A) ABB offers a wide range of feeder protection relays.

These relays have been sold for a long period and have
an excellent reputation for reliability and secure
operation. These relays have either 18-80VDC or
80-265VAC/DC auxiliary supplies and are connected to
conventional CTs and VTs.
B) Self powered relays are suitable for rough conditions and
places without possibility of auxiliary supply.
SafeRing and SafePlus can be delivered with
ABB REJ603 to fulfil all relevant needs in a distribution
network.
C) ABB feeder terminals provide cost-effective solutions for
different protection, monitoring and control applications.
SafePlus can be delivered with either REF541,
REF542plus or REF630
36 Relays | Product catalogue

Relays
ABB feeder protection relays

Protection and measurement Relay
Type of faults IEEE IEC symbol Protection function REF REF
device no. 610 615
Short circuits 51 3I> Non-directional overcurrent, low-set stage X X
Short circuits 50/51/51B 3 I >> Non-directional overcurrent, high-set stage X X
Short circuits 50/51B 3 I >>> Non-directional overcurrent instantaneous stage/blockable X X
Short circuits 51 2I> Two-phase non-directional overcurrent, low-set stage
Short circuits 50/51 2 I >> Two-phase non-directional overcurrent, high-set stage
Earth fault 51N Io > Non-directional earth fault, low-set stage X X
Earth fault 51N Io >/SEF Non-directional earth fault, low-set stage sensitive
Earth fault 50N/51N Io >>/Io-o> Non-directional earth fault, high-set stage X X
Earth fault 67N Io >-->/SEF Directional earth fault, sensitive, In=1A and 5A X
Earth fault 67N Io >-->/SEF Directional earth fault, sensitive, In=0,2A and 1A
Earth fault 67N Io >> --> Directional earth fault, high-set stage X
Earth fault 59N Uo > Residual overvoltage X
Additional functions 46 ∆I> Phase discontinuity X
Additional functions 62BF CBFP Circuit-breaker failure X X
Type of measurements current 31/21 Three-phase / two-phase current X X
Type of measurements current Io Neutral current X X
Type of measurements current ∆I Degree of unbalance
Type of measurements current Uo Residual voltage X
Auto-reclosing 79 X X
ABB self-powered relays
Functionality Relay
Features Description IEEE device no. REJ 603
Protection functions Phase overdurrent (multi-characteristic) 50/51 X
Protection functions Short-curcuit protection 50/51 X
Protection functions Number of overcurrent elements 50/51B 2
Protection functions Earth fault current 50N/51N X
Protection functions Number of earth fault elements 2
Characteristic curves Overcurrent element DEFT,INV 1)
Characteristic curves Earth fault current DEFT,INV 1)
Additional functions Trip indication X

Additional functions Electro-impulse X
Additional functions input remote tripping (voltage) X
Additional functions Auxiliary power, voltage (option)
Measuring circuit Rated secondary current wide range special CT
Measuring circuit Measuring range, start current I> (A) 7,2
Climatic withstand Storage temperature (°C) -40 …+85
Climatic withstand Operating temperature (°C) -40 …+85
1)
- Definite time overcurrent (DEFT) - Resistance inverse timeovercurrent (RINV)
- Normal inverse time overcurrent (NINV) - Characteristics of high voltage fuse-link (HV-FUSE)
- Very inverse time overcurrent (VINV) - Characteristics of full range fuse (FR-FUSE)
- Extremely inverse time overcurrent (EINV) - Definite time overcurrent
- Long time inverse time overcurrent (LINV) - Inverse characteristics, please contact us for further information
Product catalogue | Relays 37

Relays
REJ603 transformer protection and cable Ring core current transformer type Current range
protection kit (self powered)
Transformer type CT1 8 - 28 A
Protection relay standard CT’s typical Ring core current transformer type Ration - burden
Transformer type: class 10P10 SVA 100-100-45 50-100-200/1 A 1,5/3/6 VA
Transformer type: class 5P10 SVA 100-100-45 150/1 A 4 VA
Transformer type: class 5P10 SVA 100-100-45 100-200/1 A 4 - 7 VA
Earth fault transformer
Earth fault transformer, class 10P10, burden Multi-tap secondary:
0,5 - 15VA dependent on selected ratio KOLMA 06A1 (90 mm) 50-150/1 A or 50-750/5 A
Earth fault transformer, class 10P10, burden Multi-tap secondary:
0,5 - 15VA dependent on selected ratio KOLMA 06D1 (180 mm) 50-150/1 A or 50-750/5

Relays
ABB feeder terminals

SafePlus can be delivered with different feeder terminals:
–– REF 541 which is installed in the door of the low voltage
compartment.
–– REF542plus with integrated web-interface is a leader in the
development of feeder terminals. REF 542plus has a
separate display unit and does not need a build out frame.
–– REF630, part of the Relion® product family designed to
implement the core values of the IEC61850 standards.
The units are configured according to customer specification

for protection functions.
REF630
REF630 is a comprehensive feeder management IED for
protection, control, measuring and supervision of utility and
industrial distribution substations. REF630 is a member of
ABB’s Relion® product family and a part its 630 product
series characterized by functional scalability and flexible con-
figurability. REF630 also features necessary control functions
constituting an ideal solution for feeder bay control.
REF630 provides main protection for overhead lines and cable

feeders of distribution networks. REF630 fits both isolated
neutral networks and networks with resistance or impedance
earthed neutral. Four pre-defined configurations to match typ-
ical feeder protection and control requirements are available.
The pre-defined configurations can be used as such or easily
adapted or extended with freely selectable add-on functions,
by means of which the IED can be fine-tuned to exactly satisfy
the specific requirements of your present application.
REF630 incorporates local and remote control functions. The

IED offers a number of freely assignable binary inputs/outputs
and logic circuits for establishing bay control and interlocking
functions for circuit breakers and motor operated switch-dis-
connectors. REF630 supports both single and double busbar
substation busbar layouts.
Product catalogue | Relays 39

Relays
REF 541
Technology summary REF 541 and REF542plus:
Depth: 900 mm (example of configurable functions)
Width: 420 mm Protection:
Height: 2180mm –– non-directional overcurrent protection, 3 stages
–– directional overcurrent protection, 3 stages
–– non-directional earth-fault protection
–– directional earth-fault protection
–– residual overvoltage protection
–– 3-phase thermal overload
–– 3-phase overvoltage protection
–– 3-phase undervoltage protection
–– Under- or overfrequenzy incl. rate of change, 5 stages
–– Others
Optional functionality:
–– Capacitor bank protection
–– Capacitor bank control
–– Power quality
REF 542plus Measurement:

�� REF542plus
–– 3-phase current
Depth: 900 mm Menu
–– neutral current
Width: 420 mm –– 3-phase voltage
Height: 2180mm –– residual voltage
–– 3-phase power and energy incl. cos phi
–– transient disturbance recorder

Combisensor
Sensor variants
Combined sensors with type designations KEVCY 36 RE1
and KEVCY 40,5 RE1. One version could be selected for both
types of combined sensors which provides current measure-
ment, voltage measurement together with voltage indication
capability.
Linearity
Due to the absence of a ferromagnetic core the sensor has Technical data. general
a linear response over a very wide primary current range, far Rated primary current of application up to 630 A
exceeding the typical CT range. Rated primary voltage of application up to 40,5 kV
Highest voltage for equipment, Um KEVCY 36 RE1 36 kV
Current sensor
KEVCY 40,5 RE1 40,5kV
Current measurement in KEVCY xx RE1 sensors is based on
Rated power frequency withstand voltage KEVCY 36 RE1 70 kV
the Rogowski coil principle. A Rogowski coil is a toroidal coil,
KEVCY 40,5 RE1 95 kV
without an iron core, placed around the primary conductor in
Rated lighting impulse withstand voltage KEVCY 36 RE1 170 kV
the same way as the secondary winding in a current trans-
KEVCY 40,5 RE1 185 kV
former.
Technical data, voltage sensor Value
Voltage sensor Rated primary voltage, Upr KEVCY 36 RE1 33/V3 kV
Voltage measurement in KEVCY xx RE1 sensors is based on KEVCY 40,5 RE1 35/V3 kV
the capacitive divider principle. Maximum rated primary voltage, Uprimax KEVCY 36 RE1 36/V3 kV
KEVCY 40,5 RE1 40,5/V3kV
Sensor application
Rated frequency, fn 50/60 Hz
KEVCY xx RE1 are compact and very small bushing type
Accuracy class 0.5/3P
sensors designed to be used in SF6 gas insulated switchgear
Rated burden, Rbr 10 MOhm
type SafeRing and SafePlus.
Rated transformation ratio, Kn 10 000 : 1
The external cone type of the sensor is designed according to
the standard EN 50181, Interface C (400 series 630 A, Rated voltage factor, ku 1.9/8h
M16 bolt), and therefore enables connection of all compatible Technical data, current sensor
cable plugs. Rated primary current, Ipr 80 A

Rated transformation ratio, Kra 80A /0.150 V at 50 Hz
Secondary cables 80 A/0.180 V at 60 Hz
The sensor is equipped with two cables: Rated secondary output, Usr 3mV/Hz
–– Cable for coupling electrode with BNC connector i.e 150 mV at 50 Hz
–– Current and voltage signal cable with RJ-45 connector for or 180 mV at 60 Hz
connection with the IED Rated continuous thermal current, Icth 630 A
The cable connector for connection with the IED is type Rated short-time thermal current, Ith 25 kA / 3 s
RJ-45. The sensor accuracy classes are verified up to the Rated dynamic current, Idyn 63 kA
RJ-45 connector, i.e. considering also its secondary Rated frequency, fr 50/60 Hz
cable. This cable is intended to be connected directly to Rated extended primary current factor, Kpcr 7.875
the IED, and subsequently neither burden calculation nor
Accuracy limit factor, Kalf 100
secondary wiring is needed. Every sensor is therefore
Rated burden, Rbr 10 MOhm
accuracy tested when equipped with its own cable and
Cables
connector.
Current and voltage sensing:
Standard cable length for connection with IED: 2.2 m
Length 2.2 m
Standard cable length for connection with coupling
Connector RJ-45 (CAT-6)
electrode: 0.45 m
Coupling electrode:
Length 0.45 m
Connector BNC
Product catalogue | Combisensor 41

Cable terminations
SafeRing/SafePlus 36 are equipped with cable bushings

which comply with CENELEC EN 50181 and IEC 60137
for termination of cables.
The bushings fulfil the requirements of DIN47636T1.
The following cable bushings are used:
Interface C with M16 x 2 metric threads

400 series, In = 630 A
Interface C (Bolted type 400 series) Standard on all modules and for side connection.
Interface B with plug

400 series, In = 400 A
Optional for all modules
The yellow area incicates the silver coated contact spring.
Interface B (Plug-in type 200 series) The installation instructions from the manufacturer of cable
terminations must be followed. Be sure to lubricate the
bushings thoroughly with the silicone supplied.
Important: Where cables are not connected, the earthing

switch must be locked in closed position or the bushings
must be fitted with dead end receptacles before the unit is
energized.
42 Cable terminations | Product catalogue

Cable terminations
All bushings are protected by cable compartment cover. The table below the drawings shows the distance A in
The drawings below show typical arrangements with cable millimeter from cable bushing to the inner part of cable
connectors. compartment cover.
A A
A A
Distance A
The following manufacturers of cable terminations are recom-
Standard 350 mm
mended:
Double cables 570 mm
–– ABB Kabeldon
Arc proof cable covers 331 mm
–– Euromold/Elastimold
–– nkt cables/Felten & Guilleaume
–– Tyco/Raychem
Product catalogue | Cable terminations 43

Cable terminations
Screened separable cable connectors

CSE-A 36-42 kV, 400 A, 630 A
Application area
Premolded screened separable connectors for XLPE
insulated 1- or 3-core cables with aluminum or copper
conductors for 12–42 kV. Can be installed both indoors
and outdoors.
Fits standard bushings of outer cone type according to

EN 50181. Connectors with rated current:
–– 400 A: interface type B with plug-in Ø 14 mm
CSE-A 36400 CSE-A 36630 –– 630 A: interface type C with bolt M16
Standard
Meets the requirements of:
–– CENELEC, HD 629.1 S2
Design
CSE-A is premolded and manufactured in rubber with three
layers; a conductive inner layer, an insulation layer and a
conductive outer layer, that are vulcanized together for the
best possible interface between the layers.
The cable connectors include both a capacitive test point

with protection and an integrated earthing wire.
–– Delivered in 3-phase kits, complete with cable lugs,

bolt connection and stress grading adapter,designed to
ensure a reliable installation.
CSE-A 42400 CSE-A 42630 Note:

–– For 3-core cable with common Cu-screen wires, a screen
separation kit must be used.
XLPE/EPR Conductor cross

Designation Rated current Bushing type Weight kg/unit
Ø mm2 section mm2
Elbow cable connector with capacitive test point, 36kV
CSE-A 36400-01 24.5 - 34.0 50 - 70 400 A Interface type B with plug-in Ø 14 mm 6.1
CSE-A 36630-01 24.5 - 34.0 50 - 70 630 A Interface type C with bolt M16 6.1
CSE-A 36630-03 38.0 – 55.0 400 - 630 630 A Interface type C with bolt M16 8.7
Elbow cable connector with capacitive test point, 42kV
44 Cable terminations | Product catalogue

Cable terminations
36 kV: Separable connectors interface B with earthing shield, Ir = 400 A Cable compartment with
Single cable + Dual cables +
surge arrester Dual cables surge arrester
Distance A = 361 mm
Distance A = 344 mm
Distance A = 581 mm
Distance A = 316 mm
Distance A = 361 mm
Distance A = 344 mm
Distance A = 316 mm
Distance A = 361 mm
Distance A = 344 mm
Distance A = 316 mm
Distance A =581 mm
Distance A =581 mm
Direct connection
Direct connection
Direct connection
Double cables
Double cables
Double cables
Con- XLPE / Surge
Manu- ductor EPR Additional equipment for Arrester
Arc proof
Arc proof
Arc proof
Standard
Standard
Standard
facturer Designation [mm2] Ø [mm] dual cable arrangement with
3M 94-EE 605-4 35-300 22.8-39.6 KU 33+94-EE 605-4 MUT 23

Euromold M400LR/G 35-185 12.0-37.5 None None
Euromold M400TE/G 35-185 12.0-37.5 M400CP-SC+M400TE/G None X
nkt cables CB 36-400 25-300 17.0-40.0 CC 36-630 CSA 36 X X X X X X X X X
Prysmian FMCE-400 25-240 21.4-38.8 None None
Prysmian FMCT-400 25-240 21.4-38.8 None None
Südkabel SEHDT 32 35-300 22.8-39.6 None None
Tyco RSTP 50-300 22.4-40.0 None None
Electronics
ABB CSE-A 50-70 24.5-34.0 None None
Kabeldon 36400-01
ABB CSE-A 95-300 27.5-42.0 None None
Kabeldon 36400-02
36 kV: Separable connectors interface C with earthing shield, Ir = 630 A Cable compartment with
Single cable + Dual cables +
surge arrester Dual cables surge arrester
Distance A = 360 mm
Distance A = 343 mm
Distance A = 580 mm
Distance A = 315 mm
Distance A = 360 mm
Distance A = 343 mm
Distance A = 315 mm
Distance A = 360 mm
Distance A = 343 mm
Distance A = 315 mm
Distance A =580 mm
Distance A =580 mm
Direct connection
Direct connection
Direct connection
Double cables
Double cables
Double cables
Conduc- XLPE / Surge
Manu- tor EPR Additional equipment for Arrester
Arc proof
Arc proof
Arc proof
Standard
Standard
Standard
facturer Designation [mm2] Ø [mm] dual cable arrangement with
3M 94-EE 70-400 25.1-42.8 KU 33+94-EE 705-6 MUT 23 X X

705-6
Euromold M400TB/G 35-240 12.0-37.5 M400CP-SC+M400TB/G 400PB-XSA X X
Euromold P400TB/G1) 35-240 12.0-37.5 M400CP-SC+P400TB/G 400PB-XSA X X
Euromold M440TB/G 185-630 23.5-56.0 M440CP+M440TB/G 400PB-XSA X X
nkt cables CB 36-630 25-300 17.0-34.6 CC 36-630 CSA 36 X X X X X X X X X
nkt cables CB 36-630 400-630 34.0-51.0 CC 36-630(1250) or CSA 36 X X X X X X X X X
(1250) CC 36-630
nkt cables CB 36-6301) 50-185 28.9-40.0 None None X
nkt cables CB 36-630 240-500 34.0-51.0 None None
(1250) 1)
Prysmian FMCTs-400 25-240 21.4-38.3 FMPCS-400-36+ Yes2) X X
FMCTS-400
Südkabel SEHDT 33 35-500 22.8-45.6 KU 33+SEHDT 33 KU 33+ X X
MUT 33
Tyco RSTI-66xx1) 50-300 22.4-40.0 None None
Electronics
Tyco RSTI- 400-630 34.0-51.0 RSTI-66CP-M16+ None X
Electronics 66Lxx1) RSTI-66LXX
ABB CSE-A 50-70 24.5-34.0 CSEP-A 36630-01 None X X
Kabeldon 36630-01
Kabeldon 36630-02
Kabeldon 36630-03
Separable connectors without earthing shield are not recommended.

1)
Special version suitable for rated voltages up to 42 kV.
For dynamic and thermal short-circuit currents, please compare the values
Consult manufacturer.
expected in your network with the rated values of the connector from the
2)
Combination with surge arrester possible with Euromold 400PB-XSA different suppliers.
Product catalogue | Cable terminations 45

Capacitive voltage detection / indication
Capacitive voltage indicator

SafeRing/SafePlus 36 can be supplied with two different types
of capacitive voltage indicator systems:
Voltage Detection System, type HR

SafeRing/SafePlus 36 can be delivered with a Voltage
Detection System, (VDS) acc.to IEC 61243-5.
HR module (VDS) Portable voltage indicators, type VIM-1 and VIM-3 can be
connected to the coupling system interface, see below for
details.
The VDS solution is designed and tested for reliable

operation, in heavily polluted and humid environments.
Voltage Presence Indicating System

SafeRing/SafePlus 36 are delivered with a voltage Presence
Indicating System (VPIS) acc. to IEC 61958.
VPIS
The coupling system has integrated voltage indicators (LEDs).
The VPIS solution is the recommended choice for normal
indoor operating conditions.
Coupling system
VDS or VPIS are situated on the front of the switchgear, one
for each functional unit.
The voltage condition for each cable terminal is shown by

separable (VDS) or integrated (VPIS) voltage indicators.
Identification of the phases is achieved by labels on the front

of the coupling system / voltage indicator.
Phase balance check

The coupling systems of both solutions VDS and VPIS have
connection points for phase balance checking.
If the VDS coupling systems have permantently connected

indicators (VIM-3), these must be removed before phase
balance checking can be done.
Phase balance checking should be done with a recommended
phase comparator, type PCM, for details, see below.
PCM can be used for phase balance checking between identi-
cal coupling systems (VDS or VPIS).
Particular care should be taken when phase balance checking

is done between different coupling systems.
In this case a universal Phase Comparator (VPC acc.to IEC

61243-5) is recommended.
46 Capacitive voltage detection / indication | Product catalogue

Capacitive voltage detection / indication
Phase comparators type PCM

The PCM-phase comparator indicates phase balance /
unbalance between two cubicles. To be used in capacitive
Coupling systems, acc. to IEC 61243-5 and/or IEC 61958.
Special features:
–– No external power supply required.
–– Voltage indication by flashing LED.
–– Fully insulated system (IP 68) with cast resin.
PCM –– Function test 230 V AC or test-equipment.
––
Technical data:
Rated frequency 50 Hz
Length of test lead 1,4 m
Operating temperature -25 -+55 degress celsius
Dimensions, w x h x d,
(excl. connectors) 43 x 22 x 20 mm
Enclosure protection IP 68
Weight 40 gr
Voltage indicators VIM 1 and VIM 3 for HR-module

The voltage indicators VIM 1 and VIM 3 are used with capaci-
tive outlets based on HR-system, to indicate high voltage in a
switchgear. VIM 1 and VIM 3 fulfil the test requirement of IEC
61243-5.
VIM 1 The indicators can be delivered in two versions:

–– VIM 1 for voltage indication in one phase at a time, mobile
unit.
–– VIM 3 for voltage indication in three phases, prepared for
permanent mounting in the switchgear.
Special features:
–– No external power supply required
–– Voltage indication by red flashing LED’s.
–– Fully insulated system (IP 68) with cast resin and safety pin.
VIM 3 –– Function test: e.g. test equipment.
Tecnical data VIM 1 and VIM 3

Rated frequency 50 Hz
Treshold voltage U 70 - 90 V
Treshold current I 1,62 - 2,5 microA
Capacity to coupling system 74 - 88 pF
Input impedance of indicator 36 - 43,2 Mohm
Operating temperature -25 - +55o C
Enclosure protection IP 68
Dimensions VIM1, WxHxD (excl. connectors) 43 x 22 x 30 mm
Dimensions VIM3, WxHxD (excl. connectors) 144 x 28 x 30 mm
Weight VIM 1 40 gr
Weight VIM 3 110 gr
Product catalogue | Capacitive voltage detection / indication 47

Short-circuit indicator
Horstmann Alpha-E
The Faulted-Circuit Indicator consists of an indicator unit
and three current transformers connected to the device. The
indicating unit contains the electronic circuit, three rectangular
fags and a test and reset button. A local test and resets by a
push button is included as well as remote reset by d.c.
Trip currents (Ik) adjustable to 400, 600, 800 or 1000 A

Delay time (Ik) 100 ms
Timed reset after passage of 2 or 4 h
Remote test/remote reset 12 - 60 V AC/DC
Temperature range -30 oC... +70oC
Energy supply log-life lithium cell
Relay contact permanent or momentary contact (100 ms)
Horstmann SIGMA Short-circuit Indicator

The SIGMA short-circuit indicator is designed for distribution
networks using radial or open-ring operation. The instrument
is provided with three short-circuit current transformers which
are mounted onto the bushings of the switchgear. When the
phase current exceeds the preset trip level, the fault-affected
phase is indicated by a bright LED flashlight as the remote
signal contact gets activated. If a second tripping occurs
within a preset time, for example when automatic re-closing
is in process, this condition is indicated by a double flashing
LED.
Short-circuit trip currents (Ik) adjustable to 200, 300, 400, 600, 800 or 1000A, or self-asjusting
Response time 40 ms or 80 ms
Timed reset after passage of 1, 2, 4 or 8 h
Remote test/remote reset via external potential-free momentary contact
Energy supply long-life lithium cell, life expectancy 20 years, flashing time >1000 h
Relay contact permanent or momentary contact (1s), adjustable
48 Short-circuit indicator | Product catalogue

Short-circuit indicator
Horstmann SIGMA F+E 3 Short-circuit and Earth Fault

Indicator
The SIGMA F+E 3 short-circuit and earth fault indicator pro-
vides the same functions as the SIGMA type. Three cable-
type current transformers are used for short-circuit and earth
fault detection. The overcurrent (I>>) is indicated by a red LED
whereas a yellow LED signals the earth fault current (IE).
Trip currents (Ik) adjustable to 200, 300, 400, 600, 800, 1000 or 2000A, or self-asjusting
Trip currents (I0) adjustable to 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120 or 190 A
Response delay (Ik/I0) 40, 80, 200, 300 ms/ 80, 160, 200, 300 ms
Timed reset after passage of 1, 2, 4 or 8 h
Remote test/remote reset via external potential-free momentary contact
Energy supply internal:by long-life lithium cell, life expectancy 20 years, total flashing time >1000h; external:by 12-60VDC (optional feature)
Relay contact permanent or momentary contact (1s), adjustable
A A
A-A
Product catalogue | Short-circuit indicator 49

Ronis key interlocks
As an option all load break switches and earthing swithes may Ronis key interlocks can be used as follows: Two switchgears
be equipped with Ronis key interlock type EL11AP. Ronis may A and B are connected to each other by cables. The purpose
be mounted according to the customer’s specification; either of interlocks is to prevent closing of the earthing switch unless
to prevent closing or opening of the switch. the load break switch on the other switchgear is locked in
open position.
A B
1) One Ronis key interlock will be mounted close to the

operating shaft of the load break switch in switchgear A. An 1)
identical Ronis key interlock will be mounted close to the
operating shaft of the earthing switch in switchgear B. As long
as the load break switch in switchgear A is in closed position,
it will be impossible to remove or operate the key in the key
interlock.
A B
2) First you have to operate this load break switch in switch-

gear A to open position.
Then it will be possible to operate this key interlock and turn 2)
the key which extends the locking bolt. This will prevent the
access to the operating shaft of this load break switch.
The next thing to do is to withdraw the key and insert it into
the identical key interlock on the earthing switch of switchgear
B.
A B
3) When the key is inserted, you will be able to operate the

key interlock and turn the key which will withdraw the extend- 3)
ed locking bolt.
Then you will have access to operate this earthing switch to
closed position. As long as this earthing switch is in closed
position, the key will be captured and makes it impossible to
close the load break switch in switchgear A.
A B
4) If the load break switch in switchgear B and earthing switch

in switchgear A are equipped with another identical Ronis key 4)
interlock which has a different key combination than de-
scribed above, it will be impossible to make an earth connec-
tion of an incoming energized cable from neither switchgear A
nor B.
Another example for use of Ronis key interlocks is to prevent

access to the distribution transformer before the primary side mounted on the earthing switch for the distribution trans-
of the the transformer is connected to earth. This can be former feeder and the other one on the door in front of the
solved by means of two identical Ronis key interlocks; one transformer.
50 Ronis key interlock | Product catalogue

Remote control
The SafeRing and SafePlus can be supplied with remote

control and monitoring equipment. The switchgears can be
fitted with two different types of ABB remote terminal units;
RTU211 or REC523.
The RTU211 and REC523 can communicate with control

centres of all sizes. Different types of communication media
can be delivered, and offers a choice between the communi-
cation protocols ABB RP570, IEC 870-5-101, DNP 3.0 and
Modbus RTU/ASCII. Other protocols can be developed on
request.
The integrated remote control and monitoring unit is located

in the a special low voltage compartment.
Product catalogue | Remote control 51

Remote control
Additional equipment:
–– Modems integrated in the unit: 23WT63 permanent line
modem, TD-22 DC dialled modem or DLM100 modem
(Distribution Line Carrier) with inductive coupler DLC100
–– Batteries and battery charger: 24 VDC back up supply with
battery monitoring, temperature compensated charging
and deep discharge protection
–– Heater
– – Position indicator for earthing switch and disconnector.
This requires an extra input board with 16DI.
Low-voltage DPI — Direct Process Interface:
Unit with RTU211 This is an I/O board in the RTU211 family, which can be di-
Standard features: rectly connected to 5A and 230/400 V. This allows connection
–– 16 DI (digital inputs), 8 DO (digital outputs) and 6 AI of a signal from the current transformers in a cable compart-
(analogue inputs). ment, or for current/voltage measurements on the low-voltage
–– RS232 interface for connecting external communication side.
media such as radio. The remote control and monitoring unit can be supplied with
2×3 current and 2×4 (including N) voltage inputs. On the basis
Standard functions: of these measurements, the built-in processor can calculate a
– – Remote control of up to 4 switches number of values to give power quality monitoring.
– – Position indicator for main switch (load break switch or
circuit breaker).
– – Monitoring of short-circuit indicator or earth-fault indicator
– – Fuse trip indication
– – Monitoring of SF 6 gas pressure
–– Position indicator for arc-suppressor
–– Remote control ON/OFF selector
Remote control terminal RTU211 Auxiliary power 24 - 110 V DC or 110 / 220 V AC

Charger 2,5 A
Battery 2 x 12 V (24 V), 20 Ah
Communication protocols RP 570 / 571 Standard
IEC 870-5-101 With protocol converter card
DNP 3.0 With protocol converter card
Modbus RTU With protocol converter card
Modem ABB 23WT63, permanent-line V 23 modem for point-to-point
multidrop or radio up to 1200 Baud
Westermo dialled modem CCITT V.22bis. 2400 bit/s
CCITT V.22bis. Bell 212A. 1200 bit/s
CCITT V.21bis. Bell 103. 300 bit/s
CCITT V.23bis. 1200 75/ bit/s
52 Remote control | Product catalogue

Remote control
Standard functions:
–– Non-directional short circuit and earth fault indication for
remote and local reading (directional as option)
– – Load/fault currents and voltages measurements and
registrations for remote reading with time stamps
–– Remote control of up to 4 switches/breakers
– – Position indicator for main switch (load break switch or
circuit-breaker)
– – Fuse trip indication
–– Temperature compensated battery charger and condition
Unit with REC523 monitoring. Deep discharge prevention.
Standard features: – – Monitoring of SF 6 gas pressure
– – 15 DI, 9 DO and 9 AI (analogue for combisensor). –– Position indication for arc suppressor
–– Integrated battery charger for 24 VDC back up supply with –– Remote control ON/OFF selector
battery monitoring, temperature compensated charging Additional equipment:
and deep discharge protection. –– Protocols in addition to above: ANSI X3.28 HD, LON-bus
–– Outlet for communication device, 12 VDC, 7A peak, 1A and SPA-bus and others on request.
continously –– Plug-in modem for conventional radios and dial-up, 2- or
–– Measurement interface : Voltage and current transformers 4- wire leased or fixed line ITU-T recommendations: V.21,
–– RS232 interface for connecting external communication V.22, V.22 bis, V.23, V.32, V.32 bis
media such as GSM or radio. –– Modems integrated in the unit:, TD-22 DC permanent line
modem or dialled modem or DLM100 modem (Distribution
Line Carrier) with inductive coupler DLC100.
SafePlus with remote control and monitoring High low voltage 
SafePlus can be delivered with remote control and monitoring compartment with
equipment mounted in a special low voltage compartment. hinged door

Batteries, charger, communications and main RTU will be

engineered solutions.
I/O modules will be connected to the main RTU via flat cable
or fiber optics.
Product catalogue | Remote control 53

Dimensions
490 Standard units 910
 
�� REJ603
1330 1750
 
L2
L3
130
L1 L2 L3
L1
1034
130
L1 L2 L3
615
54 Dimensions | Product catalogue

Dimensions
1330

2180
Low voltage compartment with REF541
Product catalogue | Dimensions 55

Dimensions
Floor and wall fixing including cable entry
882
100 23
1930
1034 (C-, D. and De-module)
615 (F-and V-module)
107
Distance between two units which are connected to each

150 150
other by means of external busbars
290
Cable trench and wall fixing

15 36 36 15
384 384 384
40
13
Ø12,5
A
37
495
outline
825
A
250
240
39
38
38 38
A
A-A
Dimensions
Unit 1-way 2-way 3-way 4-way
3-way unit with removed cable compartment covers
A (mm) 420 840 1260 1680

Dimensions
Side extension
53 180 180
162
  
1764
SafeRing 36kV CCF with dead end receptacles on left hand

side (also available on right hand side)
180 180
140 162

1764
SafePlus 36kV CF with cable bushings on left hand side

(also available on right hand side)
Product catalogue | Dimensions 57

Dimensions
379

SafePlus 36kV CF with cover on left hand side
220
56
Cable compartment cover for parallel cables

Technical data
IEC 62271-1 High-voltage switchgear and controlgear -

Part 1: Common specifications

Part 100: High-voltage alternating-current circuit-breakers

Part 102: Alternating current disconnectors and earthing switches

Part 105: Alternating current switch-fuse combinations

Part 200: A.C. metal-enclosed switchgear and controlgear for rated voltages above
1 kV and up to and including 52 kV
IEC 60265-1 High-voltage switches- Part 1: Switches for rated voltages above 1 kV and less
than 52 kV
IEC 60529 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP code)
Product catalogue | Technical data 59

Technical data
SafeRing 36 - Ring Main Unit, Electrical Data and service conditions
No Rated voltage kV 36 38,5 38 40,5

1 Rated frequency Hz 50 60 50 60 50
2 Power frequency withstand voltage kV 70 70 80 80 95
- across disconnector kV 80 80 95 95 110
3 Lightning impulse withstand voltage kV 170 150 180 150 185
4 Rated normal current busbars A 630 600 630 600 630
5 Rated normal current (cable switch) A 630 600 630 600 630
6 Rated normal current (switch-fuse disconnector) A 200 1)
200 1)
200 1)
7 Rated normal current (vacuum circuit-breaker) A 630 600 630 600 630
8 active load (cable switch) A 630 600 630 600 630
9 active laod (switch-fuse disconnector) A 200 200 200
10 active load (vacuum circuit-breaker) A 630 600 630 600 630
11 Rated short-circuit breaking current (vacuum circuit-breaker) kA 20 16 20 16 20
- Class 5)
E1, S1 E1, S1 E1, S1 E1, S1 E1, S1
- D.C. component % 41 30 33 25 33
12 closed loop (cable switch) A 630 600 630 600 630
13 closed loop (fuse-switch disconnector) A 200 200 200
14 off load cable charging (cable switch) A 20 20 21 21 21
15 earth fault (cable switch) A 60 60 63 63 63
16 earth fault cable charging (cable switch) A 35 35 36 36 36
17 Rated cable-charging breaking current (vacuum circuit-breaker) A 50 50 50
(Class C1) (Class C1) (Class C1)
18 Rated transfer current (switch-fuse disconnector) A 840 750 750
19 Rated making capacity (cable switch) E3 - 5 times kA 40 41,6 40 41,6 40
20 Rated making capacity
(downstream earthing switch in F-module) E2 - 5 times kA 2,5 2,5 2,5
21 Rated short time current 3 sec. kA 16 4)
16 4)
16 4)
16 4)
16 4))
22 Rated short time current 1 sec.

(downstream earthing switch in F-module) kA 1 1 1
23 Rated short-time current (earthing switch) kA 16 16 16 16 16
24 Rated short-circuit making current (earthing switch) E2 - 5 times kA 40 41,6 40 41,6 40
25 Rated filling level for insulation MPa 0,04 0,04 0,04 0,04 0,04
Service conditions for indoor equipment according to
IEC 62271-1
Ambient temperature
26 Maximum value o
C + 40 2)
+ 40 2)
+ 40 2)
+ 40 2)
+ 40 2))
27 Maximum value of 24 hours mean o

C + 35 + 35 + 35 + 35 + 35
28 Minimum value o
C - 25 - 25 - 25 - 25 - 25
29 Altitude for erection above sea level m ...1500 3)
...1500 3)
...1500 3)
...1500 3)
....1500 3)
30 Relative humidity max 95% max 95% max 95% max 95% max 95%
1)
2)
Derating allows for higher maximum temperature
3)
For higher altitude, reduced gas pressure is required
4)
Valid with Interface C bushings (400 series bolted type) only
5)
Class E2 without auto-reclosing
60 Technical data | Product catalogue

Technical data
SafePlus 36 - Compact Switchgear, Electrical Data
No Rated voltage kV 36 38,5 38 40,5

1 Rated frequency Hz 50 60 50 60 50
2 Power frequency withstand voltage kV 70 70 80 80 95
3 Lightning impulse withstand voltage kV 170 150 180 150 185
4 Rated normal current busbars A 630 600 630 600 630
5 Rated normal current (cable switch) A 630 600 630 600 630
6 Rated normal current (switch-fuse disconnector) A 200 1)
200 1)
200 1)
7 Rated normal current (vacuum circuit-breaker) A 630 600 630 600 630
8 active load (cable switch) A 630 600 630 600 630
9 active load (switch-fuse disconnector) A 200 200 200
10 active load (vacuum circuit-breaker) A 630 600 630 600 630
11 Rated short-circuit breaking current (vacuum circuit-breaker) kA 20 20 20 20 20
- Class 5)
E1, S1 E1, S1 E1, S1 E1, S1 E1, S1
- D.C. component % 41 30 33 25 33
12 closed loop (cable switch) A 630 600 630 600 630
13 closed loop (fuse-switch disconnector) A 200 200 200
14 off load cable charging (cable switch) A 20 20 21 21 21
15 earth fault (cable switch) A 60 60 63 63 63
16 earth fault cable charging (cable switch) A 35 35 36 36 36
17 Rated cable-charging breaking current (vacuum circuit-breaker) A 50 50 50
(Class C1) (Class C1) (Class C1)
18 Rated transfer current (switch-fuse disconnector) A 840 750 750
19 Rated making capacity (cable switch) Class E3 - 5 times kA 50 52,5 50 52,5 50
20 Rated making capacity
(downstream earthing switch in F-module) Class E2 - 5 times kA 2,5 2,5 2,5
21 Rated short time current 2 sec. kA 20 20 20 20 20
22 Rated short time current 3 sec. kA 20 4)
20 4)
20 4)
23 Rated short time current 1 sec.

(downstream earthing switch in F-module) kA 1 1 1
24 Rated short-time current (earthing switch) kA 20 20 20 20 20
25 Rated short-circuit making current (earthing switch) kA 50 52,5 50 52,5 50
26 Rated filling level for insulation MPa 0,04 0,04 0,04 0,04 0,04
Service conditions for indoor equipment according to
IEC 62271-1
Ambient temperature
27 Maximum value o
C + 40 2)
+ 40 2)
+ 40 2)
+ 40 2)
+ 40 2)
28 Maximum value of 24 hours mean o

C + 35 + 35 + 35 + 35 + 35
29 Minimum value o
C - 25 - 25 - 25 - 25 - 25
30 Altitude for erection above sea level m ...1500 3)
...1500 3)
...1500 3)
...1500 3)
...1500 3)
31 Relative humidity max 95% max 95% max 95% max 95% max 95%
1)
2)
Derating allows for higher maximum temperature
3)
For higher altitude, reduced gas pressure is required
4)
Valid with Interface C bushings (400 series bolted type) only
5)
Class E2 without auto-reclosing

Technical data
General data, enclosure and dimensions
1 Standard to which switchgear complies IEC / GB

2 Type of Ring Main Unit Metal enclosed
3 Number of phases 3
4 Whether RMU is type tested Yes
5 Pressure test on equipment tank or containers Until pressure relief device opens
6 Whether facility is provided with pressure relief device Yes
7 Insulating gas SF 6
8 Nominal operating gas pressure 1,4 bar abs. at 20 oC
9 Gas diffusion rate 0,1 % p.a.
10 Expected operating lifetime 30 years
11 Whether facilities are provided for gas monitoring Yes, temperature compensated manometer can be delivered
12 Material used in tank construction Stainless steel sheet, 2 mm
13 Busbars 300 mm 2 Cu
14 Earth bar (external) 120 mm 2 Cu
15 Earth bar bolt dimension M10
Overall dimensions of fully assembled Ring Main Unit Height Depth Width
16 2-way unit mm 1930 900 910
17 3-way unit mm 1930 900 1330
18 4-way unit mm 1930 900 1750
Compact switchgear (2-, 3- and 4-way units as for RMU)
19 1-way unit mm 1930 900 490
20 Distance between units when external extension mm 50
Weight table
Maximum weights for standard SafeRing 36 kV:

2-way DeV 550 kg 2-way DeF 550 kg
3-way CCV 800 kg 3-way CCF 800 kg
4-way CCCV 1050 kg 4-way CCCF 1050 kg
4-way CCVV 1100 kg 4-way CCFF 1100 kg
3-way CCC 750 kg
4-way CCCC 1000 kg
SafePlus 36 kV:
Standard 1-way
(C-, D-, De-module) 250 kg
Standard 1-way (F-, V-module) 300 kg
2-, 3- and 4-way as for SafeRing
M – metering module 600 kg

Technical data
Operations, degree of protection and colours
1 Means of switch-disconnector operation Separate handle

2 Means of fuse-switch-disconnector operation Separate handle and push-buttons and/or opening and closing trip coils
3 Means of circuit-breaker operation Integrated handle and push-buttons and/or opening and closing trip coils
4 Rated operating sequence of circuit-breaker O - 0,3 s - CO - 15s - CO
5 Total opening time of circuit-breaker approx. 40 - 80 ms
6 Closing time of circuit-breaker approx. 40 - 70 ms
7 Mechanical operations of switch-disconnector 1000 CO (Class M1)
8 Mechanical operations of earthing switch 1000 CO
9 Mechanical operations of circuit-breaker 2000 CO (Class M1)
10 Principle switch-disconnector 2 position puffer switch
11 Principle earthing switch 2 position earthing switch with downstream earthing switch in F-modules
12 Principle circuit-breaker Vacuum interrupter with axial magnetic field contacts
Load break switch:
13 Rated operations on short circuit current (class E3) 5
14 Rated operations mainly active load 100
Degree of protection:
15 High voltage live parts, SF6 tank IP 67
16 Front covers / operating mechanisms IP 2X
17 Cable covers IP 3X
18 Fuse canisters IP 67
Colours:
19 Front covers RAL 7035
20 Side and cable covers RAL 7035
21 Switch area Medium Grey Pantone 429C
Fuse-links
1 Standard fuse-link length 537 mm

2 Standard dimensions According to DIN 43625
3 Maximum size 36 kV 63 A

Technical data
Curves, number of operations
No. of operations
SafeRing/SafePlus V module SafeRing/SafePlus C module
No. of operations
2000
1000 10000
800 8000
600 6000
400 4000
200 2000
100 1000
80 800
60 600
40 400
20 200
10 100
8 80
6 60
4 40
2 20
1 10
2
0,5 0,6 0,8 1 2 3 4 6 8 10 16 20 30 40 (kA) 5 6 8 10 2 3 4 6 8 10 3 2 3 4 (A)
Breaking current Breaking current

Environmental certification for SF6-insulated
SafeRing/SafePlus36
Life expectancy of product less than 0.1 % per annum. Referring to the reference-pres-
The product is developed in compliance with the requirements sure of 1.4 bar, the switchgear will maintain gas-tightness and
denoted by IEC 62271-200. The design incorporates a life a gas-pressure better than 1.3 bar at 20oC throughout its
span under indoor service conditions exceeding 30 years. designed life span.
The switchgear is gas-tight with an expected diffusion rate of
Recycling capability
Raw Material Weight (kg) % of total Recycle Environmental effects & recycle/reuse processes
weight
Iron 139,9 31,4 Yes Separate, utilise in favour of new source (ore)
Stainless steel 130,8 29,3 Yes Separate, utilise in favour of new source (ore)
Copper 71,9 16,1 Yes Separate, utilise in favour of new source (ore)
Brass 3,0 0,7 Yes Separate, utilise in favour of new source (ore)
Aluminium 1,0 0,2 Yes Separate, utilise in favour of new source (ore)
Zinc 5,1 1,1 Yes Separate, utilise in favour of new source (ore)
Silver 0,075 0,017 Yes Electrolysis, utilise in favour of new source
PBT 2,3 0,5 Yes Make granulate, re-use or apply as energy
PA6-6 5,3 1,2 Yes
PC 0,8 0,2 Yes
Other thermoplastic 0,1 0,0 Yes
Packing foil 0,3 0,1 Yes High-grade energy additive in refuse incineration
SF6 gas 7,14 1,6 Yes ABB AS in Skien reclaims used SF6 gas
Dielectric oil 0,3 0,1 Yes Collect / reclaim / regenerate
Wooden pallet 27,8 6,2 Yes Re-use
Total recycleables 395,815 88,8
Rubber 1,9 0,4 No Incinerate energy in rubber
Epoxy compounds 46,5 10,4 No Contains 60 % quartz sand, incinerate energy in epoxy
Unspecified 1,5 0,3 No Stickers, film foils, powder coating, lubricates
Total non-recycleables 49,9 11,2

Total weight ** 445,715 100 %
**)All figures are collected from CCF 3-way unit with fuse canisters.
Lifecycle concept for transport, installation, repair, service and It is ABB’s obligation to facilitate end-of-life recycling for our
disposal at end of life products. In the EU and EEA, the F-Gas Regulation must be
ABB is committed to the protection of the environment and followed.
adhere to ISO 14001 standards. The unit contains no ABB’s recycling service is according to IEC 61634 edition
substances listed on the hazardous substances list. 1995 section 6: «End of life of SF6 filled equipment» and in
The unit contains SF6 with 0,4 bar overpressure in a particular 6.5.2.a: «Low decomposition»: «No special action is
maintenance free and sealed unit. The unit is a sealed required; non-recoverable parts can be disposed of normally
pressure system and restrictions for air transport exist. Units according to local regulations.»
damaged during transport are returned to the manufacturer We also advise customer always to consult ABB’s website :
for inspection and possible repair. http://www.abb.com/sf6 .
ABB AS, Power Products Division’s manufacturing site in
SF 6 is a fluorinated greenhouse gas covered by the Kyoto Skien is equipped to recover SF6 gas from discarded switch-
Protocol and care must be taken not to cause emission of SF 6 gears.
and at end-of-life the greenhouse gas must be recovered.
Product catalogue | Environmental certification 65

ISO-Certificates
C E R T I F I C A T E C E R T I F I C A T E C E R T I F I C A T E
www.nemko.com
www.nemko.com
www.nemko.com
ABB AS ABB AS ABB AS
(The Certificate covers sites as described in the Certification Document) (The Certificate covers sites as described in the Certification Document) (The Certificate covers sites as described in the Certification Document)
has implemented and maintains a Quality Management System has implemented and maintains an Environmental Management System has implemented and maintains an
which fulfills Nemko’s provisions for Management System Certification and which fulfills Nemko’s provision for Management System Certification and Occupational Health and Safety Management System
the requirements of the following standard the requirements of the following standard which fulfills Nemko’s provisions for Management System Certification
and the requirements of the following standard
NS-EN ISO 9001:2008 NS-EN ISO 14001:2004

BS OHSAS 18001:2007
The certificate covers the following activities: The certificate covers the following activities:
The certificate covers the following activities:
Sales, development, project management, production, Sales, development, project management, production,
site management, installation, commissioning, service and Sales, development, project management, production,
site management, installation, commissioning, service and
training of power- and automation systems and products site management, installation, commissioning, service and
training of power- and automation systems and products
within marine, oil and gas, land-based industry, energy supply training of power- and automation systems and products
within marine, oil and gas, land-based industry, energy supply
and distribution of energy within marine, oil and gas, land-based industry, energy supply
and distribution of energy
and distribution of energy
Oslo, 2009-12-10 Oslo, 2009-12-10

Oslo, 2009-12-10
___________________________ ___________________________
___________________________ Claus Breyholtz
Claus Breyholtz
Claus Breyholtz Nemko AS, Certification Department
Nemko AS, Certification Department
Nemko AS, Certification Department
Certificate number: 907006

Certificate number: 900740 Certificate number: 901135 First time issued: 2005-12-21
First time issued: 1992-12-31 First time issued: 1997-06-01 Expires: 2011-12-31
Expires: 2011-12-31 Expires: 2011-12-31
66 ISO-Certificates | Product catalogue

Contact us
ABB AS Text and illustrations are not

Power Products Division binding. The right to make alterations
1VDD006114 GB I May 2015

Medium Voltage is reserved
P.O.Box 108, Sentrum
N-3701 Skien, Norway © Copyright 2012 ABB
Phone: +47 35 58 20 00 All rights reserved
Fax: +47 35 52 41 08
www.abb.com
68
34.5 kV Cable
Catalog Cut Sheets

37-21 HLX19ET 3c, 35kV 345mil EPR (100%), TS, GW, Cont. Alum. Weld. Armor, Armor-X
HLX19ET
35kV Shielded Type MV-105 or MC-HL. ARMOR-X® -HL.
EPR Insulated, 105°C. Bare Copper Grounding Conductor.
Continuous Corrugated Aluminum Armor with -40°C PVC Jacket.
RoHS
APPLICATIONS
ARMOR-X Type MV-105 or MC-HL provides an impervious sheath recommended as an economical alternative to traditional
conduit systems. For use in aerial installations, direct burial, concrete-encased installations, cable trays, troughs or continuous
rigid cable supports. For use in Classes I, II, and III, Division 1 and 2 hazardous locations covered under NEC Articles 501,
502, and 503. These cables are capable of operating continuously in wet or dry locations at a maximum conductor
temperature of 105°C for normal operation, 140°C emergency overload conditions, and 250°C for short circuit conditions, and
are rated 35,000 volts, 100% insulation level. Maximum sidewall pressure is 1000 lbs.
SPECIFICATIONS
Southwire HLX19ET Type MV-105 or MC-HL Cable is manufactured and tested in accordance with the latest revisions of the
following standards and specification:
• UL 1072, 2225
• ICEA S-93-639 (NEMA WC 74)
• ICEA T-29-520 - Vertical Tray Flame Test (210,000 BTU/hr.).
• IEEE 1202/FT4 Flame Testing 70,000 Btu/hr
• AEIC CS-8
• RoHS
FEATURES
ARMOR-X Type MV-105 or MC-HL continuous corrugated aluminum armor provides a sheath impervious to moisture, liquids,
and gases. Cable is flame retardant UL-listed for cable tray use, direct burial, sunlight resistant and minus 40°C installation
temperature. Continuous aluminum sheath meets the grounding requirements of NEC 250-122 in non-HL locations. Cable
provides proven, flexible EPR insulation. SOLONON® low smoke, non-halogen polyolefin jackets are available upon request.
11/4/2015
HLX19ET 3c, 35kV 345mil EPR (100%), TS, GW, Cont. Alum. Weld.
Product Size Conductor 0.345" Extruded Grd. Approx. Jacket Approximate Approximate Allowable
Code Diameter (8.76mm) Insulation Cond. ARMOR-X Thickness Overall Net Weight Ampacities+
Insulation Shield Size Diameter Diameter
Diameter Diameter
AWG inch mm inch mm inch mm AWG inch mm inch mm inch mm lb./Mft. kg/km Direct In Air
or Burial
kcmil
HLX19ET-010 1/0 .362 9.2 1.098 27.9 1.153 29.3 4 3 76.2 .075 1.91 3.15 80 4127 6141 255 240
HLX19ET-020 2/0 .405 10.3 1.138 28.9 1.193 30.3 4 3 76.2 .075 1.91 3.15 80 4497 6692 290 275
HLX19ET-040 4/0 .512 13 1.243 31.6 1.298 33 3 3.29 83.6 .085 2.16 3.46 87.9 5856 8714 375 360
HLX19ET-250 250 .558 14.2 1.3 33 1.355 34.4 2 3.54 89.9 .085 2.16 3.71 94.2 6674 9932 410 400
HLX19ET-350 350 .661 16.8 1.403 35.6 1.458 37 2 3.85 97.8 .085 2.16 4.02 102.1 8216 12226 495 490
+Ampacities are based on the NEC, 2014 Edition. Direct burial ampacities are based on table 310.60(C)(83) three-conductors within an overall covering directly buried,
105°C conductor, 20°C earth ambient temperature. In air ampacities are based on table 310.60(C)(71) three-conductors within an overall covering in free air, 105°C
conductor, 40°C ambient temperature.
* Denotes compact stranding
SCOPE: This specification covers three-conductor EPR (ethylene propylene rubber) insulated, shielded, continuous
corrugated aluminum armored, thermoplastic jacketed power cables with grounding conductor for use in aerial installations,
direct burial, concrete-encased installations, cable trays, troughs, or continuous rigid cable supports. The cable will be listed
Type MV-105 or MC-HL for use in Classes I, II, and III, Division 1 and 2, hazardous locations. These cables are capable of
operating continuously at a temperature of 105°C for normal operations, 140°C for emergency overload conditions, and 250°C
for short circuit conditions, and are rated 35,000 volts, 100% insulation level.
STANDARDS: The following standards will form part of this specification: UL Standard 1072 for Medium Voltage Power
Cable and ICEA S-93-639 (NEMA WC74) 5-46 kV Shielded Power Cable for Use in the Transmission and Distribution of
Electric Energy.
CONDUCTOR: The conductor will be Class B compressed concentric stranded bare copper in accordance with ASTM B3 and
B8 and ICEA Part 2, Section 2.1 and 2.5.
CONDUCTOR SHIELD: The conductor will be shielded with an extruded semiconducting thermosetting polymeric layer, which
will be firmly bonded to the insulation. The thickness will be in accordance with the referenced standards.
INSULATION: The insulation will be EPR (ethylene propylene rubber) meeting the requirements of the referenced standards.
The average thickness will be 0.345" and the minimum spot thickness will be not less than 90% of the average thickness.
INSULATION SHIELD: The insulation will be shielded with an extruded semiconducting thermosetting polymeric layer which
will be identified as semiconducting. Over this layer will be applied a helically-wrapped 5-mil copper tape with 25% overlap.
The method of phase identification will be similar to ICEA Method 3, using printed circuit numbers and colors (1-BLACK,
2-RED, 3-BLUE).
GROUND CONDUCTOR: The ground conductor will be Class B compressed concentric stranded bare copper in accordance
with ASTM B3 and B8.
ASSEMBLY: The insulated and shielded power conductors will be cabled round with fillers and with a grounding conductor in
one outer interstice and covered with a binder tape.
ARMOR: Continuous, impervious, welded, corrugated copper-free aluminum armor will be applied over the assembly.
JACKET: The cable will be covered with a PVC jacket conforming to the requirements specified for polyvinyl chloride in ICEA.
The average thickness will be in accordance with the referenced standards and the minimum spot thickness will be not less
than 80% of the average thickness. The jacket will be sunlight resistant and will meet the requirements of the IEEE 1202
(70,000 Btu/hr) and ICEA T-29-520 (210,000 Btu/hr) vertical cable tray flame tests. The jacket will be suitable for use at a
minimum ambient temperature of minus 40°C.
IDENTIFICATION: Manufacturer's identification will be printed on the jacket.
TESTS: Physical and electrical tests will be conducted in accordance with the requirements of the referenced standards.
11/4/2015
SECTION 8
COMMUNICATIONS

8.0 DESIGN ANALYSIS
Discipline: COMMUNICATIONS Date: 28 MAY, 2019


The scope of work is to complete design/build services for the initial development of the new Artillery Brigade
base. The contractor (design/build team) will perform as the Designer of Record and Constructor of Record and
deliver the Project as per the government provided preliminary RFP documents, including drawings and
specifications.
Brigade site contains no paved roads or utilities, so the roadway system will connect to Road 6335 and the

Communication systems form the backbone of base operations and include a variety of hard-wired and radio
systems. There are dozens of communication systems and subsystems available to the user, but typical systems
include voice, data, base alert, public address, UHF/VHF/high frequency (HF), microwave, and base fire alarm. A
quality and highly reliable communication system is typically characterized by an underground conduit and
manhole system. The system is normally served at the head-end by a dedicated communication facility which
consolidates the majority of the primary communication equipment and cabling functions. For this project, the
communication facility is the communications room located in the Brigade Headquarters, with the expectation that
the communications facility will move to a Communications Building in a future construction phase.
An underground fiber optic cable supplied by the Saudi Telecom Company (STC) is supplying
telecommunications to a STC supplied communications building at the Base’s exterior perimeter.
The STC communications building is supplying telecommunications to the Base from interface equipment in this
building, interface equipment is installed by STC. The fiber optic cabling leaves the STC building in a concrete
encased conduit duct bank and terminates in the Brigade Headquarters communications room, referred to as the
main communications room and connects to a central fiber patch panel.
A fiber optic ring topology is connecting the Battalion Headquarters to the Brigade Headquarters’ main
communications room. A 24 strand single mode (SM) fiber outside plant (OSP) cable exit the main
communications room central fiber patch panel and enters the underground conduit and manhole system and
travels in the underground system to the Battalion Headquarters where all 24 SM fibers are terminated at the
building’s data cabinet fiber distribution panel. Then another 24 SM fiber OSP cable is terminated at this building’s
fiber distribution panel and travels back to the Brigade Headquarters main communications room via a separate
underground conduit and manhole system. The 24 strands terminate at the Brigade Headquarters’ main
communication room’s fiber central distribution panel.
The administrative buildings (Company Headquarters and a future Mess Hall) associated with this Battalion
Headquarters will be wired in a fiber optic ring topology emanating from the Battalion Headquarters, looping
through each of this Battalion’s associated administrative buildings and returning via a separate path to the
Battalion Headquarters. This process will create a separate fiber optic ring for this Battalion’s associated buildings
and a separate fiber optic ring serving the Bases’ Battalion Headquarters, which in turn, each Battalion
Headquarters will supply their associated administrative buildings with a fiber optic ring.
The Guard house is provided with a 6 strand SM fiber OSP cable from the main communications room central
fiber patch panel and enters the underground conduit and manhole system and travels in the underground system
to the Guard House where all 6 SM fibers are terminated at the building’s wall mount cabinet fiber distribution
panel.
The SM OSP cables are run in a dedicated concrete encased duct bank. This below grade conduit and manhole
system accommodates all data/voice communication cabling needed to support the various base-wide systems.
The communications duct bank consists of a minimum quantity of six, 100mm PVC schedule 40 concrete
encased conduits installed with at least one meter of earthen cover. Each conduit contains three, three way fiber
mesh innerducts. Building laterals consist of two 100 mm PVC schedule 40 concrete encased conduits. Handhole
spacing is 183 meters (600 feet) thereafter or after 90 degrees of bends. Manholes are 1828mm (6 feet) wide by
3660mm (12 feet) long by 1935mm (6 feet, 4 inches) deep. Handholes are 1250mm (4 feet) by 1250mm (4 feet)
by 12500mm (4 feet). Manholes are installed every 160 meters or after every 180 degrees of conduit bends.
Locking covers are provided for the manholes.
All underground fiber optic cabling is single armor, double sheathed with Lucent connector (LC) connectors
terminating all fiber.
Buildings include:
 Brigade Headquarters
 Battalion Headquarters
 Company Headquarters
 Guard House
 Fire Pump House
8.2.1.1 Building Communications

The buildings are provided with dedicated telecommunications spaces, pathways and services with voice over
internet protocol (VOIP) telephone (via fiber), and fiber data service connectivity (via fiber) from the Brigade
Headquarters main communications room. Category (CAT) 6a unshielded twisted pair (UTP) plenum rated
horizontal cabling is provided within all buildings.
The general telecommunications design is based on UFC 3-580-01, Telecommunications Interior Infrastructure
Planning and Design, 1 June 2016. The telecommunications Rooms (TR) are sized such that there is 3 feet clear
in the front and rear of the cabinets and 2 feet clear off of one end of the row of cabinets. The TR’s are sized per
ANSI/TIA/EIA 569C. In multi-story buildings, a TR is provided on each floor. The communication rooms have only
interior access with all doors swinging outward.
The TR is provided to service the building such that no horizontal data or voice cable in the facility is over 90
meters in length. One TR serves as the main entrance facility for the underground telecommunications duct bank
and cabling. Buildings with multiple TRs are connected together via a minimum of two 80mm conduits and 12
single mode (SM) fiber. 45 rack unit (RU) cabinets are provided for active and passive communications
equipment in each TR. Space for 48 port switches supporting power over Ethernet (POE) are provided in the
cabinets, with space for a switch located over each patch panel. Space for a cabinet mounted 1500 VA
Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) is provided at the bottom of the cabinets. Cabinet mounted 48 port,
Category 6a (CAT 6a) UTP patch panels are used for terminating premise CAT6a UTP plenum rated cabling.
Ladder type cable tray is provided overhead between the cabinets for intra cabinet cabling and cabling to/from the
cabinets and patch panels. Basket type cable tray is used for patch panel to premise wiring. A wall mounted
Telecommunications Ground Bar (TGB) is provided in each TR. A Telecommunication Main Ground Bar (TMGB)
is located in the building’s main TR and is connected to the building’s electrical service ground bus.
At all buildings, unified jack-boxes consisting of three Category 6a UTP cables are provided. At the unified jack-
boxes, of the three connectors available, one connector is labeled voice and the other two are labeled data. All
cables are terminated on RJ45 UTP keystone jacks that are colored the same as the cable they terminate. The
CAT 6a UTP cabling terminates at the buildings’ communications room Category 6a UTP patch panels. The jack
boxes consist of 119mm x 119mm x 54mm deep steel boxes with a 4 port faceplate. Minimum conduit size is
25mm between the unified jack-box and the cable tray. The unified jack-boxes are provided minimally throughout
the buildings as follows:
 Two unified jack-boxes for each private office with one dedicated to the desk location
 One unified jack-box for each desk or work location
 One unified jack-box for each cubicle, kiosk
 One wall telephone box for each tea room, mechanical room, electrical room and communications room.
Floor boxes are cabled with three (3) CAT 6 UTP wet location cables to conform to NEC requirements for cables
in a below slab raceway to be approved for wet locations. There doesn’t appear that CAT 6a UTP wet locations
cables are available, therefore a CAT6 UTP wet location cable is being used instead. Two 25 mm conduits are
shown in our floor box detail, one active, one spare. The raceways leading from the floor box are terminated in a
pull box at the top of an adjacent wall and conduit is provided from the pull box to the communications’ cabinet
since the cables outer jacket is not plenum rated.
All cabling from the cabinet patch panels to the unified jack-box locations is CAT 6a UTP plenum rated cabling.
CAT 6a UTP cabling is terminated per the T568A pinout scheme. The cabling is installed in conduit in exposed
wall and concealed wall applications. In corridors and exposed horizontal locations, the cables are installed in
basket type cable tray. In corridors, the basket type cable tray is located above accessible ceilings.
8.2.1.2 Telephone
Telephone service for the buildings is provided via connectivity to a VoIP telephone network. All required VoIP
switching equipment, handsets and connections are provided by RSLF. The in-building VoIP network is
connected via OSP fiber to the Brigade Headquarters main communications room telephone electronics.
8.2.1.3 Paging
Paging systems are not required in this project. Any room to room paging can be handled through the VoIP
telephone system.
8.2.1.4 Cable Television / Satellite Television (CATV/SATV)

CATV/SATV systems via coax is required in this project. CATVSATV connectivity for the facilities is from a
satellite dish. Each building with CATV/SATV outlets will be served by a single satellite TV roof mounted
antennae and a multiple outlet satellite distribution switch. The switch provides a satellite television signal to each
television location via RG 6 coaxial cable. At the television location, either a satellite receiver will be provided or a
television with a satellite tuner will be provided. Cabling between the satellite and distribution switch is provided
as required by the equipment supplier.
8.2.1.5 Access Control

The access control system is internet protocol (IP) based and consists of card readers, biometric scanners (thumb
/ retina), balanced magnetic door switches, electric door latches, request to exit switches and IP closed circuit
television (CCTV) cameras. The system is generally used for controlling building exterior access, controlling
access to communications rooms, monitoring the building’s exterior, corridors and assembly areas.
RSLF requested building access control (card swipe) at the main entries to each building only, plus at Brigade for
the C2 Cell room. Inside the main entry of each building, on the wall, RSLF requested a biometric scanner (thumb
/ retina) wired to a computer in S-1 that will be used by staff as a time stamp as they come and go.
All Access Control and CCTV equipment is furnished and installed by RSLF.
8.3 BASIS OF DESIGN

The basis of the Communications design is as follows:
 The project work shall comply with the requirements contained in the Work Order Notice to Proceed
W912ER19C0001.
8.4 CODE REFERENCES

 ANSI-TIA-568-B, Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard
 ANSI-TIA-606-C, Administration Standard for the Telecommunications Infrastructure (2017)
 ANSI-TIA-607-C, Generic Telecommunications Bonding and Grounding (Earthing) for Customer Premises
(2015)
 ISEC OSSDPR, United States Army Information Systems Engineering Command Worldwide
Outside Plant Design and Performance Requirements (2009)
 RUS 1755, Telecommunications Standards and Specifications for Materials, Equipment and Construction
 RUS Bull 1751F-640, Design of Buried Plant, Physical Considerations, (1995)
 RUS Bull 1751F-643, Underground Plant Design (2002)
 RUS Bull 1751F-644, Underground Plant Construction (2002)
 RUS Bull 1753F-201, Acceptance Tests of Telecommunications Plant (PC-4) (1997)
 RUS Bull 1753F-401, Splicing Copper and Fiber Optic Cables (PC-2) (1995)
 BICSI (Building Industry Consulting Service International) Telecommunications
Distribution Methods Manual (TDMM), Vols. 1, 2,13th Edition
 BICSI (Building Industry Consulting Service International) Outside Plant Design Reference Manual
(OSPDRM), 5th Edition
 I3A (U.S. Army Installation Information Infrastructure Architecture Technical Guide), 2010
 IEC 60364, IEC International Standard of Electrical Installations of Buildings
 International Building Code (IBC) 2018

 NFPA 70, National Electrical Code
 NFPA 101, Life Safety Code
 NFPA 780-2011, Lightning Protection Code
 TIA/EIA 568, Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance 568 Standard
 TM 5-803-1, Army Corps of Engineer Technical Manual 13 Jun 1986
 UFC 1-200-01, General Building Requirements, 20 June 2016
 UFC 2-100-01, Installation Master Planning, 15 May 2012
 UFC 3-580-01, Telecommunications Interior Infrastructure Planning and Design, 1 June 2016
 UFC 4-610-01, Administrative Facilities, with Change 2, 21 May 2014
 USACE Middle East District (MED) Design Instructions Manual

 Communications Calculations
 Communications Catalog Cut Sheets
 Drawings (under separate cover)

Communications
Attachments

Communications
Calculations

Basket type tray/cable calculations:
Typical CAT 6a cable outside diameter 7.4mm

Area = 3.14 times radius squared
Area = 3.14 times 3.7 squared
Area of typical CAT 6a cable is 43mm²
Area of cable tray is 200mm times 50mm = 10,000 mm²
Initial fill of 25% = 250 mm²
Initial maximum number of cables = 2500/43
Initial maximum number of cables = 58 cables
Indicate 60 cables in 200mm by 50mm tray detail schedule
Indicate 120 cables for 200mm by 100mm tray in schedule
103mm conduit sleeve/cable calculations:
Typical CAT 6a cable outside diameter 7.4mm

Area = 3.14 times radius squared
Area = 3.14 times 3.7 squared
Area of typical CAT 6a cable is 43mm²
Area of conduit is 3.14 times 50mm squared = 7854 mm²
40% fill = 3142 mm²
Initial maximum number of cables = 3142/43
Maximum number of cables = 73 cables for 103mm conduit
Designer: Dennis J. Smith

Checked: Jim Smoyer

Communications
Catalog
Cut Sheets

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
6A586-U24, 6A586-U48
eXtreme® Cat 6A Flat 110-Style Patch Panels

APPLICATION FEATURES
eXtreme Cat 6A Flat 110-Style Patch Panels are • Independently tested and verified by Intertek (ETL) for Cat 6A
designed for use with industry-standard 19-inch racks component performance
and cabinets for telecommunication room and data • In-line IDC field is consistent with existing 110-style panel
center applications. Patch panels exceed all component designs
performance requirements in the ratified ANSI/ • Patented triple-stage compensation design with integrated
6A586-U24, 6A586-U48
flexible circuit enhances link and channel performance
TIA-568-C.2 standard and the Class EA component
• Patented isolation gap on circuit board minimizes alien crosstalk
requirements for the ISO/EIA 11801 standard from
between ports
1 MHz to 500 MHz to support the IEEE 802.3an
• Conductor-retention feature holds individual conductors in place
standard for 10GBASE-T network performance. Patch during termination
panels feature industry-standard, in-line IDCs and • Pair Separation Towers facilitate separation of Cat 6A conductors
are component rated, which provides greater Cat 6A • Separated blocks provide room to work with larger Cat 6A cables
performance margins in link and channel field testing. and help to identify first-pair position
• Terminates up to 50% faster than Cat 6A panels requiring
additional termination manager
• Reversible card shows T568 A and B wiring schemes separately
• Industry-standard port density: 24-port 1RU and 48-port 2RU
• IDC stuffer caps provide termination strain relief
DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
SPECIFICATION • Mounts on 19-inch equipment racks
UTP patch panels shall meet all requirements for Cat • Panel offered in 24- and 48-port configurations
6A component performance as defined in ANSI/TIA- • Magnifying label holders adjacent to connectors
568-C.2 and all channel performance requirements in • One cable management bar included per row
ISO 11801 Class EA and IEEE 802.3an for 10GBASE-T.
Panels shall feature industry-standard, in-line 110 STANDARDS COMPLIANCE
insulation displacement connectors (IDCs) and • ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 component requirements for connecting
separated six-pack IDC blocks. 110 IDCs shall include hardware from 1 MHz to 500 MHz
conductor retention features and pair separation towers • ISO 11801 Class EA
designed specifically for large conductor size in Cat • cULus listed
6A cable. Patch panels shall incorporate a triple-stage • ANSI/TIA-1096-A
compensation design with integrated flexible circuit to • IEEE 802.3at (Type 1) Power over Ethernet (PoE) applications
up to 15.4 watts
enhance permanent link and channel performance.
The panel circuit board design shall incorporate an • IEEE 802.3at (Type 2) Power over Ethernet (PoE+) applications
up to 30 watts
isolation gap to minimize alien crosstalk. All terminations
• IEEE Draft 802.3bt/D1.2 (Type 3) Power over Ethernet (PoE+)
shall use 110-style IDC. 110-style IDC housings shall applications up to 60 watts
provide a cutting ledge directly adjacent to the 110-style • IEEE Draft 802.3bt/D1.2 (Type 4) Power over Ethernet (PoE+)
termination against which wires can be terminated and applications up to 100 watts
cut in one action by the installer. Patch panels shall be • Cisco Universal Power Over Ethernet (UPOE) applications up
available in 24- and 48-port configurations. Patch panels to 60 watts
shall not require a separate termination manager. • Power over HDBaseTTM (POH) applications up to 100 watts
Panels shall have a black painted finish with white silk-
screened port numbers. PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Dimensions: See page two
COUNTRY OF ORIGIN Materials : 16-gauge steel, painted black, PCB and plastics
USA components are UL94V-0
Page 1 of 2
Leviton Network Solutions Asia / Pacific Canada Caribbean China Colombia

2222 - 222nd St. SE T +1.631.812.6228 T +1.514.954.1840 T +1.954.593.1896 T +852.2774.9876 T +57.1.743.6045
Bothell, WA 98021-4416 E infoasean@leviton.com E pcservice@leviton.com E infocaribbean@leviton.com E infochina@leviton.com E infocolombia@leviton.com
tel 1
-800-824-3005
Europe India / SAARC Mexico Middle East & Africa South Korea
tel +1-425-486-2222
T +33.6.8869.1380 T +971.4.886.4722 T +52.55.5082.1040 T +971.4.886.4722 T +82.2.3273.9963
appeng@leviton.com
E infoeurope@leviton.com E infoindia@leviton.com E lsamarketing@leviton.com E lmeinfo@leviton.com E infokorea@leviton.com
www.leviton.com
Copyright © 2015 Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. All rights reserved. Subject to change without notice. Revised August 2015
6A586-U24, 6A586-U48
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Note: Limited Product and Limited Extended Warranties are rendered VOID if the installed structured cabling system
is used for PoE applications that exceed the product's specified power rating.
For a copy of Leviton product warranties, visit www.leviton.com/warranty.
ELECTRONIC FILES
For CAD files, typical specs, or technical drawings (.DXF, .DWG), visit www.leviton.com.
6A586-U24, 6A586-U48
6A586-U24
1.72"
19.00"
1.60"
6A586-U48
3.47" LEVITON
6A586-U24
CAT6A 110 COMPONENT PATCH PANEL - FLAT, 1RU 24 PORT
19.00"
1.60" LEVITON
6A586-U48
CAT6A 110 COMPONENT PATCH PANEL - FLAT, 2RU 48 PORT
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 CAT 6A Parameter Connecting Hardware Requirements* (dB)
Description @ 100MHz @ 250MHz @ 500MHz
Insertion Loss (IL) 0.20 0.32 0.45

Near-end Crosstalk (NEXT) 54.0 46.0 34.0
Far-end Crosstalk (FEXT) 43.1 35.1 29.1
Return Loss (RL) 28.0 20.0 14.0
Transverse Conversion Loss (TCL) 28.0 20.0 14.0
Transverse Conversion Transfer Loss (TCTL) 28.0 20.0 14.0
Power sum Alien Near-end Crosstalk (PSANEXT) 67.0 62.5 56.5
Power sum Alien Far-end Crosstalk (PSAFEXT) 67.0 59.0 53.0
*Notes: All requirements are minimum allowable, except IL are maximum allowable.
Connecting hardware shall meet requirements of all parameters from 1-500MHz.
Values in above table are only at specific frequencies and are for reference only.
PART NUMBERS
Description Part No.
eXtreme Cat 6A Flat 110-Style Patch Panel, 1RU, 24-Port, with cable management bar
®
6A586-U24
eXtreme Cat 6A Flat 110-Style Patch Panel, 2RU, 48-Port, with 2 cable management bars 6A586-U48
Page 2 of 2 H15 5759

2222 - 222nd St. SE T +1.631.812.6228 T +1.514.954.1840 T +1.954.593.1896 T +852.2774.9876 T +57.1.743.6045
tel 1-800-824-3005 Europe India / SAARC Mexico Middle East & Africa South Korea
tel +1-425-486-2222 T +33.6.8869.1380 T +971.4.886.4722 T +52.55.5082.1040 T +971.4.886.4722 T +82.2.3273.9963
appeng@leviton.com E infoeurope@leviton.com E infoindia@leviton.com E lsamarketing@leviton.com E lmeinfo@leviton.com E infokorea@leviton.com
www.leviton.com
6110G-R*6
eXtreme® Cat 6A Channel-Rated QuickPort® Connector

APPLICATION SPECIFICATION
The eXtreme Cat 6A Channel-Rated QuickPort The connector shall meet or exceed the requirements for Category
Connector exceeds all channel performance 6A channel-level performance described in ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 and
requirements in ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 and ISO/IEC ISO/IEC Class EA. The modular connector shall be snap-in style.
Class EA from 1 MHz to 500 MHz to support the IEEE The connector shall also be in compliance with all National Electrical
6110G-R*6
802.an standard for 10 Gigabit Ethernet over UTP codes; compliant with ANSI/TIA-1096-A; UL Listed; and independently
Cable. The connector is designed to be used with all verified. In addition to Cat 6A compliance, the connector shall have
QuickPort compatible products and features patented the ability to support high-megabit and shared-sheath applications.
injection-molded Cone of Silence® covers to eliminate All plastics used in construction of connector bodies shall be fire
alien crosstalk (AXT). The connector includes retardant with a UL flammability rating of 94V-0. All terminations shall
patented Retention Force Technology to promote use 110-type insulation displacement connectors (IDC). The connector
consistent network performance over the life of the shall provide a ledge directly adjacent to the 110-style termination
system. Unique Pair Separation Towers facilitate against which wires can be directly terminated and cut in one action
quick, easy terminations. The connector is configured by the installation craftsperson. Connector wiring is universal and will
in a 180-degree configuration such that the punch accommodate installation color codes for T568A and T568B wiring
down field is in the back, allowing for rear termination. schemes. The termination field shall be in the rear for easy access.
The connector shall include an alien crosstalk attenuation cover (Cone
of Silence) to protect the termination field from induced noise from
adjacent connectors. The modular connector shall fit all other installed
telecommunications wallplates, outlets, field-configurable patch
panels, and patch blocks. The connector shall be available in 13
ANSI/TIA-606 compatible colors.
FEATURES
STANDARDS COMPLIANCE
• Cat 6A/Class EA Channel Performance • ANSI/TIA-568-C.2
• Patented Retention Force Technology (RFT) protects • ISO/IEC 11801 Class EA
against tine damage from 4- or 6-pin plugs
• IEEE 802.3an 10GBASE-T
• Alien crosstalk suppressed by Cone of Silence, and
• cULus Listed
new printed circuit board
• ANSI/TIA-1096-A (formerly FCC Part 68)
• Pair Separation Tower (PST) design facilitates
separation of Cat 6A conductors • IEEE 802.3at (Type 1) Power over Ethernet (PoE) up to 15.4 watts
• Patented, dual-layer wiring label simplifies punchdown • IEEE 802.3at (Type 2) PoE+ up to 30 watts
and reduces rework • IEEE 802.3bt (Type 3) PoE+ up to 60 watts
• IEEE 802.3bt (Type 4) PoE+ up to 100 watts
DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS • Cisco Universal Power Over Ethernet (UPOE) up to 60 watts
• Use in any QuickPort housing to support Cat 6A • Power over HDBaseTTM (POH) up to 100 watts
UTP connectivity in surface-mount, flush-mount, or
modular-furniture outlets and field-configurable panels PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
• Can be used in conjunction with other QuickPort Dimensions: See page two
snap-in modules for voice/data/video applications
over UTP, coax, fiber Materials: Connector Body: High-impact, fire-retardant
plastic rated UL 94V-0
• To identify ports, use different colored modules for
each application (full selection of ANSI/TIA-606 Spring Wire Contacts: High-quality, copper-
compatible colors - 13 available) based alloy, plated with 50 micro-inches of gold
for lowest contact resistance and maximum life
Environmental
COUNTRY OF ORIGIN
Conditions: Storage Temperature: -40 ºC to +70 ºC
USA
Operating Temperature: -10 ºC to +60 ºC
Page 1 of 2

2222 - 222nd St. SE T +1.631.812.6228 T +1.514.954.1840 T +1.954.593.1896 T +852.2774.9876 T +57.1.743.6045
tel 1-800-824-3005
Europe India / SAARC Mexico Middle East & Africa South Korea
tel +1-425-486-2222
T +44.0.1592.772124 T +971.4.886.4722 T +52.55.5082.1040 T +971.4.886.4722 T +82.2.3273.9963
appeng@leviton.com
E customerservice@brand-rex.com E infoindia@leviton.com E lsamarketing@leviton.com E lmeinfo@leviton.com E infokorea@leviton.com
www.leviton.com
6110G-R*6
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Limited product and limited extended warranties are rendered VOID if the installed structured
cabling system is used for Power over Ethernet applications that exceed the product's
specified power rating.
For a copy of Leviton product warranties, visit www.leviton.com/warranty.
ELECTRONIC FILES
6110G-R*6
For CAD files, typical specs, or technical drawings (.DXF, .DWG), visit www.leviton.com.
CAT 6A
.885"
.635"
.575" .379" 1.061"
.68" 1.44"
Connector with
Connector ConeofofSilence
w/Cone Silence Connector
Connector with Cone
w/Cone of Silence
of Silence
Front
Front View
View SideView
Side View
PART NUMBERS
Description Part No.
eXtreme® Cat 6A Channel-Rated QuickPort® Connector, white 6110G-RW6
eXtreme Cat 6A Channel-Rated QuickPort Connector, light almond 6110G-RT6
eXtreme Cat 6A Channel-Rated QuickPort Connector, ivory 6110G-RI6
eXtreme Cat 6A Channel-Rated QuickPort Connector, yellow 6110G-RY6
eXtreme Cat 6A Channel-Rated QuickPort Connector, orange 6110G-RO6
eXtreme Cat 6A Channel-Rated QuickPort Connector, crimson 6110G-RC6
eXtreme Cat 6A Channel-Rated QuickPort Connector, dark red 6110G-RR6
eXtreme Cat 6A Channel-Rated QuickPort Connector, purple 6110G-RP6
eXtreme Cat 6A Channel-Rated QuickPort Connector, blue 6110G-RL6
eXtreme Cat 6A Channel-Rated QuickPort Connector, green 6110G-RV6
eXtreme Cat 6A Channel-Rated QuickPort Connector, grey 6110G-RG6
eXtreme Cat 6A Channel-Rated QuickPort Connector, black 6110G-RE6
eXtreme Cat 6A Channel-Rated QuickPort Connector, brown 6110G-RB6
Page 2 of 2 H17 6843a

2222 - 222nd St. SE T +1.631.812.6228 T +1.514.954.1840 T +1.954.593.1896 T +852.2774.9876 T +57.1.743.6045
tel 1-800-824-3005 Europe India / SAARC Mexico Middle East & Africa South Korea
tel +1-425-486-2222 T +44.0.1592.772124 T +971.4.886.4722 T +52.55.5082.1040 T +971.4.886.4722 T +82.2.3273.9963
appeng@leviton.com E customerservice@brand-rex.com E infoindia@leviton.com E lsamarketing@leviton.com E lmeinfo@leviton.com E infokorea@leviton.com
www.leviton.com
Datasheet
SMART LC 48 Patch Panels

Features
Very high density, supports 24 duplex LC adapters (48 fibers) in 1U of rack space
Pullout drawer enable ease of access to the fiber
Wide range of fiber optic cabling management accessories, including fiber
management clip, splice cassettes, cable grounding kits, cable entry gland and more
Preassembled LC adapters
Single mode and multi mode adapter available
Configurable rack mounting brackets allow for recessed panel mounting, enhancing
cable protection
Large work area for comfortable installation
Rear and side cable entry cutouts including one cable entry gland
Innovative SNMP real-time management of patch cord connections with RiT's
PatchView system
RiT Technologies Ltd. 24 Raoul Wallenberg St., Tel Aviv 69719, Israel Page 1 of 6
Tel: +972-3-645-5151 Fax: +972-3-647-4115
www.rittech.com
Datasheet

Features
PatchView™ Capability
Special SMART LC 48 models, when used in conjunction with RiT's PatchView system,
are able to scan fiber optic cabling configuration and subsequently report the
connectivity status
Patching information is displayed on the management station for cabling management

applications
LED indicators on panels identify any two ports patched together. Extremely useful for
facilitating maintenance in mid-to-large size cross-connect installations which are over-
congested with patch cords.
Computerized LED displays guide the technician when performing Moves, Adds and
Changes (MACs)
Tel: +972-3-645-5151 Fax: +972-3-647-4115
www.rittech.com
Datasheet

Description
The SMART LC 48 Patch Panel is an intelligent, high-density fiber optic patch panel offering
the option of real-time physical network management with RiT's PatchView system. With a
footprint equivalent to one-half that of standard SC connectors, the LC connector is fast
becoming the answer to the market's demand for increased optical port density. Utilizing the
connector's small size and rugged design, the SMART LC 48 patch panel supports up to 48
fibers in just 1U of rack space.
The panels can be connected to the RiT PatchView system. The system continuously scans
the connectivity configuration of all the patch cords and reports it in SNMP to the network
administrator's management station.
A moving tray provides built in cable management by holding and arranging the cables. This
drawer mechanism enables easy access to the rear of the panel and eliminates the need for
removing the panel above.
Configurable rack mounting brackets allow for recessed panel mounting, enhancing cable
protection. Cable strain relief is provided by using cable-ties on the exterior of the panel, by
means of rear cable entry cutouts, as well as in the interior of the panel, by means of strain
relief saddles. Grounding points are provided on the rear of the panel which, in conjunction
with the optional F/O Cable Ground Kit, allow grounding of armored fiber optic cables.
RiT's LC SMART Jumper™ patch cords must be used in order to benefit from the advantages
of the PatchView system. These cords, described in greater detail in the Fiber Optic Cables
and Cords section, feature a duplex fiber cable and single copper wire in a common jacket,
and an LC duplex connector with an extra spring-loaded copper contact. Regular LC patch
cords can be used when PatchView scanning is not desired.
The panel includes four fiber management clips and one cable entry gland.
Accessories
The SMART LC 48 Patch Panel offers a complete line of accessories to secure, organize and
protect fusion spliced fibers; including splice cassette kits, splice cassette expanders, fusion
protection sleeves and protection sleeve holders. The stackable splice cassettes hold up to
two protection sleeve holders each, for a total of 16 fibers per cassette.
Additional accessories are available to optimize cable protection and storage. Fiber
management clip may be added to provide orderly excess cable storage, while maintaining
minimum bend radius. Fully customizable cable entry glands may be assembled over the
rear and side cable entry cutouts to further enhance cable strain relief.
Tel: +972-3-645-5151 Fax: +972-3-647-4115
www.rittech.com
Datasheet

Description
SMART LC 48 with Optional Accessories
Tel: +972-3-645-5151 Fax: +972-3-647-4115
www.rittech.com
Datasheet

Specifications
Interface
Front Interconnection (patch cord side)

24 LC duplex adapters and PatchView scanning contacts
Back Interconnection (cabling side)

24 LC duplex adapters.
Interconnection to RiT's PatchViewTM System
- PV Panels – One 26-pin, 100-mil spacing header, is used to connect to the

PatchView Scanner. Select a Scanner Attachment Cord according to the
required length. Select Group A Scanner Attachment Cord according to the
required length
- PVMax Panels – One 14-pin header on the back of the panel is used for
connection to the PVMax Scanner. Select Group B Scanner Attachment Cord
according to the required length
Indicators
24 port identification indicator LEDs are located on the front panel. Connected
ports are indicated by a pair of activated LEDs. A single port can be identified and
the corresponding LED activated by a remote control command from the network
management station.
Cable Entry, Routing and Clamping

Two rear and two side cable entry cutouts are provided for cable entry including
one cable entry gland. The cable- ties are attached through round holes located
adjacent to the cable entry cutouts. Strain relief saddles provide cable strain relief
within the panel.
Provisions for Fusion Splice Storage and Organization

Various accessories, including splice cassettes, fusion protection sleeves, protection
sleeve holders, etc., may be ordered separately.
Provisions for Excess Cable Storage

Four fiber management clips are included as accessories to provide orderly excess
cable storage while maintaining minimum bend radius.
Provisions for Armored Cable Grounding

The optional F/O Cable Ground Kit may be used in conjunction with the two
grounding points provided on the rear of the panel
Tel: +972-3-645-5151 Fax: +972-3-647-4115
www.rittech.com
3M™ Fibre Optic Cable
Assemblies
3M provides a variety of single mode and multimode

cable assemblies that are compliant with international
standards. These can be configured as hybrid
assemblies, simplex or duplex jumpers or multi-fibre
assemblies. All cables use LSZH rated material and
Zirconium ceramic ferrules for the highest transmission
quality and reliability.
Features Benefits
• LSZH rated cables • Meets European fire load specifications

• Zirconium ceramic ferrules • High performance and high reliability
• Connectors and cables according to IEC standards • Planning safety
• PC, UPC and APC end finish • Flexibility to customer requests
• Pigtails with semi-tight buffer • Easy strip ability
• SC and LC assemblies optimal with OM 3 fiber • Meets latest cabling standards
Specifications:
Fibre:
Single mode: According to IEC 60793-2-50 Optical fibres part 2-50 Product specifications – sectional spec for class B single mode fibres –
type B1.3 (ITU G652D)
Multimode: According to IEC 60793-2-10 Optical fibre part 2-10 Product specifications sectional specification for category A1 multimode
fibres – type A1a (50/125) or type A1b(62.5/125) as appropriate. Fibre may be specified as OM3 as defined in ISO 11801.
Cable:
Low Smoke Zero Halogen: LSZH
Flame propagation: IEC 60332-3C
Smoke density: IEC 61034
Toxic gas emission: CENELEC HD 605 S1 (test method 1 or test method 2)
Corrosive gas: IEC 60754-1
3MTM Fibre Optic Cable Specifications

Single Mode
Cable OD Loss/Max Bandwidth Bend Cable
Number of Jacket Tensile Load
Code Nominal 1300/1550 850/1300 nm Radius Weight
Fibres Colour (installation N)
(mm) nm (dB/km) (MHz-km) (mm) (kg/km)
Unjacketed
AU 1 0,9 White 0,4/0,4 N/A 50 3 0,9
Jacketed
AT 1 2,9 Yellow 0,4/0,4 N/A 50 500 7,8
BW 2 2,9 x 5,8 Yellow 0,4/0,4 N/A 50 1000 14,7
CU 1 2,0 Yellow 0,4/0,4 N/A 50 220 3,2
CV 1 2,0 Yellow 0,4/0,4 N/A 50 400 6,7
Multimode
Cable OD Loss/Max Bandwidth Bend Cable
Number of Jacket Tensile Load
Code Nominal 1300/1550 850/1300 nm Radius Weight
Fibres Colour (installation N)
(mm) nm (dB/km) (MHz-km) (mm) (kg/km)
50/125
CB 2 2,0 Orange 3,5/1,0 1500/500 OM3 50 220 6,7
ZJ 1 2,9 Orange 3,5/1,0 500/800 50 500 0,9
ZK 1 0,9 Orange 3,5/1,0 500/800 50 3 0,9
ZO 1 0,9 Orange 3,5/1,0 1500/500 OM3 50 3 0,9
AX 2 2,9 x 5,8 Orange 3,5/1,0 500/800 50 1000 16,0
CT 2 2,0 Orange 3,5/1,0 500/800 50 220 6,7
62,5/125
AF 1 2,9 Orange 3,5/1,0 200/500 50 500 7,8
AP 1 0,9 Orange 3,5/1,0 200/500 50 3 0,9
AQ 2 2,9 x 5,8 Orange 3,5/1,0 200/500 50 1000 15,6
CP 2 2,0 Orange 3,5/1,0 200/500 50 220 6,7
Specifications:
Connectors: (Multimode and Single Mode)

ST: IEC 61754-02 Fibre Optic Connector Interfaces Part 2 Type BFOC/2,5 connector family
SC: IEC 61754-04 Fibre Optic Connector Interfaces Part 4 Type SC connector family
FC: IEC 61754-13 Fibre Optic Connector Interfaces Part 13 Type FC-PC connector family
LC: IEC 61754-20 Fibre Optic Connector Interfaces Part 20 Type LC connector family
3MTM Fibre Optic Connector Specifications

FC Angled
Connector SC SC Angled ST FC LC MT-RJ
2.0 mm
Insertion Loss (dB)
(one mated pair)
Single Mode 0,2 average 0,2 average 0,2 average 0,2 average 0,2 average 0,1 average 0,2 average
0,5 maximum 0,5 maximum 0,5 maximum 0,5 maximum 0,5 maximum 0,25 max 0,5 maximum
Multimode 0,2 average - 0,2 average 0,2 average - 0,1 average 0,2 average
0,3 maximum - 0,3 maximum 0,3 maximum - 0,3 maximum 0,3 maximum
Reflection (dB)
Single Mode ≤ -55 ≤ -70 ≤ -55 ≤ -55 ≤ -70 ≤ -55 ≤ -30
Multimode ≤ -25 - ≤ -25 ≤ -25 - ≤ -25 ≤ -20
Connection
durability (dB)
<0,2 <0,2 <0,1 <0,2 <0,2 <0,2 <0,3
change after 500
matings
Operational
Temperature
-25° to 70°C -25° to 70°C -25° to 70°C -25° to 70°C -25° to 70°C -25° to 70°C -10° to 60°C
connector only
(cable dependent)
Storage
-40° to 85°C -40° to 85°C -40° to 85°C -40° to 85°C -40° to 85°C -40° to 85°C -40° to 85°C
Temperature
Material
Engineered Engineered Nickel Plated Engineered Engineered Engineered Engineered
Connector Housing
Resin Resin Zinc Resin Resin Resin Resin
Zirconia Zirconia
Zirconia Zirconia Zirconia Zirconia
Connector Ferrule Ceramic Ceramic Composite
Ceramic Ceramic Ceramic Ceramic
8° angle 8° angle
Alignment Sleeve
Single Mode Zirconia Zirconia Zirconia Zirconia Zirconia Zirconia No alignment
Ceramic Ceramic Ceramic Ceramic Ceramic Ceramic sleeves
Multimode Metal - Metal Metal - Metal
Thermoplastic Thermoplastic Thermoplastic Thermoplastic Thermoplastic Thermoplastic Thermoplastic
Boot
Elastomer Elastomer Elastomer Elastomer Elastomer Elastomer Elastomer
Nickel Plated Nickel Plated Nickel Plated Nickel Plated Nickel Plated Nickel Plated
Backbone Zinc Alloy
Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass
Flame Retardent UL-94 V-O UL-94 V-O UL-94 V-O UL-94 V-O UL-94 V-O UL-94 V-O UL-94 V-O
For more detailed technical data, please refer to the 3M Telecommunications Specifications for Fibre Optic Patch cords and Pigtails.
Ordering Information:
Catalog # Product Name MOQ Unit

Cable Assemblies - Multimode
Patch cords duplex ST - ST Multimode 50/125µ
BANAN-AX000x ST-ST patchcord duplex multimode 50/125µ, x = 1, 2, 3 or 5m 12 EACH
Patch cords duplex ST - ST Multimode 62.5/x25µ
BANAN-AQ000x ST-ST patchcord duplex multimode 62.5/125µ, x = 1, 2, 3 or 5m 12 EACH
Patch cords duplex SC - SC Multimode 50/x25µ
BDBDB-AX000x SC-SC Patchcord duplex multimode 50/125µ, x = 1, 2, 3 or 5m 12 EACH
Patch cords duplex SC - SC Multimode 50/x25µ OM3
BDBDB-CB000x SC-SC Patchcord duplex multimode 50/125µ, OM3, x = 1, 2, 3 or 5m 12 EACH
Patch cords duplex SC - SC Multimode 62.5/x25µ
BDBDB-AQ000x SC-SC Patchcord duplex multimode 62.5/125µ, x = 1, 2, 3 or 5m 12 EACH
Patch cords duplex ST - SC Multimode 50/x25µ
BANDB-AX000x ST-SC Patchcord duplex multimode 50/125µ, x = 1, 2, 3 or 5m 12 EACH
Patch cords duplex ST - SC Multimode 62.5/x25µ
BANDB-AQ000x ST-SC Patchcord duplex multimode 62.5/125µ, x = 1, 2, 3 or 5m 12 EACH
Patch cords duplex ST – MT - RJ Multimode 50/x25µ
BANMT-CT000x ST-MT-RJ Patchcord duplex multimode 50/125µ, x = 1, 2, 3 or 5m 12 EACH
Patch cords duplex SC - MT - RJ Multimode 50/x25µ
BDBMT-CT000x SC-MT-RJ Patchcord duplex multimode 50/125µ, x = 1, 2, 3 or 5m 12 EACH
Patch cords duplex ST – MT - RJ Multimode 62.5/x25µ
BANMT-CP000x ST-MT-RJ Patchcord duplex multimode 62.5/125µ, x = 1, 2, 3 or 5m 12 EACH
Patch cords duplex SC - MT - RJ Multimode 62.5/x25µ
BDBMT-CP000x SC-MT-RJ Patchcord duplex multimode 62.5/125µ, x = 1, 2, 3 or 5m 12 EACH
Patch cords duplex ST - LC Multimode 50/x25µ , OM3
BANDU-CB0002 ST-LC Patchcord duplex multimode 50/125 OM3, 2m 12 EACH
Patch cords duplex SC - LC Multimode 50/x25µ
BDBDU-AX000x SC-LC Patchcord duplex multimode 50/125µ, x = 1, 2, 3 or 5m 12 EACH
Patch cords duplex SC - LC Multimode 50/x25µ OM3
BDBDU-CB000x SC-LC Patchcord duplex multimode 50/125µ, OM3, x = 1, 2, 3 or 5m 12 EACH
Patch cords duplex SC - LC Multimode 62.5/x25µ
BDBDU-AQ000x SC-LC Patchcord duplex multimode 62.5/125µ, x = 1, 2, 3 or 5m 12 EACH
Patch cords duplex LC - LC Multimode 50/x25µ
BDUDU-AX000x LC-LC Patchcord duplex multimode 50/125µ, x = 1, 2, 3 or 5m 12 EACH
Patch cords duplex LC - LC Multimode 50/x25µ, OM3
BDUDU-CB000x LC-LC Patchcord duplex multimode 50/125µ, OM3, x = 1, 2, 3 or 5m 12 EACH
Patch cords duplex LC - LC Multimode 62.5/x25µ
BDUDU-AQ000x LC-LC Patchcord duplex multimode 62.5/125µ, x = 1, 2, 3 or 5m 12 EACH

Cable Assemblies – Single Mode
Patch cords duplex SC - SC Single-mode 9/x25µ
ADADA-BW000x SC-SC Patchcord duplex single-mode 9/125µ, x = 1, 2, 3, 5 or 10m 12 EACH
Patch cords duplex SC - LC Single-mode 9/x25µ
ADADV-BW000x SC-LC Patchcord duplex single-mode 9/125µ, x = 1, 2, 3, 5 or 10m 12 EACH
Patch cords duplex SC/APC - LC Single-mode 9/x25µ
AEPDU-BW000x SC/APC-LC Patchcord duplex single-mode 9/125µ, x = 1, 2, 3, 5 or 10m 12 EACH
Patch cords duplex LC - LC Single-mode 9/x25µ
ADVDV-BW000x LC-LC Patchcord duplex single-mode 9/125µ, x = 1, 2, 3 or 5m 12 EACH
Patch cords simplex ST - ST Singlemode 9/x25µ
AAMAM-AT000x ST-ST Patchcord simplex singlemode 9/125µm, x = 1, 2, 3 or 5m 12 EACH
Patch cords simplex ST - SC Singlemode 9/x25µ
AAMDA-AT000x ST-SC/PC Patchcord simplex singlemode 9/125µm, x = 1, 2, 3 or 5m 12 EACH
Patch cords simplex SC/PC - SC/PC Singlemode 9/x25µ
ADADA-AT000x SC-SC Patchcord simplex Single-mode 9/125µ, x = 1, 2, 3 or 5m 12 EACH
Patchcords simplex SC/APC 8° - SC/APC 8° Singlemode 9/x25µ
AEPEP-AT000x SC/APC 8°-SC/APC 8°, Patchcord simplex singlemode 9/125µm, x = 1, 2, 3 or 5m 12 EACH
Patchcords simplex SC/UPC - SC/UPC Singlemode 9/x25µ
AEQEQ-AT000x SC/UPC-SCUPC Patchcord, simplex, singlemode 9/125 , x = 5 or 10m 12 EACH
Patchcords simplex FC/PC – FC/PC Singlemode 9/x25µ
AENEN-AT000x FC/PC-FC/PC Patchcord simplex singlemode 9/125m, x = 1, 2, 3, 5 or 6m 12 EACH
Patchcords simplex SC/APC 8° - SC/PC Singlemode 9/x25µ
AEPDA-AT000x SC/APC 8°-SC/PC, Patchcord simplex singlemode 9/125µm, x = 1, 2, or 5m 12 EACH
Pigtails
Pigtails ST Multimode 900µ semitight
BANOO-ZK0002 ST Pigtail Multimode 50/125 green, 2m 12 EACH
BANOO-AP0002 ST Pigtail Multimode 62.5/125 blue, 2m 12 EACH
Pigtails SC Multimode 900µ semitight
BDBOO-ZK0002 SC Pigtail Multimode 50/125 green, 2m 12 EACH
BDBOO-ZO0002 SC Pigtail Multimode 50/125 green, 2m, OM3 12 EACH
BDBOO-AP0002 SC Pigtail Multimode 62.5/125 blue, 2m 12 EACH
Pigtails LC Multimode 900µ semitight
BDUOO-ZK0002 LC Pigtail Multimode 50/125 green, 2m 12 EACH
BDUOO-ZO0002 LC Pigtail Multimode 50/125 green, 2m, OM3 12 EACH
Pigtails
Pigtails ST Single-mode 900µ semitight
AANOO-AU0002 ST Pigtail Single-mode 9/125 yellow, 2m 12 EACH
Pigtail SC Single-mode 900µ
ADAOO-AU0002 SC Pigtail Single-mode 9/125 yellow, 2m, semi tight buffer 12 EACH
ADAOO-AU0002-TIGHT SC Pigtail Single-mode 9/125 yellow, 2m, tight buffer 12 EACH
ADAOO-AU0002-BLUE SC Pigtail Single-mode 9/125, 2m , blue 12 EACH
ADAOO-AU0002-BULK SC Pigtail Single-mode 9/125 yellow, 2m, tight buffer,bulk 240 each 240 EACH
Pigtail SC/APC Single-mode 900µ semitight
AEPOO-AU0002 SC/APC 8° Pigtail Single-mode 9/125 green, 2m 12 EACH
Pigtail SC/UPC Single-mode 900µ semitight
AEQOO-AU0003 SC/UPC Pigtail Single-mode 9/125, 900 micron, yellow, 3m 12 EACH
AEQOO-CU0005 SC/UPC Pigtail Single-mode 9/125, 2,4mm, yellow, 5m 12 EACH
Pigtails FC Single-mode 900µ semitight
AENOO-AU0002 FC Pigtail Single-mode 9/125 yellow, 2m 12 EACH
Pigtails LC Single-mode 900µ semitight
ADVOO-AU0002 LC Pigtail Single-mode9/125 yellow, 2m 12 EACH
AEYOO-AU0002 E2000/APC 8° Pigtail, Single-mode 9/125 micron, yellow, 2m 12 EACH
CAUTION! Invisible Laser Radiation may be present!

Avoid direct exposure to beam! Take proper precautions when working with optical fibre as invisible laser light may be present. The principal
laser hazard when working with fibre optics is injury to the eye. Never look directly into the fibre or connector using the naked eye or a
microscope.
Never look directly into the end of cables – especially with a microscope - until you are positive that there is no light source at the other end –
having tested it with a power meter.
3M and the 3M logo are trademarks of 3M Company. *ST is a Trademark of Lucent. All other trade names referenced are the service marks, trademarks,
or registered trademarks of their respective companies.
Important Notice
3M does not accept responsability or liability, direct or consequencial arising from reliance upon any information provided and the user should determine
the suitability of the products for their intended use. Nothing is the statement will be deemed to exclude or restrict 3M’s liability for death or personnal
injury arising from its negligence. All questions of liability relating to 3M products are governed by the sellers’s terms of sale subject where applicable to
the prevailing law. If any goods supplied or processed by or on behalf of 3M prove on inspection to be defective in material or workmanship, 3M will (at its
option) replace the same or refund to the Buyer the price of the goods or services. Except as set out above, all warranties and conditions, whether express
or implied, statutory or otherwise are excluded to the fullest extent permissible at law.
3M Telecommunications
Europe, Middle East & North Africa Tel: ++49 (0)2131 / 14-5999
c/o Quante AG Fax: ++49 (0)2131 / 14-5998
Carl-Schurz-Stabe 1 • 41453 Neuss • Germany Internet: www.3MTelecommunications.com
Recycled Paper
32 Output Terrestrial and Satellite Distribution System
TSDS32LTE 7-Input (FM, DAB, UHF, SAT x 4) 32 outputs
 Complete satellite and terrestrial distribution system in a single unit

 Separate input level controls for each frequency band and satellite polarity
 Switchable gain (+6dB, 0dB, -6dB) in blocks of 8 outputs to balance subscriber cable lengths
 Subscriber port polarity selection indicators
 Switch-mode power supply for reliability and cool running
 12V / 100mA power for masthead amplifier
 Up to 100m cable length from dish/LNB to subscriber**
The TSDS32LTE is an ideal solution in small blocks of apartments where up to 16 dwellings require Freesat and
Sky+HD™. This integrated system has all that is normally required** to provide all 32 outputs with full access to all
frequencies. TSDS32LTE has a switchable input filter to minimise interference from 4G LTE transmissions above UHF
channel 60. TSDS32 has input level controls to balance signal levels and added switchable gain settings for each bank
of 8 outputs. This is ideal where it is necessary to balance long and short subscriber cable runs of up to 100m.
Each output is equipped with an LED polarity indicator to aid diagnosing reception problems by showing which
polarity the receiver is requesting, (red for vertical and green for horizontal), making sure that diagnosing the receiver
problems away from the apartment is really easy. Further diagnostic indication is incorporated into the power supply
for overload and short circuit protection.
TSDS32 is designed for professional installation with a Quattro LNB and professional sized dish for reliable long-term
reception.
** May require additional satellite and UHF pre-amplification to suit local conditions.
V80-85
V85-401QT
UHF DAB FM
V17-063
Earth Connect
System
4 x Type
100 cable
Up to 100m cable from

satellite dish to subscriber
240V AC
outlet. (May need pre-
3A Fused
amplification depending on
local conditions) To building
M.E.T
32 subscriber cables (16 flats of Sky+HD)

Vision Slim N Fast ™ V33-23PLUS Recommended
TSDS32LTE 7-Input (FM, DAB, UHF, SAT x 4) 32 outputs
Model OPTIMA TSDS32LTE

No of outputs 32
No of inputs 4 x SAT+ 1 x FM + 1 x DAB + 1 x UHF (V Lo, V Hi, H Lo, H Hi,) ( FM, DAB, UHF)
Input Frequency Range SAT 950 to 2150MHz : FM 85 to 108MHz : DAB 216 – 240MHz : UHF 470 to 862MHz
Input Frequency Range with filter SAT 950 to 2150MHz : FM 85 to 108MHz : DAB 216 – 240MHz : UHF 470 to 790MHz
Gain SAT / TERR SAT 6dB : FM 4dB : DAB 5dB : UHF 6dB
Level Control Input Level Control 0 -15dB Typical : Output Gain Control +6dB, 0dB, -6dB
Maximum input level SAT / Terrestrial switchable
100dBµV / 96 dBµV
Maximum output level
3 3 SAT 91dBµV / 86 dBµV ±2dB
SAT (IMD – 35dB) Terrestrial (IMD -60dB)
Isolation SAT – SAT Inputs >28dB : SAT – Terr >39dB : Output – Output > 48dB
Connectors
F – female
Output L.E.D status Not illuminated Terrestrial Only : RED Vertical selected : Green Horizontal selected
Masthead Amplifier Power (switchable) 12V 100mA max
Maximum load to inputs 18V / 450mA
Power consumption at subscriber output 18V 100mA max
PSU LED Status Green On : Power OK, Red On : Overload at LNB input,
Red Flashing : Excessive LNB + SAT, L.E.D OFF No power or short circuit
Input mains voltage 240v AC 50Hz (UK plug BS1363 with 3A Fuse fitted)
Power (Excluding LNB) 9W
2
Earth Post Single Screw 6mm
Dimension / Weight 590mm x 240mm x 53mm / 2.5kg
Note: We recommend that all coaxial cables connected to this multiswitch product are earthed in accordance with current legislation and codes of practice.
Use V17-063A EARTH-CONNECT system available from your local aerial and satellite wholesaler..
SIS_SS_V800_M_M 2/25/16 3:46 PM Page 1
V800™ Cabinet
V800 CABINETS
Siemon’s V800 cabinets provide a robust, cost-effective enclosure solution that provides valuable Zero-U space
on each side of the equipment rails for cable management, PDU mounting or connectivity on both the front and
rear of the cabinet. The V800 cabinet is ideal for high-density data center environments, enabling increased
cabling and equipment density while providing excellent accessibility and thermal efficiency. All of these features
are integrated into a full-featured modular enclosure that is equally effective as a standalone network and server
cabinet or in a multi-unit bayed configuration, offering a simple, scalable expansion path in any data center.
Lightweight Stability — Design provides Integrated Side Panel Grounding —

an extremely stable, high-capacity cabinet Spring loaded grounding clips eliminate
without excessive weight need for dedicated grounding conductors
Zero-U Modularity — Half-height Zero-U

panels can be mounted in any of the four
quadrants (top left, bottom left, top right
and bottom right) of both the front and rear
of the cabinet
High-Flow Doors — Contoured high
density perforated door provides up to
71% perforation exceeding major IT
equipment air flow requirements
Full Accessibility Doors — Quick release,

field reversible single piece front and split Fully Adjustable Equipment Rails — Can
rear doors be readily configured to support any range
of equipment depths
1200 mm (47.2 in.)
The V82A cabinet is exactly 1200mm deep, allowing for full The cabinet lid includes four integrated brush guards
access to adjacent tiles immediately in front or in back of placed for cables to enter the cabinet without compromising
cabinets and provides full 1.2m aisle spacing as specified within thermal integrity
ISO/IEC 14763-2 and EN 50600-2-4
W W W. S I E M O N . C O M
SIS_SS_V800_M_M 2/25/16 3:46 PM Page 2
V800 Cabinet Accessories

V8(X)A-(X)(X)(X)(X)(X)1-(XX)......V800™ Cabinet, Black
Cabinet Depth
Cabinet Height
1 = 1000mm (39.4 in.)
42 = 42U
2 = 1200mm (47.24 in.) Castor Option
45 = 45U
1 = No Casters
Side Panels 48 = 48U
2 = Casters
0 = No Side Panels
1 = 1 Side Panel Lock Type
2 = Side Panels 1 = Key Lock
2 = Tumbler Lock
Front Door
A = Full Vented
Rear Door
B = Split Vented
A = Full Vented
C = Split Solid
B = Split Vented
C = Split Solid
Includes: 4 leveling feet, 50 M6 cage nuts and 2 stabilizing brackets
V800 Cabinet Product Specifications

42U: 2013mm (79.25 in.)
Height* 45U: 2146mm (84.5 in.)
48U: 2280mm (89.75 in.)
Width 800mm (31.5 in.)
V81A: 1000mm (39.37 in.)
Depth - External (Door-to-Door) V82A: 1200mm (47.24 in.)
V81A: 806mm (31.8 in.)
Depth - Usable (Rail to Rail Max.) V82A: 1006mm (39.6 in.)
42U V81A: 111kg/ V82A: 126kg (278 lbs.)
Weight** 45U V81A: 116kg/ V82A: 131kg (288 lbs.)
48U V81A: 121kg/ V82A: 136kg (299 lbs.)
Static: 1000kg (2205 lbs.)
Load Rating
Dynamic: 714kg (1575 lbs.)
Base Type Open
Color Black (RAL 9011)
% Door Perforation 71%
U Space Identification Yes (bottom-to-top)
Lid Cable Access Openings V81A: 3 large; (4) 63x406mm integrated brush guards (2.5 in. x 16 in.)
V82A: 4 large; (4) 63x406mm integrated brush guards (2.5 in. x 16 in.)
Material CRS of varying thickness
Finish Textured Powder Coat
Standards Compliance UL 60950-1 Ed2.0, EIA/ECA-310-E, IP20
* Nominal height with stabilizing brackets

** Does not include packaging
SIS_SS_V800_M_M 2/25/16 3:46 PM Page 3
Zero-U Ordering Information
V8A-VPC4-1-(XX). . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8A-VPC6-1-(XX). . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Half-height Zero-U Vertical Patching Channel Half-height Zero-U Vertical Patching
with 4 in. Fingers and Cover Channel with 6 in. Fingers and Cover
V8A-VPC145-1-(XX). . . . . . . . . . . . V8A-BRSH-1-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Half-height Zero-U Vertical Patching Half-height Zero-U Vertical Brush
Channel with D-Ring Managers Guard Panel
Use (XX) to specify cabinet height: 42 = 42U, 45 = 45U, 48 = 48U
V800 Cable Management Capacity Chart

Product Cable Diameter in. (mm)
0.13 0.15 0.17 0.19 0.21 0.23 0.25 0.27 0.29 0.31 0.33 0.35
(3.30) (3.81) (4.32) (4.83) (5.33) (5.84) (6.35) (6.86 (7.37) (7.87) (8.38) (8.89)
V8A-VPC4-1-(XX) 427 321 250 200 163 136 115 99 85 75 66 58

V8A-VPC6-1-(XX) 628 472 367 294 240 200 170 145 126 110 97 86
V8A-VPC145-1-(XX) 255 191 149 119 97 81 69 59 51 44 39 35
Note: Manager cable capacities reflec a calculated fill rate of 40% which is intended to reflect 100% fill during actual use due to side cable entry
SIS_SS_V800_M_M 2/25/16 3:47 PM Page 4
Zero-U Ordering Information
V8A-VPP2U-1-(XX) V8A-PDU-F1-1-(XX)
Half-height Zero-U Vertical Patch Panel, 2U Full-height Zero-U Vertical PDU Panel
Includes (8) M6 cage nuts
Full length brackets support tool-less
Mounts 2U of standard 19 in. panels or mounting of one (1) vertical rack mount
PDUs in vertical orientation PDU with a maximum width of 86.4mm
(3.4 in.) and 1.24m (49 in.), 1.56m
(61.25 in.) or 1.65m (64.75 in.) O.C.
mounting buttons
V8A-BLNK-1-(XX)
Half-height Zero-U Vertical Blanking Panel
Used to block off unused Zero-U spaces to

prevent re-circulation of air
Use (XX) to specify cabinet height: 42 = 42U, 45 = 45U, 48 = 48U
SIS_SS_V800_M_M 2/25/16 3:47 PM Page 5
Cabinet Accessory Ordering Information
VPA-SPAN-1
Adjustable Depth Cable Trough
Extends from 555mm (21.9 in.) to

911mm (35.9 in.)
81mm (3.2 in.) wide;

65mm (2.6 in.) high
Used to route cables between the

front and rear of cabinets. Mounts
between Vertical Patching Channels
mounted to front and rear of cabinets.
V8A-LD-1
V800 Lid Divider Panel, set of 2
107mm (4.2 in.) high
Used to create cable pathways on

top of bayed cabinets
V-TRAY-100-1-(XX) . . . . . . 100mm (3.9 in.) V600 / V800 Vertical PDU / Cable Managment
Bracket. (Set of 2) Supports tooless mounting of 1 vertical rack
mount PDU (XX) - Cabinet height, 42, 45 or 48
V-TRAY-150-1-(XX) . . . . . . 150mm (5.9 in.) V600 / V800 Vertical PDU / Cable Managment
Bracket. (Set of 2) Supports tooless mounting of 2 vertical rack
mount PDU’s (XX) - Cabinet height, 42, 45 or 48
V-TRAY-300-1-(XX) . . . . . . 300mm (11.8 in.) V600 / V800 Vertical Cable Managment Bracket.
(Set of 2) (XX) S - Cabinet height, 42, 45 or 48
V-TRAY-100-1-(XX) V-TRAY-150-1-(XX) V-TRAY-300-1-(XX)
SIS_SS_V800_M_M 2/25/16 3:47 PM Page 6
V8A-DRA-1-(XX)
V800 Full Vented Door, Black
V8A-DRB-1-(XX)
V800 Split Vented Doors, Black, set of 2
V8A-DRC-1-(XX)
V800 Split Solid Doors, Black, set of 2
V8A-DRA-1-(XX) V8A-DRB-1-(XX)
V1A-S-1-(XX)
V600/V800 1000mm (40 in.) Split Side Panels, Black, set of 2
V2A-S-1-(XX)
V600/V800 1200mm (48 in.) Split Side Panels, Black, set of 2
V1A-S-1-(XX)
V8A-R-1-(XX)
V800 Equipment Mounting Rails, Black, set of 2
Use (X) to specify cabinet height: 42 = 42U, 45 = 45U, 48 = 48U V8A-R-1-(XX)
SIS_SS_V800_M_M 2/25/16 3:47 PM Page 7
VP-DUCT1*
Adjustable Height Vertical Exhaust Duct, 516-923mm (20-36 in.)
VP-DUCT2*
Adjustable Height Vertical Exhaust Duct, 913-1320mm (36-52 in.)
VP-FAN
Top-Mount Cooling Fan Panel
3 Fans x 110CFM, 120VAC w/NEMA 5-15P plug, UL Listed
VP-FAN-220
Top-Mount Cooling Fan Panel
3 Fans x 110CFM, 220VAC w/C13 plug, UL Listed
VP-T3
Brush Guard, Large
For large center top panel cable openings
V-W
V600/V800 Casters (set of four)
CN-M6-50
M6 Cage Nuts, Bag of 50
VA-VPA-BAY-1
VersaPOD-to-V600/V800 Baying Kit
Secures (1) VersaPOD cabinet to (1) V600/V800 cabinet
VP-GRD
Grounding Kit
Includes ground bar, ground wire, mounting hardware and accessories
(capacity to support all required grounding
connections for a single cabinet)
* Vertical exhaust ducts are compatible with 1200mm deep cabinets only. Solid doors should be specified for cabinets using exhaust ducts.
SIS_SS_V800_M_M 2/25/16 3:47 PM Page 8
Cable Management Accessory Ordering Information
HCM-4-(X)U
RouteIT™ 19 in. Horizontal Cable Manager with 4 in. Fingers
HCM-6-(X)U
RouteIT 19 in. Horizontal Cable Manager with 6 in. Fingers
PNL-TBLNK010-1S
19 in. Snapfit Thermal Blanking Panel, 1U, Pkg of 10
PNL-TBLNK100-1S
19 in. Snapfit Thermal Blanking Panel, 1U, Pkg of 100
PNL-BRSH-1
19 in. Brush Guard Panel, 1U
VP-SPL
¼-Turn Fiber Management Spool, Bag of 5
Can be installed in Vertical Patching Channels w/Fingers
VP-143
¼-turn Hook and Loop Cable Managers
88.9x44.5mm (3.50x1.75 in.)
Can be installed in Vertical PDU/Cable Management Brackets
SS_V800_M 2/16
VP-VCM
¼-turn Hook and Loop Cable Managers, Box of 10
Can be installed in Vertical Patching Channels w/Fingers
© 2016 Siemon
Because we continuously improve our products, Siemon reserves the right to change specifications and availability without prior notice.
Worldwide Headquarters Regional Headquarters Regional Headquarters Regional Headquarters Siemon Interconnect
North America EMEA Asia/Pacific Latin America Solutions
Watertown, CT USA Europe/Middle East/Africa Shanghai, P.R. China Bogota, Colombia Watertown, CT USA
Phone (1 ) 860 945 4200 US Surrey, England Phone (86) 21 5385 0303 Phone (571) 657 1950 Phone (1) 860 945 4213 US
Phone (1 ) 888 425 6165 Phone (44 ) 0 1932 571771 www.siemon.com/SIS
specifications ®
TM
Horizontal cable managers shall be capable of managing
cables on the front and rear of any 19" EIA rack. The
manager shall consist of a 1 piece construction that is NETWORK
RACEWAY CONNECTIVITY
SYSTEMSGROUP
GROUP
molded out of plastic. Horizontal managers shall have
pass through holes that incorporate integral bend radius SPEC SHEET
control as well as fingers with rounded edges. The
manager shall have rigid end fingers that incorporate
integral bend radius control. Hinged covers shall allow
access to the cable pathway without having to completely
remove the cover from the manager.
PATCHLINK ™ Horizontal Cable Managers

2 Rack Space Manager, Front and Rear
technical information 3"x3" front, 19" cover: WMPH2E
3"x3" front, 17" cover: WMP1E
Dimensions: WMPH2E: HxWxD=3.5x19.0x8.9 in. (88.9x482.6x225.5 mm)
2 Rack Space Manager, Front Only
WMPHF2E: HxWxD=3.5x19.0x3.7 in. (88.9x482.6x93.7 mm)
WMP1E: HxWxD=3.5x19.0x8.9 in. (88.9x482.6x225.5 mm) 3"x3" front, 19" cover: WMPHF2E
WMPF1E: HxWxD=3.5x19.0x3.7 in. (88.9x482.6x93.7 mm) 3"x3" front, 17" cover: WMPF1E
WMPSE: HxWxD=1.7x19.0x8.9 in. (44.1x482.6x225.5 mm) 1 Rack Space Manager, Front and Rear
WMPFSE: HxWxD=1.7x19.0x3.7 in. (44.1x482.6x93.7 mm) 1.7" H x 3" D front: WMPSE
WMPLSE: HxWxD=1.7x19.0x7.9 in. (44.1x482.6x200.1 mm) 1.7" H x 2" D front: WMPLSE
WMPLFSE: HxWxD=1.7x19.0x2.7 in. (44.1x482.6x69.1 mm) 1 Rack Space Manager, Front Only
1.7" H x 3" D front: WMPFSE
Packaging: Cable Managers include hinged cover(s), mounting hardware,
1.7" H x 2" D front: WMPLFSE
wire retainers and rear strain relief clip
Racks
19" EIA standard: CMR19X84
NETFRAME ™ System: NFR84
Panel Extender Brackets
1 RU: PEB1
key features and benefits 2 RU: PEB2
22 RU: PEB22
Integral bend radius control Maintains bend radii as cables transition to and from 44 RU: PEB44
horizontal and vertical pathways Accessories
Dual hinged cover Opens upward or downward to provide easy access to Bend radius control clip (2RU): CMRSRC2
cables in horizontal pathway without having to completely Wire retainer: WR3E
remove cover Rear strain relief clip: WMSRC2
Increased finger spacing Provides larger area for high performance Category 6 cables
One piece, plastic construction Provides durability and easy installation
Flexible fingers Provide for easy installation and organizes cables simplifying
moves, adds and changes
Rounded edges on fingers Protect cables from snags and damage to cable
Cable pass through holes Provide ease of installation and cable maintenance
Wire retainers Snap on finger to keep cables in place during moves,
adds and changes
Strain relief clips Minimize stress on cable
applications
PANDUIT ® PATCHLINK ™ Horizontal Cable these features combine to provide the user with installer tip
Managers provide a neat and efficient way to a horizontal cable management solution that
manage patch cables on any EIA 19" rack. They simplifies cable routing in a finished, All managers have
can be used in multi-media applications to professional appearance. When used with the 17" long front covers
manage copper, fiber optic and coax cables. PANDUIT MINI-COM ® patch panels, patch cords, except for the WMPH2E
Flexible fingers organize the patch cords vertical cable managers and racks, the user and WMPHF2E, which have
simplifying moves, adds, and changes while the receives a total system that satisfies functional 19 3/8" long front covers
integral bend radius control and "closed" design and aesthetic requirements for for complete coverage to
protects the patch cables in the pathway. All of telecommunications rooms. vertical managers.
V i s i t o u r w e b s i t e a t : w w w. p a n d u i t . c o m / n c g
PATCHLINK ™ Horizontal Cable Managers
WMPH2E WMP1E WMPHF2E WMPF1E

with CMSRC2 Clips with CMSRC2 Clips
3.5
(88.9) 3.5
(88.9) 3.5
(88.9) 3.5
(88.9)
20.0
19.0 20.0
(508) 5.2 19.0
(482.6) 5.2 (508)
3.2 (131.8) (131.8) (482.6)
3.2 3.7
(81.0) (81.0) (93.7) 3.7
(93.7)
WMPSE WMPLSE WMPFSE WMPLFSE
1.7
(44.1) 1.7
(44.1) 1.7 1.7
(44.1) (44.1)
19.0 19.0 19.0
19.0
(482.6) 5.2 (482.6) (482.6)
(482.6) 5.2
(131.8) 3.7 2.7
3.2 2.2 (131.8) (93.7) (69.1)
(81.0) (55.6)
CABLE CAPACITY CHART

UTP Cable ScTP or CAT6 Cable Fiber
.187" Dia. .25" Dia. 3mm
Part Number Front Back Front Back Front Back
WMP1E 72 72 36 36 72 72
WMPF1E 72 — 36 — 72 —
WMPFSE 36 — 18 — 36 —
WMPH2E 72 72 36 36 72 72
WMPHF2E 72 — 36 — 72 —
WMPLFSE 24 — 12 — 24 —
WMPLSE 24 24 12 12 24 24
WMPSE 36 36 18 18 36 36
NOTE: Based on 40% fill capacity
Dimensions are in inches (Dimensions in parentheses are metric)
For a copy of PANDUIT product warranties, For a full line catalog, contact Customer Service
log on to www.panduit.com/warranty and ask for SA-NC10CB01A.
PANDUIT CORP.
Tinley Park, Illinois 60477-3091 Contact your local authorized PANDUIT
Customer Service: 800-777-3300
Technical Support: 866-405-6654 distributor for pricing. For your local
Email: ncginfo@panduit.com Sales Office call 800-777-3300
NETWORK CONNECTIVITY GROUP Web: www.panduit.com/ncg
PANDUIT CANADA PANDUIT EUROPE LTD. PANDUIT ASIA PACIFIC PTE. LTD. PANDUIT JAPAN PANDUIT LATIN AMERICA PANDUIT AUSTRALIA PTY. LTD.
Markham, Ontario London, UK Republic of Singapore Tokyo, Japan Jalisco, Mexico Victoria, Australia
Phone: 800-777-3300 Phone: 44 208-601-7200 Phone: (65) 6379 6700 Phone (81) (3) 3767-7011 Phone: (52) 3 666-2501 Phone: (61) 3-9794 9020
WW-RKSP04
WORLDWIDE SUBSIDIARIES AND SALES OFFICES © PANDUIT Corp. 2003 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Printed in U.S.A. 04/2003
Cable Runway
Connectons & Accessories
Cable Retaining Post
A330
End Cap
(Item #1430)
.38
1.50
1.19 2.00 .25 TYP
2.37
7.00 8.00
.50
Bracket .25
Material: Steel
Finish: Black (BK)(standard). Post
All fasteners are steel with zinc-plate finish.
Package includes (1) post, (1) bracket, (1) end cap (item 1430),
(1) 3/8 x 1 Hex Head bolt, nut and Lock washer
Available in 4", 6" & 8" heights

Legrand
"Copyright LNA, Inc. Drawings are proprietary 8319 State Rt. 4
and may not be copied or otherwise duplicated Mascoutah, IL 62258 USA
or used without express written permission." 800-658-4641
618-566-3250
Fax618-566-4978
CABCS1209 www.legrand.us/cablofil
Cable Runway
Straight Sections
Solid Side Rail
8106/8206
9.00
TYP
1.00
TYP
116.50 WIDTH
1.50
or .38
Material: Steel 2.00
Finish: Black(BK) (standard),

Yellow zinc*dichromate(YZ), and light grey(GY) (optional)
Legrand
"Copyright LNA, Inc. Drawings are proprietary 8319 State Rt. 4
and may not be copied or otherwise duplicated Mascoutah, IL 62258 USA
or used without express written permission." 800*658*4641
618*566*3250
Fax618*566*4978
CABCS1207 www.legrand.us/cablofil
CF 105 CABLOFIL CABLE TRAY
ISOMETRIC
TOP
FRONT SIDE
100mm
3.94"
106mm
4.18"
50mm 3000mm
118.2"
x Tray designed per NEMA VE-1,
1.97"
A
CSA C22.2 No. 126
x CF has top wave wire (shown)
x ZF has straight top wire
A
Material Finish
in mm lb
ZF* & CF105 100 3.937 100 9.0 Carbon Steel ASTM Electroplated Zinc,
EZ
ZF* & CF105 150 5.904 150 10.2 * Top Wire Is Straight Type A510 Grade 1008 ASTM B633
ZF* & CF105 200 7.872 200 13.4 GC Carbon Steel ASTM Hot-Dip Galvanized
ZF* & CF105 300 11.81 300 21.2 A510 Grade 1008 ASTM A123
ZF* & CF105 400 15.75 400 22.8 BL Carbon Steel ASTM Black Painted
A510 Grade 1008 ASTM D 3451
ZF* & CF105 450 17.71 450 25.9
PE Carbon Steel ASTM Custom Painted
ZF* & CF105 500 19.68 500 27.5 A510 Grade 1008 ASTM D 3451
ZF* & CF105 550 21.65 550 29.0
304L AISI TYPE 304L Passivated ASTM A
ZF* & CF105 600 23.62 600 30.4 BL PE 316L 380
ZF105 750* 29.53 750 35.5 316L AISI TYPE 316L Passivated ASTM A
ZF105 900* 35.43 900 38.9 EZ GC 304L 380
SPECIFICATION Design Number:
VersaLAN INDOOR/OUTDOOR
®
LT55553
4 PAIR #23 AWG UTP CAT 6
DESCRIPTION
THE CABLE IS SUITABLE FOR USE IN BUILDINGS IN WET
LOCATIONS AND SUITABLE FOR USE OUTDOOR IN DUCT AND FOR Jacket
AERIAL LASHING. IT IS FULLY WATER BLOCKED AND HAS A
SUNLIGHT RESISTANT JACKET. IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR DIRECT
BURIAL. PRINT INCLUDES DESCENDING FOOTAGE MARKERS FROM Insulation
1000 TO 0 ON EACH 1000 FT REEL. SEE BELDEN.COM/P FOR
ANY/ALL APPLICABLE PATENT DETAILS. Conductor
THE CABLE IS NEC RATED FOR GENERAL PURPOSE
COMMUNICATIONS USE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARTICLE 800 OF Flooded
THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NEC). THE CABLE IS UL (USA)
& Cul (CANADA) LISTED FOR THIS APPLICATION BY PASSING UL Core
1581 VERTICAL TRAY FLAME TEST.
FlexWeb
SUPPORTED APPLICATIONS
IEEE 802.3 10BASE-T (ETHERNET), 100BASE-T (FAST
ETHERNET), AND 1000BASE-T (GIGABIT ETHERNET), IEEE 802.3af
POWER OVER ETHERNET FOR VoIP, ANSI.X3.263 FDDI TP-PMD, TABLE 1
IEEE 802.5 4 AND 16 Mbps TOKEN RING, ATM UP TO 155 Mbps, 550
MHz BROADBAND VIDEO AND STANDARDS UNDER DEVELOPMENT PAIR PAIR
SUCH AS ATM AT 622 Mbps, 1.2 & 2.4 Gbps. NUMBER COLOR CODE
1 WHITE-BLUE BLUE
2 WHITE-ORANGE ORANGE
CONSTRUCTION 3 WHITE-GREEN GREEN
PRIMARIES: CONDUCTOR: 23 AWG (.6 mm) SOLID BARE COPPER 4 WHITE-BROWN BROWN
INSULATION: THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN
PAIR
ASSEMBLY: 2 PRIMARIES TWISTED IN VARIED LAYS PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS
COLOR CODE: SEE TABLE 1 (WHITE CONDS HAVE INTEGRAL CABLE WEIGHT w/REEL: 43 lbs/1000ft (64 kg/km)
STRIPE TO MATCH THEIR MATE)
CABLE BEND RADIUS: 2.75” (70 mm) MIN (10 x CABLE OD)
ASSEMBLY: 4 PAIRS CABLED TOGETHER WITH A PULLING TENSION: 25 lbf (110 N) MAX
FLEXWEB® CORE SEPARATOR
OPERATING TEMP.: -40°C to +60°C (-40°F to +140°F)
JACKET: MATERIAL: UV-RESISTANT FR POLYOLEFIN
NOMINAL WALL: .040” (1.02 mm) STORAGE TEMP.: -40°C to +75°C (-40°F to +167°F)
NOMINAL DIAMETER: .275 (6.99 mm)
COLOR: SEE TABLE 2 ∗INSTALLATION TEMP.: -20°C to +60°C (-4°F to +140°F)
NOTE: CABLE FLOODED FOR MOISTURE PROTECTION ∗ THE INSTALLATION TEMPERATURE REFERS TO THE
TEMPERATURE OF THE CABLE WHILE BEING
LISTINGS: C(UL)US OR C(ETL)US TYPE CM-LS
INSTALLED OR PULLED.
ABS APPROVED
TABLE 2
PART DESIGN JACKET FLAME, SMOKE, ZERO HAL. CHARACTERISTICS
NUMBER NUMBER COLOR
M58772 LT55553 BLACK FLAME TESTS: UL 1685 VERTICAL TRAY, IEEE 383
M59010 LT57442 GREEN IEC 60332-1-2, 1-3, UL VW-1, CSA FT1
M59092 LT57686 WHITE LIMITED SMOKE: -LS PER UL 1685
M59093 LT57687 IVORY
M59094 LT57688 GRAY SMOKE DENSITY: IEC 61034-1 & -2
M59131 LT57850 RED
COMBUSTION GASSES: IEC 60754-1 & -2
M59132 LT57852 BLUE
MOHAWK
Rev Description Date Init.
O ADD RED OPTION TO TABLE 2 04/03/14 JS
P ADD BLUE OPTION TO TABLE 2 04/16/14 JS
Cabling Excellence for Open Architecture
Q ADJUST TABLE 3 06/24/14 JS
324 Clark Street Worcester, MA 01606 USA
R UPDATE DESC WITH SQ FT MKS 06/24/16 JS
(978) 537-9961 Fax: (978) 537-4358
(800) 422-9961 www.mohawk-cable.com Date: 01/12/07 Page 1 of 2 Part Number:
This document is the property of Mohawk. The information
contained herein is considered proprietary and not to be
reproduced by any means without written consent of Mohawk.
Orig: Review: M58772
Mohawk reserves the right to change any specification in the interest of product enhancement.
This cable complies with the EU-RoHS directive 2002/95/EC (restrictions on hazardous substances) regulations.
SPECIFICATION Design Number:
®
VersaLAN INDOOR/OUTDOOR LT55553
4 PAIR #23 AWG UTP CAT 6
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (REF TABLE 3) .20
INSERTION LOSS: 1.808 f + .017f + dB/100m MAX
STANDARDS: MEETS ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 CAT 6, f
ICEA S-90-661-1997 CAT 6 &
NEAR END
ISO/IEC 11801:2002 CAT 6
CROSSTALK (NEXT): 44.3 - 15 log10(f /100) dB/100m MIN
HORIZONTAL CABLE
POWER SUM NEAR END
CONDUCTOR DCR: 9.38 Ω/100m (28.6 Ω/Mft) MAX
CROSSTALK (PS-NEXT): 42.3 - 15 log10(f /100) dB/100m MIN
DCR UNBALANCE: 5% MAX
EQUAL LEVEL FAR END
MUTUAL CROSSTALK (ELFEXT): 27.8 - 20 log10(f /100) dB/100m MIN
CAPACITANCE: 46 pF/m NOM
POWER SUM EQUAL LEVEL FAR END
CAPACITANCE UNBALANCE CROSSTALK (PS-ELFEXT): 24.8 - 20 log10(f /100) dB/100m MIN
PAIR/GROUND: 66 pF/100m MAX
PROPAGATION DELAY: 534 + 36 / √f ns/100m MAX
CHARACTERISTIC
IMPEDANCE: 100 Ω ± 15% (1-250 MHz) DELTA DELAY (SKEW): 45 ns/100m MAX
INPUT 100 Ω ± 15% (1-100 MHz) NOMINAL VELOCITY
IMPEDANCE: 100 Ω ± 20% (>100-200 MHz) OF PROPAGATION (NVP): 65%
100 Ω ± 25% (>200 MHz)
WHERE f = FREQUENCY IN MHz from .772 to 250 MHz.
RETURN LOSS (RL): 20 + 5 log10(f ) dB MIN (1-10 MHz)
25 dB MIN (>10-20 MHz)
25 - 7 log10(f /20) dB MIN (>20 MHz)
TABLE 3
REFERENCE ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

FREQ INSERTION LOSS NEXT ACR PS-NEXT PS-ACR ELFEXT PS-ELFEXT RL
(MHz) (dB/100m) (dB/100m) (dB/100m) (dB/100m) (dB/100m) (dB/100m) (dB/100m) (dB)
avg max avg min min avg min min min min min
.772 1.7 1.8 82 76.0 74.2 77 74.0 72.2 − − −
1.0 1.9 2.0 80 74.3 72.3 75 72.3 70.3 67.8 64.8 20.0
4.0 3.6 3.8 71 65.3 61.5 66 63.3 59.5 55.8 52.8 23.0
8.0 5.1 5.3 67 60.8 55.5 62 58.8 53.5 49.7 46.7 24.5
10.0 5.7 6.0 65 59.3 53.3 60 57.3 51.3 47.8 44.8 25.0
16.0 7.3 7.6 62 56.2 48.6 57 54.2 46.6 43.7 40.7 25.0
20.0 8.1 8.5 61 54.8 46.3 56 52.8 44.3 41.8 38.8 25.0
25.0 9.1 9.5 59 53.3 43.8 54 51.3 41.8 39.8 36.8 24.3
31.25 10.2 10.7 58 51.9 41.2 53 49.9 39.2 37.9 34.9 23.6
62.5 14.8 15.4 53 47.4 32.0 48 45.4 30.0 31.9 28.9 21.5
100.0 19.0 19.8 50 44.3 24.5 45 42.3 22.5 27.8 24.8 20.1
155.0 24.2 25.2 47 41.4 16.3 42 39.4 14.3 24.0 21.0 18.8
200.0 27.8 29.0 46 39.8 10.8 41 37.8 8.8 21.8 18.8 18.0
250.0 31.5 32.8 44 38.3 5.5 39 36.3 3.5 19.8 16.8 17.3
300.0 35.0 36.4 43 37.1 0.7 38 35.1 -- 18.3 15.3 16.8
350.0 38.2 39.8 42 36.1 -- 37 34.1 -- 16.9 13.9 16.3
400.0 41.3 43.0 41 35.3 -- 36 33.3 -- 15.8 12.8 15.9
500.0 47.0 48.9 40 33.8 -- 35 31.8 -- 13.8 10.8 15.2
550.0 49.7 51.8 39 33.2 -- 34 31.2 -- -- -- 14.9
SWEEP TESTED TO 550 MHz; VALUES ABOVE 250 MHz ARE FOR ENGINEERING INFORMATION ONLY.
MOHAWK
Rev Description Date Init.
O ADD RED OPTION TO TABLE 2 04/03/14 JS
P ADD BLUE OPTION TO TABLE 2 04/16/14 JS
Cabling Excellence for Open Architecture
Q ADJUST TABLE 3 06/24/14 JS
324 Clark Street Worcester, MA 01606 USA
R UPDATE DESC WITH SQ FT MKS 06/24/16 JS
(978) 537-9961 Fax: (978) 537-4358
(800) 422-9961 www.mohawk-cable.com Date: 01/12/07 Page 2 of 2 Part Number:
This document is the property of Mohawk. The information
contained herein is considered proprietary and not to be
reproduced by any means without written consent of Mohawk.
Orig: Review: M58772
Mohawk reserves the right to change any specification in the interest of product enhancement.
This cable complies with the EU-RoHS directive 2002/95/EC (restrictions on hazardous substances) regulations.
GenSPEED® Category 6A Cables Datacom
GenSPEED 10 MTP™ Category 6A Cable

®
An Unshielded 6A Cable That Performs Like a Shielded Cable
Features and Benefits

■ 10 MTP ™ unshielded-twisted pair (UTP)
design performs like a shielded or foiled-

twisted pair (STP/FTP) cable, providing
industry-leading protection from external
cable noise sources, also known as alien
crosstalk (PSANEXT and PSAACRF) CONSTRUCTION
■ Mosaic Crossblock™ is a thin tape made
Conductors Separator
up of individual metallic blocks separated • Cross-Web
• 23 AWG solid bare annealed copper
by an insulating layer. Since there is no
metal-to-metal contact, there is no path Insulation Jacket
• Non-Plenum: Polyolefin • Non-Plenum: Flame-Retardant PVC
for current to flow longitudinally, and
• Plenum: Fluoropolymer • Plenum: Low-Smoke,
thus, no need for grounding Flame-Retardant PVC
■ The Internal Separator optimizes internal Color Code
• Pair 1: Blue-White
pair geometry to yield superior electrical
• Pair 2: Orange-White
performance and maintain flexibility. This • Pair 3: Green-White
unique cross-web stabilizes each pair to • Pair 4: Brown-White
create a smaller, round cable profile
■ TRU-Mark ® print legend contains footage
markings from 1000’ to 0’ PHYSICAL DATA

■ Made in U.S.A.
CMR (Non-Plenum) CMP (Plenum)
Applications Nominal Cable Diameter (in) 0.305 0.292

■ IEEE 802.3: 10G BASE-T, 1000 BASE-T, Nominal Cable Weight (lbs/1000 ft) 40 49
100 BASE-TX, 10 BASE-T, PoE, PoE+ Minimum Bend Radius (in) 1.25 1.25
■ ANSI/TIA 854: 1000 BASE-TX Maximum Pulling Force (lbs) 40 40
■ Digital Video Temperature Rating (˚C)
■ Broadband and Baseband Analog Video Installation: 0 to +60 0 to +60
■ CDDI, Token Ring, ATM Operation: -20 to +75 -20 to +75
Standard Compliances
■ ANSI/TIA 568-C.2 PART NUMBERS
■ NEC/CEC Type CMR (UL 1666) Standard packaging: 1000' Spool
for Non-Plenum Spool
■ NEC/CEC Type CMP (NFPA 262) for Plenum
Jacket Color CMR (Non-Plenum) CMP (Plenum)
■ UL 444
Blue 7133849 7131849
■ RoHS Compliant Directive 2011/65/EU
White 7133850 7131850
■ ANSI/TIA 862 (Building Automation)
Yellow 7133852 7131852
■ ICEA S-116-732
Gray 7133851 7131851
■ ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0 (Class E )
A
Red 7133854 7131854
Orange 7133856 7131856
®
Green 7133853 7131853
TIA 568-C.2
Black 7133858 7131858
Pink 7133857 7131857
Purple 7133855 7131855
featuring
Data subject to change without notice.
3
Datacom GenSPEED® Category 6A Cables
ELECTRICAL PERFORMANCE
Insertion
Frequency PSACR* ACR* Loss PSNEXT NEXT PSACRF ACRF Return Loss TCL PSANEXT PSAACRF
MHz (min) (min) (min) (min) (min) (min) (min) (min) (min) (min) (min)
General General TIA TIA TIA TIA TIA TIA TIA TIA General Cable General Cable TIA General Cable General Cable
Cable Cable
Guaranteed Guaranteed 568-C.2 568-C.2 568-C.2 568-C.2 568-C.2 568-C.2 568-C.2 568-C.2 Guaranteed Typical 568-C.2 Guaranteed Typical
1 70.2 72.2 2.1 72.3 74.3 64.8 67.8 20.0 40.0 67.0 73.0 79.0 67.0 73.0 79.0
4 59.5 61.5 3.8 63.3 65.3 52.8 55.8 23.0 40.0 67.0 73.0 79.0 66.2 72.2 78.2
10 51.4 53.4 5.9 57.3 59.3 44.8 47.8 25.0 40.0 67.0 73.0 79.0 58.2 64.2 70.2
16 46.8 48.8 7.5 54.2 56.2 40.7 43.7 25.0 38.0 67.0 73.0 79.0 54.1 60.1 66.1
20 44.4 46.4 8.4 52.8 54.8 38.8 41.8 25.0 37.0 67.0 73.0 79.0 52.2 58.2 64.2
31.25 39.4 41.4 10.5 49.9 51.9 34.9 37.9 23.6 35.1 67.0 73.0 79.0 48.3 54.3 60.3
62.5 30.4 32.4 15.0 45.4 47.4 28.9 31.9 21.5 32.0 65.6 71.6 77.6 42.3 48.3 54.3
100 23.2 25.2 19.1 42.3 44.3 24.8 27.8 20.1 30.0 62.5 68.5 74.5 38.2 44.2 50.2
150 16.0 18.0 23.7 39.7 41.7 21.3 24.3 18.9 28.2 59.9 65.9 71.9 34.7 40.7 46.7
200 10.2 12.2 27.6 37.8 39.8 18.8 21.8 18.0 27.0 58.0 64.0 70.0 32.2 38.2 44.2
250 5.2 7.2 31.1 36.3 38.3 16.8 19.8 17.3 26.0 56.5 62.5 68.5 30.2 36.2 42.2
300 0.9 2.9 34.3 35.1 37.1 15.3 18.3 16.8 25.2 55.3 61.3 67.3 28.7 34.7 40.7
400 — — 40.1 33.3 35.3 12.8 15.8 15.9 24.0 53.5 59.5 65.5 26.2 32.2 38.2
500 — — 45.3 31.8 33.8 10.8 13.8 15.2 23.0 52.0 58.0 64.0 24.2 30.2 36.2
Note: Values are expressed in dB per 100 m (328 ft.) length @ 20˚C.
*PSACR & ACR not specified in ANSI/TIA 568-C.2
TYPICAL GenSPEED ® 10 MTP™ CATEGORY 6A ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

CROSS-SECTION Max. Nom.
DC Resistance
OUTER JACKET 9.38 7.00
Ohms/100 m (328 ft) @ 20˚C
MOSAIC CROSSBLOCK™ DC Resistance Unbalanced
4.00 <1
Individual Pair %
23 AWG CONDUCTOR
Delay Skew
45 35
SEPARATOR ns/100 m
Nom. Velocity of Propagation
OVERALL WRAP 70
% Speed of Light
INSULATION Characteristic Impedance Ohms
Frequency (f): 1-500 MHz 100 ± 15
4 PAIR CABLES: PSANEXT PSAACRF

Bundles of 7 Test Results Pair 45 Pair 12 Pair 36 Pair 78 Specification Pair 45 Pair 12 Pair 36 Pair 78 Specification
Six-around-one -20 -20
configuration
-30 -30
-40 -40
(dB)
(dB)
-50 -50
-60 -60
-70 -70
-80 -80
-90 -90
disturbed cable 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
Frequency (MHz) Frequency (MHz)
4
3M
Volition TM
Fibre Optic Indoor/Outdoor Cable
Tough enough to take it. Easy to handle.
The Volition™ Network Solutions Indoor/Outdoor Fibre Optic Cable
from 3M includes horizontal and backbone cable with either
50/125µm multimode, 62,5/125µm multimode or 9/125µm single
mode Fibre as part of the system.
The primary application of the cable is for indoor and outdoor instal-
lation into cable trays or ducts as LAN cabling. All cable jackets are
LSZH (Low Smoke Zero Halogen) rated to fulfil the safety require-
ments for internal cabling. All cable variants have good resistance
against water. The cable core is water blocked using a combination
of swellable tape and gel filling inside the tubes. All cables can be
installed where there is a risk of having water filled ducts.
Each category of Volition Indoor/Outdoor Cable is available in fibre

counts ranging from 2-144 fibres. Additional construction variations
are also available on request.
3M Fibre Specification for Indoor/Outdoor Cable

50/125 µm Multimode Attenuation: Bandwidth: Index of Refraction
,.:; 2,7 dB/km@ 850 nm > 500 MHz-km@ 850 nm 1,482
,.:; 0,8 dB/km @1300 km > 800 MHz-km @1300 nm 1,477
62,5/125 µm Multimode Attenuation: Bandwidth: Index of Refraction
,.:; 3,2 dB/km@ 850 nm > 200 MHz-km @850 nm 1,496
,.:; 1,0 dB/km @1300 nm > 600 MHz-km@ 1300 nm 1,491
9/125 µm Single mode Attenuation: Cut-off Wavelength Index of Refraction
,,; 0,40 dB/km @131 O nm upper limit 1 330 nm 1.467
,.;0,25 dB/km @1550 nm lower limit 1180 nm 1.467
Features Benefits
• Small cable diameter Minimizes weight and eases cable installation
Minimizes number and size of conduits
Provides maximum number of cables per conduit
• Produced to industry specifications Ensures system compatibility and interoperability
• Colour-coded Fibres Fast and accurate fibre identification
• Low friction jacket on backbone cables Easy installation by direct laying or pulling
• Available in multimode or singlemode options Complete range of cables
• Designs incorporating glass yarn Light rodent protection
Full rodent protection
Designs incorporating steel armouring

Specifications
Indoor/Outdoor Fibre Cable with aramid yarn for tensile strength
Cable construction fully dielectric for immunity against lightning Ordering Information:
All tubes containing fibres are gel Filled For protection against water 1. Cable can be ordered in lengths between 500m and 2km in
The cable core is protected against water ingress by a swellable increments of 500m.
tape 2. Minimum order quantity for cables with less than 12 Fibres is 1km.
UV stabilised sheath makes the cable suited For outdoor use 3. The colour of multimode cable sheath is blue. Single mode cable
Fibres are colour coded For fast installation and organisation sheath is green.
Operation temperature For 2-24 fibre cables: 4. One loose tube contains 12 Fibres.
-30°C to 60°C; maximum attenuation variation is 0,5 dB/km (up to
the max . specified value)
Operation temperature For 48 to 144 fibre cables:
-40°C to 60°C; maximum attenuation variation is: 0,1 dB/km (up
to the max. specified value)
Meets IEC 60332-1 .
Cable Construction 2-24 fibres Cable Construction 48 -144 fibres

VOL-10 A52/A54/A56/A58/A512/A524 VOL-10 A548/A572/A596/A5144
VOL-10 A648/A672/A696/A6144
:• ••
=~
VOL-10 A62/A64/A66/A68/A612/A624
VOL-10 A92/A94/A96/A98/A912/A924 VOL-10 A948/A972/A996/A9144
·~"
~Optical fibres
Central Uni tube 0 2,5 mm FRP strength member
Swellable tape 0 2,3 mm loose tubes
Strength member Swellable wrapping tape
1.1 mm LSZH sheath 1,5 mm LSZH sheath
Ordering Information Ref.-No.
Bend radius Outer dia. Weight Max. short Fire loading

(mm) (mm) (kg/km) term load (N) (MJ/m)
Multimode Cable 50/125J.1m OM2 OM3

2 fibre Unitube, gel filled w/aramid yarn LSZH 100 7 30 1000 1.3 VOL-IOA52 VOL-IOA52MC
4 fibre Unitube, gel filled w/aramid yarn LSZH 100 7 30 1000 1,3 VOL-IOA54 VOL-IOA54MC
48 fibre Loose tube, gel filled w/ FRP 0 LSZH 210 10,5 90 1800 2.3 VOL-IOA548 VOL-IOA548MC
72 fibre Loose tube, gel filled w/ FRP 0 LSZH 210 10,5 90 1800 2,2 VOL-IOA572 VOL-IOA572MC
96 fibre Loose tube, gel filled w/ FRP 0 LSZH 240 12 150 1800 2,9 VOL-IOA596 VOL-IOA596MC
144 fibre Loose tube, gel filled w/ FRP 0 LSZH 300 15 220 1800 4,7 VOL-IOA5144 VOL-IOA5144MC
Multimode Cable 62,5/125J.1m OM1

2 fibre Unitube, gel filled w/ aramid yarn LSZH 100 7 30 1000 1,3 VOL-IOA62
48 fibre Loose tube, gel filled w/ FRP 0 LSZH 210 10,5 90 1800 2,3 VOL-IOA648
96 fibre Loose tube, gel filled w/ FRP 0 LSZH 240 12 150 1800 2,9 VOL-IOA696
Single mode Cable 9/125J.1m

144 fibre Loose tube, gel filled w/ FRP0 LSZH 300 15 220 1800 4,7 VOL-IOA9144
• Cables with 48 to 144 fibres have a non-metallic central strength member.

Specifications
Indoor/Outdoor Fibre Cable with glass yarn for tensile strength and rodent
protection
Glass yarn acts as rodent protection. effective in most cases Ordering Information:
Cable construction fully dielectric for immunity against lightning 1. Cable can be ordered in lengths between 500m and 2km in
• All tubes containing fibres are gel filled for protection against water increments of 500m.
The cable core is protected against water ingress by a swellable 2. Minimum order quantity for cables with less than 12 fibres is 1 km
tape 3. The colour of multimode cable sheath is blue. Single mode cable
UV stabilised sheath makes the cable suited for outdoor use sheath is green.
Fibres are colour coded for fast installation and organisation 4. One loose tube contains 12 Fibres.
Operation temperature for all fibre cables:
-40°C to 60°C; maximum attenuation variation is 0, 1 dB/km
(up to the max. specified value)
Meets IEC 60332-1.
Cable Construction 2-24 fibres

VOL-10 G52/G54//G56/G58/G512/G524
VOL-10 G62/G64/G66/G68/G612/G624
VOL-10 G92/G94/G96/G98/G912/G924
Bend radius Outerdia. Weight Max. short Fire loading

Multimode Cable 50/1251Jm OM2 OM3

2 fibre Unitube, gel filled w/ glass yarn LSZH 100 11 140 3000 2,0 VOL-IOG52 VOL-IOG52MC
48 fibre Loose tube, gel filled w/ FRP' LSZH and glass yarn 300 13,5 230 8000 2,8 VOL-IOG548 VOL-IOG548MC
72 fibre Loose tube, gel filled w/ FRP' LSZH and glass yarn 300 13,5 230 8000 2,7 VOL-IOG572 VOL-IOG572MC
96 fibre Loose tube, gel filled w/ FRP' LSZH and glass yarn 330 15 235 8000 3,9 VOL-IOG596 VOL-IOG596MC
144 fibre Loose tube,gel filled w/ FRP' LSZH and glass yarn 400 18 320 8000 5,8 VOL-IOG5144 VOL-IOG5144MC
Multimode Cable 62,5/1251Jm OM1

2 fibre Unitube, gel filled w/ glass yarn LSZH 100 11 140 3000 2,0 VOL-IOG62
48 fibre Loose tube, gel filled w/ FRP" LSZH and glass yarn 300 13,5 230 8000 2.8 VOL-IOG648
96 fibre Loose tube, gel filled w/ FRP' LSZH and glass yarn 330 15 235 8000 3,9 VOL-IOG696
144 fibre Loose tube, gel filled w/ FRP' LSZH and glass yarn400 18 320 8000 5.8 VOL-IOG6144
Single mode Cable 9/1251Jm

2 fibre Unitube, gel filled w/ glass yarn LSZH 100 11 140 2000 2.0 VOL-IOG92
72 fibre Loose tube, gel filled w/ FRP' LSZH and glass yarn 300 13,5 230 8000 2,7 VOL-IOG972
96 fibre Loose tube, gel filled w/ FRP' LSZH and glass yarn 330 15 235 8000 3.9 VOL-IOG996
72 fibre Loose tube, gel filled w/ FRP" LSZH and glass yarn 400 18 320 8000 5.8 VOL-IOG9144

Specifications
Indoor/Outdoor Fibre Cable with corrugated steel tape armouring for rodent
protection
Corrugated steel tape armouring for added robustness and safe Ordering Information:
rodent protection in harsh environments 1. Cable can be ordered in lengths between 500m and 2km in
For direct burial under difficult laying conditions (48 to 144 fibre increments of 500m.
cables) 2. Minimum order quantity for cables with less than 12 fibres is 1km.
All tubes containing fibres are gel filled for protection against water 3. The colour of multimode cable sheath is blue. Single mode cable
The cable core is protected against water ingress by a swellable sheath is green.
tape 4. One loose tube contains 12 fibres.
UV stabilised sheath makes the cable suited for outdoor use
• Fibres are colour coded for fast installation and organisation
Operation temperature for all fibre cables:
-40'C to 60'C; maximum attenuation variation is 0, 1 dB/km (up to
the max. specified value)
Meets IEC 60332-1.
Cable Construction 2-24 fibres Cable Construction 48 -144 fibres

VOL-10 S52/S54/S56/S58/S512/S524 VOL-10 S548/S572/S596/S5144
0 2.5 mm FRP slrength member

- 0 2.3 mm loose tubes
......::_: ~~e~a~ltSf:f~~~~t~pe
---.. Corrugated steel as rodent protection
1.5 mm LSZH sheath
0, 155 mm corrugated steel tape

Multimode Cable 50/125µm OM2 OM3
2 fibre Unitube, gel filled w/aramid yarn and

corrugated steel L5ZH 55 8,5 75 1000 1,7 VOL-10552 VOL-10552MC
corrugated steel L5ZH 55 8,5 75 1000 1.7 VOL-10558 VOL-10558MC
48 fibre Loose tube, gel filled w/ FRP' and
corrugated steel L5ZH 450 22,5 560 300 8,9 VOL-I055144 VOL-1055144MC

Multimode Cable 62,5/125µm OM1
2 fibre Unitube, gel filled w/ aramid yarn and

corrugated steel L5ZH 55 8,5 75 1000 1,7 VOL-10562
48 fibre Loose tube, gel filled w/ FRP* and
5inglemode Cable 9/125µm


Specifications
3M Fibre Performance for Ethernet Applications
Optical Fibre Specification Core diameter Overfilled Launch Bandwidth Effective Laser Launch Bandwidth
(µm) (LED) MHz x km MHz x km
850nm 1300nm 850nm
OM1 62,5 200 600 Not Specified

OM2 50,0 500 800 Not Specified
OM3 50,0 1500 500 2000
Optical Fibre Specification Fast Ethernet Gigabit Ethernet 10 Gigabit Ethernet

Link Distance (m) 100 Base Link Distance (m) 1000 Base Link Distance (m) 10 Gbase-SR
850nm 1300nm 850nm 1300nm 850nm
LED (SX) LED (LX) Laser (SX) Laser (LX) Serial laser (SR)
OM1 300 2000 275 550 33

OM2 300 2000 550 550 82
OM3 300 2000 550 550 300
Colour coding of the fibres
Fibre number Fibre colour

Fibre number Fibre colour
Red
13 Yellow + marker
2 Green
14 White + marker
3 Blue
15 Grey + marker
3 Yellow
16 Turquoise + marker
5 White
17 Orange + marker
6 Grey
18 Pink + marker
7 Brown
8 VluleL 19 Yellow + marker'
20 White + marker'
9 Turquoise
21 Grey + marker'
10 Black
22 Turquoise + marker'
11 Orange
23 Orange + marker'
12 Pink
24 Pink + marker'
Where marker is spaced at 70mm intervals and

marker' is spaced at 35mm intervals.
3M and Volition are trademarks of 3M. Quante is a trademark of Quante AG.

lmponant Notice
3M does not accept reponsibility or liability, direct or consequential arising from reliance upon If any goods supplied or process ed by or on behalf of 3M prove on inspection to be defec-
any information provided and the user should determine the suitability of the products for their tive in material or workmanship, 3M will (at its option) replace the same or refund to the Buyer
intended use. Nothing in this statement will be deemed to exclude or restrict 3M·s liability for the price of the goods or services Except as set out above, all warranties and conditions,
death or personal injury arising from its negligence All questions of liability relating to 3M pro- whether express or implied, statutory or otherwise are excluded to the fullest extent permissi-
ducts are governed by the selle(s terms of sale subject where applicable to the prevailing law ble at law
3M Telecommunications
Europe, Middle East & North Africa Tel.: ++49 (0)2131 I 14-5999
c/o Quante AG Fax: ++49 (0)2131I14-5998
Carl-Schurz-StraBe 1 · 41453 Neuss ·Germany Internet: www.3MTelecommunications.com
FLOOR BOXES
choice, flexibility &
easy installation
Raised access floor boxes and slab

boxes offer complete versatility.
Floor boxes are available pre-wired with powertrack

tap-off, or supplied empty (unassembled), with a
choice of single or separate compartment bases and
three depth options. With a vast selection of power
and data plates available, boxes can be tailored to the
specific requirements of each office installation.
24
Available in 2, 3 and 4 n Available pre-wired with tap-off or supplied
unassembled
compartments and with
A vast selection of power and data plates,
a choice of three depths,
n
including RCD options

Electrak floor boxes have n Single or separate compartment bases for ease of
been developed with a data cabling
host of special features: n Rapid installation and fast ratchet mechanism
which adjusts to floor finish thickness
1 2
4
5
6 7 8
Rapid fit /remove mechanism adjusts for Rapid fit push lock secures base in floor aperture
flooring thickness Available pre-wired with tap-off
Quick-fit, reversible lid for rapid installation Three depth options: 75mm, 85mm, 110mm
Durable ABS trim and lid surround Single or separate compartment bases
Various RCD protection options available
25
access floor service outlet and slab mounted floor boxes
empty boxes and accessory plates
2 compartment 3 compartment 4 compartment
To configure boxes as required, select :

1. Box depth
230
230
230
2. Number of compartments required
mm
3. Desired accessory plates
mm
mm
mm mm mm
290 366 366
100 mm 100 mm 75 mm
Empty boxes Example width plates width plates
width plates
Single base – 75 mm depth CR2001 CR011 CR4001
Single base – 85 mm depth (standard box) CR2002 CR012 CR4002
Single base – 110 mm depth CR2003 CR013 CR4003
Separate compartment base – 75 mm depth CR2004 CR014 CR4004
Slab boxes 1 compartment 2 compartment 3 compartment 4 compartment
Fix directly onto floor slab (supplied empty) CR5102 CR5202 CR5302 CR5402
Accessory plates For 1, 2 and 3 compartment boxes For 4 compartment boxes
Blank plate CR020 CR4100
2 gang switched socket outlet CR022 CR4101
2 gang switched socket outlet,

CR023 CR4102
low noise / clean earth
2 gang non-standard switched socket outlet CR027 CR4103
2 gang unswitched socket outlet CR029 CR4104
3 gang unswitched socket outlet CR030 CR4105
3 gang unswitched socket outlet, CR044 CR4118

2 gang RCD socket outlet CR036 CR4111
2 gang RCD socket outlet, CR043 CR4117

Punched plate for 2 x 1 gang accessories CR026 –
(60·3 mm fixing centres)
Punched plate for 2 gang accessories CR028 –
Angled punched plate for 4 x RJ45 sockets CR042 CR4115

(37 mm x 22 mm cut-outs)
2 x LJ2 accessory plate (50 mm fixing centres) CR031 CR4106
4 x BNC connector plate CR033 CR4108
4 x Data / telecoms plate CR024 CR4112

6 x Data / telecoms plate CR025 CR4113
26
access floor pre-wired service outlet boxes
and accessory plates
Pre-wired service outlet boxes with Electrak tap-offs

1. Select powertrack tap-off and desired configuration
2. Select additional accessory plates (if required)
Includes 1 x twin Includes 2 x twin Includes 1 x 2 gang Includes 2 x 2 gang

3 compartment switched socket outlet switched socket outlet RCD socket outlet RCD socket outlet
Electrak 24 - standard tap-off
DP1332 - 3 m CR100 CR102 CR100R CR102R
DP1532 - 5 m CR101 CR103 CR101R CR103R

Electrak 25 - low noise /
clean earth tap-off
230
JP2332 - 3 m CR110 CR112 CR110R CR112R

mm
mm
366 JP2532 - 5 m CR111 CR113 CR111R CR113R
Electrak 28 - auxiliary earth tap-off
YP5332 - 3 m CR104 CR106 CR104R CR106R
YP5532 - 5 m CR105 CR107 CR105R CR107R
Additional plates for 3 compartment boxes
2 x LJ2 accessory plate

Blank plate CR020 CR031
(50 mm fixing centres)
Punched plate for 2 x 1 gang accessories

CR026 4 x BNC connector plate CR033
Punched plate for 2 gang accessories 4 x Data / telecoms plate

CR028 CR024
(120·6 mm fixing centres) (37 mm x 22 mm cut-outs)
Angled punched plate for 4 x 6 x Data / telecoms plate

CR042 (37 mm x 22 mm cut-outs) CR025
RJ45 sockets (37 mm x 22 mm cut-outs)
Modular RCD
Includes 1 x twin Includes 2 x twin protecting 2 x twin
Includes 1 x 2 gang Includes 2 x 2 gang
4 compartment switched socket switched socket
RCD socket outlet RCD socket outlet
switched socket
outlet outlet outlets and 1 spare
compartment
Electrak 24 - standard tap-off
DP1332 - 3 m CR120 CR122 CR120R CR122R CR4402
DP1532 - 5 m CR121 CR123 CR121R CR123R CR4403

Electrak 25 - low noise /
clean earth tap-off
JP2332 - 3 m CR130 CR132 CR130R CR132R CR4412

230
mm
JP2532 - 5 m CR131 CR133 CR131R CR133R CR4413

mm
366
Electrak 28 - auxiliary earth tap-off
YP5332 - 3 m CR124 CR126 CR124R CR126R CR4406
YP5532 - 5 m CR125 CR127 CR125R CR127R CR4407
Additional plates for 4 compartment boxes
Blank plate CR4100 4 x BNC connector plate CR4108
Angled punched plate for 4 x 4 x Data / telecoms plate

RJ45 sockets (37 mm x 22 mm cut-outs) CR4115 (37 mm x 22 mm cut-outs) CR4112
2 x LJ2 accessory plate 6 x Data / telecoms plate

(50 mm fixing centres) CR4106 (37 mm x 22 mm cut-outs) CR4113
27
access floor service outlet boxes slab and screed mounted floor boxes
empty boxes empty boxes
CR5302
CR4002
3 compartment slab floor box shown with two twin

switched socket outlets, punched data plate and a
powertrack tap-off
CR5312 Includes grey ABS lid and trim
CR012
Selection charts p. 26 Selection charts p. 26

Dimensions and technical information p. 31 Dimensions and technical information p. 31
Lid and trim mouldings are precision engineered from hard wearing Electrak slab floor boxes are an ideal solution for underfloor power and
durable ABS. Lid is reinforced with a galvanised mild steel plate data requirements
Mounting frame and box base - 0·9 mm thick galvanised steel Used in conjunction with Electrak floor grommets, slab boxes prevent
Each compartment has 2 entries for 20 mm and 2 entries for 25 mm unwanted access to power and data connections
flexible conduits
Grey mouldings. Alternative colours available to special order
Grey plates
2, 3 and 4 compartment boxes are also available with separate individual
compartment base units for convenient offsite pre-wiring
Supplied in parts or fully assembled and configured to customer
specification
Conform to IEC-61534-22
Pack Cat. Nos. 2 compartment floor boxes Pack Cat. Nos. Slab floor boxes
Empty boxes Fixes directly onto floor slab
100 mm compartment widths Fast and efficient installation with integrated fixing
plates
1 CR2001 Single base - 75 mm depth Wide range of power and data accessory plates
1 CR2002 Single base - 85 mm depth (standard box) Manufactured from 0·9 mm thick galvanised steel
1 CR2003 Single base - 110 mm depth Each compartment has 2 entries for 20 mm and
1 CR2004 Separate compartment base - 75 mm depth 2 entries for 25 mm flexible conduits
1 CR2005 Separate compartment base - 85 mm depth 100 mm compartment widths
1 CR2006 Separate compartment base - 110 mm depth Use plates from the 1, 2 and 3 compartment floor
box section p. 26
3 compartment floor boxes 1 CR5102 1 compartment slab floor box
Empty boxes
1 CR5202 2 compartment slab floor box
100 mm compartment widths 1 CR5302 3 compartment slab floor box
1 CR011 Single base - 75 mm depth 75 mm compartment widths
1 CR012 Single base - 85 mm depth (standard box)
1 CR013 Single base - 110 mm depth Use plates from the 4 compartment floor box section
p. 26
1 CR014 Separate compartment base - 75 mm depth
1 CR015 Separate compartment base - 85 mm depth 1 CR5402 4 compartment slab floor box
Screed floor boxes
4 compartment floor boxes 25 mm conduit fed, to suit screed 75 mm
Empty boxes to 90 mm deep
75 mm compartment widths 1 CR5312 3 compartment screed floor box
1 CR4001 Single base - 75 mm depth 1 CR5412 4 compartment screed floor box
1 CR4002 Single base - 85 mm depth (standard box)
1 CR4003 Single base - 110 mm depth
Edge trim boxes, and metal or

lockable lids are available to order
contact us on +44 (0) 345 600 6266
28
access floor service outlet boxes
accessory plates and ancillary items
Selection charts p. 26-27

Dimensions and technical information p. 31
Lid and trim mouldings are precision engineered from hard wearing durable ABS. Lid is reinforced with a galvanised mild steel plate
Mounting frame and box base - 0·9 mm thick galvanised steel
Each compartment has 2 entries for 20 mm and 2 entries for 25 mm flexible conduits
Grey mouldings. Alternative colours available to special order. Grey plates
2, 3 and 4 compartment boxes are also available with separate individual compartment base units for convenient offsite pre-wiring
Supplied in parts or fully assembled and configured to customer specification
Conform to IEC-61534-22
Pack Cat. Nos. 1, 2 and 3 compartment accessory plates Pack Cat. Nos. 4 compartment accessory plates
100 mm width 75 mm compartment widths
1 CR020 Blank plate 1 CR4100 Blank plate
1 CR022 2 gang switched socket outlet 1 CR4101 2 gang switched socket outlet
1 CR023 2 gang switched socket outlet, low noise / clean earth 1 CR4102 2 gang switched socket outlet, low noise / clean earth
1 CR027 2 gang non-standard switched socket outlet 1 CR4103 2 gang non-standard switched socket outlet
1 CR029 2 gang unswitched socket outlet 1 CR4104 2 gang unswitched socket outlet
1 CR030 3 gang unswitched socket outlet 1 CR4105 3 gang unswitched socket outlet
CR044 3 gang unswitched socket outlet, CR4118 3 gang unswitched socket outlet,
low noise / clean earth low noise / clean earth
1 CR036 2 gang RCD socket outlet 1 CR4111 2 gang RCD socket outlet
1 CR043 2 gang RCD socket outlet, low noise / clean earth 1 CR4117 2 gang RCD socket outlet, low noise / clean earth
1 CR026 Punched plate for 2 x 1 gang accessories 1 CR4115 Angled punched plate for 4 x RJ45
(60·3 mm fixing centres) (37 mm x 22 mm cut-outs)
1 CR028 Punched plate for 2 gang accessories 1 CR4106 2 x LJ2 accessory plate (50 mm fixing centres)
(120·6 mm fixing centres) 1 CR4108 4 x BNC connector plate
1 CR042 Angled punched plate for 4 x RJ45 1 CR4112 4 x Data / telecoms plate (37 mm x 22 mm cut-outs)
(37 mm x 22 mm cut-outs) 1 CR4113 6 x Data / telecoms plate (37 mm x 22 mm cut-outs)
1 CR031 2 x LJ2 accessory plate (50 mm fixing centres)
1 CR033 4 x BNC connector plate
Ancillary items for service outlet boxes
1 CR024 4 x Data / telecoms plate (37 mm x 22 mm cut-outs)
1 CR025 6 x Data / telecoms plate (37 mm x 22 mm cut-outs) 1 CR0001 Floor tile cut-out template – 2 compartment
1 CR0003 Floor tile cut-out template – 3 / 4 compartment
10 CR0000 Cable outlet flap
10 CR0010 Cable routers
50 CR0011 Screws for accessory plates
1 CR0012 Pack of 5 keys for use with lockable floor boxes
1 CR0021 Plastic lid and trim for 2 compartment floor box
1 CR0022 Plastic lid and trim for 3 / 4 compartment floor box
1 CR0023 Lockable lid assembly for 2 compartment floor box
1 CR0024 Lockable lid assembly for 3 / 4 compartment floor box
1 CR0005 Mounting frame for vinyl floor. For 2 compartment
box Replaces mounting frame attached to base
1 CR0006 Mounting frame for vinyl floor. For 3 / 4 compartment
box. Replaces mounting frame attached to base
10 CR0007 Floor box lid handle
1 CR0020 Metal lid and trim - replacement for 3 and 4
compartment boxes - powder coated grey
Electrak tap-offs p. 10-14, 16-17
29
access floor pre-wired service outlet boxes
3 and 4 compartment
CR100
CR122
Selection chart p. 27
Dimensions and technical information p. 31
Electrak floor boxes can be supplied pre-wired to powertrack tap-offs with any variation of sockets, tap-offs, depth or other configuration
Pack Cat. Nos. 3 compartment pre-wired boxes with 1 x TSSO Pack Cat. Nos. 4 compartment pre-wired boxes with 1 x TSSO
100 mm compartment widths 75 mm compartment widths
Single base – 85 mm depth, pre-wired with : Single base – 85 mm depth, pre-wired with :
1 CR100 3 m Electrak 24 standard tap-off Cat. No. DP1332 1 CR120 3 m Electrak 24 standard tap-off Cat. No. DP1332
1 CR101 5 m Electrak 24 standard tap-off Cat. No. DP1532 1 CR121 5 m Electrak 24 standard tap-off Cat. No. DP1532
1 CR110 3 m Electrak 25 low noise / clean earth tap-off 1 CR130 3 m Electrak 25 low noise / clean earth tap-off
Cat. No. JP2332 Cat. No. JP2332
1 CR104 3 m Electrak 28 auxiliary earth tap-off 1 CR124 3 m Electrak 28 auxiliary earth tap-off Cat. No. YP5332
Cat. No. YP5332 1 CR125 5 m Electrak 28 auxiliary earth tap-off Cat. No. YP5532
1 CR105 5 m Electrak 28 auxiliary earth tap-off
Cat. No. YP5532
4 compartment pre-wired boxes with 2 x TSSO
3 compartment pre-wired boxes with 2 x TSSO 75 mm compartment widths
100 mm compartment widths Single base – 85 mm depth, pre-wired with :
1 CR122 3 m Electrak 24 standard tap-off Cat. No. DP1332
Single base – 85 mm depth, pre-wired with :
1 CR132 3 m Electrak 25 low noise / clean earth tap-off
1 CR103 5 m Electrak 24 standard tap-off Cat. No. DP1532 Cat. No. JP2332
1 CR113 5 m Electrak 25 low noise / clean earth tap-off 1 CR126 3 m Electrak 28 auxiliary earth tap-off Cat. No. YP5332
Cat. No. JP2532
1 CR127 5 m Electrak 28 auxiliary earth tap-off Cat. No. YP5532
1 CR106 3 m Electrak 28 auxiliary earth tap-off
Cat. No. YP5332
1 CR107 5 m Electrak 28 auxiliary earth tap-off Pre-wired floor boxes can be supplied with RCD rather than standard
Cat. No. YP5532 sockets. Add an R to the end of the part numbers for an RCD version.
For example CR100R is a 3 compartment floor box with a twin RCD
socket and a DP1332 tap-off
Also available :
- pre-wired boxes with fused tap-offs
- shallow or deep versions
- separate compartment bases
contact us on +44 (0) 345 600 6266
30
access floor service outlet boxes access floor service outlet boxes
with RCD protection technical information
n Floor boxes
Dimensions
Lid can accommodate carpets up to 6 mm depth
Accessory plates are 172 mm long, with 162 mm fixing centres
Materials
Lid and trim mouldings are precision engineered from hard wearing
durable ABS. Lid is reinforced with a galvanised mild steel plate
Mounting frame and box base – 0·9 mm thick galvanised steel
Floor service unit conforms to IEC-61534-22
Wiring
Each compartment has 2 entries for 20 mm and 2 entries for 25 mm
flexible conduits
Colour
CR4401 Grey mouldings. Alternative colours available to special order
Grey plates
Selection charts p. 26-27
Dimensions and technical information (opposite) Dimensions from top of floor tile into floor void
Electrak floor boxes are available with various RCD protection options
and can be supplied pre-wired to powertrack tap-offs C
A
Pack Cat. Nos. Floor boxes with RCD protection and
2 x TSSO B
Boxes contain 1 spare 75 mm width compartment

1 CR4400 Includes standard sockets
A B C
1 CR4401 Includes low noise sockets Accessory Underside lid to top
box depth of accessory
(mm) (mm) (plug clearance) (mm)
Pre-wired RCD protected floor boxes
75 35 35
Boxes contain RCD and 2 x TSSO with 85 45 35
1 spare 75 mm compartment
110 45 60
1 CR4402 Pre-wired with Cat. No. DP1332 tap-off
1 CR4403 Pre-wired with Cat. No. DP1532 tap-off
Screed floor boxes
1 CR4412 Pre-wired with Cat. No. JP2332 tap-off L
1 CR4413 Pre-wired with Cat. No. JP2532 tap-off Compartment W L
221 (mm) (mm)
3C 350 245
4C 350 245
W
303
n To install access floor box
15 max adjustment to bring
15 max adjustment to bring level with finished floor
level with finished floor Cut hole in raised floor tile,
lower completeScreed
60
box into
Screed
60 aperture and push firmly
25 Trunking
25 Trunking
15 ribbon screed
down
15 ribbon screed
Structural floor slab
15 max adjustment to bring
15 max adjustment to bring level with finished floor
level with finished floor
Screed
Screed 75
75 38 Trunking
38 Trunking
15 ribbon screed
15 ribbon screed Structural floor slab
Floor tile cut-out dimensions

2 compartment : 263 mm x 203 mm1
3 and 4 compartment : 340 mm x 203 mm1
Floor cut-out aperture is the same for single base or separate
compartment base
To fit carpet :
Detach lid and trim assembly by lifting the blue locking handles
and lifting out. Cut and fit carpet. Push lid and trim assembly back
into place
1 : The aperture dimension 203 mm has a fixing tolerance between 203 to 205 mm
31
Communication Markets Division
3M™ No Polish LC/UPC

Connector
Singlemode and
Multimode 250 µm/
900 µm
3M™ No Polish LC Connector
provides fast on-site termination
of 250 μm and 900 μm
terminations utilizing a one-piece,
pre-assembled design.
The LC compatible connector

consists of a factory-polished fiber/
ferrule assembly and a mechanical
splice that is terminated with a
simple field tool. To maximize
field installation yield, the splice
in the connector can be opened 3M™ No Polish LC/UPC Connector Family
and reused with a cap lifter, which
The LC NPC Connector is tested for FTTP and Premises applications for indoor
is integrated with dust cap. The
and outdoor locations and is RoHS compliant.*
streamlined boot is attached to
the connector body, minimizing
the chance of losing it during the Features Benefits
termination process. After the
Field termination Right cable length with virtually no cable slack
installation, the boot keeps the fiber
to store
from kinking, even during side pull.
One-piece, pre-assembled design No small, loose parts
On the 3M No Polish LC
™
Duplexing capability built into connector design Separate duplex clip unnecessary
Connector Assembly Tool 8835-AT,
the connector receptacle is hinged Factory-polished fiber stub No on-site polish or adhesives required
allowing for easy insertion and
900 μm buffer strain relief Excellent pull out strength
removal of the LC NPC connector.
Simple assembly tool Fast and easy installation
Fiber holder for assembly Aligns and guides fiber into connector with
optimal insertion force
Close up of 3M™ No Polish LC Connector
Assembly Tool 250/900 8835-AT
3M™ No Polish LC Connector Specifications

Multimode Multimode Multimode Singlemode
6830-50 6830-50/LOMFF 6830-62.5 8830
Insertion Loss (dB) typical 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3
Reflectance (dB) typical at room temp <-30 <-30 <-25 <-40
Reflectance (dB) over operating <-30 <-30 <-25 <-35

temperature range
Operating temperature range (°C) -10°C to 60°C -10°C to 60°C -10°C to 60°C -40°C to 75°C
Storage temperature (°C) -40°C to 85°C -40°C to 85°C -40°C to 85°C -40°C to 85°C
Connector identification
Backbone Black Black Black Black
Housing Black Aqua Beige Blue
Boot White White White White
Field termination kit 8865-C 8865-C 8865-C 8865-C

(no power needed)
The 3M™ No Polish Connector Kit with The 3M™ No Polish Connector Premium Kit 3M™ Easy Cleaver is conveniently included
Cleaver 8865-C includes all tools necessary with 3M Cleaver 8865-C/PR in select packages of 3M™ No Polish LC
for termination Connectors
Ordering Information - 3M™ No Polish Connectors
Product Number Connector, Kit and Tool Descriptions Packaging 3M ID
6830-50 No Polish LC Connector MM 50 μm 250/900 μm with tool (black trigger) 60/package 80-6113-2773-7
6830-50/LOMMF No Polish LC Connector MM 50 μm LOMMF 250/900 μm with tool (aqua trigger) 60/package 80-6113-2774-5
6830-62.5 No Polish LC Connector MM 62.5 μm 250/900 μm with tool (beige trigger) 60/package 80-6113-2775-2
8830 No Polish LC Connector SM 250/900 μm with tool (blue trigger) 60/package 80-6113-2776-0
8835-AT No Polish LC Connector Assembly Tool 250/900 μm 1/package 80-6113-2797-6
8865-C No Polish Connector Preparation Kit with cleaver 1/package 80-6113-2379-3
8865 No Polish Connector Kit without cleaver 1/package 80-6113-23785
8865/PR No Polish Premium Premium Kit without cleaver 1/package 80-6114-82961
8865-C/PR No Polish Connector Premium Kit with cleaver 1/package 80-6113-8783-0
Connectors with Easy Cleaver

8830/C No Polish LC/UPC Connector SM with 3M™ Easy Cleaver 120/box 80-6114-9415-6
6830-50/C_60 No Polish LC Connector MM 50 μm with 3M Easy Cleaver 60/box 80-6114-9425-5
6830-50LOMMF/C_60 No Polish LC Connector MM 50 μm laser optimized with 3M Easy Cleaver 60/box 80-6114-9426-3
6830-62.5/C_60 No Polish LC Connector MM 62.5 μm with 3M Easy Cleaver 60/box 80-6114-9427-1
“RoHS 2011/65/EU” means that the product or part does not contain any of the substances in excess of the maximum concentration values (“MCVs”) in EU RoHS Directive
2011/65/EU. The MCVs are by weight in homogeneous materials. This information represents 3M’s knowledge and belief, which may be based in whole or in part on
information provided by third party suppliers to 3M.
3M is a trademark of 3M Company.
Important Notice
All statements, technical information, and recommendations related to 3M’s products are based on information believed to be reliable, but the
accuracy or completeness is not guaranteed. Before using this product, you must evaluate it and determine if it is suitable for your intended application.
You assume all risks and liability associated with such use. Any statements related to the product which are not contained in 3M’s current publications,
or any contrary statements contained on your purchase order shall have no force or effect unless expressly agreed upon, in writing, by an authorized
officer of 3M.
Warranty; Limited Remedy; Limited Liability.
This product will be free from defects in material and manufacture for a period of 12 months from the time of purchase. 3M MAKES NO OTHER
WARRANTIES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
If this product is defective within the warranty period stated above, your exclusive remedy shall be, at 3M’s option, to replace or repair the 3M product
or refund the purchase price of the 3M product. Except where prohibited by law, 3M will not be liable for any loss or damage arising from this
3M product, whether direct, indirect, special, incidental or consequential regardless of the legal theory asserted.
Communication Markets Division

6801 River Place Blvd.
Austin, TX 78726-9000 USA
Phone 1-800-426-8688
Fax 1-800-626-0329 Please recycle. Printed in USA © 3M 2015.
Web 3M.com/Telecom All rights reserved. 80-6114-9882-7
13. ACCESSORIES
13.c.4 Duct Terminators
Construction:
Formex duct terminators are made of high impact, high strength ABS Plastic. Their structural strength is unimpaired
by normal concrete curing temperatures, Duct Terminators can be manufactured with water tight membranes
Iocated at the shoulders. This feature eliminates the added cost of plugs to block openings until the duct is brought
to the manhole and/or vault. After all ducts have been terminated, membranes may be removed with a knife, or
with a hammer and chisel. Duct Lines may be individually sealed using reusable Formex twist Iocking caps in
conjunction with a non-setting sealing compound. For gas traps and similar applications, duct terminators can be
manufactured without shoulders .
Application:
Duct terminators and terminator panels are designed for easy, time-saving installation and termination of all types
and sizes of duct. Formex can manufacture duct terminators as either modular or complete panels, as single hole
Form-A-Duct terminators, and as square to round terminators for situations where utility Standards require the
interfacing of square and round conduit. Duct terminators can be supplied with different size nominal openings in
the same unit, with a maximum of four ducts abreast. If more than four ducts abreast are required, use combina-
tions of terminators with two, three, or four ducts. These may be Placed on the outer form jacket butted side by
side to achieve any number of openings per tier.
FOUR WAY TERMINATOR

< >A< >
Cv B 4/3'' (STD)
TYPICAL TERMINATOR BANK
A
Ch Ch Ch
THREE WAY TERMINATOR Cv

< >A< >
Cv
Cv B Cv H
Cv
Ch Ch
Cv
TWO WAY TERMINATOR
A Ch Ch Ch
Overall Haight H''=( Modules High x (v) + 3/4'')
Cv B
Ch
www.neproplast.com 12 www.namat.com
13. ACCESSORIES
If more than four openings abreast is required, use combina- Duct terminators can be supplied with different
tions of terminators with two, three, or four openings. These nominal size openings in the same unit. Here is a
may be placed on the outer form jacket butted side by side to terminator designed to accept two 5 '' ducts and
achieve any number of openings per tier. one 2'' duct.
14. NEPROPLAST Conduit weight Comparision Chart

Table - 14.a; NEPROPLAST Conduit Weight ComparisonChart
Rigid PVC Rigid PVC Elec. Metallic (IMC)Intermediate (GALV) Rigid
Alum.
Size EPC - 40 EPC - 80 Tubing (EMT) Metallic Conduit Steel Conduit
1/2” 17 21 27 30 57 79
3/4” 22 28 36 46 78 105
1” 33 41 53 66 112 153
11/4” 44 56 70 96 144 201
11/2” 53 68 86 112 176 249
2” 69 95 116 142 235 334
3” 143 193 239 270 483 690
4” 204 280 340 400 625 982
6” 358 ---- 612 ---- ---- 1770
(Pounds Per Hundred Feet)
15. NEPROPLAST PVC Conduit Installation Under Changing Temperature Conditions

A Constantly Changing Temperature at the installation site with long runs involved requires precautions against
expansion. The chart below indicates the expansion that can be expected at various temperature ranges. The coeffi-
cient of linear expansion of NEPROPLAST Conduit 3.38x10-5 in/in/Fo Deg.
o
Temperature Rise or drop in Degree F
When NEPROPLAST PVC Conduit is encased in concrete it

will only expand in direct proportion to the expansion rate of
the concrete, thus no expansion coupling are necessary in the
application
Change in Length of a 10 foot length shown in inches
Note : PVC Conduit must be supported (not strapped tight) to allow movement of the conduit.
www.neproplast.com 13 www.namat.com
SECTION 9
HOST NATION
EXCEPTION TO US
STANDARDS LETTER

06 February 2018
Mr. Patrick Tilque

Project Manager
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
201 Prince Frederick Drive
Winchester, VA 22602
Re: Architect and Engineering Services for Royal Saudi Land Forces (RSLF) Artillery Brigade
Facilities and Construction
Contract #W912ER-14-D-0004; Task Order #0008
HOST NATION EXCEPTION TO US STANDARDS
Dear Mr. Tilque:
Throughout the development of the D-B Technical Documents, RSLF (Host Nation) has provided direction on
a number of design related items that differ from US standards, specifically compliance with Unified Facility
Criteria (UFC), which are beyond the Code Review Matrix.
In accordance with the Task Order Scope of Work Section 6.3.1 and per RSLF direction, the following Host
Nation exceptions to US Standard are taken.
1. Fire Protection.
a. Automatic Sprinkler Systems.
i. Requirement. Provide automatic sprinkler systems for buildings per UFC 3-600-01 FIRE
PROTECTION ENGINEERING FOR FACILITIES.
ii. Exception Taken.
1. Provide automatic sprinkler systems for following buildings only.
a. Fire Pump Building (Facility E).
iii. Justification. RSLF directed change.
b. Standpipe Systems.
i. Requirement. Class II standpipe systems are not permitted by UFC 3-600-01 FIRE
PROTECTION ENGINEERING FOR FACILITIES.
ii. Exception Taken.
1. Provide a Class II standpipe system (hose reels) in accordance with NFPA 14 for the
following buildings.
a. Brigade Headquarters (Facility A)
b. Battalion Headquarters (Facility B)
c. Company Headquarters (Facility C)
d. Mosque (Facility F)

2. Electrical – Interior.
Marlborough Technology Park

100 Nickerson Road, Marlborough, MA 01752
Tel 508.786.2200 Fax 508.786.2201 tetratech.com
a. Requirement. Provide service entrance equipment and other major electrical equipment in a
dedicated electrical equipment room per UFC 3-520-01 INTERIOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS.
i. Exception Taken. Provide exterior panelboard at the Guard House.
1. Justification. To provide a dedicated room would have increased the size of
the building substantially.
ii. Exception Taken. Provide panelboard in common room with fire pump controllers in
the Fire Pump House.
1. Justification. To provide a dedicated room would have increased the size of

the building substantially and the panelboards are located in a space with
other electrical equipment.
3. Communications.
a. Telecommunications Room Sizing.
i. Requirement. Provide telecommunication rooms sized per UFC 3-580-01
TELECOMMUNICATIONS INTERIOR INFRASTRUCTURE PLANNING AND DESIGN.
ii. Exception Taken. Provide telecommunications room sizing to meet minimum clearances for
equipment as these are not Department of Defense (DoD) buildings.
4. Site Infrastructure.
a. Building sewer connections
i. Requirement. For service connections 4 inches (100 mm) and 6 inches (150 mm) in
diameter, where a change in slope and/or direction occurs, the manhole may be replaced by
a cleanout, provided that the length of service line downstream of the cleanout is not longer
than 100 feet (30.5 m) per UFC 3-240-01 Wastewater Collection.
ii. Exception Taken. Because the sewer systems are not combined inside the building, as is
customary in Saudi Arabia construction, there are multiple service connections running
around each building. If this requirement was followed each building would have multiple
unnecessary manholes around each building.
iii. Justification. This is customary in Saudi Arabia construction.
b. Sewer and water separation
i. Requirement. Keep a minimum of 3.1 m separation between domestic water and sewer
pipes per UFC 3-240-01 Wastewater Collection (via the Ten State Standards).
ii. Exception Taken. The sewer systems are not combined inside the building, as is customary
in Saudi Arabia construction, there are multiple service connections leaving the building.
These service connections exit the building in close proximity to the domestic water service.
Because of where the pipes come out of the minimum separation cannot be met. The
minimum separation is achieved quickly after the pipes exit the building.
iii. Justification. This is customary in Saudi Arabia construction.
We trust this meets your requirements at this time. If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to call
me at 508-786-2292.
Very truly yours,
Stephen Pavlowich, P.E.

Task Order Manager
TETRA TECH
2

2019-05-28 - DA - RSLF Artillery Brigade - Volume 2 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2019-05-28 - DA - RSLF Artillery Brigade - Volume 2 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Royal Saudi

ROYAL SAUDI LAND FORCES

SECTION 1 ........................................................................................................................................................ CIVIL

SECTION 5 .............................................................................................................................................. PLUMBING

VOLUME 3 (ELECTRONIC ONLY)

APPENDIX A ........................................................................................................ STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS

This page intentionally left blank

This page intentionally left blank

5.0 DESIGN ANALYSIS

Discipline: PLUMBING Date: 28 MAY, 2019

5.1 GENERAL SUMMARY:

5.2 DETAILED ANALYSIS:

5.2.1 General Design Parameters

5.2.1.2 Sanitary Sewer

5.2.1.3 Storm Drainage

5.2.1.4 Plumbing Fixtures

5.2.1.5 Hot Water Systems

5.2.2 Facility A - Brigade Headquarters

5.2.2.2 Janitor Closet

5.2.2.3 Tea Room

5.2.2.4 Water Service

5.2.2.5 Sanitary Sewer

5.2.2.6 Water Heating

5.2.3 Facility B - Battalion Headquarters

5.2.3.2 Toilet Rooms

5.2.3.3 Janitor Closet

5.2.3.4 Tea Room

5.2.3.5 Water Service

5.2.3.6 Sanitary Sewer

5.2.3.7 Water Heating

5.2.4 Facility C – Company Headquarters

5.2.4.3 Janitor Closet

5.2.4.4 Tea Room

5.2.4.6 Water Service

5.2.4.7 Sanitary Sewer

5.2.4.8 Water Heating

5.2.5 Facility D – Guard House

5.2.6 Facility E – Fire Pump House

5.3 BASIS OF DESIGN:

5.4 CODE REFERENCES:

5.5 LIST OF ATTACHMENTS

This page intentionally left blank

This page intentionally left blank

This page intentionally left blank

Domestic Water Pipe Sizing based on 1.2m/sec velocity

Domestic Water Pipe Sizing based on 2.5m/sec velocity

Assumes cold water inlet temperature of 60 °F

Water Heater Selection: EWH-A-1

Booster pump selection: BP-A-1

Provide pressurized water between 40 psi (275kPa) and 60 psi (420kPa).

\\TTS011FS1\Projects\269162\127-269162-19001\SupportDocs\Calcs\Plumbing\A - Brigade Headquarters Flush Tank.xlsx

Your Country [Change]

SELECT A Water Safety & Flow Control

Products BIM Drawings Repair Kits Find a Sales Rep

Water Safety & Flow Control

Control Valves Tank Tank

Calculated Acceptance Volume 2.61 Gallons

Calculated Total Volume 21.14 Gallons

1. Show Expansion Tank Chart

Note: Both the Tank Volume and the Acceptance

Social Media Products Company Support

CALCULATE TOTAL HEAT LOSS IN LOOP

CALCULATE FLOW RATE REQUIRED TO OVERCOME TOTAL HEAT LOSS IN LOOP